Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal

_, NEW SERIES. VOL. LX.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
Vol. LX, Part Il, No. II.—1891.

EDITED BY

y. fF. PCLATER, FSQ.

HONORARY SECRETARY.

_ “The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and
within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by

{ man or produced by nature.” —Sir WIDLIAM JONES.

*% Communications should be ae hiaaer cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,
to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed im India; or, in Lon-
don, care of Messrs. Kegan Paul, Trench, Tribner and Co., 57 § 59, Lud-

gate Hill.

CALCUTTA:

PRINTED AT THE PAPTIST Mission PREE&S, |
AND PUBLISHED BY THE

pSIATIC SOCIETY, 5J, PARK STREET,

1891.

Rs. 2- 0- O Price in England, 3 Shillings.

Issued July 16th, 1891.

; NEW SERIES. Wor i

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
Vol. LX, Part II, No. I1.—1891.

EDITED BY

y- fF. PCLATER, Fs.

HONORARY SECRETARY.

“The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and
within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by
man or produced by nature.”’—SIR Wanntan JONES.

*,* Communications should be sont baer cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,
to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed im India; or, in Lon-
don, care of Messrs. Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner and Co., 57 ¥ 59, Lud-

gate Hill.

CALCUTTA :

PRINTED AT THE PAPTIST Miussion PRESS,

AND PUBLISHED BY THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY, 5J, PARK STREET,

1891.

Price Wes of postage) to Subscribers, Re. 1-8-0.——'T'o Non-Suhbscribers
Rs. 2-0-0 Price in England, 3 Shillings.

Issued July 16th, 1891.

CONTENTS.

V.—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, with some account of
the Island of Sumba.—By Wi.utam Douurty, Cincinnati,
U. 8. A. Communicated by the Narurat History Srcrwrary
(With Plate IT) ..

Vi1—Natural History Noe Baa an ML ndtak ae Sat vey

Steamer ‘ Investigator, Commander R. ¥. Hosxyn, R. N., com- -
manding. No. 24. List of Deep-sea Holothurians Mane
during seasons 1887 to 1891, with descriptions of new species.
—By Dr. J. H. Turn Warsn. Communicated by the Su-

PERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM ........ ea te
VII.—On an undescribed Oriental species 2 Nepeta ans, oD.

Prain (With Plate IIT) .. eeu 204
VIII.—Novicie Indice. IV. Two eer speek of f iy pore

talum.—By D. Pratn.. ts ire Siena ote maser nne {Osteen

Note.—Plates I and II are not yet ready, they will be issued with a,
‘subsequent number of the Journal.

Notice.

Foreign Societies who favour the Asiatic Soeiety of Bengal with
their publications are informed that they may be sent either to the
address of the Society at Calcutta, or to the Agents of the Society in
London, Messrs. Triibner & Co., 57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London.

AVIS.

Des Sociétés Htrangeéres qui honoreut la Société Asiatique de Bengale
de ses publications, sont priées de les envoyer ou directement 4 l’adresse
de la Société, 57, Park Street, Calcutta, ou aux Agents de la Société a
Londres, Messrs. Triibner et Cie, 57 and 59, Ludgate Hill.

ANZEIGE.

Auslindische Gesellschaften welche die Asiatische Gesellschaft
von Bengalen mit ihren Publicationen beehren, sind hierdurch ersucht
dieselben entweder direct an die Adresse der Gesellschaft, 57, Park
Street, Calcutta, oder an deren Agenten in London, Messrs. Triibner
& Co., 57 aud 59, Ludgate Hill, senden zu wollen.

Ete

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

2? ©@ Owe

Part II.—NATURAL SCIENCE,

— EOE

No. I1.—1891.

V.—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, with some account of the
Island of Sumba.—By Wiitam Douerty, Cincinnati, U.S.A. Com-
municated by the NaturaL History SECRETARY.

[Received April 9th :—Read May 6th, 1891. ]
(With Plate IT.)

The chain of the Lesser Sunda Islands, extending from Java east-
wards to Timor Laut and New Guinea, is of great interest from many
points of view, but especially from the ethnologist’s. For, whereas a
slight tincture of Muhammadan civilization, leading to the entire loss
of the native product, has made the people of the Malay Peninsula,
Sumatra, and Borneo the most uninteresting of all the sons of men, and
only the minutest differences distinguish the natives of Penang from
those o1 Macassar, fifteen hundred miles away, every little island east
of Java has an astonishing wealth of peculiarities.

Taking the question of religion and government, Bali, the first, is
a densely inhabited island, the home of an ancient civilization. The
people are of the Hindu faith, the four original castes still prevail there
as they did in India in the time of Manu, and suttee, extinct every-
where else, still: flourishes. In Lombok, a Hindu aristocracy rules
a Muhammadan proletariat of a more recent and less pronounced

19

142 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Se.

civilization. In Sambawa* there are four Muhammadan kingdom.
considerable age, while a few tributary heathen tribes, but little inferio.
to them in refinement, inhabit the mountains. In part of Flores, the
governing race is a tribe of Muhammadan slave-traders, the curse of all
that region, and the pagan mountaineers are in a more or less savage
state. In Sumba and Timor there are independent heathen tribes. In
Solor, Savu (better written Sau or Sawu), and Roti a large part of the
population is Christian, The Dutch have no possessions in these
islands, except the town of Boleling in Bali, the fort at Bima in Sam-
bawa, and the neighbourhood of Kupang in Timor. But owing to their
command of the sea, they have a considerable, and I believe an increas-
ing influence with the trading community, and with many of the native
princes. At the present moment they are trying to get possession of
Middle Flores, where tin has been discovered, and, if successful, the
occupation must have the happiest effect on all the surrounding islands.
From the philologist’s standpoint, all the dialects from Bali to
Kupang belong to the Javanese branch of the Polynesian family. In
Eastern Timor and the islands beyond, some of the languages are of a
totally different type, probably that of the original Negrito inhabitants.
As regards race, no part of the world excels these islands in in-
terest. In and east of Timor, the prevalence of wavy or frizzly-haired
tribes, generally of low stature, indicates the Negrito as the first occu-
pant. In Sumba the Polynesians are still numerous, and form the
ruling race, while traces of them occur in Sambawa,y and even in the
mountains of the Celebes. The people of Roti are a strikingly hand-
some tribe looking somewhat lke the better class of Tamils or Telugus,
and their origin is certainly a puzzle. Mr. Wallace suggests that they
may be of Portuguese blood, introduced by some unrecorded shipwreck.
But they themselves say they came from Serang (Ceram). A some-
what similar race occurs at Melolo in Eastern Sumba, and, I hear, in
Flores. In Savu, the people have an obvious strain of Negrito blood,
but some resemble the Rotinese, while universal tradition ascribes their

* So pronounced, also sometimes pronounced Sembawa, or, if written in the
Hunterian manner, Sambawa. The Dutch call it Soembawa, which is not only
incorrect, but confuses it, with Sumba (Soemba). It is remarkable that the in-
habitants of the island have no name for it, Sambawa being simply the name of the
western sultanate. Nothing could more surprise a native of Bima, than to be told
that Bima and Sambawa are on the same island. The same is true of Flores, for
that pretty word is purely European, and there is no native name for the whole
island. I see that the island Dutch propose to call it ‘““Soenda” so that these
three great neighbouring islands are to stand as Soenda, Soemba, and Soembawa!

+ Lengota, the glarang or headman of Kala in the mountains of Sambawa, is a
fine example of a Polynesian.

1891] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambana, §c. 143

origin to Sumba, and their language scarcely differs from Sumbanese.
In Sambawa, Lombok, and Bali, the flood of Mongolian immigrants has
Swept away nearly all traces of the original inhabitants, and the people
are indistinguishable from the Malays or Siamese. The same race has
entered all the islands, I do not think there is a single island in the
Archipelago or the Pacific where the Mongolians have not profoundly
modified the original population, whether Polynesian or Negrito. In
Sumba the mixture is of great interest, because it presents the same
features as in New Zealand and among the eastern and higher tribes
of American Indians, namely, a race chiefly or largely Mongolian in
blood, but Polynesian in language and manners, and ruled by a princely
caste of genuine Polynesian blood. Till I visited Sumba I had no
idea of the possibility of this state of affairs so far west. But since
then I have been struck with the prevalence of Polynesian features,
and even to a certain extent of Polynesian manners* among the higher
tribes between Assam and Burma, namely, some of the Naga tribes—
the Angamis, Lhotas and Kachhas —the Chins and the Lushais. This
country may well have been the starting point of this fine race, whence
they have extended their conquests eastwards to New York and Yuca-
tan and westwards to Madagascar, and where, judging from what I
saw, they may yet survive after their extermination, now so rapidly
going on, is complete everywhere else in the world.

Mr. Alfred Russell Wallace has formed all the Lesser Sunda islands,
except Bali, separated from Java only by a narrow strait, into his
Timorian division of the Austro-Malayan region. So far as the birds are
concerned, he seems to have had good reason for this, for out of 160
land-birds known from the group, just half are found nowhere else,
a larger proportion than exists even in the peculiar Celebesian fauna.
On examination, however, it does not appear that the group is a zoolo-
gical province in the same sense as is the Celebes. In that island, a
great number of peculiar species, and a certain number of peculiar
genera, range over the whole island from Menado to Macassar. But
the Timor group contains hardly any peculiar genera,f and the peculiar
species are generally confined to one or two of its component parts.f

* As regards language, the euphonic and structural rules are remarkably
alike, but the roots of Naga words are generally as wholly different from those of
the Pacific islanders, as theirs are again from those of the American Polynesians.

+ Two genera of butterflies, Ancistroides and Jatana, have been described
from Timor only. But I must confess that I cannot find in either any generic char-
acter separating it from its allies.

{ On examining the British Museum Catalogue of Birds as far as completed—
Passeres and Picide—I find their distribution as follows. No genera are mentioned
as peculiar to the Timor Group, or to any part of it. Only two species are men-

144 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, §c. [No. 2,

It is simply a long string of islands which has received waifs and strays
from various quarters, the eastern. ones, Timor, Timor Laut and pre-
sumably Wetter, chiefly from the Moluccas, New Guinea, and Australia,
the western chiefly from Java. As the stream of Javanese immigrants,
crossing narrow seas, is regular and unceasing, the species from that
quarter have had fewer opportunities of differentiation, while the visi-
tors from the eastward have for the opposite reason generally become
distinct. This renders the fauna of the eastern islands more interesting
to the naturalist, and Timor Laut, Wetter,* Sumba, and the high country
of Timor, offer a field of unusual interest.

But Lombok Strait, now known in science as Wallace’s Line, after
the great naturalist who discovered its faunal importance, is neverthe-
less an important frontier, cutting off a host of Indo-Malayan forms}
from Lombok and the islands eastward, and a few Austro-Malayan
forms, such as the cockatoos, from Bali and Java. However, it seems
hardly so deep as Mr. Wallace supposed,{ and it is not impassable even
to mammals, seeing that the tiger has of late years crossed it, and is now,

tioned as common to the Indian and Australian regions, passing through these
islands, but no doubt a few additional wide-ranging forms could be added.

Timor.
Peculiar species, 006 400 O90 eohaw oo,
Extending to Flores only, 000 a0 000 5
A », Lombok only, 606 a00 oe 2
ah », Bali, a 200 000 200 2
Indo-Malayan, 500 o0c 900 goo, dls}
Austro-Malayan, Bao toe ood don 3
54
Lombok, Sambawa and Flores.
Peculiar species, oop al) (Flores 4, Lombok 4, in com-
Extending to Timor only,... 7 mon 7).
Indo-Malayan, Hon a r45)
Austro-Malayan, ees (0)
50

So that only seven species (or nine including the two extending to Bali) are
confined to the group, as a group, and no Austro-Malayan species extends west of
Timor, while the Indo-Malayan species are numerous.

Nothing whatever is known of the birds of Sumba.

* The island of Wetter seems to be wholly surrounded by deep sea, and merits
examination.

+ Such as the Cyprinide.

{ The depth of Lombok Strait, as now given, seems hardly over fifty fathoms
at the deepest part of the shortest line across it. There are several islands in the
Strait.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Swmba and Sambawa, Sc. 145

I hear, making fearful ravages among the herds of ponies for which
Lombok was once celebrated. As the dividing line between homologous
species, Lombok Strait is probably less important than Ombai or even
Sumba Straits. I should rather call it the boundary between the Indian
Region and the neutral zone beyond, than that between the Indian
and the Australian regions.

Sumba is one of the largest of the Lesser Sunda islands, having
an area probably exceeding six thousand square miles, for the unex-
plored southern coast-line, drawn on the maps as concave, is really con-
vex, giving great breadth to the island.* It is called Sumba or Humba
(the S and H being interchangeable here and in Savu, which is general-
ly called Hau by the natives) by all the tribes inhabiting it, but on the
maps the more usual names are Chendana (Tjendana), Sandelhout and
Sandalwood, names of the same significance, given not because, as has
been stated, sandalwood is exported, but because that tree is said to be
tabu (or palilias the Sumbanese say) to the inhabitants, so that if
any one chances to break a twig of it, he is cut into small pieces, and
scattered about under the sacred branches. At least, that is what the
Malays say, but the Sumbanese, both the mountaineers and the coast-
dwellers, entirely deny the existence of the tree on their island.

Deep sea separates Sumba from Flores, the high peaks of which
are distinctly visible from Nangamesi Bay, but a bank covered by
50-80 fathoms of water, connects it with Hastern Sambawa, while on
the side of Savu and Roti there is apparently deepsea again. No part of
the coast has been surveyed even in the most cursory manner, but on
account of the development of the horse-trade, the north-east coast from
Laura to Réndi has become pretty well known to Arab and Bugis
skippers. Except Tarimbang, which has not, I believe, been visited for
generations, there is no harbour anywhere in the island. The roadstead
of Waingapu or Wayapu, the chief port, is difficult of access, lying be-
tween two long coral reefs laid bare at low tide.

The aspect of the north coast of Sumba is most forbidding. Long
naked headlands—Sasa, Ngarulubu, Mandolu, famous for their horses—
extend far into the sea, marked with the lines of raised beaches. All
this side of the island, for as much as forty miles inland and up toa
height of two thousand feet, is covered with a sheet of coral overlying
sandstone. The coral must be of considerable age, and is often
extraordinarily hard, reminding one of the ancient metamorphic lime-

* The southern coast of Sambawa is set down quite wrongly on the maps, as I
could see from the top of Haruhasga.

+ Near Kawanegu the sandstone is uncovered, forming hills curiously carved and
water-worn.

146 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, §c. [No, 2

stones of Greece, in Bootia and Arcadia. Its surface is infinitely rough
and broken, capable of destroying the stoutest boots in a few days. It
is owing to this that the Sandalwood ponies develop such hard hoofs
that they rarely require to be shod. Fortunately, wherever the ground
is level, the coral is hidden by a coating of indurated clay like laterite,
and the native paths keep to this as much as possible. A scanty growth
of grass, especially the horrible spear-grass, which renders travelling
almost unendurable, covers the coral. Wherever the surface consists of
irregular piles of jagged fragments, bristling with needle-like points,
and full of deep rifts and well-like cavities, a dry, thorny jungle
grows, since horses cannot find foothold there, nor fire reach it. The
grass is burnt every May or June, and for some months later, the country
is as black as a coal, but travelling is easier and is usually done at this
season. In some places the soil is exceedingly rich, and the population
dense, especially in Melolo and Laura; but the country is everywhere
dreary, and is far from green even justaftter the rains. Nevertheless
this region, the north-east coast from Laura to Réndi, is the civilized
part of the island, and the seat of all the larger states. The coast
itself is generally uninhabited for several miles inland, owing to the
depredations of the Endinese pirates. The heat is terrible, but the
coast seems singularly healthy, and the climate is more like that of
Northern Australia than of the Indian Archipelago.

Till I came to Sumba, no Huropean had ever visited the interior.
Learning from the natives that a well-wooded and watered tract existed
inland, I pushed across forty miles of a desolate coral wilderness and
reached a wholly different country. At Pada Dalung, and thence
to Mandas* (south-west) and Karita (south-east), and, I was told, to
Tarimbang on the south coast, the rock is stratified and calcareous,
apparently a soft decomposed chalk, and in one deep ravine I saw some
huge round boulders which may have been granitic. The interior of the
island is a great plateau, somewhat hollowed out im the middle by the
river Kambéra, which rises in the forests around Léwa, and in that
called Kétikujara or the Horse’s Head, west of Mandas, flows eastward,
and near Mandas is a considerable river in deep jungle, difficult to
ford, haunted by crocodiles, and much larger in volume than at its
mouth seventy or eighty miles below. Indeed most rivers of northern
Sumba tend to disappear on approaching the coast. The table-land is
flat in general outline, but deeply cut by an infinity of exceedingly steep
ravines each with a clear swift stream. Flat or steep it is everywhere the
richest possible meadow land. The forests lie in great masses, and, except

* Or Mandasu ; spelt Maanalas in Mr. Roos’s map of Sumba, which, except over
a part of the north coast, seems to have been compiled wholly from hearsay.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. 147

at Tabundung and one or two other exceptional places, they are wholly
trackless and serve as the boundaries of hostile tribes. West of Mandas,
the country appears to descend steeply into the Indian Ocean. This
slope was described to me as covered with high forest, with a heavy
rainfall* and a coast so stormy as to be inaccessible during the greater
part of the year. The height of the tableland of the Kambéra is
usually about 1500-2000 feet; the hill at Pada Dalung must be about
2500 feet above the sea. The climate of this region is delicious. South-
east and north-west the country rises, and by its upward trend conceals
whatever high mountains may be in that direction. The great isolated
massif of Tabundung, covered with high forest, lies south of Pada
Dalung, and must be about 4000 feet high. East of this is the unknown
tana maringu (cold country) of Masu, which lies back of Melolo, and is
sacred ground. No war may be fought there, and the buffalo and horse
have run wild, since those that escaped thither might not be caught and
brought back. Masu is the Olympus of the Sumbanese, regarded as
the original home of their ancestors, and the place whither their own
souls shall go after death. .

West of Pada Dalung the country again rises, and beyond Léwa
Paku (Old Léwa, the original demesne of the present king of Léwa, who
now owns all the middle part of the interior plateau), and the sources
of the Kambéra, lies another “cold country,” probably of considerable
height and extent. This is inhabited by rude mountain tribes, not yet
visited either by Huropeans or by the Arab and Bugis traders. West
of Perwatana and Anakala, on the border of this region, which is called
by the general name of Wayéwa, lies a great forest, and then comes
Kodi, beyond which the land sinks precipitously into the sea near
Gaura or Garu.

A volcano has been said to exist near Tarimbang on the south-
western coast. But some people of that state told me this was quite
untrue. However, the mountain of Tabundung, which I did not succeed
in reaching, may possibly be of volcanic origin. This district, though
rather out of the way, seems to be the best accessible collecting-ground
on the island.

* In Java and all the islands to the east of it, with the possible exception of
Timor, the rainfall is far greatest on the southern and south-western sides. Thus
at Tjilatjap (south coast of Java) the rainfall is 170 inches, at Surabaya 65. At
Bima in Sambawa it is 38 inches. At Waingapu in Sumba it can hardly be more
than 20, while at Pada Dalung it must be fully 100 inches.

+ The Muhammadans of Sambawa, call their Heaven by the Sanskrit name
Sorga (Swarga), and, I believe, say it lies in some distant mountains to the westward,
perhaps a idea derived from the Hindus of Java. Hell is called Anaraka.

148 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Swmba and Sambawa, §c. [No. 2,

The upland forests of Sumba are less luxuriant than in Java or
Sumatra, and are singularly free from thorns and underbrush, but
many of the trees reach the height of a hundred feet, and some of the
figs are of enormous girth. The only bamboos on the island occur in
the dry valleys near the coast. Palms, except the lontar or palmyra,
and a few arecas, are exceedingly scarce. The Hndinese, who import
cocoa-nuts, always destroy the germ of each nut, which perhaps accounts
for the absence of this useful tree.

Of the animals of Sumba I can say but little. The natives think
there are three kinds of monkeys, but I saw only the Macacus cynomolgus,
which is very common and tame. A deer like the Cervus muntjac is
said to be common, as well as another with large branching horns,
which they call by the Malay name of rusa. Wild pigs abound, and a
wild cat. Among birds, cockatoos are so numerous that I have seen the
trees white with them; the species is the common lemon-crested one.

Among domestic animals there are pigs (wet or wawi), goats, fowls
(manu, a Javanese word), a few buffaloes (kalambua, a softened form of
the Malay kribau), cats (kamembu), dogs (ashu), and pigeons. Buffaloes
are used chiefly for ploughing and for funeral sacrifices. They are the
largest animals of which the Sumbanese have any conception, and a
huge, ferocious kangaroo-hound, who goes about with the king of Léwa
as a very efficient body-guard, has been called by the awe-struck natives
the “ Roaring Buffalo.” Fowls are used chiefly in taking auspices, and
pigs and mares are the animals generally employed for food.

Horses are the most valuable product of the island, and “ Sandal-
wood ponies” are perhaps the best in the world, and well known as far
as Rangoon and Hong Kong. They are called jara, a word which,
like the Malay kuda. is derived from the Sanskrit ghora. The horses
live unguarded in troops of twenty or thirty, each having its own range
of pasture, the limits of which are carefully respected. Being very
curious, they used to follow me for miles over all obstacles, but never
dared to cross the ravine which bounded their beat. The colts generally
follow the leading stallion (and not their dams) in a long string, which
has a most absurd appearance. The mares are rarely ridden, and as in
Sambawa are kept for breeding and for food.* Only stallions are
exported. The trade is wholly in the hands of the Arabs and Bugis,
who carry the horses to Surabaya in their own vessels at a fixed time
every spring. The Sumbanese are the best rough-country riders I have

* In Sambawa, though the people are Muhammadans, a man is allowed to kill a
mare on his birthday and make a feast for his friends. This is also done at the end
of Ramazan ; and even the Imams do it, though they may have made the Mecca pil-
grimage. The Do Donggo sacrifice mares at the time of the rice-harvest.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Se. 149

ever seen, (and I have lived among the Turkman, Bedawin and Iliats),
galloping bare back down the steepest slopes. On foot they are a
singularly helpless people, and would rather ride twenty miles than
walk one. They are fond of their horses and give them the most ornate
names, those of mine being interpreted to me as “ Beautiful Flower,”
“Wind in the Grass,” and “ Lightning.” No woman is allowed to
mount a horse, and I have seen a princess on foot while her attendant
slaves were mounied.

The staple food in Sumba is millet (usukanu or uhukanu) and maize,*
generally planted alternately, and rice (usuberesu or white grain), which
is hard to obtain except on the coast. The wet cultivation of paddy is
unknown,t though the late king of Taimanu tried to introduce it at
Yawahapi-Lukukatoba. Maize is usually eaten parched. Meat is only
eaten on great occasions, and there are scarcely any vegetables. Curi-
ously enough, the use of toddy (palm-wine) is unknown, though so com-
mon in Flores, Savu, and Roti, and even in the Muhammadan parts of the
Celebes. Considering the wealth of the people, and the cheapness
of Java rum, the Sumbanese are a sober people, and most of the
mountaineers have never tasted spirits. The use of betel is universal.
Salt is very scarce and dear.

The people of Sumba do not probably number less than 100,000,
and perhaps much more if Laura and Melolo are really as populous as
they are said to be. A small colony of curly-haired Savu people are
settled at Waingapu and Kabaniru, and a similar race at Memboro.
Some of the Melolo people are said to resemble the Rotinese in feature.
Otherwise, the bulk of the people may be said to be Mongolians re-
sembling the Javanese, with a Polynesian aristocracy.{ The former are

* Maize is probably a recent introduction, but I could hear of no tradition on
the subject. A common species of sorghum growing in marshes is called “wild
maize.’ In many of the islands, the word jawa or Javanese is applied to maize,
showing whence it came. In Sumba the word is water, but in Savu water-jawa, in
Roti mbéla, in Timor péla, in the Moluccas milu, in Ende (Flores) simply jawa, in
Roka (Flores) hai, in Sambawa baso, The word jawa is applied to anything foreign.
Europeans are called ‘“ white Javanese,” and I was generally known in Sumba as
wmbu maremba jawa or the King’s son from Java.

+ The Do Donggo of the mountains of Sambawa have some of the finest wet
paddy fields I have ever seen. Yet they are far inferior in capacity to the Sumbanese,
and preserve a curious memento of their recent savage state in an annual three days’
pilgrimage to the mountain-tops, where they sleepin the open and live wholly on
what game they kill, leaving the villages guarded by the dogs tied up in the houses.

{~ Some of the western hill-tribes may belong to a lower race. The Kodi people
are said to be of short stature, and to turn the toes inwards in walking, especially
the women. To “walk like a Kodi woman” is a staple joke, appealing strongly
to the Sumbanese sense of humour.

20

150 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, &c. {[No. 2,

the same as everywhere. The latter are tall, light-brown men, of some-
what slender, but graceful and manly proportions. The face is rather
long, with a Roman nose and a finely-moulded chin; the hair is straight,
rather dry and stiff, and a beard is not generally worn. The women are
often of a refined and high-bred, though somewhat grave and melancholy
beauty, contrasting strangely with their barbarous condition. The
quiet dignity of the men is in striking opposition to the innate vulgarity
of all Mongolians from Turcomania to Malayana.

The Sumbanese, both men and women, wear a large loose mantle
of Manchester cotton dyed black in the mud of the rivers. The women
wear also a short black skirt, and on gala occasions a black jacket
tastefully embroidered with beads and small cowries. The men wear a
waistcloth, a turban, a huge ivory armlet, anda heavy belt like that
worn by the Greeks and Albanians, containing their krisses and parang.
They always go about with a square mat-work satchel, generally of very
pretty design, containing betel. They exchange betel with everyone they
meet outside their village, as a sign of peaceful intentions. I had to
carry a supply about also, and never dared to decline it, though it is not
at all nice, for the Sumbanese could only explain a refusal as a sign of
hostility, just as Bedawin would excite at the refusal of salt. Bows are
unknown in Sumba, and so are fire-arms, but a man goes nowhere
without two spears, which are never laid aside for an instant. In the
remote district of Mandas, I was amused to see that my visitors had
covered their spearheads with sheaths tied on with thongs, as if to
reassure me, reminding me of the old Norse custom.

“Thereat was the Wrath of Sigurd laid fast in a silver sheath.

And the peace-strings knit about it, for the blade was fain of death,
And ’tis ill to show such edges to the broad blue light of day,

Or to let the hall-glare light them, if ye list not play the play.”

The Kambéra language is understood over the greater part of the
island, but Gaura and Laura in the west have languages of their own,
and the Memboro dialect is very distinct. All these are closely allied
to the Javanese and the languages of Sambawa and Flores. I have
taken vocabularies of a number of these, which I hope to publish some
day.

Strange to say, Sumba has a currency of its own in the shape of
fine copper wire very intricately plaited and cut into lengths of two feet,
worth half a rupee each. The ugly, fish-shaped earrings of gold beaten
out thin, are always of the same size and value (about a dollar), and
are likewise used for money.

The women have spinning-wheels and weaving-frames, and make
cloth, especially blankets, generally white with curious figures of fish,

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, §c. 151

tortoises, prawns, ships, men, deer, etc., but all so conventional in form
and so harmoniously arranged that the effect is good. The men also
make nets and ropes, both of excellent quality and largely exported,
and at Kadungu (Memboro) good pottery is made. The chief exports
are horses, slaves and edible birds-nests.

There are three castes of Sumbanese, the maremba or lords, the
kabisu or freeborn citizens, and the towata or slaves, the latter being the
most numerous.

The ruling classes marry chiefly among themselves, and are inter-
related ina most puzzling fashion. Marriages are arranged by the
parents, and are of two kinds. If the wife is bought, whether with
money or with service, she enters her husband’s tribe. In this case
she is his property, and he can kill her if he likes. If he pays nothing,
he enters her tribe; but this is less usual. Polygamy is not common,
but if a man’s sisters-in-law remain unmarried, I believe they are
after a time considered as his wives. The Sumba women make faithful
wives, but before marriage incontinence is universal, and every girl,
slave or princess, has her price. Infanticide and abortion are very
common, and it is probably largely for this reason that the population
is not increasing. Islam always, and Christianity often check this evil,
so that the population is large and increasing in Muhammadan Ende
and Sambawa, and again in Christian Roti and Solor. The old are
treated with great respect. The Sumbanese struck me as a brave,
honest and truthful people. But they are too proud to work for others,
and will never become a thriving agricultural race like the Javanese.

Hxogamy is usual, and the rules of intermarriage are often incon-
veniently complicated. For instance, I hear that Kanata men can
marry only Lakoka women, and Lakoka men only Soru women. Now
Lakoka* and Soru are small independent states in the interior, while
Kanata (or Lubu) is fifty miles away on the coast of the Taimanu state.

Apart from the wars of extermination waged now and then by the
great chiefs, disputes are continually going on between neighbouring
tribes, generally concerning boundaries, horses, or women. They are
usually settled without much bloodshed in the following manner. The
men meet in a meadow, and form two lines on horseback. Then the
chiefs recite war-songs, and make speeches, and the two sides exchange

* In 1886, shortly before my visit, the king of Léwa sacked Lakoka, in alliance
with the Ende slavers. The men were killed, the king took the horses, and the
women and children were carried off to Flores as slaves. This is the usual way in
which the Endinese do business. It is to be hoped that the Dutch troops now in
Flores will put an end to this murderous little state. Its supremacy in this region
is owing to its possession of ships and rifles, of which the Sumbanese have none.

152 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sunba and Sumbawa, &e. [No. 2,

abuse and defiances in the Homeric fashion, till the proper degree of
excitement is reached, upon which they charge, fighting with spears
and shields. As soon as anyone gets speared, his side acknowledges
itself beaten and pays a fine, while the others celebrate their victory
with much noise and feasting. The horses on these occasions are
decorated with collars of white horse-hair, and immense frontal tufts,
giving them a most ferocious look, and are said to enjoy the fighting
thoroughly. Sham fights, very similar to the real ones, and quite as
dangerous, are often held. But horse-fights are the characteristic
amusement of Sumba. Two stallions and a mare are placed in a little
enclosure, and the former fight till one is dead. On great occasions
there is dancing, generally performed by women, and sometimes a poet
will sing the praise of his forefathers, exhibiting the skulls of their
conquered enemies which have descended to him. The musical in-
struments in use are drums, gongs, and a guitar with two copper strings.

The dead are buried,* household articles being broken and thrown
into the grave as in the Nicobars. A large oval horizontal slab of
stone surrounded by small upright ones, marks the grave. The bodies
of chiefs are exposed on the mountains for months after their death.
When a propitious time for the funeral comes, a great feast is held,
many buffaloes, pigs and mares are killed and eaten, and a number of
slaves, both men and women, are strangled and thrown into the grave.f
When I was in Sumba, the body of the late king of Taimanu had
been lying exposed at Semparingu for more than a year,

I cannot say much about the religion of Sumba. The island
presents a remarkable contrast to Sambawa in this respect. In Sumba,
though there are a few ratus or professional magicians of little influence,
the chiefs are the real religious leaders, and it seems to me that the
union of church and state in the hands of practical men managing large
temporal affairs has kept superstition in bounds. In Sambawa, both in
the heathen and in the Muhammadan parts, the juhis or sorcerers are
the descendants of the old local chiefs, now replaced by a centralized
bureaucracy. Reduced to mere tricksters and jugglers dependent for
their food on the popular faith in their magic powers, they have made
the people as superstitious as any in the world. The same is the case

* The Do Donggo in Sumbawa are buried sitting, but I can find no note of the
Sumbanese custom.

+ On the death of a Sultan of Mbojo (Bima) in Sambawa, 199 buffaloes are
sacrificed. A new flagstaff is raised by his successor, and a slave is said to be
strangled and buried beneath it. This, if true, illustrates the extreme conservatism
of the East, for the people of Bima may be almost called a civilized race, and have
been Muhammadans for some centuries.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Se. 153

with the heathen Do Donggo. Here the sorcerers hold a higher rank as
juhi Perafu or priests of the god Perafu. But all temporal power is in
the hands of the glarangs or headmen. The result is, that the mori, or
ancestral spirits, and the héncha, or demons, are never out of peoples’
minds, everything seen or done has some good or evil significance, there
are sa¢red trees, mountains, springs, stones, and animals, while every spot
is the scene of some absurd legend. Hach village has its priest’s house,
priestess’s house, and its wna Perafu or house of Perafu, closed, empty
and of very archaic make. Belief in the evil eye, in the unluckiness of
a thousand acts and signs, in the constant presence of evil demons, and
in the disastrous effect of anything unusual or uncustomary, make
these people the timid, unhappy race they are.*

The Sumbhanese are said to worship one greater god, described as
umbu walu mendoku or he who makes all, who owns all the sandalwood.
Also two deities called wmbu awan, lord of heaven, and wmnbu tana, lord
of earth, to whom worship is paid at harvest time, and rice, pigs, horses
and buffaloes sacrificed. ‘They also believe in evil spirits, and the huge
fig trees in some of the villages are apparently held in veneration. Cer-
tain things also are sacred, and hence tabu or forbidden (palili in Sumba,
léo or pomali in Timor, perafu among the heathen of Sambawa).
Though the crocodiles receive no regular ceremonial worship as in
Roti,; the Sumbanese nevertheless throw them meat, saying, “ Don’t eat

* For instance, when I was at Kalain the Donggo country, the juhis kept
praying and sacrificing all night to prevent evil resulting from my stay there. At
Pelunto the people threatened to abandon their homes when they heard I was
going to climb Haruhasa, the chief mountain in those parts. And when I returned
and nothing happened, they said I had not really done it, just as when the alpinist
climbed Ararat, the Armenians would not believe it, because he had not geen the
Ark standing intact on the summit, as St. Mesrob had seen itin his dream. At
Oo, the juhi declared that my visit had caused the terrible rains we had then. Ont
of revenge I rolled my eyes at him tragically, and repeated the first stanza of
“Simple Simon met a Pieman ” once or twice when I met him, upon which he fled
the country. Such things are quite impossible in Sumba, and their own little
devices for keeping off the evil spirits are performed in rather a sceptical mood.
As in India they snap their fingers when some one sneezes. Ifa young man hiccups,
they box his ears, if an old man, they ask him respectfully why he did it, to which
he calmly replies that he never did, and there is a general smile.

¥ The following story was told me by Mijnheer Teffer, whose wife, a remarkably
beautiful woman, now a Christian, was the daughter of the king of Hai in Roti.
There is a caste of priests of the crocodile there. When they want to travel by water
they call the crocodile, and he carries them wherever they wish on his back. Ona
certain day they go down to the bank, and call the crocodile, describing to him their
rank and duties. When he comes out, they take him up and carry him, with a band
of music and an applauding crowd, to his temple. There they give him rice and
sweetmeats, put a robe on him, and begin praying over him. He dislikes the praying

154 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. [No. 2,

me, but eat such a man, my enemy.” But the chief Sumbanese deity is
Merapu (the name is obviously equivalent to the Sambawan Perafu), who
is the hearth-god, a kind of aggregation, I imagine, of the ancestral
spirits. But some say he is a man who lives in Masn, and is a kind of
intercessor with the great gods for men, and especially for kings. He
is described as black in hue, for when I asked why the Sumbanese
dressed wholly in black, they replied that it was Merapu’s colour. The
largest insect in the island, the black butterfly I have named Papilio
merapu, 18 sacred tohim, They pray to him in the forest, placing betel,
siri, and a bit of gold or silver ona leaf, and setting it on the ground
say ‘‘Merapu, give me this and that, pasturage for my horses, rain
for my maize, and vengeance for my wrongs.” Slaves pray to Merapu
that the king may live a hundred (ngasu) years, for they are afraid of
being sacrificed at his death.

The houses are large, with a thatched roof pointed at the top, and
a floor raised five or six feet above the ground. Inside, the fireplace is
always surrounded by four posts. That on the right hand on entering is
called Merapu’s post, and the enclosure is sacred to the god. Oaths are
taken by laying the hand on this post, and no one is allowed to sing or
play the guitar indoors when a fire is on the hearth.

Houses are gathered in a paraing (generally called paré) or village,
or ina negert (Sanskrit, through the Javanese) or town. The political
unit, at least in the interior, is a group of open villages, protected by a
fortress (kota, Sanskrit through the Javanese). Thus Watupéli is the
central fortress of Melolo, Kamanu of Mandas, and Lambanapu of
Kambéra. On the plains, these fortresses are defended by intricate
cactus hedges, but I was told that in Laura (I think) towns are
strongly walled with stone, as is the case with some of the hill forts
elsewhere. These last are often very striking. Lateng in the
Taimanu state, is builton a sharp spur of the mountains, the col
connecting it with the main mass fortified by wall after wall. On the
other side, the hill descends at a very steep angle to the river a thousand
feet below, and this almost inaccessible gorge is so industriously eulti-
vated as to be a perfect nest of verdure in this dreary country. In times
of peace these forts are often left almost unguarded. Once I lost my way
at nightfall in the Kiritana district, but when the moon rose I struck a
path, and rode through a country of alternate thorny jungle, and
meadows studded with great upright blocks of coral-like tombstones,

and strugeles, so that it is necessary to quiet him with more food, and begin the
prayers again. When the prayers are said, they carry him back to the river with
music and dancing, and when he enters the water all the other crocodiles rise up
and pay homage to him as their king.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, §c. 155

worn into a thousand fantastic shapes like Gothic gurgoyles. The
impressive uncanniness of this place I cannot describe; my horse was
in an agony of terror. Finally I came to a citadel on a steep crag, and
climbing the wall in constant expectation of attack, I found a mass of
huge fortress-lke houses of stone, bigger than any built nowadays.
After I had gone over most of them and found them full of grain and
household utensils, but without inhabitants, I finally stumbled on
three very old men, who were speechless with amazement at seeing me.
They were in charge of the place and had not had a visitor for months.

The little district with its sheltering citadel was probably till
modern times the only kind of state in Sumba. The recent evolution
of governments like Léwa and Melolo has as yet had but little influence-
on the people of the interior.

On the coast, one can now ride from Waingapu to Melolo without
receiving anything fromthe men he meets but polite salutations. In
the interior, even in the middle of the Léwa dominions, I never met a
native not belonging to the village where I was staying, but we both
prepared for battle, and spear and revolver were held in readiness till
we had exchanged betel. Twice I was within an ace of being speared,
because I came on men suddenly in the forest. When two parties meet,
they halt when yet a long way apart, dismount, and drive their spears
deep into the earth as a sign of peace, then exchange a “ cooey”’ (the
well-known Australian cry, much used in Sumba), and yell out a
question or two. Then two men advance, one from each party, and
exchange betel, after which the others come forward warily, keeping a
good grip on spear and shield. In spite of the tyranny of the kings
over their subjects, and their occasional ferocity to conquered enemies,
centralized government of any kind is better than this constant distrust
of one’s neighbours. The northern kings of Sumba have greatly
strengthened their power by making it hereditary. The wmbu maremba,
or heir-apparent, is a power even in his father’s lifetime. Whereas in
Ende, Roti, Savu, and in the less advanced states of Sumba, the king’s
successor is elected by the nobles from the royal house.

The most powerful of the Sumba kings are those of Léwa (who
holds Kambéra by right of conquest), and Melolo (who ruled half the
island a generation ago), whose son rules at Petawang. West of
Léwa come Taimanu, Kapundu, Palmédo, Kadungu (or Memboro), and
finally Laura, which is said to be of great interest, but which has
not been visited by any Huropean. The Dutch claim allegiance from
the Savu and Timorese immigrants at Waingapu and Kabaniru as well
as over a few Arabs, Bugis, and Chinese who trade at Waingapu. Bue
these all pay tribute to the king of Léwa, and the only time they

156 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, §c. [No. 2,

refused it, he plundered the village, and drove the Dutch agent out of
Sumba. When the unhappy Achinese war is over, it is to be hoped that
the Dutch will pay some attention to this fine island, hitherto neglected.
Owing to the absence of fire-arms, it could be subjugated by an insigni-
ficant force; the horse-trade properly developed would prove a mine of
wealth ; and under settled government the island would be as prosperous
as Roti or the Minahasa. However it may have been in the last
century, no people in this can rule semibarbarous races better than the
Dutch—when they think it worth their while.

Some idea of a Sumbanese king may be gathered from an account |
of my visit to Tunggu, king of Léwa, which I made with my kind
friend Mr. K. H. de Roo van Alderwereld. The king was then at
Kawangu near the coast.

We rode from Waingapu across the Matawai, past the Savu settle-
ment of Kabaniru, and reached the Kambéra river, where women were
dyeing cloth in the black mud, and a frizzly-haired Timorese was fishing
ina canoe. Fording the Kambéra and the Palamenjéli with much
difficulty, we reached Kawangu, a village of thirty large houses. A
narrow path wound zigzag past three great concentric hedges of cactus
guarding the place, and brought us to the king’s house. He was an
ugly old man, well over six feet high, wearimg nothing but a dirty
waist-cloth, his skinny limbs uncovered. His long hair was white and
knotted over the nape of his neck, his eyebrows were black and stood
out from his head, the hairs more than an inch long, shading a pair of
singularly bright, unsteady eyes, and giving him an extraordinary
appearance. He shook hands with us feebly with his paralyzed left
hand, holding his spear in his right all ready for action, for he is
forever suspecting some treachery. He had two mares led up, and
drove his spear into the throat of each with a wild shout ; then he
killed a pig for us, saying, politely, ‘“‘ Pork is for kings’ sons, but mares’
meat is good enough for soldiers.” For the mares’ meat was for his body-
guard, a number of handsome and splendidly-formed young men, with
whom he was at that time hoping to conquer the whole island. Later
on, we saw him standing among them ladling the boiling meat out of a
huge pot, and saying, according to our interpreter, “ Hat, my children ;
he who fights shall eat meat; let slaves stick to millet.”

He took us to see his elder brother, who was slowly dying of cancer,
and had therefore given up the throne to him many years before.
When my trip into the interior was suggested, he coolly made a counter-
proposal that we should both go and help him in his campaign against
Anakala. For he has no fire-arms, and no doubt thought a rifle or
two would have great effect on those sturdy mountaineers. On our

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, 8c. 157

declining this, he invited the leading nobles into the council-house
and consulted the auguries about my journey, examining the liver of
one fowl after another till one suited him. Every stain or flaw in the
liver has its own meaning, and I was surprised at the acuteness of his
inferences regarding them. Sometimes he would consult some of the
old men, who seemed quite familiar with the science, and evidently
considered it as reasonable and reliable as the multiplication table.
The king is held the best haruspex in the country, and is also proud of
his skill in causing rain or drought. He remarked incidentally that
he would give me good weather for my trip. We sat up till late
listening to a minstrel singing a song of the king’s composition, twang-
ling a guitar the while. The king sat glancing sharply at us alternately,
some nervous affection keeping his head and hands in constant motion.
Meanwhile his followers sat in a circle round him, looking singularly
dignified and austere. They wore black mantles and turbans, their
belts were full of handsomely-mounted weapons, their fine Roman
faces perfectly quiet, in striking contrast to their master’s, whom they so
surpassed in dress and bearing. Still I think I understood then some-
what of the power which made this ignorant savage a ruler of men,
personally more reverenced than any sovereign in civilized countries.

The butterflies mentioned in the following list were taken in 1887,
The Sambawan specimens are in the hands of Mr. B, Neumoegen. The
Sumba ones have remained four years in my possession, during the
course of which most of them have suffered greatly, and many of the
best have disappeared or been destroyed, including several uniques,
of which I have only descriptions made at the time. As, however, no
one may visit the interior of Sumba again for many years to come, I
shall include these descriptions here. Owing to my small knowledge of
Moluccan and Timorese butterflies, and the absence of specimens for
comparison, my work is necessarily imperfect. When described, the
Sumba butterflies will be sent to M. Charles Oberthiir. Of the
Sambawa butterflies I cannot give a complete list, and I am obliged to
omit most of the Huplwas and some others. At the time I was there,
I counted about 140 species taken in each island. In this list I number
only the Sumba species, those from Sambawa being introduced chiefly
to illustrate the geographical distribution of the species, and to deseribe
a few novelties.

There is a considerable Austro-Malayan element in the Sumba
butterflies, but very few of these forms reappear in Sumbawa, Orne-
thoptera naias and Danais (Naswma) haruhasa being the most remarkable
of those that do. The list scarcely does justice to this element in

21

158 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, &e. [No. 2,

Sumba, since a Doleschallia and a Charaaes probably of Moluccan type
escaped me, and of a Hypolimnas apparantly near H. pandarus I made
no description, and the specimens are lost.

A few Papuan or Timorese forms occurring in Sumba do not
extend to Sambawa, such as Radena oberthurti, and the above-mentioned
Doleschallia and Hypolimnas. In one or two cases a species occurring
with little change from Java to Timor has a wholly different represen-
tative in Sumba, asin the case of Papilio maremba. Ten Sumbanese
forms are represented in Sambawa by other allied species, namely, six
Danaide, three Pieride anda Papilio. Nine species of Danuis occur in
Sumba and nine in Sambawa, and of these six are the same, and three
different. Ten species of Huplea (of nine different groups) were taken
in Sambawa, and only six in Sumba (perhaps on account of the
continual rain in the interior), of these only one, a large Salpinx, was
common to the two islands. The dominant Huplea of Sumba was
apparently H. lewa, that of Sambawa seemed to be the Javanese LH,
(Selinda) eleusina, and both have their mimics. Trepsichrois, of which
a species is peculiar to each island, appears as a mimic, and rare,
whereas further west it is usually a dominant genus.

Information regarding the seasonal forms of the Satyride, will be
found under the head of that family. It will be seen that in these
islands the non-ocellate brood appears when the ocellate brood appears
in India, as might be expected, the seasons there being similarly
reversed. In Sambawa I reared both forms of Melanitis leda from the
wet-season one, by keeping a wet sponge along with the chrysalids in
one box, whence only the ocellate brood was obtained.

My discovery of the dimorphism of these insects, made in 1882-3,
and my theory regarding its cause, have now received confirmation
from all sides, and may be regarded as proven.

My collecting in Sambawa was in the eastern part of the island in
the sultanate of Bima or Mbojo, and was unfortunate, owing to the
heavy and unseasonable rains. Owing to the assistance of Mijnheer
A. C. de Heer, Controleur of Bima, for whose kindness I offer my best
thanks, I was enabled to visit the mountains west of Bima, the Sultan
sending his brothers to arrange matters for me. These mountains,
which are of some height—two of the peaks, Haruhasa and Ndindi ex-
ceeding five thousand feet in elevation—are in the district of Bolo, the
capital of which is Sila, and are inhabited by a timid race called the
Do Donggo Bolo to distinguish them from the Do Donggo Kai near
Prado. The higher parts of the mountains have a very wet climate, and
are partly meadow and partly forest. The latter is exceedingly rich
and luxuriant, resembling that of Sumatra or Borneo, but is of no great
height on account of the violence of the wind.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. 159

My impression is, though I can scarcely prove it by lists of species,
that the insects of this mountain region, are almost purely Indo-
Malayan, or at least more so than those of the coasts. If this is true,
it does not at all agree with Mr. Wallace’s belief that the Indo-Malayan
element is of recent introduction. As these mountains are very easy
of access from Bima, where steamers stop every month, and as travelling
in the island of Sambawa is safe and pleasant, it seems a pity that
some competent ornithologist does not investigate the birds of this dis-
trict, which ought to afford many novelties.

Family Danarpa.

1. SAaLprnx MEIZON, n. sp.

Male, above, forewing rich brown with blue reflections, a short
slender pale lilac spot in the interno-median space, a costal spot and
seven large inner-submarginal ones, light blue with purple reflections,
generally pointed outwardly and inwardly, the second largest, separated
only by a vein from the first, which is prolonged costally, the last with an
obscure streak below it. Hindwing with the blue gloss much less conspi-
cuous, the velvety patch pale ochreous externally, darker internally ; two
or three small subapical lilac spots. Below dark brown, both wings with
the cell and the spaces just beyond it much paler than the outer part.
Forewing with a costal lilac dot, and sometimes one or two subapical, a
larger one in the lower median space; below the lower median vein a
large ochreous area, pale brown in the middle, extending below the
submedian vein, enclosing a short sericeous band. Hindwing with a
varying number of minute inner-submarginal lilac spots subapically, and
sometimes two or three still smaller outer-submarginal ones subanally.

The basal tuft of the male is very large, light reddish at base,
fuscous outwardly ; the outer tuft white, very short.

Hxpanse of male over four inches, the female still larger. Type
from Sumba, where it is scarce, also occurring in Sambawa, apparently
unchanged. It differs from S. lewcostictos and pasithea in the pale
internal areas of the underside, and in the absence of most of the sub-
marginal spots. It somewhat resembles S. viola, Butler, from the
Celebes, but lacks the blue spots on the hindwing above.

Sanpinx (SeLINDA) ELEUSINA, Cramer.
Sambawa, very common. An undescribed Isamia occurs in Sam-
bawa.
2. Sauprnx (CALLIPLGA) SUMBANA, 0. Sp.

Above, forewing brown, slightly glossed with blue, the outer margin
paler; a costal white spot, and a submarginal row of nine others, the

160 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Swmba and Sambawa, Se. [No. 2,

first six more or less fused into a single mass, the first and sixth some-
times separate, the veins dark, the fourth (above the upper radial vein)
much the largest, the seventh and eighth (between the median branches)
minute. Hindwing whitish costally, unmarked. Below uniform brown,
forewing with the spots reduced, those between the median veins
generally absent. Hindwing with 4-6 small inner-submarginal spots
subapically, the last minute.
Sumba, coast and interior. It seems quite distinct.

Saprinx (CALLIPL@A) SAMBAVANA, 0. Sp.

Above, forewing with seven large lilac spots centred with white,
the second and last largest, the upper ones sometimes slightly connected,
Hindwing with several lilac spots subapically. Below both wings
with two nearly complete submarginal series of small and delicate white
spots, the outer ones minute and not extending to the apex.

Sambawa, one of the numerous local forms of this group. A very
distinct species, C. hyems, Butler, oecurs in Timor.

I have noticed that both C. swmbana and C. sambavana are occasion-
ally found with the first subcostal vein united to the costal one, showing
at the same time the relations this group has with Hestia, and the small
value of classifications based wholly in venation.

3. STICTOPLGA MELOLO, N. sp.

Male, above rich dark brown, with blue reflections over all the
forewing except the extreme outer margin ; four lilac spots, sometimes
centred with white, forma narrow subapical mass, the fourth well
separated, generally a fifth below it, and occasionally a sixth. In the
male the sex marks vary; in the specimen before me, the upper one is
shorter than the lower, and only half as broad. Hindwing with two,
sometimes three, subapical spots. Below rich brown, darker at the end
of the cell and on the disc beyond it; a distinct white spot bordered with
lilac at the end of thecell, and two nearit in the median spaces;
generally traces of a few other dots, especially subapically on the hind-
wing. The semicircle of spots beyond the cell of the hindwing is re-
presented by obscure darker touches. The female is much paler.

Sumba, common ; one of the numerous local forms of this genus.

4. STICTOPL@A LACORDAIRE!I, Moore.
Sumba, common. The species was described from Java.

Eupi@a (TREFSICHROIS) DONGO, N. sp.
Male, above, forewing outwardly shining blue, basally blue-black,
with two rows of pale blue submarginal spots, the outer of about eight

1891.]_ W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. 161

or nine dots, not extending above the radial veins, the inner of seven
large spots placed irregularly, the first four and the last three in line,
the first minute. Hindwing bronzy brown with a slight bluish lustre
subapically, the velvety area extending below the upper median vein.
Below chocolate-brown, forewing with a purple cell-spot, a costal and
usually three or four minute discal spots, and one or two submarginal
dots near the lower angle. Hindwing with a large paler area subapical-
ly around the subcostal branches; usually afew submarginal bluish
dots. The wings are short and broad, quite unlike those of 7’. midamus.

Female with no trace of blue. Above, forewing with whitish
markings, one geminate in the cell, (besides a basal pale streak there),
one costal, two approximate beyond the cell, three discal, two outer-
discal spots, besides a few pale ones subapically and an interno-median
pale streak. Hindwing with the white rays larger and more distinct
than in 7’. midamus, the submarginal spots obscure. Below, all the
markings are white and well-defined.

Nearest T. mindanaensis, Semper, from the Philippines, but the
female and the underside of the male are very different.

Taken sparsely in the mountains of Sambawa, in the Donggo
country.

5. Hupi@a (TRePsIcHROIs) ELWESH, n. sp. Pl. I, fig. 1.

Female, above brown without any blue reflections, a pale longi-
tudinal streak in the cell, a small round whitish spot at its end, two
similar discal spots between the median branches, a long bent pale
streak in the upper part of the interno-median space, a subapical area
of five large white spots, separated by veins only, from the costa to
the upper median vein, the lower spot large and quadrate. Hindwing
with four white streaks occupying the greater part of the cell, two good-
sized elongate quadrate markings at the base of the spaces between the
upper subcostal and the radial vein, small spots beyond the cell below
the radial vein, and above the lower median, narrow whitish streaks in
the submedian space, and two in the internal space. Below, there are
obscure subapical dots on both wings, and a few marginal ones nearly
obsolete. The white masses of the forewing and the hindwing are
unchanged.

This species, the most aberrant of the genus, obviously mimics
Radena oberthurii, a dominant species in Sumba. No male was seen,
‘and only two females, both now in bad condition, were taken at Koloki
and Mandas, Central Sumba, 2—3000 ft.

I name this butterfly after Mr. H. J. Elwes, the well-known
lepidopterist and ornithologist.

162 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sica fNor2,

6. * Hupt@a (Rasuma ?) Lewa, n. sp. Pl. II, fig. 2.

Male, above, forewing dark brown, the outer part paler, especially
near the lower angle; a broad sericeous streak in the interno-median
space, nearly half an inch long; a subapical mass of four blue-bordered
white spots, with a minute one above them, the first two small, the
third large and quadrate, the fourth smaller, pointed inwardly; a
whitish point on the costa, another obsolescent diseally in the upper
median space. Hindwing unmarked, much paler than the forewing, espe-
cially outwardly. Below, forewing darkest on the disc and in the cell, the
subapical band somewhat reduced in size, one bluish spot in the cell,
one near the costa, and three on the disc, the lower one yellowish.
Hindwing, with a space above the terminal part of the cell much darker
than the rest, a pale band round the disc, one bluish spot in the cell,
five or six dots beyond it, and eight rosy ones in an irregular line across
the disc, two in each median and in the lower radial space, and one in
each of the two next spaces. Hxpanse over three inches.

Sumba, apparently a dominant species. Like the next species it
is separated from all allies by its white subapical band.

I did not find any species resembling this in Sambawa, though a
species of Penoa occurs there having a somewhat similar sericeous
brand above. I took only a single male at 2000 feet. A wholly dif-
ferent species, G. baudiniana, Godart (orope, Boisduval), occurs in Timor,
having the hindwing broadly whitish. H. lewa is apparently of Papuan
affinities.

7. Hurn@a (Crastia or VADEBRA) PALMEDO, n. sp. Pl. I, fig. 5.

Closely resembling the preceding species. Male, forewing dark
brown above, paler outwardly ; a white, rather quadrate, subapical mass
diffused at the edges, broken by three slender dark veins. Hindwing
nearly white above the upper subcostal vein, the rest brown, the outer
discal and subanal area much paler. Below, the pale areas are more
obvious than in Huplea lewa. Forewing with a bluish-white spot in
the cell, and two in the disc beyond, besides traces of two streaks in the
interno-median space. Hindwing with one spot in the cell, a semicircle
of six minute ones beyond it, and a row of seven or eight larger ones in
the yellowish discal area, all but one arranged linearly ; only one or two
submarginal dots visible.

Sumba, coast and interior. It is much less common than ZH. lewa,
but as the climena group to which it belongs is in most places a domi-
nant one, 1am unwilling to believe it a mimic of that species. The
species is a very distinct one.

An allied form occurs in Sambawa, with the margins broadly

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, &e. 163

whitish as in H. climena, and without the conspicuous subapical white
band of the forewing.

Huei@a (CRastia ?) DEHEERII, n. sp.

Male, above dark brown, with a slight violet gloss, the outer
margin broadly paler, not glossed. Forewing with an irregular series of
seven small white outer-discal spots, the first three subapical, cordate,
separated by veins, the fourth and fifth beyond the line of the others,
the fifth minute, the sixth and seventh in the median spaces, distinct,
equal, the upper elongate ; an obscure dot near the base of the upper
median space. Hindwing with three good-sized white subapical inner-
submarginal spots, and eight or nine obscure outer-submarginal dots,
which do not reach the apex. Below, the cell and inner part of the
disc of both wings dark brown, the rest paler, with a bronzy gloss.
Forewing with a spot in the cell, one costal, four or five discal violet-
white spots, seven inner-submarginal white ones arranged as above,
and eight or nine outer-submarginal ones minute. Hindwing with a cell-
spot, a semicircle of seven inner-discal violet-white spots, and one of
nine or ten outer-discal ones, mostly white, some lilac; about twelve
small submarginal white spots, larger than those on the forewing.

Like my Huplea oceanis from Hngano, this species has a large,
somewhat velvety, pale brown patch on the underside of the forewing.
This hes along the internal vein for more than half its length, about
three quarters of it lying above that vein. At the base of this there is
an obscure whitish patch, chiefly below the internal vein, while parallel
with itis an obscure longitudinal sericeous streak placed below the
lower median vein. The hindwing is whitish apically and costally, with
a pale brown area surrounding the subcostal veins, entering the cell
and the space below the costal vein, extending narrowly along the
subcostal veins three-quarters towards the margin.

The species perhaps belongs to Mr. Moore’s genus Gamatoba. I
took it inthe mountains of Sambawa, and name it in honour of my
friend Heer A. C. de Heer, Controleur of Bima.

Another species from Sambawa, belonged, I think, to the subgenus
-Tronga, making ten Hupleas in all from that island, some very rare.
Only six were takenin Sumba. At a favourable season, I believe
Sumba will yield a far larger number of species than I obtained
there,

8. Dawnats (Limnas) curysipeus, Linn.
Sumba, Sambawa. Somewhat intermediate between typical chry-
sippus and D, bataviana ; colour bright red as in chrysippus, the white

164 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Se. [No. 2,

spot at the end of the cell absent, the black border of the hindwing
broader than in Indian specimens, and inwardly diffused.

9. Dawais (SALATURA) GENUTIA, Cramer.

Sumba, Sambawa. My Sumba specimens are somewhat inter-
mediate between genutia and the Javanese D. intensa. There is only
one submarginal line of spots on the hindwing above, the small subapical
spots are nearly obsolete on the forewing above, and below, the red
area in the upper median space is present or absent. The general
colour is not so dark as in inéensa and the species larger.

10. Dawnars (SanatTuRA) LITORALIS, n. sp. Pl. IT, fig. 4, wnderside.

Male, above black, a narrow pale ferruginous band in the cell, a
much larger one occupying most of the interno-median space, and
another in the lower median space, extending much further outwardly,
slightly irrorated with white scales in the middle; a narrow oblique
white subapical macular band from the costa, the spot above the upper
median vein much beyond the line of those above it; one below it,
large; three costal marks, a dot beyond the end of the cell, five maregi-
nal and three submarginal spots in the median spaces, one apical and
one at the lower angle, all white. Hindwing black, a broad quadrate
white band across the disc, and the end of the cell as far as the lower
subcostal vein, scarcely reaching the submedian scent-gland, continued
outwardly by obscure ferruginous rays, the veins there widely black, an
outer row of submarginal white spots, with two inner ones subapically.
Below, forewing with the ferruginous cell-striga obsolescent, two rows
of minute submarginal spots subapically. Hindwing with two complete
rows of submarginal white spots, aud a few costal ones, including one
basally along the lower side of the costal vein, the white area more
broken, its discal spots outwardly incised, the cell-spot occupying two-
fifths of the cell; most of the disc, including the base of the cell and
the costal and subcostal spaces, ferruginous, edged with black; the
veins all dark, the submedian and internal veins black bordered with
white for most of their length; the outer black border glossed with
chocolate-brown.

Nearest Danais abigar (chionippe) from the Philippines, figured by
Mr. Distant from Province Wellesley, Malay Peninsula, though that
locality seems to me rather dubious. It differs in the smaller ferru-
ginous area on the forewing and smaller white area on the hindwing.
From D. fulgurata, affinis, aruana, etc., it differs in the absence of white
in the interno-median space of the forewing.

Sumba, scarce. An apparently identical form is common on the
dry coast of Sambawa.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. 165

In the figure the forewing has been drawn much too short.

Danais (NASUMA) HARUHASA, 0. sp.

Male, forewing extremely long and falcate, deep fuscous above ;
a long obscure reddish streak extends along the lower part of the cell,
another more distinct, ighter in colour, and enlarged outwardly, in the
interno-median space; a third, obscure, between the lower median
veins; a small round discal whitish spot in each of the spaces below
the upper radial vein, the second a little nearer the base than the
others are; two small whitish spots, one on each side of the lower
radial vein, are sometimes present (especially in the female) just beyond
the cell. Hindwing with discal streak of pale brown, slender and
rather obscure, a larger one in the cell: two rows of white submarginal
spots, the outer subanal only, minute, the inner obsolescent near the
median veins. Below dark brown, the apex of the forewing rufous, the
pale reddish markings of the forewing somewhat larger, those of the
hindwing larger and dull leaden-white in colour, reddish only at their
truncate tips, the submarginal series complete and nearly equal.
Forewing with the whitish discal spots larger, those just beyond the
cell distinct. An additional white spot is present near the apex, and a
row of outer-submarginal dots increasing towards the lower angle, an
inner-submarginal series confined to the apex. In the female three or
four of the outer-submarginal dots are sometimes visible above. In the
male the sex-mark is somewhat less prominent than in D. genutia.

Sambawa, 1000 —2500 feet, scarce. When on the wing it somewhat
resembles an undescribed Huplea found there.

Nearest Danats ismare from the Moluccas, but having the markings
of the upperside reddish instead of white, and much reduced in size and
number.

11. Danas (NASUMA) TAIMANU, n. sp.

Female. It obviously differs from the preceding species in the
presence of a broad quadrate white discal band on the forewing, between
the first subcostal and the upper median vein, in six pieces separated
only by slender dark veins; below this there is one or sometimes two
very small white spots. The submarginal spots are all obsolescent
except one or two at the apex of the hindwing. The basal marks on
the forewing are very indistinct, and merely paler not reddish, that in
the cell absent. The discal marks on the hindwing are wholly un-
defined, resembling a large pale area, broken by dark veins. Below,
there are generally one or two dots beyond the end of the cell, and also
a few minute ones at the apex, one between the lower subcostal veins

22

166 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, §c. (No. 2,

more distinct, more or less bifid. The hindwing has the leaden-whitish
markings rather broader than in D. haruhasa, but those in the median
spaces are much shorter, leaving the dark outer border very wide there.
The submarginal dots are in one specimen wholly absent, in the other
partly present, but very small.

The male is unknown. I took one female at Lateng (1000 feet) in
Taimanu, Sumba, and another at Mandas, Sumba. I fear that both are
now lost. When flying it somewhat resembles Huplea lewa, and no
doubt its mimicry of that species accounts for the presence of the broad
white band, absent in D. harwhasa and D. ismare.

The subgenus Nasuma, as far as known, inhabits only the Moluccas,
Sumba, and Sambawa, but no doubt a species will be found in Timor,
while none is known from Java. It is distinguished by its elongate wings,
and, at least in the two species described here, the flight is swifter than
in Danais genutia, etc. It seems likely that these insects have lost some
of the protective qualities of their allies, and have acquired a swifter
flight and become mimics of other butterflies, the Moluccan form re-
sembling a Radena, while the Sumba and Sambawa species look like
Eupleas when flying.

12. Danats (TrRUMALA) LimNIaAcE, Cram.

13. Danais (TIRUMALA) MELISSA, Cram.

Following Herr Semper’s instructions, I easily separated these two
species, which are extremely alike in general appearance. The melissa-
form somewhat resembled the figure of D. australis, Hombron and
Jacquinot. Ialso recorded a form of D. gautama in Sumba, but no
specimens have turned up. JD. limniace and melissa are both common
in Sumba and Sambawa.

14. Danars (CurTriraA) oRIENTIS, n. sp. Pl. II, fig. 5.

Near D. nilgiriensis. Cell-mark of forewing with all three rays
distinct, though slender, in the females, the upper two obsolescent in
the male, the interno-median marks broadly divided, the mark at the
base of the lower median space wanting (present in nilgiriensis), that
in the upper median space small and diffused (large and conspicuous
in allied species), the streak above the radial vein much longer than
the one above it (as in D. larissa), five or six submarginal dots. Hind-
wing with the cell-spot broad in the middle (narrow in nilgiriensis),
divided longitudinally by a slender dark line (absent in D. larissa
and luzonensis), a line of six outer-discal spots in the male, nine or ten
in the female, the submarginal line of spots incomplete. Below, both
lines of spots are complete.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, &c. 167

Pada Dalung, Central Sumba: a very dull-coloured species. It
appears to belong to Mr. Moore’s newly-deseribed genus Badacara, along
with B. nilgiriensis.

A single male from Sambawa agrees in the main with those from
Sumba. But the whitish markings are better defined and more trans-
parent, the outer submarginal spots of the forewing extend on the
underside to the apex, the elongate discal streak between the radial
veins is shorter, and all the discal and submarginal marks of the hind-
wing are somewhat larger and more distinct. The specimen is not
now in my possession, and I am unable to compare it with D. larissa.

15. RADENA OBERTHURU, n. sp. Pl. II. fig. 6.

Male, above dark brown, the markings yellowish, somewhat trans-
lucent ; a pale streak along the costal vein, the tip clavate and more
distinct ; the basal cell-streak bifid, its upper ray very slender, short ;
terminal cell-spot narrow, obliquely transverse ; interno-median space
with two strong white bands scarcely convergent, a broad dark space
between them ; a large, elongate spot in the lower median space; a
broad obliquely-transverse discal band of four large white spots se-
parated by veins, one on the costa somewhat apart from the others, the
fourth largest, ovate, the third incised outwardly ; another small spot
beyond these on the costa, and six small inner-submarginal spots, the
upper three in a line across the apex, the others small, transverse, be-
tween the upper median and internal veins; no outer-submarginal
spots are present. Hindwing paler brown than the forewing, the cell
all white, a large spot in each space beyond it, making, besides the long
submedian streaks, four in all, the second (above the upper median
vein) incised outwardly, and projecting beyond the others, the first and
fourth elongate, the third small, triangular; a line of about nine inner-
submarginal dots, placed rather irregularly. Below, similar, five or six
obscure outer-submarginal dots on the hindwing only. The tufts are
long, as in BR. juventa.

Nearest Radena purpwrata, Butler, from New Guinea, from which it
obviously differs in the two interno-median streaks, and the broad
oblique discal band on the forewing.

I name this fine species in honour of the distinguished entomologist,
M. Charles Oberthitir, of Rennes. It is a dominant species in Sumba,
occurring both on the coast and inland, and seems to be the most
western representative of the Papuan group to which it belongs.

16. RApENA KAMBERA, n. sp. PI. II. fig. 7.
Allied to R. juventa, from Java. The wings are shorter, and

168 W. Doherty—-The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. [No. 2,

most of the white markings larger. The basal cell-streak is short and
dusky, the outer one large, upright, the upper part projecting lke the
lower, a slender streak above it. ‘The two series of subapica. streaks of
juventa are in kambera united into three very long white strige, that
between the radial veins being nearly half an inch in length; all are
incised outwardly ; the inner-submarginal spots are large. Hindwing
with the dark streak in the cell-spot continued to the end of the cell,
slightly forked in the middle. Below, the light markings are not yellow-
ish and greenish as in FR. juventa, but pure white with a slight lilae
gloss.

A very distinct species, not very common in Sumba.

In Sambawa there are two species of Radena, both I think distinct
local forms. One, which appears to be the representative of R. vulgaris,
is common everywhere; the other is very close to the Javanese fi. juventa,
and is confined to the higher country, though I have taken it as low as
1500 feet. I have now no specimens of either species, and am unable
to compare them with their allies.

Family SATYRIDA.

17. Letras puropa, Fab.
A female, Sumba, 2000 feet; another, Sambawa, 4000 feet, both
resembling Java specimens.

18. Mycanests (ORSOTRI@NA) MEDUS, Fab.
Sumba, Sambawa, common in meadows.

19. Mycanests (CALYsismE) PERSEUS, Fab.

The wet-season, ocellate brood prevailed in Sumba till the middle
of March, when the non-ocellate form (blasius) took their place. In
Sambawa, the latter brood had already begun to appear in the middle
of April, but a long succession of heavy rains exterminated them, and
the ocellate form reappeared and continued in exclusive possession till
the latter part of May.

20. Mycanusis (JATANA) WAYEWA, 0. sp.

Female, above dark brown, a small ocellus on the forewing between
the lower median branches. Hindwing outwardly whitish, gradually
darkening inwardly, with two submarginal dark lines, a small ocellus
between the lower median branches. Selow, dark brown, slightly
rufous, not perceptibly striate ; a median transverse whitish line, angled
at the upper median and above the submedian vein; beyond this the
wing is much paler, with a rather small ocellus above the upper radial

1891.] W. Doherty—The Putterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Se. 169

vein, a large one above and a small one below the lower median vein ;
a marginal line and two wavy, dark submarginal ones. Hindwing with
the outer half whitish, the dark area very sharply outlined, projecting
outwardly above the upper median vein ; seven ocelli nearly in line, the
first, fourth, and fifth large, subequal, the second and seventh minute ;
beyond this are two wavy submarginal and marginal dark lines.

The male is darker and more uniform, the ocelli less marked, with
a golden-brown sex-mark (as in M. mineus) on the submedian vein of
the forewing, and a large subcostal ochreous tuft, the subcostal vein and
its upper branch, slightly swollen around its bifurcation. The prehensors
and sex-marks agree with those of Calysisme and so does its venation,
except in the point mentioned.

This species occurs both in Sumba and in Sambawa, confined in
both to the higher and damper regions. It is apparently the local
representative of Mycalesis mynois, Hewitson from Timor, but lacks the
conspicuous white band of that species. I also suspect it to be the local
representative of M. mineus, but without a more elaborate study of
the prehensors I cannot well prove it. Mycalesis mynots is the type of
Mr. Moore’s genus Jatana, the raison détre of which I have not been
able to discover.

21. YpuHTHIMA AstEROPE, Klug.

Sumba only, found in the driest plains. It is worth remarking that
this species has prehensors precisely like those of Y. pandocus, the size
and habits of which are so different, while the markings are nearly
identical.

22. YPHTHIMA LEUCE, 0. sp.

A local form of Y. philomela. The forewing has a large, conspicu-
ous, whitish sex-mark, and an ocellus as in philomela ; the hindwing has
the cilia white, and the outer and abdominal region grey, with two large
blue-pupilled ocelli and two minute anal ones. Below; the striz are
very irregular ; the forewing has a whitish discal band partly inclosing
the large ocellus, and extending to the hind-margin ; there is a sub-
marginal dark band, the apex and costa are dark. Hindwing chiefly
white, the disc being free from strie over a considerable area, and
elsewhere they are very delicate and irregular, forming an obscure
transverse fascia, crossing the cell near its end, and a continuous, slen-
der submarginal line. The six ocelli are in pairs, as in Y. philomela or
sepyra, all black, pupilled with blue, and with large ochreous irides.

This species is found in Sumba and Sambawa. It may also he
allied to Y. aphnius (Timor) of which only the dry-season form is known,

170 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Se. [No. 2,

In that case it bears much the same relationship to aphnius as Mycalesis
wayewa does to the Timorese M. mynois, the orange band of the hind-
wing of 7’. aphnius being absent.

Mr. de Nicéville has shown me that the true Yphthima philomela of
Johanssen has no sex-mark. Since that is the case, the Indian form will
stand, I suppose, as Y. baldus.

23. MELANITIS CONSTANTIA, Cram.

Sumba, Sambawa, not uncommon on the dry coast. A Sumba
female before me has the ochreous band narrow and irregular, almost
attaining the costa and the lower angle, its outer border undefined, with
three obscure ocelli (the first chiefly white, the last nearly all dark),
the outer border with three indentations, and projecting acutely in-
wardly along the lower median vein. Hindwing with two ocelli, the
apical border narrowly ochreous. Below, the ocelli are rather small,
the aspect that of M. leda, the wet-season form.

24, Mbpnanitis LepA, Linneus.

The dry-season brood (ismene) appeared in Sumba in the middle
of March, in Sambawa in the middle of May; till that date the ocellate
brood held the field.

Family ELYMNIADA.

ELYMNIAS UNDULARIS, Drury.
Sambawa, low country, not differing from Java specimens. No
Elymnias is known from Sumba or Timor.

Family MORPHIDA.

A Discophora (timora, Wallace) has been found in Timor, but I saw
none of the family either in Sumba or Sambawa.

Family BYBLIAD.

25. HRGOLIS ARIADNE, Linn.

Sumba, Sambawa, not differing from the Indian form, hardly so
small and dark as the Javanese. I believe H. merione also occurs in
Sambawa.

Family APATURID AL.

96. CYNTHIA DEIONE, Erich.
A single male, Sumba, interior. Common in Sambawa, where the
females vary toa remarkable extent, some being as red as the male,

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. 171

while others are dark green insects like parthenos. Intermediate forms
are common.

27. CETHOSIA PENTHESILEA, Cram.

Sumba and Sambawa, common, even on the coast. A single female
taken in the interior of Sumba was very large and richly coloured, re-
sembling the female of the Javanese OC. hypsea, Doub., but I am not
sure that it was distinct from C. penthesilea.

CETHOSIA TAMBORA, 0. sp.

Black, the usual wavy submarginal lines absent on both wings.
Forewing with an irregular ochreous subapical band of six marks, the
first two slender, minute, the third elongate-quadrate, the fourth very
small, triangular, the fifth long and narrow, the sixth large, triangular,
paler ; a dull reddish area on the hind margin and basally in the interno-
median space, two or three reddish touches basally in the cell. Hind-
wing, basal half red, a small dark spot discally between the costal and
the subcostal veins, and one between the subcostal branches. Below,
all blue-black and ochreous-white, except a reddish area on the hind
margin of the forewing.

The description, which is apparently that of a female, is a poor
one, but I believe several specimens of both sexes are in Mr. Neumoe-
gen’s possession. It is very unlike any known species.

Sambawa, mountains, scarce. I have named it after the great Sam-
bawan volcano, celebrated for its eruption in 1815.

I have dubiously recorded a similar species in Sumba, not taken,
the underside more variegated.

Two very beautiful species, C. lamarcki and leschenaultii, were
taken by Mr. Wallace in Timor, but neither seem to extend further
westwards.

28. CupHA ERYMANTHIS, Drury.
Sumba, Sambawa, normal. No Cuirrhochroa was seen in either
island, nor has any been recorded from Timor.

29. ATELLA PHALANTA, Drury.
Sumba, Sambawa. Sumba specimens are richly marked with
purple below.

30. ATELLA SINHA, Kollar.
Sumba, Sambawa, normal.

31. Cyrestis nAIs, Wallace.
Two tattered specimens from Pada Dalung in Sumba seem to be

172 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Swmba and Sambawa, §c. [No. 2,

almost precisely intermediate between C. nivea and C. thyodamas. To
indicate their affinities would require a long description. They seem
near Mr. Wallace’s C. nais from Timor, but without better specimens I
cannot be sure of their position,

SyMBRENTHIA HIPPOCLUS,* Cram.
Sambawa, none taken.

32. Pyrawers carput, Linn.
Dry meadows, Sumba.

33. JUNONIA ATLITES, Joh.
Sumba, Sambawa.

34. JUNONIA ASTERIE, Linn. var., SUMBA.

Above, the subapical ocellus is indistinct, merged in the black band
from the costa; the lower ocellus is large and set in a black patch. On
the hindwing the lower ocellus is much larger than in Indian specimens
of asterie, and is marked like the upper one. Below, the forewing has
only two ocelli, the upper pair on the hindwing are more perfectly
merged into one, the black transverse lines are replaced by diffused
pale reddish ones; the hindwing has three pale bands across it.

Sumba, Sambawa, common. It is merely an extreme form of the
Java variety (J. javana, Felder), which connects it with the typical In-
dian one, differing chiefly on the underside.

The non-ocellate form, J. almana, probably conspecific with asterie,
was not taken.

35. JUNONIA VELLIDA, Fab.

The upperside agrees with Godart’s description. The underside is
rather brilliantly marked with black or fuscous wavy lines on a pale
grey ground, a reddish submarginal band, the hindwing with five ocelli,
of which only the second and fifth are distinct, pupilled with bluish.

This pretty little species occurred only,on the desert plains of
Sumba, and seemed to be rare.

36. Junonia Aonts, Linn.
The markings of the forewing are rather fuscescent than fulvous

except the ocelli, of which only two are distinct, the lower small and
attached to the upper. On the hindwing the second of the five ocelli

* In Eastern Java I found that the female of this butterfly was dimorphic, one
form having the yellow spots replaced by white ones, so that it resembled a white
Neptis instead of a yellow one. No intermediate forms were seen.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Se. 173

is larger than the others. Otherwise the specimens agree with Godart’s
description. In the female there are distinct reddish-bordered ocelli on
the forewing, and the sordid spots are larger. The underside is some-
times reddish, as is often the case with the female of J. lemonias. There
seem to be two perfectly distinct seasonal forms, that of the dry-season
resembling a dead leaf below.

Sumba, Sambawa, those from the latter island not examined.
The species is certainly very close to the Javanese J. erigone.

37. JUNONIA TIMORENSIS, Wallace. ;

In the male there is no distinctly rufous area except a smeneinel
band on both wings, evanescent apically on the forewing. In some
females nearly the whole upper surface is more or less rufous, outward-
ly brighter, a dark area over the apex and disc of the forewing, the
subapical spots united, a small distinct ocellus (obscure in the male)
between the lower median branches. Below, the male is dark with
the ocelli distinct, while the above-mentioned females are glossed with
silvery-grey scales over both wings, obscuring the subapical band and
the ocelli, the median transverse line distinct, angled at the upper
median vein. These females evidently belong to the dry-season brood,
just appearing at the time I left Sumba, and resembling the other form
much as J. almana resembles asterie. I have not observed any male of
this brood.

Sumba. This very distinct species, as Mr. Wallace justly calls it»
was previously known only from Timor,

38. JUNONIA oRITHYIA, Linn.
Sumba, Sambawa.

39. PReEcIs ma, Cram.
Sumba, Sambawa.

40. Precis reHita, Cram.
Sumba, Sambawa.

41. Yoma sapina, Cram.

Sumba, Sambawa, low country.

I see that Doubleday, followed by M. Oberthiir and Dr. Semper,
places this species in the very heterogeneous African genus Salamis,
the type of which somewhat resembles a Doleschallia, The only species
of Salamis at all like Yoma are S. anacardi and anteva, forming Wallen-
gren’s genus Protogoniomorpha, a name which ought to be barred on
account of its enormous length. But in these species the cell of the

23

174 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Swmba and Sambawa, §c. [No. 2,

hindwing terminates opposite the second forking of the median vein,
in Yoma at some distance before it. The relations of homologous
genera in different zoological regions are as yet very little known, and
will no doubt greatly exercise the minds of naturalists in the next cen-
tury. But for the present [think my genus Yoma may be allowed to
stand.

42. Hyponrmnas misippus, Linn.
Sumba, Sambawa. The female mimics Danais chrysippus as
usual.

43. Hypo.LiMNas BOLINA, Linn.
Sumba, Sambawa. The female sometimes hasa red area near
the hind margin of the forewing and over the disc of the hindwing.

44. HypouimNnas sauNDERSII, Wallace, (?).
Several broken specimens of what appeared to be a dwarf form of
H. pandarus were taken in Sumba, but none have survived.

HYpoLiMnas ANOMALA, Wallace.
One male, taken in the mountains of Sambawa. I am unable to
say whether it was identical with Javanese specimens or not.

45. DOLESCHALLIA sp.
At least one species occurs in the dry coast region of Sumba, but
no specimen was taken.

46. He tcyra cHionipre, Felder.
Several specimens seen at Pada Dalung in Sumba, but none taken.

47, CHARAXES ATHAMAS, Drury.
Sumba, Sambawa.

48. CHARAXES sp.

A very large Charazes apparently of the eudamippus group was
several times seen in the mountains of Sumba, and again in those of
Sambawa. Unlike 0. ewdamippus, which is a ground butterfly, it always
alighted high up on trees, so that I could never catch it. Another
species, something like (. pyrrhus, was once seen in Sumba.

Family NYMPHALIDA.

49. PHADYMA COLUMELLA, Cr. j
Sumba, Sambawa. The upper band of the hindwing above is
much broader than in Indian specimens.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. 175

50. Nepris HoRDONTA, Stoll.
Sumba, Sambawa. The yellow markings above are all much
smaller than in Indian specimens.

51. NuEpris NANDINA, var. SUMBA.

This form greatly resembles the Javanese N. leucothoé, a near ally
of the Indian N. varmona, but the triangular white spot beyond the cell
is narrow and elongate, sometimes extending on the underside two-
thirds towards the margin. The subapical white band is somewhat less
massive, and the four large discal spots are separated by veins, the first
elongate, as large as any of the others. The upper band of the hind-
wing is narrower, the submarginal lines remoter from the margin. The
general colour of the underside is dark red, the white bands very
slightly outlined with dark. Though the markings resemble those of
N. leucothoé, the species is probably more allied to N. nandina. From
this it may easily be distinguished by the brilliant white markings of
the upperside. The discal spots are large, that between the upper two
median veins large and elongate, the cell-streak is well separated from
the triangular spot beyond the cell. The upper band of the hindwing
is narrower, especially apically.

Sumba; a somewhat different form occurs in Sambawa, which I
am now unable to examine. [ did not observe any representative of
the varmona group in Sumba.

52. ATHYMA PpERIUS, Linn.
Sumba, Sambawa. As in India it generally occurs in open
meadows, unlike all its allies.

53. ATHYMA KARITA, 0. Sp.

Male, above deep brown, variegated with darker areas, forewing
with an outer-submarginal pale line, and an inner-submarginal series of
slender obsolescent greenish streaks. An oblique subapical band of
three greenish-yellow spots, the second largest, adjacent to the first, the
third as large as the first, round, separate; cell unmarked; a broad
discal macular band from the hind-margin to the second median vein,
with a small triangular spot above it, that between the two lower
median veins rounded-quadrate, as large as the one below it, separated
from it only by a vein, and projecting beyond it. Hindwing with two
greenish-yellow bands, the upper unbroken, very wide on the costa,
extending to the submedian vein, where it tapers to a point; the lower
band composed of six transverse spots cut by dark veins, their lower
edges incised, the outer ones slender, lunular. Below the markings are
similar, but whiter and more united, placed on a dull brown ground, a

176 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, §c. (No. 2,

darker chocolate area discally on the forewing, a row of obscure darker
submarginal spots on the forewing, and discally on the hindwing; the
abdominal margin of the hindwing is broadly suffused with bluish.

Sumba, a single male taken by the river Waibaku near Pada
Dalung, at 1,500 feet. The species seems intermediate between A.
venilia and A. amhara. ;

ATHYMA NEFTE, Cram.
One male taken near Ndindi, Sambawa, at 3000 feet elevation.
It is one of the apparently numerous Indo-Malayan species inhabiting
the mountainous interior of this island.

54. Limenitis* procris, Cram.
Sumba, Sambawa.

* I append the description of a very rare species from Perak, Malay Peninsula,
allied to L. daraza.

LIMENITIS AGNEYA, 0. sp.

Male. Above very deep fuscons, a pea-green band across both wings. Base of
forewing somewhat paler, with obliquely transverse darker markings in and below
the cell: a snbmarginal pale line, an onter-discal row of six dark spots set in square
paler spaces. The green band extends from the hind margin to the upper median
vein in four spots separated by dark veins only, the upper spot a little out of line
and smaller. Beyond these a line of three smaller spots runs to meet them oblique-
ly, placed at right angles with the costa, extending from the upper median to the
subcostal, the upper smaller than the others and whitish, placed above the inner
half of the middle and largest one. More than halfway between these and the apex
are two other spots also placed at right angles with the costa, and between the third
and fifth subcostal veins, the lower small, greenish, the npper very small, whitish.
On the hindwing the green band extends from the costa, where it is widest, to the
submedian vein, tapering toa point. Its inner margin is convex, its outer straight ;
it is whitish at both ends and cut by slender black veins. The submarginal pale
line and the outer-discal line of spots are much as on the forewing; cilia white,
dark at the ends of the veins. Below light chestnut-brown, the band as above, but
paler green and not cut by dark veins, the basal marks on both wings outlined with
lilac, the onter-discal line of spots set in lilac areas, the submarginal line lilac, some
darker red discal markings beyond the green band.

Obviously differs from Eimenitis daraza in the bifid green band of the forewing ;
agrees with it in the closed cells of both wings, which make the positions of the
species in this genus rather dubious. My single male of agneya was taken on Larut
Hill, Perak, at about two thousand feet elevation. L. daraza, not apparently differing
in any respect from the Himalayan form, was not uncommon at the summit of the
same hill, nearly three thousand feet higher.

Prehensors, seen from the side. In agneya the uncus is long, sinuous, hooked
at the tip, without branches, the clasp simple, straight, tapering gradually to the

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. 177

LIMENITIS HOLLANDII, n. sp.

Male, above, black; cilia alternately black and white, a double
undulating submarginal pale line, touched with whitish apically on
the forewing; two united white spots placed obliquely subapically
above the radial veins, with or without a smaller one below them.
A broad common white band, very slenderly cut by dark veins,
edged outwardly with purple, across both wings, extending on the fore-
wing nearly to the upper median vein, the upper (fourth) piece small,
the inner edge of the band straight, the outer irregular, Hindwing
with the white band extending to the submedian vein, where it is
tapering, both its edges nearly straight. Below chestnut-red of two
different shades, the basal two-thirds of the cell mostly white, with a
crooked dark mark, an irregular white spot at the end of the cell, its
lower side tapering; the white band extends nearly to the lower radial
vein ; two submarginal pale lines, the inner mostly bluish-white with
three white subapical spots ; a chestnut longitudinal streak in the interno-
median space. Hindwing with the two submarginal lines regular,
grey, undulating, base chiefly white with transverse streaks of chestnut,
namely, two in the cell, two between the costal and the first subcostal
vein, one along the precostal vein; and a long one from the costa
tapering to the submedian vein; the white band broad. It is rather a
small species.

Several males taken in the Do Donggo country, Sambawa, all above
2000 feet. The species is nearest L. lysanias from the Celebes, but is
without the rufous bands which that species has on the upperside.

I name the butterfly in honour of the Rev. W. J. Holland, of
Pittsburgh, U. S. A., well-known as a lepidopterist.

55. SYMPHEDRA HGLE, n. sp.

Male, above black, with some obscure ochreous-greenish spots near
the costa, and three in the cell (two at the end), two in the interno-
median space, one basal, the other further out, geminate ; a row of five
white subapical spots in a semicircle above the middle median vein, the
‘second largest, then the first, the third diffused; also a macular sub-
marginal band of dull bluish-whitish spots (the lower two sagittate)
extending from the hind margin nearly to the apex, separated by dull

tip. In L. populi the tip is abruptly bent downwards. In daraza the tip is blunter
than in agneya, and there is a long process arising from its upper edge, longitudinal
and slightly ascending, set with denticles on both sides. The uncus is also shorter.
The lower uncus, absent in most butterflies, is well developed in this genus, strongly
hooked at the tip, its point opposed to that of the true or upper uncus, which can be
brought into contact with it by muscular action,

178 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, §c. [No. 2,

bluish-green spaces. Hindwing with a broad bluish-green band from the
abdominal margin (where it is whitish) to the costal vein (where it is
blue), consisting of spots twice as long as wide, separated by black veins,
their inner border diffused, the outer pointed, enclosing a large oval
or cordate black spot, slenderly surrounded with blue. Below, forewing
nearly black, slightly olivaceous apically, the markings white, more or
less tinged with greenish or ochreous, arranged in two series, a sub-
marginal one of five or six spots, and a discal one of seven, of which the
third is evanescent, the fifth and sixth obliquely elongate, the seventh
geminate and purplish ; there are also spots on the inner disc, between
the median veins and above each radial; cell crossed by two bluish-
white bands, one in the middle, one at the end, with several additional
spots at the base. Hindwing purplish-brown with a slight bronzy
lustre ; a submarginal band of dark spots in paler spaces; an irregular
discal series of pale spots, three spots in the cell. Eyes dark, proboscis
scarlet.

The colour of the underside, the narrow and dull blue band, and
the numerous spots on the upperside distinguish it from S. dirtea.

A male, Pada Dalung, a female, Mandas, both in Sumba. I have
no description of the female.

An Euthalia, dark like EL. garuda, seems also to inhabit Sumba, but
none were taken.

Family LIBYTHEIDA.

56. LIBYTHEA GEOFFROYI, Godart.

Two males, interior of Sumba. The blue of the forewing almost
obliterates the subapical spots, which are barely traceable above; the
luteous band of the hindwing is very obscure.

57. LipyTHEA NARINA, Godart.

One female, interior of Sambawa, another seen in Sumba, not
taken. The Sambawan specimen agreed well with Moluccan examples ;:
The Philippine form has the white band of the hindwing reduced, while
the Assam variety (ZL. rohini, Marshall), has it enlarged.

Family NEMEOBIADA.

ZEMEROS PHLEGYAS, Cram.
Sambawa, scarce. No species of this family was observed in
Sumba.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, §c. 179

Family LYCANIDA.

Subfamily 7HECLINA.

58. ARHOPALA ARAXES, Feld.
Sumba, coast. A local Celebesian form of A. amantes, but appa-
rently distinct.

FLos ApPIpANus, Hew., var.
Sambawa, 3000 feet.

SURENDRA QUERCETORUM, Moore.
Sambawa, coast.

Subfamily 4PHVAINA.

TrAoTA TIMOLEON, Stoll.
Sambawa. I am almost inclined to think this species a mimic of
the white species of Neptis ; the resemblance is sometimes quite striking,
and at any rate the varmona group of Neptis is partially protected.

59. CuRETIS MALAYICA, Feld., var. KIRITANA.

Male black, the red area scarcely extending above the middle
median vein, the hind margin dark. Hindwing with the end of the
cell and the disc from the subcostal vein to about the lower median,
red or reddish, the abdominal and costal margins very widely, the outer
margin more narrowly black.

Sumba, Sambawa, scarce. This is, I think, the darkest Curetis
known, Dr. Felder’s C. obscura, described as a male, being really a
female.

60. Hypotycamna sipyius, Feld.
Sumba, Sambawa. This is near Dr. Felder’s H. thecloides, but the
lower part of the hindwing above is bluish, not ochreous.

61. Loxura atymnvus, Linn.
Sumba, Sambawa. Two or three more species of the Aphneine
were taken in Sumba, but the specimens are now lost.

Subfamily DHUDORIGINZ.
62. RAPALA IARBAS, Fab.
Sumba, Sambawa, mountains.

RAPALA ORSEIS, Hew.
Sambawa, 1,500 ft., a male and a female.

180 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, §c. [No. 2,

63. Rapaua varuna, Horsf.
Sumba, Sambawa, mountains. I also observed a species of Sin-
thusa* in Sambawa, but no specimens were taken.

Subfamily LYCHNINA.

Cyanrris AKASA, Horsf.
Sambawa, 4-5000 feet, rare.

64. Cyaniris puspa, Horsf.

Sumba, Sambawa, mountains. The white area is larger than in
Indian specimens, extending over three or four spaces and into the cell.
The female has the white areas very large and not marked with blue.

65. Zizera pramma, Snellen.
Sumba, Sambawa.

66. ZizERA LYSIZONE, Snellen.
Sumba, Sambawa. Another Zizera occurred in Sumba.

* IT append the description of a rare Javanese species of this genus.

SINTHUSA ASPRA, 0. Sp.

Male, above, forewing with the costa and the outer margin narrowly black, the
base as far as the end of the cell, and more especially the basal half of the interno-
median space to the hind margin, light violet-blue ; a diffused submarginal macular
band of the same colour ; the disc and the outer half of the hind-margin black, deep
blue in some lights, with a few scattered light-blue scales. Hindwing violet-blue,
(much richer than on the forewing) from the lower subcostal to the submedian
vein ; above the lower subcostal vein a line of pale blue scales ; the abdominal border
widely silvery-whitish. Below, white, the spots chiefly very small, black, not
annular as in all the allied species; a broad dark fascia across the end of the cell of
the forewing; six discal spots, the upper three small, in an oblique line, the lower
three larger, in a transverse line nearer the base ; a slender marginal dark line, cilia
dark. Hindwing with the cell-fascia double ; eight discal spots, the fifth evanescent
and nearer the base, the eighth elongate and conspicuous; a large black spot in the
lower median space ; in the next a blue area adjoining the black lobe; beyond this
a short black and blue marginal line; tail chiefly black. The prehensors resemble
those of Deudoriz.

The hindwing is angled at the end of the middle median vein; there is a short
tail and a very small but distinct lobe. The venation and sex-marks are as in
other species of Sinthusa. The species has no near allies.

Rare on Arjuno, Eastern Java, taken at 5000 feet in a flock of Cyaniris akasa
from which it was indistinguishable when settled. The genus is usually mimetic.
S. nasaka, Moore, strongly resembles Aypolyceena erylus, and I have several times
mistaken S. virgo, Hlwes, for a Cyaniris.

I have given Mr. de Nicéville the type of this species. The specific name means
white in modern Greek.

1891.]_ W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. 181

67. Ponyoumarus BmTicus, Linn.
Sumba, Sambawa, high country.

68. CHILADES TROCHILUS, Freyer (puth).
Sumba, Sambawa.

69. EvERES PARRHASIUS, Fab.
Sumba, Sambawa.

70. Tarucus THEOPHRASTUS, Fab.
Sumba.

71. Tarucus piinius, Fab.
Sumba, Sambawa.

72. Casrarius eruion, Doub.
Sumba, Sambawa.

73. CasraLius rostmon, Fab.
Sumba, Sambawa.

74. Casranius roxus, Godt.
Sumba, Sambawa.

75. CatTocHRysops cneIus, Fab.
Sumba.

76, CATOCHRYSOPS PANDAVA, Fab.
Sumba.

77. CavrocHrysors sTRABO, Fab.
Sumba, Sambawa.

78. Nacapupa Gaura, nu. sp. PI. II, fig. 8, magnified two diameters.

Male, above, pale violet, a narrow black border widening apically,
the veins brown. Hindwing with a row of six black spots in whitish
rings, a marginal dark line, cilia chiefly white. Below pale brown,
heavily marked with white. Forewing with a serrate, catenulated
line of dark spots, surmounted by a row of lunules. outwardly whitish,
inwardly dark; three transverse quadrate dark bands, paler in the
middle, and bordered with white, namely, two in the cell, the basal one
continued into the interno-median space, and a broader one across the

24,

182. W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, §e. [No. 2,

wing discally to the submedian vein, slightly dislocated inwardly at
the upper median vein, below which it is narrow and broken. Hind-
wing with a row of serrate ocelli as on the forewing, a very large
black ocellus in the lower median space, slenderly edged with dark
orange, and then a darker ring; a black anal spot; the three trans-
verse bands much broken, the discal one forming two dark quadrate
areas, the upper from the costa to the lower subcostal vein, the lower
lying further out, extending thence to the upper median vein; the disc
is chiefly white.

This curious species* is something like Dr. Felder’s Lyccena palmyra
from Amboina. The venation places it in Nacaduba, but it has httle
resemblance to the usual forms of the genus, and looks more like a
Catochrysops.

Sumba, rare.

79. NacapDuBA LAURA, n. sp, Pl. II, fig. 9, 9, magnified two diameters.

Female, above, forewing about three-fifths dark brown; a large
white area, sprinkled, especially at the base, with blue scales, extending
from the cell to the hind-margin. Hindwing with the cell and the two
spaces beyond it discally white, the rest of the disc paler brown; two
submarginal rows of black spots, the outer round, the inner lunular.
Below, forewing with a large white area occupying the end of the cell
and the disc to the hind-margin ; a basal transverse dark band across
the cell and the interno-median space; the discal transverse bands are
obliterated, except costally, one being represented by two brown lines
extending from the hind margin into the white area as far as the
middle median vein. Hindwing with the white area much smaller and
duller-coloured, the transverse bands confused. Both wings have two
submarginal rows of conspicuous dark spots, the inner large, black,
semicircular on the forewing, lanceolate on the hindwing, the outer
paler, transverse. The hindwing has two slender ocelli with slender

irides of orange, touched with metallic, the outer one with the black
area very large.

* An allied species, of which N. gauwrais presumably a local form, occurs in
south-eastern Borneo and Java. I alsotook a male in Hngano (unluckily omitted
in my list), and I think I found it in the Nicobars. A Bornean specimen before me
has the black marginal band above very narrow and equal, the black spots on the
hindwing obsolete, except that in the lower median space, which is large. Below
there are no distinct white areas, but all the markings are conspicuously edged with
white. The discal band is bent outwardly and very irregular as far as the middle
median vein, below which it it broad, straight and quadrate, the subanal ocellus is
broadly bordered with orange.

I propose the name of NV. pseustis for this species.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. 183

I took several females in Sumba, both on the coast and in the in-
terior, and also a single male probably of this species. It was violet
blue above, the margin very slenderly dark. Below the white areas
were nearly obsolete on the forewing, and on the hindwing reduced
a white bar in the band across the end of the cell, and a border one
on the disc beyond the cell between the lower subcostal and upper me-
dian veins. Hxpanse over an inch and a quarter.

The species is near N. perusia, Felder, from Amboina, and N. atrata,
Horsfield, from Java, but the extensive white areas of the female easily
distinguish it.

80. Nacapusa nERMus, Feld. (viola, Moore).
Sumba, Sambawa.

81. NacapuBA ARDATES, Moore.
Sumba, Sambawa.

82. NACADUBA MACROPHTHALMA, Feld.

Sumba, The female is marked almost as in that curious little
species, NV. kerriana, Distant, which I have taken at 4000 feet elevation
in Karenni east of Burma.

83. NacapusBa DANA, de Nicéville.
Sumba, Sambawa. This is probably Mr. Druce’s N. almora, but his
figure and description are so bad that certainty is impossible.

84. Lampipes Bocuus, Cram. (Jamides bochus.)

Sumba, Sambawa, rare. The only Sumba specimen I have ex-
amined has the blue area above very large, and not at all brilliant. I¢
may be a distinct local form of this species, intermediate between
L. bochus, Cram. and L. astraptes, Feld.

A Lampides which occurs in Borneo, Sumatra and the Malay Pen-
insula but has apparently escaped the notice of naturalists, has the
underside like that of L. bochus, while the upperside has only a slender
marginal dark line and is of a rich blue, darker than that of ZL. elpis.
I have given Mr. de Nicéville a Bornean example for description.

. 85. LamprpEs Anops, n. sp. Pl. IT, fig. 10.

Male, above, rich azure-blue, violescent in some lights, darkening
outwardly, translucent, a slender marginal dark line somewhat broader
apically on the forewing, the cilia of the hindwing white. Below, ground-
colour basally grey, darkening outwardly, but without the slightest

184 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Swmba and Sambawa, Sc. [No. 2,

rufous tinge. The markings consist of slightly darker transverse bands,
bordered by straight white lines, which are broad and very conspicuous.
Forewing with one of these across the cell, with no markings above it
costally, one discal from the costa to the middle median, then dislocated
inwardly and continued obliquely to the lower median, below which the
wing is white with a single dark streak in it. Hindwing with the bands
confused and broken. Both wings have the cilia whitish, a marginal
dark line, a catenulated line of dark streaks in a white ground, and
behind this a line of very conspicuous black lunules, large aud lanceo-
late on the hindwing; behind these are white lunules which extend
far into the disc. There is no trace of ocelli, or of metallic scales.

The female is also blue, and has the outer two-thirds of the fore-
wing black above.

Sumba, confined to the mountain-forests above 2000 feet. <A
beautiful and conspicuous species. I have not examined the prehensors,
but the species is so unlike all others that its identification must be
easy. In the figure the white markings of the underside have been
made too narrow and inconspicuous.

86. Lampipes masu, n. sp. PI. II, fig. 11.

Male, above, bluish-white, whiter than JZ. elianus, a very slender
marginal black line nearly obsolete apically ; hindwing with this line
more distinct; a broken, catenulated, submarginal dark fascia, double
at the anal angle, obsolete apically, with a good-sized dark spot in the
lower-median space. Below pale brown, the bands scarcely perceptibly

darker, bordered by white lines, of which the basal pair on the hindwing
are slender; on the forewing one band crosses the cell, one is beyond it
from the costa tothe middle median vein; these two are continued in
common by another nearly to the hind-margin. On the hindwing the
bands are irregular, extending further outwardly than in L. anops
(in which the submarginal lunules greatly encroach on the disc), acutely
angled in the interno-median space. Both wings have three conspicu-
ous white submarginal lines enclosing two lines of spots, the outer
linear, catenulated, slender, the inner large, black and conspicuous,
tranverse and wholly surrounded with white on the forewing, lanceolate
and irregular on the hindwing. Hindwing with a large subanal ocellus
with a narrow orange iris, surmounted by a black and a white lunule ;
a small similar anal ocellus; both are touched with metallic.

This species is very lke the Amboina female figured by Cramer
as aratus, and is probably a local variety of that species. The female
of L. masu has the black border of the forewing broad and serrate api-

cally, the inner cordate spots of the hindwing are large and black. The

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Fc. 185

male differs from DL. subditus, Moore, in the whitish upperside, and in
the pale underside, heavily marked with white, with the orange area
smaller; it resembles it in the submarginal band of black spots. L.
subditus is very close to L. amphissa, Felder, from Amboina.

87. LAMPIDES CELZNO, Cr.
Sumba, Sambawa.

88. LampipEs ELPIS, Godt.
Sumba, Sambawa.

89. Spancars pprus, West.

Sumba, Sambawa, found on the acacias growing along the dry
shore, the specimens normal.

90. Mecrspa mataya, Horsf.
Sumba, Sambawa.

91. NuropITHECOPS ZALMORA, Butler.
Sumba, Sambawa.

Subfamily GERYDINZ.

92. GERYDUS TEOS, n. sp.

A local form of G. symethus. The white area above is large, ex-
tending furthest below the middle median vein; there are no bluish
scales; the upper median vein is swollen at its base. Hindwing all
dark, not bluish-grey as in symethus. Below nearly uniform pale brown,
a dark area crossing the end of the cell, surrounding the median vein
and its branches discally; beyond this there is a whitish area from the
middle median vein to the hind-margin; the transverse discal lunular
band only extends down to the middle median vein. Hindwing with
the discal lunules nearly joined, very distinctly marked, scarcely darker
than the ground-colour, edged with paler. Both wings have a submar-
ginal dark line edged inwardly with whitish, and containing a black
dot in each space. The underside is wholly without the sordid
irrorations found in G. symethus.

The female has a little less white on the forewing above, and a
little more white below. The hindwing is acutely angled in the middle
and is unmarked above.

Sumba, Sambawa. The Javan form (@. pandu, Horsf.) may also be
distinct from G. symethus.

186 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Swinba and Sambawa, §e. [No. 2,

93. GERYDUS BOISDUVALII, Moore, var. ACRAGAS, nov.

Male, above, forewing with the base of the upper median vein
swollen beyond the cell and placed in a small longitudinal pale space,
no other markings above. Female with a narrow straight white band
beyond the cell, extending obliquely to the lower median vein, broken
by the dark middle median vein. Below, forewing with a white area
over the disc to the hind margin, the transverse discal band formed of
joined incomplete lunules in both sexes. The female has the hindwing
slightly angled.

Sumba, Sambawa. I cannot compare this with the Javanese form,
the male of which is still undescribed. But the shape of the band in
the female of G. acragas, which resembles that of the male of G. biggsit,
the absence of white or pale markings above in the male, and of
sordid irrorations on the underside in both sexes, easily distinguish
it from the Indian form of G. boisduvalw. It is obviously distinct
from a form mentioned by Mr. Distant, who says “in an Amboi-
nese species G. borsduvalii, Butler, the distinctive colouring of the
anterior wing is reversed, the male having the largest white area
to the anterior wings.”

The male of acragas must certainly be very much like that of G.
irroratus. Dr. Semper doubtfully identifies with that species a Philip-
pine form having a large round median white patch in the female. [
think this very unlikely to prove correct. G. «irroratus is certainly
very close to G. boisduvalu, but till the female of Mr. Druce’s Siamese
form is discovered, the question must be left open.

Family PIERIDA.

94. NyYCHITONA xIPHIA, Fab.
Sumba, Sambawa, varying greatly in size and markings.
No Hlodina was seen in either island, though H. egnatia is known

from Timor.

95. TERIAS HECABE, Linn.
Sumba, Sambawa, several varieties.

96. TerriAs sari, Horsf.
Sumba, Sambawa.

TrrRias DRONA, Horsf.
Sambawa, 2-4000 feet. 7. candida, found by Mr. Wallace in Timor,

was not seen.

97. TerRiAs HARINA, Horsf.
Sumba, Sambawa.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, §c. 187

Hoveuina TEMENA, Hew.
Sambawa. A very beautiful species.

98. HUpHINA JuLIA, n. sp. PI. II, fig. 12.

Male, above, creamy-white, a black marginal fascia, searcely wider
on the forewing than on the hindwing, its inner border diffused; the
submarginal dark bands of the underside visible through the wings ;
all the veins of the forewing dark, as well as those of the hindwing out-
wardly. Below, forewing white, a submarginal diffused brown band,
connected along the two upper median veins with a dark longitudinal
band in the lower part of the cell; apex diffused ochreous-yellow, the
yellow area just crossing the submarginal band costally, the outer
margin narrowly brown. Hindwing bright yellow; a narrow dark
marginal band, a broad, irregular, serrate dark submarginal band
enclosing seven large orange-scarlet spots, obsoletely edged with yellow ;
the subcostal space nearly all scarlet, without any black border inwardly
or outwardly. Hxpanse two and two-third inches.

Female, above, forewing with all the veins heavily outlined with
dark, the spaces more or less white, a united subapical white band,
and a row of submarginal spots. Hindwing pale yellow, the veins
slightly darkened, a broad outer dark band enclosing white spots.
Below, duller than the male, the radial and upper median veins of the
hindwing marked with lines of blackish scales.

Nearest H. leta, Hewitson, from Timor, which has the forewing
broadly and the hindwing slenderly black above, while below, the dise
of the hindwing is uniform black, the submarginal dark band of the
hindwing is obsolescent, and the scarlet costal stripe bordered on both
sides with black. It is a much smaller butterfly than H. julia.

Sumba, interior.

This insect, the most beautiful Oriental species of Pieris known,
has when flying none of the air of a protected butterfly. If it stood
alone, I should certainly suppose it to be a mimic of some form of
Delias hyparete yet undiscovered in the island. But both H. leta and
H. temena require to be accounted for in the same way, and while it is
possible that some Timorese Delias may resemble H. leta, I feel sure
that H. temena can have no such original. It must then be assumed
that this group is less pressed by its enemies in the Timorian Islands,
and has therefore been able to acquire more brilliant colours than its
allies.

Huphina leta, julia, temena and tamar form the nearest approach to
a peculiar group of butterflies which these islands possess. But H. tamar
is from Bali, beyond Wallace’s Line, and no doubt extends into Hastern
Java.

188 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. [No. 2,

HupnHiInA naoml, Wallace.
_Sambawa.

99. HUPHINA EIRENE, 0. sp.

Male. It differs from H. naomi in the colour of the hindwing
below, and that of the subapical spots of the forewing, being lemon,
instead of rich orange-ochreous. Above, the median vein and its upper
branch are more widely marked with black, and the white of the cell
and the hind margin of the forewing is clearer and purer.

In these points it agrees with H. judith, Fab. (Java), but differs in
the narrow dark markings of the forewing above, the long white discal
markings being slenderly continued nearly to the margin. Below,
the forewing has three subapical lemon spots, a large white spot be-
tween the upper median branches, and two white spots beyond the cell,
the one above these being obsolete. The black border of the hindwing
is narrower than in H. judith, enclosing a lemon spot between the sub-
costals, one (obsolescent) above the radial veins, and one, large and
diffused, between the upper median branches; an ochreous spot partly
enclosed between the lower median and submedian veins; the anal
angle slenderly edged with orange-ochreous.

Sumba, interior, rare. I cannot find the type, and the description
is not very good. The species, however, which I compared with good
series of H. judith and naomi, is distinct. It is curious that it should
more approach the Javanese species than that of the neighbouring
islands.

The species figured by Hombron and Jacquinot in the “ Voyage au
Pole Sud,” as “‘ Pieris judith, var,” and so placed by Kirby, is certainly
distinct. I suggest for it the name of Huphina imogene. It is nearest
my H. eihel from Engano.

HUPHINA VASO, n. sp.

A local form of the Javanese H. corva. Male, above, darker than in
that species, all the veins heavily outlined with black. Forewing with
an almost complete, irregular, outer-discal dark band extending ob-
liquely from the costa to the hind-margin, and continued along the latter
to its base ; the white submarginal spots beyond this are large. Huind-
wing with the cell, the upper median, and both the subcostal veins
clouded with black, the black border deeply dentate, with a line of
diffused black spots submarginally in the middle of the spaces. Below,
paler than in corva, the white markings, especially the submarginal ones,
all larger and clearer, the veins all slenderly outlined with ochreous.

Sambawa, coast.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. 189

BELENOIS JAVA, Sparr. (coronea, Cr.).

Coast of Sambawa, common, not seen in Sumba. Cramer records
this species from Borneo, and in the Singapore Museum there is a
specimen labelled Jelebu (not far from Malacca). These localities are
certainly doubtful, as the butterfly inhabits dry, sterile coasts, and
would be quite out of place in forest countries like Malacca or Borneo.
On the other hand a coast-butterfly of exceedingly weak flight, but able
to float in the air for an indefinite time, would be more apt to be blown
out to sea than other insects, and more likely to survive till its arrival
in another island. So that stragglers may really have been taken
remote from the true habitat of the species.

This butterfly flies like a Hestia, and seems to be the most perfectly
protected of Hastern Pieride. It is hard to believe that it has any-
thing to do with the Indian Belenois mesentina, the type of the genus,
which is wholly different in appearance and in habits. Like Delias and
Prioneris this genus has the claws bifid.

DeELIAs pasiTHor, Linn., var.

I saw two specimens of this on Mt. Haruhasa in Sambawa at
nearly 5000 feet elevation, but as well as I can remember neither were
taken. An undescribed <Agarista mimicking it was caught at the same
place. No species of Delias was observed in Sumba.

DELIAS ORATA, 0. Sp.

A local form of the Indian Delias descombesii, and greatly resem-
bling it. It lacks, however, the black marginal band of descombesii, the
costa and outer margin of both wings being slenderly grey, especially
at the ends of the veins, the cilialemon. Below the five subapical lunules
on the forewing are yellow, not white. The female is generally brighter
coloured than that of descombesti. The hindwing, however, is much
darker over the base and disc, but below the submarginal spots are
bright lemon, and the hind-margin rich ochreous.

Sambawa, 2—5000 feet, scarce. The specific name means beautiful
in modern Greek. I thought it unnecessary to give my detailed de-
scription of the species.

The reappearance in Sambawa of a local form of an Indo-Malayan
butterfly unknown to Java, is remarkable.*

* T take the opportunity to describe a new Javanese species of this genus.

DELIAS AURANTIA, 0. Sp.
Near D. belisama, Cr. Above orange over the basal half of the wings, including
all the cell, the disc as far as the upper radial vein, far beyond the cell, and the hind

25

.

190 W. Doherty—The Butlerflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Se. [No. 2,

100, Apptss* PAULINA, Cr.

Two forms of this very puzzling group occurred both in Sumba
and in Sambawa, One was all white, with only a slender dark marginal
line, resembling A. albina, The other had the hindwing and the apex
of the forewing bright ochreous-yellow below, resembling A. lankapura,

but without the dark apex. It generally had a black or gray discal
spot on the forewing.

I have dubiously recorded Appias lyncida from Sambawa, and from
Sumba a female which I supposed to be that of A. (Saletara) nathalia.

101. NEPHERONIA VALERIA, Cr.

Sumba, Sambawa. The submarginal spots are wholly absent. No
yellow female was taken. A different species is, I think, also found im
Sumba.

margin to the lower angle ; the rest black, its inner border serrate. Hindwing with
the biack border rather wide and equal. Below, forewing black with four (five in
belisama) orange subapical streaks, the lowest obsolescent ; a broad oblique orange
streak borders the disco-cellular veins, the cell and median veins are outlined with
pale orange, the rest of the cell irrorated with black scales, the hind-margin broadly
whitish. Hindwing orange like the upperside, the red area darker than in belisama
and much larger; the inner Iunular band more continuous, a marginal yellow line
(nearly obsolete in belisama), the inner half of the wing, including most of the cell,
and on the disc from the hind-margin to beyond the middle median vein, densely
irrorated with black scales. Expanse 34 inches. From D. belisama this may be
distinguished by the much smaller black area of the mpperside of the forewing, and
the large orange areas of the underside of the same wing. The male of D. belisama
is also usually white, or white tinged with lemon, or yellow with a sight ochreous
tinge. From D. nakula, recently described from Java by Mr. H. Grose Smith, D.
aurantia differs in its larger size and rich orange colour.

This fine butterfly is not uncommon on Mount Arjuno, Eastern Java; I did not
take it below 2,500 feet elevation, and itis found at any rate up to 5000 feet. D.
belisama is also. common there, ranging from the low country up to about. 3000 feet,,
so that there isa zone where both are found. When flying together D. belisama
could always be distinguished by its smaller size, Hast Java specimens being
apparently smaller than West Java ones, and under three inches in expanse. On
visiting the great volcano of Sméru further east at a different season, I found
belisama common, but did not see aurantia at all.

At 5000 feet on Arjuno, I took a single faded speeimen of a Delias only 13 inch
in expanse. It was white, the outer half dark, the forewing with a subapical bar
and a row of five subapical spots. The hindwing had the margin broadly black
with five yellow (?) spots in it below only. This species does not resemble anything
known to me.

* This is one of Hubner’s silly genera, grounded on nothing whatever. I use it
most unwillingly as the equivalent of Mr. Wallace’s Tachyris. Mr. Distant includes
the species of Huphina (Mr. Wallace’s Pieris) under Appias, for which I can see no
reason. Catophaga necessarily falls before Appias.

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. 191

102. Hexomora GuaucipPr, Linn.
Sumba, Sambawa.

TXIAS REINWARDTI, Voll.
Sambawa, a beautiful species, confined to the dry coast.

103. Ixtas near prrene, Linn. ( pyrene).
Sumba, coast, several times seen, but no specimen taken.

CATOPSILIA PYRANTHE, Linn. (evangelina, Butler).
Sambawa, coast, not observed in Sumba.

104. Caropsinia caTiLLa, Cr.
Sumba, Sambawa.

105. Cavopsinia CROCALE, Cr.
Sumba, Sambawa.

106. Carorsimia scyina, Boisd.
Sumba, Sambawa.

Family PAPILIONID A.

107. Papinio (ORPHEIDES) ERICHTHONIUS, Cram. (erithonius).
Sumba, Sambawa.

108. Papinio (ILIADES) MERAPU, 0. sp.

Male, above like P. memnon, the pale rays gray, and not very
distinct on the forewing. Below the basal crimson areas are larger, the
longitudinal streaks in the cell of the forewing obsolescent. Hindwing
with the outer pale area partly gray, partly orange-ochreous, narrow,
the outer line of spots many times larger than in memnon, the inner
lying outside of the band, only touched outwardly with ochreous; a
separate oblique orange stripe on the abdominal border. The species is
the largest of the group, much larger than memnon, its expanse being
six and a half inches.

Koloki, Pada Dalung, Sumba, 2—3000 feet.

This fine butterfly is called by the Sumbanese after their god
Merapu, and I was told that it was after a fashion held sacred, though
they raised no objection to my catching specimens. As an instance of
the sober tastes of this people, 1 may remark that they consider this
butterfly far handsomer than Ornithoptera naias or Papilio maremba.

A form of Papilio memnon occurs in Sambawa, but I have no
specimens.

192 W. Doherty—The Bulterflics of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. [No. 2,

109. Paprnio (MENELAIDES) OREON, n, sp.

A local form of P. liris, Godart, from Timor andj; Australia,
differing from de Haan’s figure of that species in the following parti-
culars. Female, forewing with the dark border narrower than in liris,
the pale area not tinged with yellow, extending nearly to the base and
apparently more marked with black scales. On the hindwing below,
the whitish area is less yellow, extends nearer to the base, (occupying
two-thirds of the cell), and somewhat further discally, its outer margin
scalloped. The white area between the costal and subcostal veins is
nearer the base of that space, and is much narrower, being not so long
as broad, deeply concave outwardly. There is a submarginal row of
seven crimson spots (five in Jiris), that in the interno-median space
joining the white area soas to enclose an oval black spot. On the
upperside, the hindwing is obscurely marked with red as in liris.
Hxpanse four inches and three quarters.

Of the male I have only one very bad specimen, not perceptibly
different from the female.

Sumba, confined to the mountain-forests from which I have named
it,

PapiLio ARISTOLOCHIA, Linn.
Sambawa, normal.

110. Papinio (CHARUS) HELENUY, Linn.
Sumba, Sambawa, confined to the mountains, scarce.

111. Papriio (HARIMALA) MAREMBA, 0. sp.

Male, above black, the markings metallic golden-green, greenish-
blue in some lights. Forewing with the base, all the cell and two-thirds
of the hind-margin uniformly powdered with green scales; just beyond
the cell and forming a crescent round it, is a rather narrow band of
rich green from the upper median vein to well above the subcostal, the
veins black; beyond this a broad black band, but slightly irrorated
with green; after which there is a broad subapical and submarginal
area of diffused green, with separate green spots between the median
veins ; the outer and costal margins dark; the hind-margin rich green
near the lower angle as far as the middle of the interno-median space.
A large unbroken dark discal patch covered with a cottony mass of odo-
riferous hairs, extending from the internal to the upper median vein,
reaching inwardly almost to the cell, and outwardly along the veins
almost to the outer margin. Hindwing with the base powdered with
green, a broad green discal area, scarcely entering the cell, extending
from the upper subcostal vein to the hind margin, broadest diseally ;

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. 193

beyond it are four green lunules; the outer part, including the tails,
black. Below, the basal half of the wings deep brown, sparsely sprinkl-
ed with whitish scales; forewing with a pale transverse band (much
more remote from the base than in P. pericles), broad subapically, deeply
indented outwardly, below the two lower subcostal branches, abruptly
narrowed below the lower radial vein. Hindwing with the disc some-
what whitish subabdominally, a row of seven narrow ocelli, outwardly
silvery blue, inwardly dull reddish. The ocelli are much further from
the outer margin than in the allied species.

This splendid species has no near allies. Apart from the sex-mark,
it ig nearest Papilio brama, Guérin, from Borneo, Sumatra, and the
Malay Peninsula.

Sumba, rare near the coast, commoner in the remote interior.

Papinio (HARIMALA) PERANTHUS, var.
Sambawa, mountains, scarce. It seems to be intermediate between
the Javanese P, peranthus and the Timorese P. pericles. I have un-
luckily neither specimens nor description,

112. Partito (Zeripes) saRPeDON, Linn.
Sumba, Sambawa. In Sumba the red markings of the underside
are sometimes replaced by ochreous-yellow.

113.. Papitio (ZeripEs) EURYPYLuS, Linn.
Interior of Sumba and Sambawa, scarce.

114. Papriio (Zeripes) aGAmEmnon, Linn,
Sumba, Sambawa.

PapiLio (PATHYSA) ANTIPHATES, Linn.
Sambawa.

115. Papinto (LAgrtias) ponrres, Linn.

Sumba, Sambawa. In Sambawa one female imitates P. aristolochic,
while another is similar, but with the white discal area replaced by
orange. I have unluckily not recorded any female from Sumba.

116. ORNITHOPTERA NAIAS, n. sp.

Male, above black, all the veins except at the extreme base and the
internal vein, bordered with paler brown, a longitudinal pale streak
generally in the middle of the cell. Hindwing with a small translucent
golden patch occupying less than half of the cell longitudinally (its
lower and basal part black); four discal spaces from the costal to the
upper median vein occupied by quadrate golden areas, which are not
incised outwardly as in O. plata; that between the costal and subcostal

194 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Swuba and Sambawa, Sc. [No. 2,

veins is largest and broadest; a shght diffused golden touch between
the upper and middle median veins, more distinct below. Below fore-
wing with the pale streaks whitish. Collar and patches at the base of
the wings red, abdomen mostly black except around the base of the
valves.

Female, above dark brown, the pale streaks conspicuous, whitish,
occupying two-thirds of the cell, where they are broad with a conspicu-
ous streak in the middle. Hindwing with a golden area, slightly duller
than that of the male, occupying two-thirds of the cell transversely, and
six discal spaces from the subcostal to the fold above the submedian
vein; a minute spot above the subcostal, the next area small, all of them
deeply incised outwardly; four pairs of triangular yellow spots are
usually on the outer disc, sometimes connected with the inner golden
area, by rays of the same colour; there are a few marginal interner-
vular ochreous touches. Collar and base of wings red, abdomen laterally
and ventrally yellow with black spots.

The outer margin of the hindwing of the male is remarkably
straight ; its expanse is nearly five and a half inches.

The golden area of the male differs considerably from that of O.
criton (Moluccas) and O. plato (Timor). In plato the red patches are
wanting; the female is unknown. In criton the female is altogether
different. The golden areais probably smaller in nazas than in any
other species of Ornithoptera, except the Celebesian O. haliphron, in
which the cell is all black.

Common in Sumba, both on the coast and in the interior.

In Sambawa occurs a variety (O. natas, var. sambavana), which is
considerably larger. The female has a large golden spot between the
costal and subcostal veins of the hindwing; the outer discal pairs of
spots are always connected with the central golden area, more or less
enclosing large black spots. In the male a golden spot (generally
present, though small in the Sumba form) between the upper and
middle median veins, is always absent, while in O. criton, and presumably
in O. plato, it is the largest of all.

Family HESPERIADA,
Ismene Group.
117. ParaTaA MALAYANA, Feld.

Sumba. Another species occurred both in Sumba and Sambawa.

118. Hagora BapRA, Moore.

Sumba, Sambawa. Both this and the Engano form resemble the
Javanese, which may and may not be the same as the typical Indian
one,

1891.] W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Se. 195

119. BaADAMIA EXCLAMATIONIS, Fab.
Sumba, Sambawa.

Tagiadas Group.

120. 'TAGIADES BRASIDAS, n. sp.

Male, above dark brown, forewing with three subapical hyaline
spots, the first two approximate, the third well beyond the others,
small; two small discal spots, and two terminally in the cell, hyaline.
Hindwing, dark brown, the disc irrorated with gray scales, and bearing
three dark spots; the abdominal angle widely white enclosing a line
of marginal dark spots, the cilia long, white. Below, forewing touched
with whitish below the lower median vein. Hindwing two-thirds white,
with three subapical dark discal spots (the first united with the apical
dark area), the second and third unequal, united, the apical border widely
dark brown, tapering to below the lower median vein, twice interrupted
by white. Female, lke the male the hyaline spots in the cell of the
forewing united, the discal ones larger, the brown spots bordering the
hindwing smaller above and below.

Sumba, and Sambawa, but those from the latter island may not be
quite the same. The species is nearest 7. helferii from the Nicobars,
differing in the white border on the hindwing above, and the dark spots
on it below. The hyaline marks are also more conspicuous. This also
distinguishes is from 7’, alica, which is also much less white below, and
has no distinct marginal spots.

12]. ABARATHA SyRIcHTHts, Feld.

Above, the discal yellowish bands of the hindwing are much nar-
rower and more obscure than in Indian specimens. Below, the forewing
is altogether less white ; the white mark beyond the cell, which in the
Himalayan form extends far outwardly, is reduced to a slender, trans-
verse crescent; the costal streaks above it are obsolete, the submar-
ginal line of quadrate spots much smaller, and the fifth hyaline spot
absent.

Sumba, rare.

ABARATHA HYPEBIDES, 0. Sp.

Very near Pterygospidea helias, Felder, from the Celebes, but the
bands and the discal hyaline spots of the forewing are absent, and the
apex of the hindwing is broadly dark. From A. sura it differs in the
forewing, which is almost uniform dark brown above and below. The
hindwing is also less variegated above and below, the white area is
larger and more uniform, the inner line of spots is obsolete, the outer

196 W. Doherty—The Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa, Sc. [No. 2,

united, and dark apically, nearly obliterated by white scales in the
median spaces.

Sambawa. Another species, more like A. angulatus, was found in
Sumba, but no specimens have survived.

Gehlota Group.

122. CoLADENIA DAN, Fab.

Sumba, Sambawa. ‘Two species are confused under this name, and
occur together in Sumba, Borneo, the Malay Peninsula, and perhaps
elsewhere. They differ obviously in flight and. in prehensors, but I
cannot at present point out any difference in the markings. One has
an egg with numerous ribs (over forty) as in Gehlota, the other with few
(seventeen) as in Tagiades.

Pamphila Group.

123. Titicota ma@sorpES, Moore.
Sumba, Sambawa. The orange bands are smaller and narrower
than in Indian specimens, and the ground-colour dark below.

124, TrLicorA NIGROLIMBATA, Snellen.
Sumba, Sambawa. This is the species figured by Mr. Distant; I
am not quite sure of its identity with Heer Snellen’s species.

125. Trutcota gous, Moore.
Sumba, Sambawa.

126. AmprrriA mMARO, Fab.
Sumba, Sambawa. I am doubtful of its identity with the Indian
form.
Baoris Group.
127. CHApPRA MATHIAS, Fab.
Sumba, Sambawa.

128. Parnara nARooA, Moore.
Sumba, Sambawa. I am not sure of its identity with the Ceylon
form.

Suastus Group.

129. SUASTUS CHILON, n. sp.

Above, male all dark brown, no hyaline markings nor patches of
lighter-brown scales. Below, forewing with a minute white dot dis-
cally in the lower median space, the subapical hyaline spots represented
by two slight dark streaks, the lower (in one specimen) containing a

1891.] Walsh—‘ Investigator’ Deep-sea Holothurians. LOT,

lighter dot. Hindwing nearly white (not gray as in S. gremius), the
borders dark, a conspicuous black cell-spot, and a row of black discal
Spots. six in one specimen, four in the other.

The absence of hyaline spots distinguishes it from all others.

Two males, Sumba coast.

_Kerana Group.

130. PuesioneurA RESTRICTA, Moore.

Sumba, Sambawa, mountains. My Sumbanese Hesperiade hav
suffered more than any other family, and I have been compelled to omit
a number of species, a Halpe, two Parnaras, a Parata, etc.

EXPLANATION OF PLATH II.

Wig. 1. Ewplea elwesii, n. sp. ¢. 7. Radena kambera, n. sp.
2. HEuplea lewa, n. sp. 8. Nacaduba gaura, n. sp., x 2.
3. Huplea palmedo, nD. sp. 9. Nacaduba laura, n. sp. 3, x 2.
4, Danais litoralis, n. sp. 10. Lampides anops, n. sp.
5. Danais orientis, n sp. 11. Lampides masu, n. sp.
6. Radena oberthurti, n. sp. 12. Huphina julia, vn. sp.

Vi.—Natural History Notes from H. M. Indian Marine Survey Steamer
‘Investigator, Commander KR. F. Hoskyn, R. N., commanding.
No. 24. ILvst of Deep-sea Holothurians collected during seasons 1887
to 1891, with descriptions of new species—By Dr. J. H. Tutt Watsu.
Communicated by the SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN Museum.

[Received 6th April, 1891 ;—Read 7th May, 1891.]

Order HLASIPODA, Théel, Chall. Rep. vol. iv, Hol., p. 9.

Family Elpidide, Théel, 1. c., p. 10.
1. PrniaGone wrvitii, Théel, Chall. Rep. vol. iv, Hol., p. 42.

One specimen.
Station 118, 15th December, 1890, Bay of Bengal, lat. 12° 20’ N.,

long. 85° 8’ H., 1803 fathoms, globigerina ooze, bot. temp. 35° Fahr.
(Alcock).

Family Deimatide.

2. ONEIROPHANTA MUTABILIS, Théel, |. c., p. 62.
One specimen.
26

198 Walsh— ‘ Investigator’ Deep-sea Holothurians. [No. 2,

April 12th to 13th, 1888, Andaman Sea, N. Sentinel Island bearing
N. 15°, W. 18 miles, 250 fathoms (Wood-Mason).

3. Derma vatipum, Théel, 1. c., p. 68.

“ Transparent light orange-red” (Alcock).

Two specimens.

April 16th, 1888; Bay of Bengal lat. 11° 15’ N., long. 91° 16’ E.,
1840 fathoms, globigerina ooze (Wood-Mason).

A fine specimen ; length 130 mm. ; length of lateral processes 55mm.

Station 117, Bay of Bengal, lat. 11° 58’ N., long. 88° 52’ 17” E.,
1748 fathoms, globigerina ooze with pieces of pumice, bot. temp. 35°3°
(Alcock).

4, Derma Frastosum, Théel, l.c., p. 71.

Two specimens.

Station 118 (Alcock).

April 20th, 1888, Bay of Bengal, lat. 6° 18’ N., long. 90° 40’ E.,
1520 fathoms ( Wood-Mason).

5, Orpunurcus asper, Théel, 1. c., p. 82, var. GLABER, nov.

Length 150 mm. Body smooth and leathery ; skin thin and some-
what transparent; colour (in spirit), body greyish white, feet and
processes yellowish-white. Tentacles 20, long, extremities brownish
and dendritic. Ventral feet 24 on each side, longer and larger near the
centre of the body than at the extremities ; longest 20-25 mm. Lateral
processes generally longer than the pedicles, longest 30 mm. Two
rows of processes on each dorsal ambulacrum ; these vary considerably
in size and short and long ones seem to alternate. Mouth shghtly
ventral; anus terminal and patulous. Calcareous bodies, spinous rods
or smooth rods with branched extremities. Polian vesicle single, 40
mm., wider in the middle than at the extremities.

Colour in the fresh state “ salmon-pink ”’ (Alcoch).

One specimen.

Station 112, 7th November, 1890, Bay of Bengal, lat. 13° 47’ 30”
N., long. 92° 36’ H., 561 fathoms, grey mud, bot. temp. 44°9° (Alcock).

6. PANNYCHIA WOOD-MASONI, n. sp.

Length 300 mm. Body long, flat and of equal width throughout ;
skin calcareous but flexible; colour yellowish-white (in spirit). Ten-
tacles 20, round, with stumpy digits; mouth ventral; anus terminal
and without teeth. The middle ambulacrum of the trivium bears a
double row of feet; outside these the skin is thrown into longitudinal
and transverse folds and ridges; the skin on the dorsum is also ridged.

1891.] Walsh— Investigator’ Deep-sea Holothurians. 199

The lateral ambulacra possess a single row of feet much longer than
those on the middle ambulacrum. Just above this row of feet there
is a row of long, pointed processes; these average 15 mm. in length.
The dorsal ambulacra are furnished with a double row of processes ; these
are shorter than the lateral ones. One polian vesicle; one stone
canal; one bundle of genital tubes which are branched and furnished
with irregular dilatations. Calecareous ring small; muscles poorly
developed relatively to the size of the animal.

The calcareous bodies consist of large, round, many-holed plates,
the centre holes being fairly large, the marginal ones small. Besides
these plates, a few branched spicules are present.

This species is very closely allied to P. moseleyi, Théel.

Numerous specimens.

January 2nd, 1888, off Port Blair, 271 fathoms, bottom green mud
(Giles). |

April 12th, 1888, 73 miles E. of N. Cinque Island, Andaman Sea,
490 fathoms, bottom green mud (Wood-Muson).

Station 115, December 9th, 1890, Andaman Sea, lat. 11° 31’ 40” N.,
long. 92° 46’ 40” H., off Dyer Point and N. of Cinque island, 188—220
fathoms, green mud, bot. temp. 56° (Alcock).

AMPHIGYMNAS, noy. gen.

Body ovoid with narrow tail-like extremities ; soft and appears to
have been surrounded by a jelly-hke material when fresh. Feet very
numerous over the whole of the trivium and placed more or less_irre-
gularly. Lateral margins with two or three rows of long processes.
Back covered with processes except near the mouth and anus where
the body tapers and where the dorsal surface is naked; mouth terminal,
small; tentacles 15, very small and retracted; anus terminal, small.
Calcareous bodies moderate sized, irregularly rounded, many-holed
plates somewhat like those of Pannychia. Calcareous ring of 5 small
pieces loosely connected.

7. AMPHIGYMNAS MULTIPES, 0. sp.

Length 80 mm., width near middle of body 22 mm.; at oral and
anal end about 9 mm.

Colour (in spirit) pale purple; the long lateral processes measure
about 15 mm., those on the back are shorter.

One specimen.

Station 115, December 9th, 1890, Andaman Sea, lat. 11° 31’ 40” N.,
long. 92° 46’ 40” E., off Dyer Point and N. of Cinque island, 188—220

fathoms, green mud, bot. temp. 56° (Alcock).

200 Walsh—‘ Investigator’ Deep-sea Holothurians. [No. 2,

8. LmrmMocENE sponciosa, Théel, 1. c., p. 80.
Crydora spongiosa, Théel, Prelim. Rep. Hol., p. 9.
One specimen.
April 17th, 1888, Bay of Bengal, lat, 10° N., long. 91° 7’ H., 1924
fathoms (Wood-Mason).

Family Psychropotide.

9, EUPHRONIDES DEPRESSA, Théel, Chall. Rep. vol. iv, Hol., p. 93.

Two specimens.

Station 118, December 15th, 1890, Bay of Bengal, lat. 12° 20’ N.,
long. 85° 8’ E., 1803 fathoms, globigerina ooze with pieces of pumice,
bot. temp 35° (Alcock).

10, BenrHop¥TES PAPILLIFERA, Théel, I. c., p. 102.

“Colour purple, tentacles violet black ” (Alcock).

Two specimens 80 mm. and 68 mm. The fringe is damaged and
the dorsal papille are not very apparent, but there is, I think, no doubt
that these specimens belong to Théel’s species.

Station 117 (Alcock).

11. BeEnTHODYTES SANGUINOLENTA, Théel, I. c., p. 104.
Four specimens; the row of transverse papillz below the mouth
cannot be made out.

Station 118 (Alcock).

12. BENTHODYTES OVALIS, n. sp.

Length 65 mm. ; breadth 35 mm. including fringe. Body oval, flat,
about twice as long as broad and of a deep purple colour throughout.
A double row of feet on the middle ambulacrum of the trivium and no
transverse line of feet below the mouth; lateral ambulacra with a
single row of feet. On the dorsal surface there are three processes on
each ambulacrum ; the anterior ones are 15 mm. long and not retractile
(?) ; the posterior one in each row is much smaller. Mouth ventral ;
anus terminal. Tentacles retracted. Calcareous bodies small 3-armed
spicules with the end of each arm clubbed and perforated.

One specimen.

April 12th, 1888, 73 miles E. of N. Cinque island, Andaman Sea,
490 fathoms, bottom green mud ( Wood-Mason).

13. BENTHODYTES GELATINOSA, 0. sp.

Before describing the specimens as they appear in spirit it will be
better to quote the graphic account of the fresh creature given by Dr.
Giles, Ad. Rep. Marine Survey of India, 1877-88, p. 15 :—

1891.] Walsh— Investigator’ Deep-sea Holothurians. 201

“T must first notice a very peculiar holothurian, several specimens
of which were included in the catch......... When fresh, the animal
consists of a tough, muscular sac of a yellowish pink colour, enclosed
in a thick coating of perfectly transparent, deep violet-jelly. Though
not sticky or glairy, this jelly is of so delicate a consistence that it was
almost impossible to clean the mud from the animal without stripping
off the coating. After a short exposure to the action of spirit, this
jelly, previously fully 15 mm. thick, shrinks to a thickness of less than
5 mm. and becomes comparatively dense. The violet colouring matter
dissolves out into the spirit and exhibits a curious affinity for vegetable
tissues, deeply staining a paper label which had been placed within
the jar. Its attraction for animal tissues though less marked was still
very noticeable, the nuclei shewing it best, so that, on microscopical
examination, the animal was found to have become stained in a solution
of its own pigment. After hardening in spirit it is sufficiently evident
that this jelly-like coating cannot be considered as a secretion, but as an
integral part of the tissues of the body wall, as it consists of a plexus of
stellate and spindle-shaped cells, enclosing within their meshes many
nuclei-form bodies and much hyaline connective substance. The body wall
contains but few calcareous bodies. Those present consist of a circular
plate, having articulated to it a fan-shaped body so shaped that the
whole apparatus is not unlike the badge of a grenadier’s cap. As
far as could be made out, these bodies appertain to the jelly-like layer
and not to the dense inner portion of the body wall, which latter appears
to be purely muscular. When laid open it is seen that the lungs are
very complex and racemose, and that the ambulacral tubes which are
very small and straight, give off a number of minute branches to the
pedicels. The polian vesicle is of moderate size and simple. It appears
to belong to, or be near, the genus Benthodytes of the Hlasipod family
Psychropotide, and is doubtless new as it is identifiable with neither
of the species in the Challenger monograph. In all probability, many
of its allies must share with this species the peculiarity of a jelly-like
coating but no mention of any such appearance is made in the above
report.”

Length of specimens 100 to 140 mm.—Body soft; extremities and
ventral feet are still of a beautiful purple, the body generally is a dark
lavender colour (in spirit). The anterior end of the body has a wide
lappet-like fringe furnished with papille and the border is continued
down each side of the flatly cylindrical body and expanded in a less
pronounced form as an anal lappet. Along the lateral border there are
numerous feet in a single row. Mouth small and ventral; anus large,
patulous and somewhat dorsal, situated just above the anal lappet.

202 Walsh—‘ Investigator’ Deep-sea Holothurians. [No. 2,

Tentacles 15, very small and of a deep purple colour. One, or two,
fairly large Polian vesicles ; calcareous ring very minute, a double row
of sucker feet on the middle ambulacrum of the trivium; these are
more numerous and closer together near the anal end while they are
entirely absent from the surface just below the mouth. A single row
of fairly long, slender retractile papille are seen on each dorsal ambu-
lacrum. Two small bundles of genital tubes. The longitudinal mus-
cles are well-developed, broad, orange-yellow and visible through the
skin—only a few calcareous spicules and granules were found in the
muscular substance of the body.

Many specimens.

January 2nd, J888, Andaman Sea off Port Blair, 271 fathoms,
(Giles), two specimens.

April 12th, 1888, Andaman Sea 73 miles H. of N. Cinque island,
490 fathoms, (Wood-Mason). Two specimens.

Station 115, December 9th, 1890, Andaman Sea, lat. 11° 31’ 40” N.,
long. 92° 46’ 40” K., off Dyer Point and N. of Cinque island, 188—220
fathoms, green mud, bot. temp. 56° (Alcock). Eleven specimens.

APODOGASTER, NOV. gen.

Body long flat and worm-like; slightly wider anteriorly than
posteriorly. Down both sides there is a fringe, like that of Benthodytes,
in which are seen the long tubes of numerous sucker feet. The odd
ambulacrum is naked while the lateral ambulacra have one row of small
sucker feet situated just below the lateral fringe. A single row of
papille on each dorsal ambulacrum. Tentacles 15, mouth ventral.
Anus terminal.

Calcareous bodies small granules and small wheel-like plates.

14. APODOGASTER ALCOCKI, n. sp.

Length 80 mm.

* Light pink ” (Alcock).

One specimen.

Station 112, November 7th, 1890, Bay of Bengal, lat. 13° 47’ 30”
N., long. 92° 36’ E., 561 fathoms, grey mud, bot. temp. 44°9° (Alcock).

Order APODA.
Sub-order PNEUMONOPHORA.

Family Molpadide.

15. ANKYRODERMA DANIELSSENI, Théel, Chall. Rep. vol, xiv, Hol.
p. 39.
One specimen.

1891.] Walsh— Investigator ” Deep-sea Holothurians. 203

April 11th, 1888, 7 miles S. E. by S. of Ross Island, Andaman Sea ;
265 fathoms, green mud (Wood-Mason).

16. A, MARENZELLERI, Théel, 1. c., p. 41.

One specimen.

Station 55, 18th—14th April, 1889, Bay of Bengal, 30 miles W. of
Middle Andaman Island (Cape Bluff), 480—500 fathoms, globigerina
ooze (Alcock).

17. Hupyreus scaper, Liitken, Videnskab. Meddel. Kjébenhayn
1857, p. 23,

After some indecision as to the correct title of these specimens I
have thought it better to name them as above. Im general form and
appearance they all agree with Hchinosoma hispidum, Semper, Reis. in
Philipp. 1867, p. 44, but differ from Hupyrgus hispidus, Barrett, Ann,
Mag. Nat. Hist. xx, p. 46, which Semper gives as a synonym of his
Hchinosoma, in having no sucker feet. In the Challenger Report, vol.
xiv, Hol. p. 49, Hehinosoma hispidum, Semp. is given as a synonym of
Hupyrgus scaber, Liitken, and the Hupyrgus of Barrett is not mentioned.

Three specimens.

January 15th, 1888, off Cinque island, Andaman Sea, 650 fathoms
(Giles.)

Station 107, October 23rd, 1889, Laccadive Sea, lat. 8° 23’ N.,
long. 75° 47’ H., 738 fathoms, green mud, bot. temp. 41°9° (Alcock).

Station 116, December 9th, 1890, Bay of Bengal lat. 11° 25’ 5” N.,
long. 92° 47’ 6” H. off Cinque and Rutland islands, 405 fathoms,
green mud, bot. temp. 47° (Alcock).

18. TROCHOSTOMA ANDAMANENSE, 0. sp.

This species is very closely allied to 7. antarcticum, Théel, Chall.
Rep. vol. xiv, Hol. p. 44.

Length 90 mm.

Body cylindrical and narrowed behind into a tail-like extremity.
Skin rough but thin. In spirit the ground colour has become greenish-
grey and the spots are more or less blood-red. The tentacles fifteen in
number, are yellow and between every two there is, near the base, a blue-
black triangular mark. Hach tentacle has three very small digits at
the free end. Mouth and anus terminal, the latter without teeth, but
in one specimen with numerous fine papille. One Polian vesicle, one
free stone canal; 2 (3?) lungs, not much branched; one bundle of
yellow genital tubes. The radii of the calcareous ring are produced back-
wards as spines. Calcareous bodies not very numerous consisting of afew
wide-holed plates and tower like rods which are perforated with 4 to 6

204. D. Prain—On an undescribed Oriental species of Nepeta. [No. 2,

holes. Under the microscope the ‘“‘ chocolate spots’? are seen to be
composed of rust-red ovoid bodies with a concentric arrangement.
They are insoluble in caustic potash.

Colour when fresh “dirty flesh-colour with closely placed deep
chocolate spots ; the crown (tentacles) being a sort of raw-meat-colour.”
(Giles).

Three specimens.

December 8th, 1887, S. E. of Cinque island, Andaman Sea, 500
fathoms, green mud (Giles).

VII.—On an undescribed Oriental species of Nepeta.—By D. Pratn.
[Received 2nd March 1891 ;—Read 6th May 1891. ]
(With Plate IIT).

In the Calcutta herbarium there is an example of a very distinct
species of Nepeta which appears to be as yet undescribed. As it has
been collected beyond the frontiers of India, it could not with propriety
be dealt with in the paper on Indian Labiate recently read before the
Society. But as it possesses rather more interest than isolated new
species usually do, its position in the arrangement of Oriental species
elaborated by the late M. Boissier in his work (Flora Orientalis, iv, 637-
670) dealing with the area in which it occurs, as well as a description
and figure of the specimen, are now presented.

NEPETA Linn.

Sect. I. Hunupeta. Serres I. Perennes. Swb-ser. 2. Nucule
tuberculate.

§ Macrostscia Botss., Flor. Orient. iv, 638 (1879) ampl.—Verticil-
lastra densiflora vel laxiuscula remota. Bractez ovate vel oblonge.
Calyx fauce pilosus vel glaber.

1. Calyx ore obliquus.
a. Calyx fauce pilosus.
N. Bellevit.
b. Calyx fauce glaber.

N. glomerulosa, N. juncea.

2. Calyx ore rectus, fauce glaber.

N. Scordotis, N. Sibthorpii, N. leucostegia.

34 b. Neprta Bruievit Prain ; robusta, laxe lanata nivea, caulibus
elongatis ramosis puberulis obtuse 4-gonis superne subnudis, folis
majusculis sursum decrescentibus oblongo-lanceolatis crenato-dentatis

1891.] D. Prain—On an undescribed Oriental species of Nepeta. 205

subrugosis apice acutis basi truncatis, utrinque parce lanatis, inferioribus
breve petiolatis ceteris subsessilibus ramealibus ovato-lanceolatis ; verti-
cillastris multifloris laxiusculis remotis, bracteis membranaceis ovato-
lanceolatis acuminatis cucullatis calyces equantibus, calycis longe
hirsuti membranacei striati ore intus piloso obliquo, dentibus e basi
angustiore subulatis summo tubum subequante ceteris eo brevioribus,
corolla extus puberula tubo calycis fere 2-plo longiore, staminibus
exsertis, nuculis oblongis apice obtusis ruguloso-tuberculatis areola ferri
equini calcaribus sursum directis ad instar affixis.

AFGHANIA AUSTRALI; inter Kandahar et Kelat-i-Ghilzai, Bellew !

Rhizoma de-est, caulis p. q. s. plus quam 40 cm. basi fere 1 cm. crassa,
foliis inferioribus 7—9 cm. longis his 3—4 em. latis petiolis 1 em. longis,
ramealibus 2—2°5 em. longis his 1—1°5 em. latis sessilibus, spicd 12 em.
longa hae 2°5 cm. lata verticillastris (LO—12) 12—16-floris imis 2 em.
summis vix 1 cm. remotis, bracteis 12 mm. longis 4—7 mm. latis 3—5-
nervis coloratis supra glabris subtus nervis sub lente puberulis margine
prope basin parce pilis albis divergentibus ornato prope apicem acumina-
tum et tandem subulatum sub lente puberulo, calyce tandem subinflato
pedicello 1—2 mm. longo tubo 6 mm. longo dentibus summo 6 mm.,
lateralibus 5 mm., imis 45 mm. longis extus equabiliter pilis albis
divergentibus parce hirsuto intus tubi ore et dentium basibus puis
simillimis densissime piloso, corolia tubo 11 mm. longo extus puberulo
colore forsan rosea, nuculis 3 mm. longis his 1:5 mm. latis brunneis
areola alba calcaribus 1 mm. longis excepta manifeste rugulosis.

This very distinct species bears a considerable resemblatce to the
Huropean N, twberosa but the whorls are much more lax, the calyx mouth
is oblique and no secondary reticulation of the membranous bracts is
visible. The nutlets of this species also closely resemble those of
N. tuberosa and N. Sibthorpu, but in these European species there is
a much smaller areola of the usual type. Among Oriental species it
most resembles N. glomerulosa, next to which it is now placed, but it
differs greatly in having much larger bracts, much longer spikes and
many-flowered lax whorls with longer corollas. The nutlets too are
different—the horse-shoe shaped areola of the uutlets being perhaps
the most remarkable character of this species; its pilose calyx-mouth
also is a character which connects it with § Psinonnpura Benth. to
which group this feature has hitherto been supposed to be confined.
Except for this character, however, it is much more obviously related
to the other Macrosrrcim than to any Psttonepnra. Perhaps a prefer-
able view would be to look on this species as the type of a new subsec-
tion intermediate between Psilonepets and Macrostegie though to be

27

206 D. Prain—Two additional species of Glyptopetalum. _[No. 2,

placed in the same subseries as the latter. This subsection would be
characterised as follows :—

§ Pstmosteciz (Sub-sect. nov.).—Verticillastra laxiuscula remota.
Bractez ovate. Calyx fauce pilosus. (Nuculae tuberculatae).—Inter
PsILoNEPetas Benth. et Macrostuaias Boiss. quasi mediantes eb proxime
Macrosrecis (Botss., Flor. Orient. iv, 688 et 651) anteponende.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Nepeta BrLuEvit, Prain.

Fig. 1. Bract. Fig. 4. Corolla tube.
2. Calyx. 5. Upper lip of Corolla.
3. The same, laid open. 6. Nutlet, external aspect.

7. ‘The same, showing inner face with cha-
racteristic horse-shoe shaped areola.

VIII.—Novicie Indice. 1V. Two additional species of GLYPTOPETALUM.—
By D. Pratn.

[Received 20th April, 1891 ;—Read 6th May, 1891.]

In a collection of plants from Great Coco, an island thirty miles
north of N. Andaman, are complete examples of a species of Glypto-
petalum nearly related to G. zeylanicum, Thw. This plant was pre-
viously collected, but only in fruit, either in Tenasserim or the Anda-
mans by Helfer* and an example of the gathering (Helfer n. 1973)
was described by Kurz in this Journal (vol. xli, [1872], pt. 2, p. 299)
as Huonymus calocarpus, Kurz. Thesame plant (specimens also incom-
plete) has been reported from Kondil (Nicobars) by Calcutta garden
collectors, and this gathering, along with a plant from Great Nicobar
(Novara 188, Jelinek 245; not represented at Calcutta), has been

* This gentleman, as members are aware, was assassinated in North Andaman;
his collections were disposed of in Europe and distributed thence; the circumstances
of his decease rendered it impossible to differentiate positively his Tenasserim from
his Andamans specimens. Kurz believed this gathering (n. 1973) to be from Tenas-
serim, and Lawson (fF. B. I. i, 612) gives the same locality ; I am not aware, however,
what authority these authors had for this definite decision, the Herb. Calcutta
specimen on which Kurz based his description yields none,

1891. ] D. Prain—Two additional species of Glyptopetalum. 207

referred by Kurz in this Journal (vol. xlv, [1876], pt. 2, p. 123) to
Huonymus javanicus Blume.*

As it is necessary to formally remove the plant from the genus to
which it has hitherto been referred} the opportunity has been taken of
providing a full description ; at the same time a description is given of
a second species collected—in fruit—in the Mishmi Mts. by Griffith; a
synopsis of all the species now known precedes these descriptions.

In the four species of which the fruit is known, the dorsal raphe
does not terminate at the organic base of the seed but there divides into
3-4 laciniate segments of the same appearance and consistence as the
raphe itself ; from the raphe they only differ in being slightly branched
and in not quite reaching the hilum. They forma closely adherent

* No opinion can be expressed here regarding the Novara expedition specimens ;
no example of H. javanicus has hitherto been obtained in the Nicobars by Calcutta
collectors.

+ It is true that Kurz did not think Glyptopetalum Thw. generically separable
from Huonymus Linn. for in this Journal (vol. xliv, [1875], pt. 2, p. 259) he
formally relegates it to Huonymus (as a section) and in the Forest Flora of British
Burma (vol. i, [1877], p. 249) he does not accord Glyptopetalwm even sectional rank.
It must also be pointed out that Bentham and Hooker had already (Gen. Pl. i, [1862],
p. 361) pointed out how slight are the characters—the principal one being the
solitary pendulous ovules—that separate Glyptopetalum from Euonymus ; Baillon
also (Hist. des Plantes, vi, [1875], p. 1, footnote) takes the same view as Kurz. If
therefore the views of Kurz and Baillon ultimately prevail this plant will again be
known as Huonymus calocarpus Kurz. :

But while this is the case it will be seen on referring to the place of its publica-
tion that Kurz did not recognise in this species an example of his own section
Glyptopetalum. In the Flora of British Burma too the generic description of
Huonymus given by Kurz implies that the cells of the ovary are at least 2-ovuled—
an implication opposed to his own statement (J. 4. S. B. xliv, pt. 2, 159) as regards
Glyptopetalum sclerocarpwm and, as regards the species under review, incorrect.
Kurz’s views regarding the generic position of Glyptopetalum may therefore, I think,
be ignored, and Beillon’s authority van hardly be quoted in Kurz’s support since that
author takes so comprehensive a view of Huonymus that he is prepared to merge in
it not merely Glyptopetaiwm Thw. but also Lophopetalum Wight, a step which Kurz has
nowhere proposed. Moreover the genus Glyptopetalum, as founded by Thwaites
(Hook., Jour. Bot. viii, [1856], p. 267), is sustained by Bentham and Hooker (Gen.
Pl. i, [1862], p. 861), by Hooker and Thwaites (Hnwm. Pl. Zeylan. [1864], p. 73), by
Beddome (Flor. Sylvat. i, [1874], t.102), by Lawson (Flor. Brit. Ind. i, [1875], p. 612),
by Trimen (Cat. Ceylon Pl. [1885], p.18) and by Durand (Indew Gen. Phaner, [1888],
p- 66); considering too the large number of species of Huonymus proper already
described and the ease with which species of Glyptopetalum are distinguished from
these, it appears inadvisable at present to follow Kurz and Baillon in suppressing
the latter genus. The present retention of Glyptopetalum moreover disturbs the
synonymy of only one species instead of changing that of several.

208 D. Prain—Two additional species of Glyptopetalum. _[No. 2,

arillar structure with meridional segments differing in colour from the
testa that it overlies. The presence of this arillus proves that the
coloured “aril”? (which in turn loosely overlies it) is not a true arillus
but, as Planchon has pointed out as regards the aril of Huonymus, an
arillode.

GLYPTOPETALUM Tuwattes.

Characters of Huonymus but ovules solitary and pendulous from the apex of
the cell.

Cymes shorter than leaves, flowers under 20 mm. diam. :—
Lruit quite smooth :—
Peduncles 3 as long as leaves, cymes law
2-3 tumes divided; leaves thinly cori-
aceous oblong-lanceolate serrate, pe-
tals oblong, flowers 12 mm. diam.,
arillode covering } of seed and lobed
at the margin te .. L. G. zeylanicwm.
Peduncles very short, cymes dense 1-2
times divided :—
Cymes longer than petioles, peduncles
longer than pedicéls ; leaves coriace-
ous ovate-oblong entire, nerves indis-
tinct, petals oblong, Hower 8 mm.
diam., arillode covering 4 of seed
and lobed at the margin .. 2. G. calocarpum.
Cymes not exceeding petioles, peduncles
shorter than pedicels, leaves mem-
branous, ovate-oblong serrate, nerves
prominent beneath, arillode hardly
covering 4 of seed, margin entire... 3. G. Griffithit.
Fruit rough tubercular ; peduncles } as long
as leaves, cymes lax 2-3 times divided,
leaves thickly coriaceous, oblong-lance-
olate serrate, petals suborbicular, flowers
8 mm. diam., arillode covering } of seed,
margin sinuate.. “3 . 4. G. sclerocarpum.
Cymes longer than eee Wacens over 20 mm.
diam.; cymes lax once divided, leaves
thinly coriaceous, oblong-elliptic entire,
petals obovate, flowers 30 mm. diam. ;
fruit unknown ... 506 . OO G. grandiflorum.

1891. } D. Prain—Two additional species of Glyptopetalum. 209

1. GLYPTOPETALUM zHYLANICUM Thwattes. (fF. B. J. i, 612).
INDIA AUSTRALIS ; ZHYLANIA.

2. GLYPTOPETALUM CALOCARPUM.—(Huonymus calocarpus Kurz, Jour.
As. Soc. Beng. xli, 1, 299 (1872) et xliv, 1, 159 (1875) ; Laws. in Hook.
f.. Flor. Brit. Ind. i, 609 (1875) ; Kurz, For. Flor. Brit. Burma i, 249
(1877).—H. javanicus Kurz, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. xlv, 11, 123 [Veg.
Nicobar. 19| (1876), saltem in parte, haudquaquam H. javanicus Blume.)

TenasseRim ?; Helfer (n. 1973). N. Anpamans; Great Coco, Little
Coco, Table island, Prain. Nicopars; Kondil, Calcutta garden collectors.

Arbuscula glabra ramulis glabris teretibus, foliis coriaceis supra
viridibus subtus prasinis elliptico-oblongis utrinque cuneatis apice ob-
tusis margine integris nervis 5—6-paribus indistinctis, petiolis brevibus ;
cymis axillaribus vel parum extra-arillaribus paucifloris densioribus
pedunculis semel rarius iterumque divisis; pedicellis brevibus ; floribus
parvis albo-viridescentibus, calyce 4-lobo lobis omnibus rotundatis
exterioribus interioribus 2-plo minoribus, corolle petalis 4 oblongis ob-
tusis planis prope basin 2-foveolatis ; staminibus 4 filamentis erectis in
disci angulis obtusis insertis, loculis antherarum basi divergentibus ;
ovartio pyramidato-tetragono disco affixo stigmate minuto, 4-loculare ;
ovulis in loculis singulis pendulis anatropis, raphi extrorsa; capsula
1—4-sperma rotundataloculicidim dehiscente, seminibus oblongis pendulis,
arillo laciniato in testa membranacea adhaerente e raphi orto ornuatis et
arillodio carnoso rubro obtectis ; embryone intra albumen carnosum ortho-
tropo, cotyledonibus oblongis foliaceis, radicula brevi.

Arbuscula 4—12 metr. alta, foliis oppositis 9—16 cm. longis his 6—9
cm. latis, petiolis -75 cm., cymis 3—9-floris pedunculis 20—30 mm. longis,
pedicellis 4 mm. longis, sepalis exterioribus 1°5 mm. interioribus 3 mm.
diam., petalis 3 mm. longis latisque, capsulis extus viridibus intus palli-
dis 1 cm. longis his 1—2 cm. latis seminibus 8 mm. longis his 7 mm.
latis testa aurantiaca, arillo pallido, arillodio rubro 6 mm. alto.

Ditters from G. zeylanicum by its rounded branches, thicker broader
leaves with margins entire, by its much smaller flowers with petals flat
and not reflexed at the margin, and by its rather shallower arillode.
The true arillus is identical in both and the margin of the arillode is
similarly lobed.

3. GLYPLOPETALUM GRIFFITHII.

In montibus Misumi; Griffith (n. 1996).

Arbuscula ? glabra ramulis glabris sub-4-gonis, foliis membranaceis
leete-virentibus, elliptico-oblongis apice acuminatis basi cuneatis margine
parce et minute dentatis, nervis 6—7-paribus subtus prominentibus,

210 D. Prain—T'wo additional species of Glyptopetalum. [ No. 2, 1891.]

petiolis distinctis ; cymis axillaribus paucifloris densis pedunculis semel
divisis, pedicellis elongatis ; floribus ...... ; capsula 1—4-sperma rotun-
data loculicidim dehiscente; seminibus oblongis pendulis basi tantum
arillodio carnoso obtectis ; embryone intra albumen carnosum orthotropo,
cotyledonibus oblongis foliaceis, radicula brevi.

Arbuscula P foliis oppositis 1O—15 cm. longis his 6—9 cm. latis,
petiolis 1 cm. longis, cymis 3-floris pedunculis 2—4 mm. longis pedicellis
8-—9 mm. longis, sepalis omnibus 2°5 mm. diam., capsulis extus leete-
viridibus intus pallidis 1 em. longis his 1—2 cm. latis seminibus 8 mm.
longis his 7 mm. latis, arillodio 2°56 mm. alto.

This species is well distinguished by its very short cymes with
peduncles shorter than the pedicels and by its much shallower arillode.
The sepals are all of equal size, the capsules externally are not distin-
guishable from those of G. zeylanicum.

4, GLYPTOPETALUM SCLEROCARPUM Kurz. (f. B. I. 1, 613).
PEGU.

5. GLYPTOPETALUM GRANDIFLORUM Beddome. (F. B. I. i, 613).
INDIA AUSTRALIS.

PRAIN, Journ Asiat Soc. Bengal VolLX. Pudl1gol,

K.P. Dass delw.

‘ A.D. Molla,se.

NEP RTA BELLE I Prain,

NOTE OQ) 70E PUBLICAPIONS

OF THE

ASE SOCTL RY:

<<a QE

The Proceedings of the Asiatic Society are issued ten times a year
as soon as possible after the General Meetings which are held on the first
Wednesday in every month in the year except September and October ;
they contain an account of the meeting with some of the shorter and
less important papers read at it while only titles or short resumés of the
longer papers which are subsequently published in the Journal are given.

The Journal consists of two entirely distinct and separate volumes ;
Part I, containing papers relating to Philology, Antiquities, etc.; Part IT,
containing papers relating to Physical Science.

Hach Part is issued in four or five numbers and the whole forms
two complete volumes corresponding to the year of Publication.

The Journal of the Asiatic Society was commenced in the year 1832,
previous to which the papers read before the Society were published in
a quarto periodical entitled Asiatic Researches of which twenty volumes
were issued between the years 1788 and 1839.

The Journal was published regularly, one volume corresponding to

each year from 1632 to 1864; in that year the division into two parts
above-mentioned was made and since that date two volumes have been
issued regularly every year.

The Proceedings up to the year 1864 were bound up with the
Journal but since that date have been separately issued every year.

The following is a list of the Asiatic Society’s publications relatine
to Physical Science still in print which can be obtained at the Society’s
House, No. 57 Park Street, Calcutta, or from the Society’s Agents in
London, Messrs. Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner and Co., 57 and 59 Ludgate
Hill, EH. C.

Asiatic ResearcHes. Vols. VII, IX to XI; Vols. XIII and
XVII, and Vols. XIX and XX @ 10/
each ©. ).) Ss as Rs. 80 0
Ditto Index to Vols. I—X VIII Bee ary Q
Procerpines of the Asiatic Society from 1865 to 1869 (incl.) @
_ [4/ per No. ; and from 1870 to date @ /6/ per No.
JouRNAL of the Asiatic Society for 1843 (12), 1844 (12), 1845
(12), 1846 (5), 1847 (12), 1848 (12), 1850 (7), 1851 (7), 1857
(6), 1858 (5), 1861 (4), 1862 (5), 1864 (5), 1865 (8), 1866

(7), 1867 (6), 1868 (6), 1869 (8), 1870 (8), 1871 (7), 1872
(8), 1873 (8), 1874 (8), 1875 (7), 1876 (7), 1877 (8), 1878
(8), 1879 (7), 1880 (8), 1881 (7), 1882 (6), 1883 (5), 1884
(6), 1885 (6), 1886 (8), 1887 (7), 1888 (7 and Suppl.), 1889
(8 and 3 Suppl.), 1890 (9 and 2 Suppl.), @ 1/ per No. to
Subscribers and @ 1/8 per No. to Non-Subscribers.

N. B. The figures enclosed in brackets give the number of Nowe un
each Volume.

Centenary Review of the Researches of the Society from 1784

—1883 oes Rs. 3 6
Theobald’s Catalogue on Bepules | in ae Nese of Dh eee

Society (Extra No, J. A. S. B., 1868) ... 1 8
Catalogue of Meats and Birds of Burmah, ie E. Blyth

(Extra No., J. A. S. B., 1875),\... es Sep 0
Catalogue of Hoes Vertebrata, See Oe
Catalogue of the Library of the Asiatic Siecee Bene eS 8

Moore and Hewitson’s Descriptions of New Indian Lepidoptera,
Parts I—III, with 8 coloured Plates, 4to. @ 6/ each es TS 0

Notice.

Foreign Societies who favour the Asiatic Society of Bengal with
their publications are informed that they may be sent either to the
address of the Society at Calcutta, or tothe Agents of the Society in
London, Messrs. Triibner & Co., 57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London.

AVIS.

Des Sociétés Htrangéres qui honorent la Société Asiatique de Bengale
de ses publications, sont priées de les envoyer ou directement 4 l’adresse
de la Société, 57, Park Street, Calcutta, ou aux Agents de la Société a
Londres, Messrs. Triibner et Cie, 57 and 59, Ludgate Hill.

ANZEIGE.

Auslindische Gesellschaften welche die Asiatische Gesellschaft
_von Bengalen mit ihren Publicationen beehren, sind hierdurch ersucht
dieselben entweder direct an die Adresse der Gesellschaft, 57, Park
Street, Calcutta, oder an deren Agenten in London, Messrs. Triibner
& Co., 57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, senden zu wollen.

OUT VE:

a ee. ‘dew Kegeti to ydotoor on jee, ot aiiortatt. pre
~STat DO od Tee tre ange. Od): Yam yodt dad? Hosea. oe. He
_ fe SOR edd So edi ok odd oF FO warolad in § rn

Bre 3 OR AIT. bE ode bink fe bas G2 aiid: Dy seit He.

"i

5 atin td af: ons ptt hela Ae
aaah 't iy Petras wh sO “aayewan & Agr bs o
nl, ob elope, 206, 40 ry oll)

Ake nimgban RG: uc Ta “oi

&. HIG

: U - 4, + cae
Athy ote ppecer

5 / 4
<

EE SS agai pia ona veliniaks ai Lg eadolae ‘aovlndoeiqnal
S lgee isebvoild bute evederod wasotnnildat 9 “ti
ie Ne fisdoaliorad | sab: ‘omnia aid: 168

saad Poel sobaod ih foareg A rene. ab Whe
hollow. me heaped i i cass ‘

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

> OG @re=

Part lI.—NATURAL SCIENCE,

No. III.—1891.

IX.— Additional Uredineae from the Neighbourhood of Simla.
By A. Barctay, M. B., Bengal Medical Service.

[Received 12th June, 1891; Read 1st July, 1891.]
(With Plates IV and V.)

Since the completion of my Descriptive List of the Simla Uredineae,
published in former volumes of the Journal of this Society I have found,
or have been supplied with, 32 other species, which are described in
the following pages. Of these 32 species, 4 are Uromyces (2 new), 11
Puccima (5 new), 3 Phragmidia (all new), 1 Xenodochus (new), 2
Melampsora (1 new), 5 isolated Aecidial Forms (3 probably new),
and 6 isolated Uredo Forms (5 probably new). Of the 32 species
described, therefore, probably 20 are new.

HEMIUROMYC&SS.
Uromycrs VIGNAE, n. 5.

On Vigna vewillata, Benth.

I found this plant (on Tara Devi) towards the end of August im-
mensely attacked by a species of Uromyces. The leaves were sometimes
almost blackened with pustules. These were irregularly scattered
over the leaf blade on both surfaces, but more freely over the lower

28

212 A. Barclay— Additional Uredineae from Simla. [No. 3,

surface; and it appeared to me’ probable that they first emerged from
this surface, and later from the upper surface, at a more advanced stage.
Each pustule was round and convex, and without any paling of tissue
around. On a few of the younger leaves I found some paler brown
uredo pustules, on both surfaces of the leaf. Except in colour they
were similar to the teleutospore pustules.

The wredospores are brownish red, oval to round, thin walled, very
spiny, and with a few immature teleutospores among them (PI. V, fig. 19).
They measured when fresh and just wetted 26-19 x 19—18u.

The telewtospores are deep brown, oval, very deciduous, with a
portion of colourless stalk adherent, with a pale brown shallow mammilla
at the free end, a clear nuclear vesicle, a germ pore just under the
mamumilla, and a smooth surface (Pl. V, fig. 19). The fresh spores just
wetted measured 35—27 x 22—20u. The portion of adherent stalk
measured up to 40u in length. These spores refused to germinate,
probably requiring a period of rest. But some uredospores germinated
throwing out simple long unbranched tubes.

As this host is nearly related to Lathyrus sativus, I at first thought
the fungus must be the same as that I have described elsewhere* on
that plant, namely, Uromyces Pisi, Pers.; but the uredospores of the
fungus on Vigna are considerably smaller, whilst the teleutospores are
larger. It is therefore probable that the species I have here described
is different, and I have named it Uromyces Vignae.

Uromyces AGROPYRI, n. s.
On Agropyrum, sp.

This grass was collected also by Mr. Lace at Ralli (Bashahr), 7,000
feet, in October.

On some leaves there were light brown pustules on both leaf
surfaces, and these contained uredospores. Other pustules were long,
linear and black on the under leaf surface, somewhat resembling pustules
of P. graminis.

The wredospores are round to oval, pale brown, densely warted, with
several germ pores (4 to 5), and measured when just wetted 23-20 x21
—19p.

The feleutospores are lightly adherent to their beds, coming off with
a small piece of stalk attached. They are light yellowish brown, much
thickened at the apex, smooth on the surface, with a clear nuclear
vesicle, measuring when just wetted 37—28 x 18—16p.

Hitherto, so far as Iam aware, this genus of grasses was known to

* Journal of Botany, Sept. 1890.

SO A. Barclay—Additional Uredineae from Simla. 213

harbour only two species of Puccinia (P. graminis aud P. coronata).
This is therefore probably a new species.

URromyYces PULVINATUS, Kalchb. et Cooke. ?

On Huphorbia hypericifolia, Linn. var. indica.

Mr. Lace collected a Puccinia on this species of Huphorbia in
October in a low valley of Bashahr, about 6,000 feet above the sea level.
The under-surfaces of the leaves were profusely covered with dark
brown circular pustules, usually distinct from one another, but some-
times coalescing. Thespores are readily scraped off. These consist of :—
uredospores which are yellow, thin-walled, spiny, and 20 x 19u.; and
teleutospores. These are small, brown, thick-walled, single-celled, with
a small piece of stalk adhering (sometimes none), warted on the surface,
and generally witha clear nuclear vesicle. When just wetted they
measure 21—17 x 18—16yn.

Of the several species of Uromyces which inhabit species of Hu-
phorbia the one I have just described comes nearest U. pulvinatus,
Kalchb. et Cooke, and U. Myristica, B. et B. The former has been
described from South Africa, and the latter from North America. In
size of spore the Himalayan fungus resembles the former more than the
latter ; but the spores of U. pulvinatus are smooth, whilst those of U.

Myristica are punctated like mine.
MICRUROMYCES or LEPTUROMYCES.
Uromycrs AmMBrans, Cooke.

On Buxus sempervirens, Linn.

Specimens of this fungus were gathered by Mr. Lace in the Bhabar
Valley, Bashahr (6,000 feet) in October. The leaves were studded with
circular patches 1—4 mm. in diameter. Some of these were orange
yellow, and others pale in the centre, but surrounded by a black circle.
The centres of all patches contained very prominent papillae (sper-
mogonia?). All the pustules were hypophyllous. In the ease of
patches which were not black the central papillae were surrounded by a
circular mound covered with epidermis. This mound was a cireular
covered spore pustule. The spores were orange red, but as they were
thick walled and otherwise hke immature teleutospores I do not regard
them as uredospores. The black circles surrounding the other patches
were naked teleutospore beds. The spores from such parts are large,
yellowish brown, round to oval, fairly firmly adherent, coming off usually
with a short stalk or none, thick walled, showing a distinct pore at the

214 A. Barclay—Additional Uredineae from Simla. [No. 3,

summit which is not thickened. Their surfaces were smooth, and they
measured when just wetted 44—40 x 36—34yp.
This is doubtless Uromyces ambiens, but I have no access to the

measurements of the spores. Cooke’s specimens apparently came from
the Himalayas.

HEMIPUCCINIA,
Puccinta Sorcu, Schw.

On Zea Mays, Linn.

T had long searched in fields of maize for a Uredine, but without
guccess until 1890 when I found it in some fields at Mashobra. Up to
this time I was acquainted with the fungus only on Sorghum vulgare, on
specimens of the plant sent to me for examination from the Poona
district. But this is absolutely the first record of its existence on maize
in India, so far as Tam aware. My specimens were gathered early in
October. Pustules were found abundantly on both leaf surfaces, some
covered entirely with a scale of epidermis, whilst others were more or
less naked. The covered pustules contained uredospores, the naked
ones mostly teleutospores, and the perfectly matured open ones, canal
are inky black, only teleutospores. Some pustules were minute and
circular, others long and even linear.

The wredospores are pale brownish red, round to oval, beset with
shallow warts or short spines, and measure when just wetted 30—26 x
26—20u. By applying sulphuric acid I detected 3 germ pores in each
spore, arranged around the short equator.

The teleutospores are firmly attached, breaking off with a portion of
stalk adhering. They are reddish brown, rounded at both ends, thicken-
ed at the free end, constricted at the septum, and apparently smooth on
the surface. When just wetted they measured 42—32 x 18—l6m. They
refused to germinate immediately after ripening. There were no
paraphyses.

This fungus is much more like Puce. Sorght than that which grows
on Sorghum vulgare, and which I have described elsewhere.* In the
first place the fungus on Zea has no paraphyses, and in the second the
measurements of both uredo- and teleutospores approximate those given
for Pucc. Sorght much more closely. In the publication above alluded
to I referred the parasite on Sorghum with hesitation to P, Sorghi. I
am now inclined to think that the latter is a different species. Lastly,
even later I found a Puccinia on Pennisetum typhoidewm, Rich. (Bajra)

* Journal of Botany, Sept. 1890.

1891.] A. Barclay—Additional Uvredineae from Simla. 215

at Hrode in the Madras Presidency, which is undoubtedly the same
as that on Sorghum. As neither of these fungi (on Sorghum and
Pennisetum) are Himalayan I shall not describe them in detail here; but
in order to enforce my argument that the fungus on Zea is P. Sorghi,
whilst that on Sorghum and Pennisetum is a different species, which I
shall call Puccinia Penniseti, I subjoin in tabular form their salient
characters.

n Apical Germ pores
Host. Uredospores. | Teleutospores. | Paraphyses. sifclkeratns: GUE esp
spores.
Pennisetum |34—30 x 24—22|18— 44x 29—26] present. none. 2
Sorghum ... |84—30 x 22—20/50—41 x 29-22] present. none. 4—5
Zea ... [30 — 26 x 26— 20/42 -32 x 18-16) none. present. 3

Pouccrnta Hunist, De-Toni ?
On Angelica glauca, Hdew.

This plant was found by Dr. G. Watt at Fagoo in August, bearing
uredo- and teleutospore pustules, both minute, discrete, and hypophyl-
lous; but whilst the former are pale yellow, the latter are dark brown
to black. Both kinds of pustule occurred together on the same leaf.

The uredospores are round to oval, very pale yellow, very spiny, and
when just wetted 30 — 24 x 25 — 20u. (PI. IV, fig. 9).

The teleutospores are deep brown, rounded at both ends, slightly
constricted at the septum, coming off with little or no stalk adhering,
not thickened as arule at the free end, and tuberculated over both
cells (PI. IV, fig. 9). They are sometimes irregular in shape. They
measured when just wetted 38 — 22 x 22m.

This is possibly Pucc. Hllisi, though both the uredo- and teleuto-
spores of this last mentioned species are larger, the former measuring
35 — 30 x 30 — 24, and the latter 40 — 35 * 25 — 20m. It is certainly
not Puce. Angelicae, Schum. which shows a tendency to erupt along the
nerves, among other differing characters.

Pouccinta Castacnet, Thiim P

On Apiwm graveolens, Linn.

I have hitherto confused a fungus on this host with Puce. Pim-
pinellae, Strauss ; but it is certainly distinct.

The wredospores are very pale brown, covered sparsely with spines,
and with three germ pores, each covered with a hyaline semilunar

216 A. Barclay—Additional Uredineae from Simla. [No. 3,

thickening, like that described in Puce. Prenanthis. Through each of
these a commencing germ tube protrudes, but one only develops fully.
They are in pustules mostly hypophyllous, but some few epiphyllous.
These uredospores afford another instance of extremely long retained
power to germinate. I put some spores scraped off from leaves gathered
on the 3lst October into water on the 13th June, and found on the
following day that many had germinated most freely, although the ac-
companying teleutospores remained ungerminated.

The teleutospores are brownish yellow, very irregular in shape, the
septum often oblique, and even perpendicular, slightly constricted at
the septum, generally not thickened at the free end, though sometimes
slightly so, mostly rounded at both ends, but sometimes with the lower
cell narrowing towards the stalk (Pl. V, fig. 18). After lying 24 hours
in water these spores measured 41 — 26 x 24 — 18p.

This is possibly Pucc. Castagnei, whose teleutospores are said to
be very irregular and to measure 46 — 36 x 24 — 18.

Pouccinta HULALIAE, 0. 8.
On Pollinia japonica, Haeck.

The leaves of this grass presented dark reddish brown linear
pustules, mostly on their under-surfaces. These pustules contained
uredo- and teleutospores with numerous capitate paraphyses.

The wredospores are oval or pyriform, pale brown, and spiny, and
measure when just wetted 30 — 28 x 21 — 20p.

The teleutospores are reddish brown: the upper cell is rounded and
not thickened specially anywhere; the lower is broadly wedge-shaped.
The surface of the spores is smooth, and they usually have a short piece
of stalk adhering. They measure when just wetted 38 — 34 x 20 — 18p.
The paraphyses are numerous, reddish brown, capitate, the heads
measuring about 16m. in diameter.

This is probably a new species.

MICROPUCCINIA.
PUCCINIA EXCELSA, 0. 8.
On Phlomis lamiifolia, Royle.

I found this plant early in September on the summit of the Huttoo
peak bearing Puccinia pustules. I next found it, about the same time
at Mahasu, a hill close to Simla. The leaves were densely bespattered
on the under surfaces with fairly large, round to oval, dark brown,
almost black, circular hemispherical pustules, with a smaller less fre-

1891.] A. Barclay—Additional Uredineae from Simla. 217

quent epiphyllous eruption opposite the beds below. The upper surface
of attacked leaves is rendered conspicuous by the yellow zones surround-
ing the pustules. Pustules were also found on the petiole and smaller
stems, though not so frequently.

The spores are fairly easily detached, coming off as a rule with no
portion of stalk adhering. They are dark brown, somewhat irregular
in size and shape, mostly distinctly constricted at the septum, and
mostly narrowing towards the free end, where there is a slight pale
mammilla or conical thickening (Pl. V, fig. 12). At the base the spore
is sometimes rounded, and sometimes narrowed. It is smooth on the
surface. The fresh spores examined at once in water measure 40 — 28
x 18 — 14y.

No uredospores are apparently formed by this species, since I got
specimens of teleutospores from the earliest stages of development.
The teleutospores would not germinate immediately after ripening.

There isno doubt, I think, that this fungus is distinct from) 2.
Phlomidis, Thiim.

LEPTOPUCCINIA.
PuccINIA osTALIS, Berk. ?

On Ranunculus hirtellus, Royle.

I found seedlings of this plant bearing teleutospore pustules on the
Mattiana hill on the 4th September. The pustules were quite young,
and there was no trace of uredospore. The teleutospore pustules were
small, dark, circular, and hypophyllous, with spots of paling on the
upper leaf surface. These pustules were confined to the youngest leaves,
and were never found on the upper ones. The pustules had a distinct
though not pronounced circinate arrangement. The spores are very
firmly adherent ; they are long, more or less spindle-shaped, pale yellowish
brown, much thickened and conica: >4 the free end, well constricted at
the septum, and narrowing towards the stalk. The surface is smooth
(Pl. V, fig. 13). In scrapings I noticed many empty spore cases, and I
presume therefore that the species is a Leptopuccinia. When just
wetted the spores measured 61 — 46 x 23 — 8u, the apical thickening
being 10 — 44 in depth. I placed some spores in water on the 10th
September, and on the following day found some had germinated. The
sporidia are oval or somewhat semilunar, colourless, and 13 x 6m, in
measurement. ‘The sterigmata are four in number, short, conical, and
pointed, and together with the whole premycelium colourless.

This is possibly P. ustalis, Berk.; but I pave no access to the
spore measurements.

218 A. Barelay—Additional Uredineae from Simla. [No. 3,

MICRO or LEPTOPUCCINIA.
PUCCINIA DOLORIS, Speg. ?
On Erigeron alpinus, var. multicaulis, Wall.

This plant, harbouring a species of Puccinia, was gathered by Mr.
Lace on the 27th August near the banks of the Sutlej in Bashahr, at an
elevation of about 7,000 feet. The under surfaces of the leaves bore
numerous large black pustules, irregularly scattered as a rule, but
sometimes with several smaller pustules in a circlet around a larger
central one. Most pustules were naked, but some were covered over
with a scale of epidermis. Though most pustules are hypophyllous
some few are on the upper leaf surface.

The spores are readily detached, coming off with only a very small
fragment of stalk adhering. They are yellowish brown, rounded at
both ends, well constricted at the septum, thickened and broadly conical
at the free end, beset externally over both cells with shallow short
ridges and tubercles, and measuring when just wetted 42—34 x 18—16u.
The thickening at the free end is usually 64 in depth. I placed them
in water in October, but they did not germinate.

This fungus resembles Pucc. doloris as described by De-Toni* in
many respects, and I have accordingly named itso. But as P. doloris
is known only, so far as I am aware, from the Argentine Republic, it is
quite possible that the Himalayan species is distinct.

PouccrtntA SAXIFRAGAE-MICRANTHAE, nN. S.
On Sazifraga micrantha, Kdew.

Mr. Lace collected this plant, bearing a Puccinia, in Bashahr at an
elevation of 9,500 feet. On the under leaf surfaces were a number of
minute, circular, discrete, brown pustules, sometimes very numerous.

The teleutospores are readily detached, and many were found to be
empty. The species is probably therefore a Leptopuccinia. They are
pale brown, not thickened anywhere, with a slight apical mammilla,
usually slightly constricted at the septum, but sometimes considerably
so, and somewhat irregular in size and shape. When just wetted they
measure 35 — 26 x 14.— 12u. I placed these spores in water, but none
germinated. There were no uredospores in the specimens sent to me.

This species is quite distinct from Pucc. Saxifragae-ciliatae mihi.
It is also evidently distinct from P. Sawifragae, Schlect.

* Saccardo, Sylloge Fungorum.

1891. | A. Barclay—Additional Uredineae from Simla. 219

PUCCINIA CAUDATA, n. s.
On Stellaria paniculata, Rdew.

Dr. G. Watt collected this plant in Narkanda, bearing a Puccinia.
The teleutospore beds are dark brown, well raised with a circinate
tendency, and hypophyllous, with paled patches on the upper leaf surface.
The spores are very adherent, more or less spindle-shaped, pale brown,
well constricted at the septum, usually much thickened at the apex,
with a long piece of adherent stalk (often twice, or a little more, than
the whole length of the spore) and measuring 37 — 28 x 16 — 13p.
CPI Wie, Nie )e

This is evidently not P. Arenariae, Schum. and I have regarded it
as a New species.

PUCCINIA CRASSA, 0. 8.

On Pimpinella Grifithiana, Boiss.

This was gathered by Mr. Lace in Znarat in Afchanistan at 8,000 feet.
The teleutospore pustules are dark brown and hypophyllous. The spores
are brown, almost rounded at both ends, but diminishing somewhat
towards the stalk, of which a small fragment remains adherent. They
are slightly constricted at the septum, and slightly thickened at the
apex (Pl. V, fig. 16). When just moistened the spores measure 50 — 41
x 24 — 224. The epispore has shallow tubercles over both cells. They
would not germinate.

This fungus is quite distinct from P. Pimpinellae, Strauss which
is one of the most common of the Uredineae in Simla. Neither are the
spores like any of the other species inhabiting Pimpinella described by
De-Toni* (except perhaps P. Pumpinella, St var. Hryngii, D.C) It is
I think a new species.

PUCCINIA PULVINATA Rabenh. ?

On Echinops niveus, Wall.

A Puccinia on this host was gathered for me by Dr. G. Watt in
Simla. The leaves had numerous minute well raised black pustules
all epiphyllous. The spores are readily detached from their beds. The
plant was in full flower inclining to seed. The spores come off some-
times with a long piece of stalk attached, sometimes with a short. The
spore surface is studded with shallow tubercles, They are brown,
slightly constricted at the septum, mostly rounded at both ends, the
free end slightly thickened. Most spores were found empty, so they

* Saccardo, loc. cit.

29

220 A. Barclay—Additional Uredineae from Simla. [No. 3,

presumably germinate at once. They measure when just wetted 52 — 45
« 24 — 22u,

This is possibly Puccinia pulvinata, though the measurements given
by De-Toni are greater than mine (68 — 51 x 38 — 3o,).

PHRAGMIDIUM.

PHRAGMIDIUM LACEIANUM, nN. s.

On Potentilla argyrophylla, Wall.

I first received specimens of this plant harbouring a parasite from
Mr. Lace, who gathered them in Bashahr. Subsequently I found
specimens myself at Narkanda, and Dr. J. Murray procured specimens
at Sarhan in Kulu.

The uredo pustules are bypophyllous, brilliantly orange red, discrete,
but often so numerous as to give an appearance of coalescence. Hach
individual pustule is circular and minute. The spores are round to
oval or pyriform, bright orange red, spiny, and measuring when just
wetted 24 — 20 x 18 — 16p (Pl. IV, fig. 3).

The teleutospore pustules are also hypophyllous, black, circular,
discrete. The spores are deep brown, on stalks which narrow gradually
away from the spore. They are mostly five-celled; but some are four
and some six-celled. The surface is apparently smooth, the free end
rounded and slightly thickened, with usually a minute colourless papilla.
When just wetted they measure 132 — 94 x 50 —41p. I could not
detect any germ pores; and they would not germinate immediately
after ripening.

The specimens sent by Mr. Lace, and those collected by myself were
on the red flowered variety, whilst those collected by Dr. Murray were
on the yellow flowered variety, ‘This fact may tend to confirm the view
taken in Hooker’s Flora of British India that these two are varieties of
the same species.

This fungus is, I think, distinct from any of the three noted in
Saccardo’s Sylloge as inhabiting species of Potentilla. It is not Phr.
Fragariastri, D. C., which has warty teleutospores, 75 — 45u long and
3—5 celled. Itis not Phy. Potentillae, Pers. which has smooth teleuto-
spores, 90 x 26u,and 3—7 celled. And it is not Phr. Tormentillae, Fuck.
which has spores often bent, 115 x 28u, 3—8 celled, and light brown.

PHRAGMIDIUM NEPALENSE, n. s.

On Potentilla nepalensis, Hook.

I found this host in September attacked with a Phragmidium at
Mattiana, some miles towards the interior from Simla. The host at

1891. ] A. Barclay— Additional Uredineae from Simla. 221

that time was in flower and held both uredo- and teleutospore pustules.
Both pustules were mainly hypophyllous, but a few (especially uredo
pustules) were epiphyllous.

The uredo pustules are very brilliantly orange red and circular, but
were often so closely aggregated that they ran together. The spores
are round or oval, or more or less irregular in shape, and bright orange
red (PI. IV, fig. 2). They varied much in size, 28 — 22 x 22 — 17.
There were no paraphyses.

The telewtospore pustules are much smaller and appear like minute
black dots scattered about irregularly. The spores are very dark brown,
generally constricted at the septa, apparently with 2—4 pores to each
cell, 2—5 celled, but usually 4 celled, with a small and inconspicuous
mamunilla at the free end, looking more like a slight general thickening
of the epispore (Pl. IV, fig. 2). The stalk is long, thin, and inflated at
some distance from the attachment to the spore, the inflation containing
orange red matter. Normal 4 celled spores measured when just wetted
68 — 66 x 26 and a 3 celled spore 54 x 24.

Of the three species of Phragmidiwm on species of Potentilla de-
scribed by De-Toni* only one, namely, Phr. Fragariastri has so few cells
to each spore, and the one I have just described is, I think, not identical
with it. I have therefore named it Phragmidium nepalense.

PHRAGMIDIUM OCTOLOCULARE, 0. 5S.
On Rubus rosaefolius, Smith.

The general appearance of the teleutosporic stage of this fungus
(the only one I know it in) is very like that of Phr. Barclay, Dictel,+
with somewhat large circular pulverulent hypophyllous pustules.

The teleutospores are dark brown 7—9 celled usually, but mostly
8-celled. The surface is distinctly and coarsely tuberculated, and at
the free end there is sometimes a minute colourless papilla, but often
none. The stalk is long, swells up somewhat in water, is inflated away
from the spore, and this lower part of the stalk swells, more than the
upper part adjoining the spore (PI. IV, fig. 1). The stalk is not unlike
that of Phr. Barclayi. After lying 24 hours in water the gelatinous
sheath shrinks upwards towards the spore, leaving a central axis with
orange red swellings at the ends. The spore is constricted at each septum
to a slight degree. Hach cell of the sporeis more flattened from above
downwards than in the last mentioned species, the vertical depth of
each cell being L0u against 14 in Phr. Barclayr. The spores (taking

* Saccardo, loc. cit.
+ I incorrectly regarded it as Phr. Rubi, Pers., in my Descriptive List.

222 A. Barclay—Additional Uredineae from Simla. [No. 3,

those which have 7—9 cells) measure when recently wetted 130 — 94 x
23 — 254 but exceptionally a spore of only two cells may be found,
measuring 44 x 244. I have not observed the germination of these
speres; but some spores collected in autumn and put into water did not
germinate, and from this I conclude that they must rest. On the other
hand some of these spores showed a cell here and there empty; so ap-
parently under special conditions they may also germinate at once,

Tam inclined to regard this fungus as distinct from Phr. Barclayi and
Phr. quinqueloculare, mili. If it be identical with either, it is with Phr.
Barclay; but the spores of the latter are usually 6-celled with smooth
surface (or with very shallow inconspicuous warts) somewhat less in
length and greater in diameter. 1am also unable to match it with any
of the six species described by De-Toni* on species of Rubus. I propose
naming it Phragmidiwm octoloculare.

XEN ODOCHUS.

XENODOCHUS CLARKIANUS, 0. sg.
On Astilbe rivularis, Ham.

This fungus was collected by Dr. Clark in the Cheog forest about
the beginning of August. On one specimen there were large irregular
aecidial patches, especially on the stem, accompanied by hypertrophy,
just like that caused by Phragmidiwm subcorticiwm on Rosa moschata.
These aecidia were exceedingly brilliantly orange red: they occurred
also on leaves. The spores are very bright orange red, in rows, squarish
or oblong, densely warted, thickened a little at one end (seen best in
empty spores) (Pl. IV, fig. 5). They measure 31 — 26 x 26 — 22y.
There were no paraphyses.

But much more numerous were orange waxy looking beds, which
to the naked eye resembled Coleosporium beds. These in many places
simply covered the under leaf surface. I noticed that in some parts
these orange waxy beds were gradually changing, and at others had
changed into black beds, naked, and under a field lens looking like
Puccinia beds. The spores from the latter are scraped off with difficulty,
and when examined under the microscope presented characters most
like those I have read described as Xenodochus spores. They have
characters, as far as I am able to judge, termediate between this
genus and Phragmidiwm. The spores were in rows, usually 5 to 6 in
each row, pale brown, rows being sometimes transversally septate, at
others irregularly in various obliquities. The rows of spores were some-

* Saccardo, loc. cit.

1891.] A. Barclay—Additrional Uredineae from Simla. 223

times closely amalgamated with rows on either side. Hach spore of a
regular row measured about 16 x 13m (Pl. IV, fig. 4). I placed these
spores in water, but they refused to germinate.

This is apparently a new species of Xenodochus. It differs con-
siderably from X. carbonarius, Schlect. in which the aecidiospores are
28 — 16 x 20 — 15u and among which there are paraphyses. Moreover,
in the last named species the teleutospore rows have 10 to 20 loculi.

MELAMPSORA.

MELAMPSORA CILIATA, 0. s.
On Populus ciliata, Wall.

This host is abundant in Simla, and many are occasionally attacked
by a species of Melampsora. The uredo stage makes its appearance in
August or September.

The uredo pustules are minute and discrete, but often very abun-
dant ; they are light yellow, and entirely hypophyllous, with scattered
yellow dots on the upper leaf surface. The spores are pale orange red,
mostly oval, pretty densely covered with spines, thick walled, and
measure when fresh 30 — 21 x 22 — 20u (Pl. V, fig. 15). They are
borne singly on stalks, and among them are some capitate paraphyses,
with heads very distinctly, and often greatly thickened at the free end
(Pl. V, fig. 15).

The teleutospore beds are at first orange red, but become brown
later. They are entirely hypophyllous. The spores are in compact
beds and each spore measures 34 — 30 x 9 — 8u.

This fungus is, I think, different from any of the three described
by De-Toni. This will be apparent when the characters are shown
tabularly.

Uredospores. | Teleutospores. | Paraphyses. Remarks.

M. Tremulae, Tul. |24—15 x 18 —13/55 —45 x 12—11|Clavate, 9-15.

M. aecidioides, D.C. 24-17 x17—15 P Clavate.
M. populina, Jacq. |38-~-28 x 20 — 15/45 —40 x 13 Capitate, 20-17. jeviphyllous.

M. ciliata, mihi ... ie ~21 x 22—20)84—380x9—8 |Capitate. hypophyllous.

MutLampsora AncrIpIoIpES, D. C.?
On Populus alba, Lin.

Mr. Lace sent me specimens of the leaves of this plant collected at
an elevation of 8,500 feet on the 30th August. The under surfaces

224 A. Barclay— Additional Uredineae from Simla. [No. 3,

were almost wholly covered with brilliant orange red pustules, minute
and discrete, though from their enormous numbers they at first sight
appeared to be coalescing. The upper leaf surface is profusely flecked
with yellow discoloured spots. The spores are orange red, thick walled,
spiny, and measure when just wetted 24 —21x18—16u. There
were no teleutospores.

It is impossible from the uredo spores alone to determine the exact
position of this fungus. Possibly it is M. aecidioides which occurs also
on Populus alba. The uredospore measurements coincide very closely
with those I have just described, but M. aecidioides has paraphyses
whilst the Himalayan form has not.

ISOLATED AECIDIA.

AxEcIDIUM CUNNINGHAMIANUM, Nn. 8.

On Cotoneaster bacillaris, Wall.

IT found the leaves of this plant bearing several characteristic
Roestelia patches first on the Mahasu hill by the road side; then fairly
abundantly in Narkanda; and lastly, scarcely in Mashobra. These were
found at the end of August. In all these localities, especially Narkanda
and Mashobra, I did not see a single Cupressus tree, and this inclines me
to regard the fungus as distinct from Gymmnosporangiwm Cunninghami-
anum, mihi. The leaf patches were red above, with long filiform peridia
on the lower surface, about 3-5 mm. in length. From one to five such
patches were found on a single leaf. On superficial examination this
fungus looks different from Gymnosporangium Cunninghamianum, al-
though the peridium bursts in the same way, namely, by irregular
slits on the tube sides. With a field lens numerous spermogonia could
be seen on the upper leaf surface.

The aecidiospores are yellowish brown, round or oval, densely
beset with minute and very shallow warts, and with apparently numer-
ous germ pores (the addition of sulphuric acid discloses eight pores).
These spores measure 28 — 26 x 28 ~ 24u (Pl. IV, fig. 7) The peridial
cells are paler in colour than the aecidiospores, elongated, separating
readily from one another laterally, very spiny (not ridgy), and measure
from 60 — 58 x 26 — 24m (Pl. IV, fig. 7). ‘he aecidiospores would
not germinate in water.

Had it not been for the absence, as far as I could see, of Cupressus
trees in tbe neighbourhood of these aecidial patches, I should have been
disposed on the whole to regard this fungus as G. Cunninghamianum ;
and, indeed, this identity is still quite possible, since it is by no means
easy to be certain that no Cypress tree exists in the forests in those

1891. ] A. Barclay—Additional Uredineae from Simla. 225

regions. In support of the view of identity are the manner of dehiscence
of the peridium, and the closely corresponding sizes of the aecidiospores
and the peridial cells (the former in the case of G. Cunninghamianum
being on an average 28°6x24°6u, and the latter 70 x 22). I should
note also that the peridial tubes of the aecidium on Cotoneaster are
somewhat longer than those on Pyrus (in the latter they are 1 to 2 mm)

The only Aesidium known on Cotoneaster is Aec. Mespili, D. O.;
but the aecidiospores of this species are 24 — 19u. in diameter, and I
do not think the Simla species can be the same. Until more is known
of its life history I propose naming it Aec. Ownninghamianum, believing
that it will probably prove to be identical with Gymnosporangium Cun-
ninghamianum, mihi.

Axrcrpium Mort, n. s.

On Ficus palmata, Forsk.

I found this plant first attacked in a valley to the north of Mashobra,
and subsequently in Simla itself during October. The leaves are often
densely covered with an orange red eruption. In some cases the whole
of the lower leaf surface was a mass of these bright pustules. But
although the eruption is mainly hypophyllous it is also largely epiphyl-
lous. With a field lens it is difficult to determine the nature of the
fungus. Hach spore heap is very minute, but shreds of white tissue
are seen about them. Under the microscope however, all doubt ceases,
for there are very characteristic peridial cells, and the fungus is con-
sequently an Aecidiwm. But itis a very remarkable one in having so
amall and inconspicuous a peridium. To the naked eye the fungus
resembles a Uredo form. The spore beds are scattered irregularly all
over the leaf surface; but sometimes on somewhat swollen weals on the
petiole and midrib. The aecidiospores are very brilliant orange red
bodies, round to oval, and apparently smooth on the surface. When
just wetted they measure 17 — 14 x 16—14y. The peridial cells are
colourless and more delicate than usual. They are mostly six-sided
and spiny or tuberculated. They measure 22 x18—15u. I placed
some of the aecidiospores in water on the 17th of October, and a few
were found to have germinated on the following day. The germ tube
is long, simple, and unbranched.

Saccardo mentions a Puccinia sepulta, B. et C. on the leaves of a
species of Ficus from Nicaragua and two Uredo forms (U. Fici, Cast. and
U. ficicola, Speg.) ; but even supposing these Uredo forms are really Aecidia,
the spores of the former are much too large, and those of the latter
considerably larger than the Simla fungus to permit of their being
considered identical. The Simla species is probably therefore new.

226 A. Barclay—Additional Uredineae from Simla. [No. 3,

This fungus is identical with that I have described as Caeoma
Mori; and as 1 have subsequently found that the peridium is distinctly
present though incoherent, I feel disposed to relinquish the name Caeoma
Mori and to substitute Aecidium Mori. —

AECIDIUM FLAVESCENS, 0. 8S.

On Senecio rufinervis, D. C.

I found this plant in August bearing an Aecidiwm in the Mashobra
woods. The aecidial patches are indicated conspicuously by brown
patches with yellow irregular halos around them on the upper leaf
surface. On the under surface the peridia are indistinctly seen against
the white tomented natural leaf surface, as they are pale in colour.
The peridia are densely aggregated together, and always on the under
leaf surface. The tubes are short and open stellately. I counted from
one to thirty-two aecidial patches on single leaves. The patches varied
from a half to 2.c.m. in diameter. The aecidiospores are oval or round,
pale orange red, measuring when well moistened 22 — 20 x 16 — 14m.
The peridial cells are almost isodiametric, very rugose on the surface,
with short ridges and spines, and measuring 28 —22 x 22 — 20n.
OPM, NW, see, (2)

Later in the season leaves in the same locality bore uredospores,
and still later teleutospores in the form of Coleosporiwm. I have un-
fortunately had no opportunity of examining these forms.

Two species of Aecidia on species of Senecio are noted by Saccardo,
Aec. Hualtatinum, Speg., and Aec. sclerothecium, Speg.; but the spores
of the Simla species are much smaller than those of either of these two
species.

Ancipiom AQuILEGIa, Pers. ?
On Aquilegia vulgaris, Linn.

Mr. Lace collected this plant on the 9th August, 1890 at an eleva-
tion of 10,000 feet bearing an Aecidiwm. The peridia are hy pophyllous,
forming a patch of yellow below with a paled area above on which
spermogonia may be seen with a field lens. The peridia open by a clean
regular margin. The peridial cells are angular, almost isodiametrie, five
to six-sided, spiny and ridgy, and about 26 x 20u. The aecidiospores
are round or facetted when just scraped off, tuberculated, and 24 — 18
x 18 — 12p.

This fungus is very possibly Aec. Aquilegiae, Pers. though the
spores in the latter are said to be larger (30 — 16 x 20 — 14.) and
perhaps more spiny.

1891. ] A. Barclay—Additional Uredineae from Simla. 227

AECIDIUM ORBICULARE, 0. 8.
On Clematis grata, Wall.
5 orientalis, Linn.
Ba puberula, H. f. and T.

This Aecidium was sent to me first by Mr. Lace and Dr. Watt, and
subsequently I found it myself at Mattiain on Clematis grata.

Aecidial patches were very numerous on stems, petioles, and leaves,
causing considerable hypertrophy of stems and petioles, especially on
Clematis grata. On leaves the peridia were markedly circinate in
arrangement, and all were hypophyllous. The peridial tubes were
long and cylindrical, and opened at the summit with an almost clean
margin, 2. e., very minutely serrated. They measured about 0.75 m.m.
in length. The spores are bright orange red, densely beset with shallow
warts, round to oval or angular, 25 ~ 20 x 20 — 14 (Clematis grata) 21 —
16 x. 16 — 15 (C. orientale) 22 — 19 x 19 — ld. (0. puberula).

The peridial cells were in all cases about 26 — 20pm. in diameter, four
to six-sided, with bright orange red matter in their centres, and spiny,
(I=L IY, ie).

This may possibly be the New Zealand Aec. otagense, Linds.; but
the only description available to me is the very brief one by De-Toni,
from which it is impossible to decide, since no spore measurements are
given. The only other Aecidiwm described by De-Toni on Clematis is
Aec. Clematidis; but the description of the peridium is unlike that I
have described. The Himalayan species is therefore, I think, distinct.
It is possible that this Aecidiwm is related to Puccinia Wattiana, mihi
which occurs plentifully on Clematis Gawriana and C. grata; but in the
absence of experimental proof it is impossible to determine.

ISOLATED UREDO FORMS.
Urnpo CoLeBROOKIAB, n. s.

On Colebrookia oppositifolia, Smith.

This fungus was collected by Dr. Watt near Suni in October.
The under surfaces of the leaves were almost uniformly orange red in
colour from innumerable orange red pustules. These pustules are
really distinct, but appear to be coalescing from their great numbers,
and from the hairy nature of the leaf surface, in which the spores get
entangled. Dr. Watt informed me that showers of red dust fell from
the leaves as he picked them. The spores are pale orange red, oval,
very spiny, measuring when just wetted 28 — 20 x 20—17. These
spores were put into water some few days after collection, but they did
not germinate freely; one or two did so, however, throwing out ong
simple sinuous tubes.

30

228 A. Barclay—Additional Uredineae from Sula. [No. 3,

Urepo IcHNocaRPi, 0. 8.
On Ichnocarpus frutescens, Br.

This fungus.was also collected by Dr. Watt in the same neighbour-
hood, and at the same time. The leaves bore a few scattered isolated,
bright orange red pustules on the under leaf surface. The spores were
readily scraped off. They are bright orange red, oval, studded with
large coarse warts or spines, and measure when just wetted 24 — 20 x
16 — 2]. Even in empty spores I could not detect any germ pores.
Among the scraped off uredospores I saw some immature single celled
stalked spores which I imagine are teleutospores (Uromyces) ; but they
were too immature to allow of decision. They were colourless at this
early stage.

An Aecidium Apocyni, Schwein. is known to occur in Carolina,
Kansas, and Illinois; but it is impossible as yet to say whether it is in
any way related to the Himalayan fungus: probably it is not.

Urevo IpoMABAR, n. s.

On Ipomaea hederacea, Jacq.

This plant was collected by Dr. Watt near Sairi in September with
numerous, white, irregularly shaped covered pustules on the under leaf
surface. On examining the pustules they were found to contain an
abundance of white powdery spores. The spores are colourless, round
or squarish, apparently quite smooth on the surface, and measuring when
just wetted 20 —17 x 16 — 14u. Although I have placed this fungus
here among Uredo forms I should note that it looks much like the
Aecidium of a Phragmidium, differing only in not being coloured.

UreEpo PILEAs, n. s.
On Pilea trinervia, Wt.

I found a few of these plants in the woods at Mashobra early in
October, attacked by a Uredo. The pustules were minute, pale yellow,
and scattered on the under leaf surface. The spores are oval, very pale
yellow, studded with prominent spines, and measured when just wetted

25 — 20 x 20 — 14. I could find no trace of any teleutospore form up
to the middle of October.

Urepo EHRETIAE, n. s.
On Ehretia serrata, Roxb.

This fungus was collected by Mr. J. S. Gamble on the banks of the
Tous river near Chakrata. The leaves are attacked by a Uredinous

1891.] A. Barclay— Additional Uredineae from Simla. 229

fungus of somewhat uncertain nature. Some leaves had circular spots
varying in diameter from 1 to 8 m.m., whilst others had large hypertro-
phies of the petiole as it enters the lamina, and these were uniformly
covered with bright orange red pulverulent spores. Transverse sections
through the fungus and leaf show that the spores are not borne separately
on stalks, but from a cup-like depression like the pit of an aecidium
without any peridium. There were also numerous superficial spermo-
gonia. The spores are orange red, oval or pear-shaped, very spiny, de-
cidedly thickened at the free end (reminding one of the aecidio- and
uredospores of Puccinia Prainiana). When just wetted they measure
38 — 30 xX 22 — 204. They become detached without any portion of
the stalk adhering. The spores are given off from both surfaces of the
leaves. By applying nitric acid I saw that each spore had two germ
pores.

This is the first member of the Boragineae which I have seen at-
tacked in India by a Uredine. As Puccinia Rubigo-vera, or some
variety or allied species, is undoubtedly the most prevalent and destruc-
tive rust on wheat, barley, and oats in India, I had long looked
for some associated form on a Boragineous host, and this not only
by personal search, but also by correspondence. I am afraid, however,
that this particular Uredine cannot be the associated form I have been
looking for, although it is just possible that itis. For although the
spores are given off like uredospores, the cup-shaped depressions in
which they are formed, the presence of spermogonia, and the hypertro-
phy of the host’s tissue all render it possible that we have here an ano-
malous Aecidiwm. This question will have to be tested by experiment.

Urevo Acrimoniaz, D. C.
On Agrimonia Eupatorium, Linn.

This plant is frequently found attacked with a Uredo in these re-
gions; but I have never seen a teleutosporic stage. The Uredo pus-
tules are hypophyllous, very numerous, and minute. The spores are
orange yellow, oval, warty or spiny, and measure 22 — 17 x 14 — 13y,

when just wetted.
This is no doubt the widely distributed Uredo Agrimoniae,

EXPLANATION OF PLATHS,
Plate IV.

1. Teleutospore of Phr. octoloculare, x 220.
2. Teleutospore and uredospore of Phr. nepalense, former x 220, and

latter x 350,

230 W. L. Selater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. [WNo. 3,

3. Teleuto- and uredospores of Phr. Laceianum, x 220 and x 350.
4, Teleutospore of Xenodochus Clarkianwm, x 390,
5. Aecidiospore of the same x 300.
6. Peridial cells of Aecidiwm orbiculare, x 350.
7. Peridial cells and aecidiospores of Aec. Cunninghamianum, a x 350,
b x 220.
8. Peridial cells of Aec. flavescens, x 350
9. Teleuto- and uredospores of Puce. Hllisii, x 350.
*10. Teleutospore of Pucc. Wattiana, x 350.

Plate V.

11. Teleuto- and aecidiospores and promycelium of Phr. quinqueloculare,
x 350.

12. Yeleutospores of Puce. excelsa, x 350.

13. Teleutospores of Pucc. occulta, x 330.
*14, Teleutospores of Pucc. McIntirianus, x 350.

16. Uredospores and paraphyses of Melampsora ciliata, x 850.

16. Telentospores of Pucc. crassa, x 350.

17. Teleutospores of Puce. caudata, x 350.

18. Teleutospores of Pucc. Castagnei, x 350.

19. Teleuto- and uredospores of Uromyces Vignae, x 350.

X.—Notes on the Collection of Snakes in the Indian Museum with descrip-
tions of several new species.—By W. li. Scuater, M. A., Deputy
Superintendent of the Indian Musewm.

[Received lst August, 1891; read 5th August, 1891. ]
(With Plate VI.)

The following notes were drawn up while critically examining and
rearranging the collection of Snakes in the Indian Museum; the collec-
tion is a fairly large one though there are many Indian species still
unrepresented, and I should ke very glad if any one would assist me
to fill up the gaps especially in the Southern Indian and Ceylonese
forms in which the Museum is specially deficient.

The number of Snakes described by Mr. Boulenger in his work on
the Reptiles of the Indian Empire and Ceylon amounts in all to 264, of this
number the Indian Museum possesses examples of 196, so that no less
than 68 are still wanting to complete the Indian Museum Collection ; of
the 68 deficiencies, however, 22 at least of the species have only been got
once and are represented in the British Museum or elsewhere usually by
a single specimen.

* For descriptions of these, see J. A. S. B., Vol. LIX, Pt. I], No. 2, 1890.

1891.] W. L. Sclater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. 231

To the 264 snakes given in Mr. Boulenger’s work I have now eleven
to add, of which five are new, and described here for the first time and
six are exotic species now recorded from the Indian Empire for the first
time, so that the total number of Indian Snakes is now raised to 275.

The Indian Museum possesses a fair number of types, but unfor-
tunately several which I believe should be here are no longer to be found
in the collection, such is the case with Typhlops andamanensis, Stoliczka,
Calamaria catenata, Blyth, and several others.

The following is a list of the species, twenty-one in number, of which
the types are still in the Museum.

Typhlops theobaldianus, Stol. Coluber prasinus, Bly.
Trachischium fuscum, ( Bly.) Pseudoxenodon macrops, (Bly.)
Ns tenwiceps, (Bly.) Tropidonotus platyceps, Bly.
Blythia reticulata, (Bly.) 4 nigrocinctus, Bly.
Lycodon gammiet, (Blanf.) Dipsas multifasciatus, Bly.

Hydrophobus davisont, ( Blanf.) Hypsirhina blanfordi, Boul.*
Pseudocyclophis bicolor, (Bly.) Distira tuberculata, (Anders.)

Ablabes scriptus, Theob. Amblycephalus modestus, (Theob.)
» nicobarensis, Stol. = macularius, (Bly.)
Zamenis ladaccensis, Anders. Trimeresurus cantoris, Bly.

Zaocys nigromarginatus, ( Bly.)
To these must be added the types of the five new species described
below.

Ablabes stoliczkae. Tropidonotus pealit.

Simotes woodmasoni. Tropidonotus nicobaricus.

Zaoccys tenasservmensis.

There are also in the Indian Museum the types of the following
species found on the borders of the Indian Empire but not yet recorded
from within its limits. :

Typhlops persicus, Blanf. Pseudocyclophis persicus, (Anders.)

Calamaria stalknechti, Stol. Dipsas rhinopoma, Blanf.

The total number of types therefore in the Indian Museum is thirty.

Tt is only due to Mr. Boulenger to add that it is entirely owing to
his useful and excellent manual on Indian Reptiles in the Indian Fauna
series that I have been able to work out and rearrange the Snakes in the
Indian Museum, so much has been done since Giinther’s Reptiles of
British India appeared and that scattered over so many various separate
works and periodicals.

The Snakes in the Museum are now arranged in accordance with

* Originally described by Blanford as H. maculosa, name changed by Boulenger.

232 W. L. Sclater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. [No. 3,

Mr. Boulenger’s work, and a complete list of them will shortly be pub-
lished, in the meantime the following notes may be found useful.

TYPHLOPS DIARDI, Schleg., Boulenger, p. 238.
TYPHLOPS BOTHRIORHYNCHUS, Ginth., Boulenger, p. 239.

I have found it difficult to separate these two species, in fact
the only distinction pointed out by Boulenger is the presence of the
pits below the nostrils, these I have found vary considerably in depth
and conspicuousness ; all the specimens of 7. bothriorhynchus in the Indian
Museum were procured in Assam where ZT. diardi also seems to be
most abundant; it would therefore seem possible that this pit might be
a sexual or seasonal mark, and that these two species are really one and
the same.

TYPHLOPS THEOBALDIANUS, Stol., Boulenger, p. 240.

Of this species, which seems to be unrepresented in the British
Museum Collection, the Indian Museum possesses two examples, one the
type, the history of which is unknown, and a second procured by Capt.
J. Butler at Samagooting in the Naga hills.

TYPHLOPS AcuTUS, (Dum. et Bibr.), Boulenger, p. 241.

This species is not confined to Southern India, it extends to Bengal,
and the Indian Museum contains specimens from Sipri in Gwalior,
Chybassa in Chota Nagpur, Calcutta and Krishnaghur.

PytHon MoLuRuS, (Linn.), Boulenger, p. 246.

Boulenger does not mention whether the present species extends to
China, Giinther also expresses a doubt on the subject, the matter may now
be settled as the Indian Museum possesses an undoubted specimen of P.
molurus procured by Surgeon-Major Hungerford at Haiphong (Hiao-
fung ?) near Shanghai.

-SILyBURA NIGRA, Beddome, Boulenger, p. 263.
Silybura wood-masoni, Theobald (Cat. Rept. Brit. Ind., p. 135) the
type of which is in the Indian Museum, seem rather referable to Silybura
nigra than to S. pulneyensis.

SILYBURA BREVIS, Ginth., Boulenger, p. 268.
This species extends northwards to the Ganjam hills, whence the
Museum possesses a specimen presented by Col. R. H. Beddome.

1891.] W. L. Sclater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum, 233

CALAMARIA CATENATA, Blyth, Boulenger, p. 282.

The type of this species is no longer in the Museum, it had ap-
parently disappeared before the collections of the Asiatic Society were
transferred to the Indian Museum, as is mentioned by Theobald in his
Catalogue of Reptiles in the Asiatic Society’s Museum so that unless the
species is rediscovered in Assam, nothing further can be known about
it beyond what is contained in Blyth’s rather meagre description.

CALAMARIA SUMATRANA, Edeling, Natuur. Tijdsch. Ned. Indié xxxi, p. 379,
(1870).
A specimen of this apparently rather rare snake from Singapore
presented to the Museum by Mr. Davison, was kindly identified for me
by Mr. Boulenger ; it has hitherto been known from Sumatra only.

TRACHISCHIUM GUENTHERI, Boulenger, p. 285.

There are three snakes in the Indian Museum which seem referable
to this species, one from Katmandu in Nepal and two labeled “ Allaha-
bad J. Cockburn,” the latter probably came from Naini Tal as there
are other Himalayan snakes in the collection presented by Mr. Cockburn
labelled Allahabad ; it is probable therefore that this is the more western
representive of Trachischiwm fuscum from which it differs merely in
colouration and the number of ventral shields.

TRACHISCHIUM RUBRIVENTER, (Jerdon), Boulenger, p. 286.

The type of this species does not seem to be in the British Museum
as the species is ‘unknown to Mr. Boulenger,” neither have I been able
to find it among the specimens in the Indian Museum, unless there-
fore the species is rediscovered, nothing further can be known about it.

Lycopon striatus, (Shaw), Boulenger, p. 292.
Lycopon TRAVANCORICUS, (Bedd.), Boulenger, p. 293.

There are no specimens of L. striatus in the Museum from Southern
India, the localities from which there are specimens are the hills below
Simla, Jemper in Sind, Lahore, Agra, Ajmere, Rajputana, and the Ganjam
district; the species is recorded from the Anamalai hills by Giinther,
but this was before Lycodon travancoricus which resembles Lycodon stria-
tus very strongly had been discriminated ; of this species (8. travancoricus),
the Museum possesses examples from the Nilgiri hills, the South
Arcot district and Tinnevelly hills, it therefore appears probable that
it entirely replaces S. striatus in the southern part of the Indian
~ Peninsula,

234 W. L. Sclater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. [No. 3,

Lycopon Frasciatus, (Anders.), Boulenger, p. 295.

The Indian Museum possesses two specimens of this rather rare
species, one from Shillong in the Khasia hills collected by the late Major
Cock, and one from Tezpur obtained by Col. Godwin-Austen; the
species has been hitherto recorded only from the Kakhyen hills and
Western Yunnan.

PoLYODONTOPHIS BISTRIGATUS, (Giinth.), Boulenger, p. 304.

~The geographical area of this species can be extended to the Nico-
bars whence there is an example procured by Mr. de Roepstorff,

ABLABES STOLICZKAE, sp. nov. Pl. VI, fig. 1.

Rostral shield broader than deep, the part visible from above about
two-thirds the length of the internasals ; internasals shorter than the
prefrontals and somewhat triangular, frontal hardly as long as its dis-
tance from the end of the snout, and a good deal shorter than the parie-
tals; nostrils rounded, about the middle of the length of an undivided
shield which is quite three times as large as the loreal; this latter is
very smail and squarish ; one preocular not reaching the upper part of
the head, two postocular both in contact with the parietals ; eye of mo-
derate size, about half the length of the snout; temporals 1 + 2; upper
labials eight, fourth and fifth entering the eye; four lower labials in
contact with the anterior chin shields which are about as long as the
posterior. Scales smooth, in fifteen rows, Ventrals 153-4, subcaudals
116-9. Anal divided. Colour light olive-brown above, lighter olive
yellow below, the two colours separated in front by a conspicuous broad
longitudinal black streak, extending from just in front of the eye back
along the neck for an inch or so.

There are two specimens of this species in the Museum. One pro-
cured at Samagooting in the Naga hills of Assam by Capt. J Butler,
the other to which no locality is attached but which was received from
Dr. F. Stoliezka of the Geological Survey.

This species differs from all the Indian species of Ablabes described
by Boulenger, except Ablabes calamaria, in having a single nasal shield ;
in all the other species of the genus the nasal shield is divided or semi-
divided.

From A. calamaria to which it is most nearly allied, it differs in
having a loreal distinct from the nasal shield, in having both postoculars in
contact with the parietal and in the much larger number of subcaudals,
116-9 against 64-76 in A. calamaria.

1891.] W. L. Sclater—WNotes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. 235

ABLABES DORIAE, (Boul.), Boulenger, p. 306.

The Indian Museum is indebted to Mr. R. D. Oldham of the Geolo-
gical Survey for a specimen of this rather rare snake which he pro-
cured in Munipur.

ABLABES COLLARIS, (Ménétries), Blanford, Persia, p. 405.

Two snakes collected by Dr. Anderson in Palestine near Lake Gali-
lee seem referable to this species ; they agree very well with the descrip-
tion given by Blanford (J. c.) of a Persian specimen in the Genoa Mu-
seum except that in the Palestine specimens, the posterior chin shields
are slightly smaller than the anterior ones, whereas in the Persian speci-
men the chin shields are said to be equal in size; the allied species
Ablabes modestus has been recorded from Palestine, but not so far as I am
aware the present one.

SIMOTES CycLURUS, (Cantor), Boulenger, p. 311.

The type specimens of Simotes obscwrus and Simotes crassus are
undoubtedly both faded specimens of this species, as was surmised by
Boulenger (J. c.) ; with regard to some of the specimens in the Museum, it
is very difficult to say, whether they should be referred to this species or
S. albocinctus, simee the number of anterior temporals and labials entering
the eye seem to vary somewhat, so that some of the examples are coloured
like one species, but scaled like the other, possibly this may be due to
hybridism.

Judging from the specimens of these two snakes in the Indian
Museum, it would appear that S. cycluwrus was an inhabitant of higher
lands than 8S. albocinctus.

SIMOTES PURPURASCENS, (Schleg.), Boulenger, P. Z. S. 1890, p. 34.

This species with which according to Boulenger (1. c.) Simotes tri-
notatus, Dum. et Bibr., S. labuanensis, Giinth., S. catenifer, Stol. and
S. dennysi, Blanf., are conspecific, may now be included among the snakes
of the Indian Empire, since a specimen was procured by Dr. Anderson
from Tavoy in Tenasserim and is now in the Museum.

SIMOTES WOOD-MASONI, sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 2.)

Nasal divided ; portion of the rostral seen from above a little shorter
than its distance from the frontal ; suture between the internasals shorter
than that between the prefrontals ; frontal longer than its distance from
the end of the snout, as long as the parietals; loreal small, longer than
deep ; one preocular, one subocular separating the third labial from the
31

236 W.L. Sclater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. [No. 3,

eye margin, two postoculars; temporals 1+ 2; six upper labials, the
fourth alone entering the eye, the fifth the largest; four lower labials in
contact with the anterior chin shields; posterior chin shields small,
less than half the size of the anterior. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals
strongly augulate, 180-6. Anal undivided. Subcandals 57.

Colour ; adult, above brick reddish with traces of a dorsal and three
lateral narrow lighter longitudinal lines; below dusky reddish with
a light longitudinal line on either side at the angle of the ventrals;
head with a dark median longitudinal mark extending back from the
anterior end of the frontal to the nape where it bifurcates into the ground
colour of the back, an oblique dark streak across the anterior nasal and
the three anterior labials ; a second oblique streak from the 4th and 5th
labials through the eye above which it bifurcates and meets its fellow
from the opposite side, a third oblique streak across the parietals and
the sides of the neck. In the young the markings are much more con-
spicuous, the lighter colour being yellow and contrasting strongly with
the darker brown of the markings.

This species is most nearly allied to Simotes violaceus and S. octolr-
neatus; from the former species it differs in the reduced number of its
labials, of which only the fourth enters the eye, and also in colouration.

From S. octolineatus it differs in having a subocular which excludes
the third labial from the eye and in possessing only a single anterior
temporal; in colouration, however, especially of the young, the two
species much resemble one another.

There are two examples of this species in the Indian Museum, from
which this description was drawn up, one from the Andamans collected
and presented by Mr. Wood-Mason, and one from the Nicobars where it
was procured by the late Mr. F. A. de Roepstorff.

SIMOTES THEOBALDI, Gtinth., Boulenger, p. 318.

The Indian Museum contains four examples of this rather uncom-

mon species, from Mandalay (Anderson), from Meiktalla (Collett), and
from Mergui.

SImoTES PLANICEPS, Boulenger, p. 316.

An example of this snake was procured by Dr. Anderson during one
of his two expeditions to Yunnan and Upper Burma, which had ap-
parently never been named or described ; unfortunately the specimen
is without lovality, though it ro doubt comes from Upper Burma;
the species has hitherto been known from a single specimen only,
procured by Fea at Minhla in Burma.

1891.] W. L. Sclater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. 237

OLIGODON DORSALIS, (Gray), Boulenger, p. 318.

The range of this species may be extended from the Khasia hills
south to the Naga and Chittagong hills whence the Indian Museum
possesses examples procured by Capt. J. Butler and Mr. Bruce respec-
tively.

‘OLIGODON SUBLINEATUS, Dum. & Bibr., Boulenger, p. 320,
Two examples of this species indistinguishable from the typical
Ceylon specimens were got by Mr. de Roepstorff in the Nicobars and are
now in the Museum.

OLIGODON suBGRISEUS, Dum. & Bibr., Boulenger, p. 321.

This typically Indian species has spread over the natural boundaries
of India as far as Killa Abdulla near the Khojak Pass in British Balu-
chistan whence the Museum possesses a specimen presented by Mr. J.
A. Murray.

\

OLIGODON MELANOCEPHALUS, (Giinth.), Boulenger, p. 317.

Gunther (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 491) and Jan. (Icon. Ophid. livr.
xiii, pl. ii, fig. 4, Oct. 1865), seem to have described and figured the
same snake independently under the same specific name, the former
making a new genus for its reception, the latter including it in the genus
Homolosoma.

The examination of a specimen brought by Dr. Anderson from
Sebastiyeh (Samaria) in Palestine confirms Boulenger in placing the
species in the genus Oligodon.

RHAGERRHIS PRODUCTA, (Gerv.), Peters Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1862, p. 275;

Murray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xiv, p. 104.

This rather curious snake was described by Peters (J. c.) from Se-
naar in N. H. Africa, and has since been recorded by Murray from Tan-
jistan and Bushire in Persia; one of the Tanjistan specimens is now in
the Indian Museum and agrees with Peters’ description in every respect.

ZAMENIS KORROS, (Schleg.), Boulenger, p. 324.

There is an undoubted example of this species in the Indian Museum
said to have been procured by Dr. H. F. Keleart in Ceylon; Anderson
quoting from Ferguson’s “ Reptile Fauna of Ceylon” states that this
species is not found in Ceylon ; it is possible therefore that the specimen
in question may be wrongly labelled though there does not seem to be
any particular reason for this being the case.

238 W. L. Sclater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. [No. 3,

ZAMENIS VENTRIMACULATUS, (Gray), Boulenger, p. 325.
ZAMENIS LADACCENSIS, Anderson, Boulenger, p. 326.

There are no specimens of Z. ventrimaculatus in the Indian Museum
from Persia or anywhere outside the Indian Hmpire. The Museum
possesses examples from the following localities. Below Simla, Sabathu,
Rajanpur in the Punjab, Jeypore Rijpt., and Karachi. Of 2%. ladaccensis
the Indian Museum possesses specimens from Shiraz (including the type
of Gonyosoma dorsalis, Anders) Bushire, Karman and Regan in Persia ;
Askan, Zamran, Hung, and Quetta in Baluchistan ; Gilgit and Ladak.

If this really represents the true distribution of the two species
their geographical areas are quite separate and the two species may be
considered quite distinct.

ZAMENIS DIADEMA, (Schleg.), Boulenger, p. 328.

The distributional area of this snake may be extended eastwards as
far as Allahabad perhaps as far as Purneah, as there is a specimen pro-
bably from the latter place in the Indian Museum.

ZAOCCYS TENASSERIMENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 3.)

Rostral as broad as deep, just visible from above ; suture between the
internasals two-thirds of that between the pre-frontals, frontal longer
than its distance to the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals ; three
loreals, one larger anterior, and two smaller posterior ; one long and nar-
row preocular reaching the top of the head but not touching the frontal ;
one subocular below it wedged in between the fourth and fifth labials ;
two postoculars; a single pair of long temporals on either side, the pos-
terior temporals not larger than the ordinary scales; upper labials 7 to 8
in number, one very large labial alone entering the eye ; in the specimen
described this is on one side the fourth, on the otherthe fifth; five lower
labials in contact with the anterior chin shields which are equal to the
posterior ; scales in sixteen rows all smooth, the two median dorsal rows
and the two outer rows adjoining the ventrals on either side are more or
less broad and quadrangular, whereas the five intermediate rows on either
side are narrow and oblique. Ventrals not angulate, 201; Subcaudals
123; anal divided.

Colour, black above to greenish olive on the head, antericrly traces
of a white vertebral line, in the middle part of the body a series of ill
defined white transverse bands bordered with black posteriorly, on the
hinder part of the body, the bands are gradually transformed into seven
longitudinal series of white spots separated by a black network, of the
series of spots the outer series on either side are on the ventrals ; below

1891.] W. L. Sclater—Notes on the Suakes in the Indian Museum. 239

yellowish the outer edges of the ventrals dusky, tail with a median dusky
streak,

This snake is quite different from the only other Indian species of
the genus, Z. nigromarginatus ; in fact it belongs to the other section of
the genus characterized by Giinther by the possession of three loreals
and named by him Zapyrus.

It seems to most resemble Zaoccys fuscus from Borneo, but differs
from this snake in colouration and also in the number and position of
upper labials.

CoLUBER HELENA, Daud., Boulenger, p. 331.

The range of this snake extends somewhat beyond the limits impos-
ed by Boulenger; the Indian Museum possesses examples from the Pur-
neah district and Mutlah in Bengal and from Samagooting in Assam.

CoLUBER RETICULARIS, Cantor, Boulenger, p. 332.

The range of this species too may be extended from Sikkim and
Assam southwards to Arakan and Pegu whence the Museum possesses
Specimens.

CoLUBER TAENIURUS, (Cope), Boulenger, p. 333.

Coluber nuthalli, Theobald (Cat. Rept. As. Soc. Mus., p. 51) the type
of which is in the Indian Museum, is obviously a young specimen of C.
taeniurus and is not identical with Coluber helena as suggested by Bou-
lenger.

CoLUBER RADIATUS, Schleg., Boulenger, p. 333.

The Indian Museum possesses examples of this snake from Backer-
gunge in Lower Bengal (H. Taylor) and from Hong Kong, from neither
of which localities is this species recorded by Boulenger.

_ COLUBER PRASINUS, Bly., Boulenger, p. 334.
COLUBER OXYCEPHALUS, Boie, Boulenger, p, 335.

There are in the Museum examples of both these snakes from Dar-
jeeling (Gammie) whence they are not recorded by Boulenger.

TROPIDONOTUS CHRYSARGUS, Schleg., Boulenger, p. 345.
TROPIDONOTUS NIGROCINCTUS, Bly., Boulenger, p. 346.

The distinction given by Boulenger in his key between these two
species I find to be by no means a constant one ; several of the specimens
of Trop. nigrocinctus in the Museum possess two anterior temporals; the

240 W.L. Sclater—-Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. [No. 3,

colouration, however, of the two species is very distinct, the three oblique
black streaks, below the eye, behind the eye and on the neck at once dis-
tinguishing Lropidonotus nigrocinctus from its ally.

TROPIDONOTUS HIMALAYANUS, Giinth., Boulenger, p. 347.

This species is much more distinct from 7’. subminiatus than would
be gathered from a perusal of Boulenger’s description ; 7’. himalayanus is
much darker and very nearly always retains traces of the dorso-lateral
series of white and black spots which are always found in the young,
whereas in 7’. subminiatus the ground colour above is much lighter, almost
blue, and very seldom retains any traces of the spots; in T. himalayanus
the labials are all light coloured, edged with black and the oblique dark
streak, under the eye so conspicuous a feature in 17’. subminiatus is alto-
gether absent; the ventral surface in 7’. himalayanus is very dark, in
some specimens almost black, whereas in 7. subminiatus it is never
dusky.

In none of the large number of specimens of 7. subminiatus which
{ have examined, is there any trace of the keels on the outer row of scales,
in T. himalayanus, however, the outer row of scales is as often keeled as
not, and sometimes almost as strongly asin 7. chrysargus and TT. nigro-
cinctus.

The Indian Museum possesses examples of T. subminiatus from
Sikhim, the Garo, Khasia and Naga hills, Munipur, Yunnan, Burma
and from throughout Tenasserim; of T. himalayanus from Darjeeling
(3000 to 4000 feet), the hills of Assam and Moulmein in Burma.

TROPIDONOTUS PLUMBICOLOR, Cantor, Boulenger, p. 351.

As is so often the case with Southern Indian forms, this species ex-
tends its range northwards to Mt. Aboo in Rajpootana; the Indian
Museum also possesses examples from Nowgong and the Upper Godavery
district in the Central Provinces, from the Nilgiri, Anamalai and Tinne-
velly hills in S. India and from Galle in Ceylon.

TRoPIDONOTUS ANGUSTICEPS, Blyth, J. A. 8S. B. xxiii, p. 295; Boulenger,
p. 352.

Three bottles containing four snakes were found amongst the
collection of the Indian Museum labelled Tropidonotus angusticeps, of these
snakes one was obviously 7’. piscator and doés not seem to have been one
of Blyth’s original specimens ; of the others, two with no history attached.
are without doubt examples of Tropidonotus hydrus, and the fourth, which
was said to be the actual type of 7. angusticeps collected by Capt. Abbott

1891.] W. L. Sclater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. 241

in Ramri Island on the Arakan coast is a very faded specimen of Pseu-
doxenodon macrops.

The description of 7’. angusticeps seems to refer to both the lat-
ter species, 7’. hydrus and to Pseudoxenodon macrops.

TROPIDONOTUS PEALII, sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 4.)

Hye moderate, its diameter hardly equal to its distance from the
nostril ; rostral just visible from above; internasals broadly truncated
anteriorly, suture between them shorter than that between the prefron-
tals ; frontal longer than its distance to the end of the snont, shorter than
the parietals; loreal nearly square; 1-2 preoculars; 2-3 postoculars ;
temporals 2 + 2; upper labials nine, fourth and fifth entering the eye;
five pairs of lower labials in contact with the anterior chin shields, which
are shorter than the posterior. Scales in 19 rows, strongly keeled, outer
row also keeled but not so strongly as the rest; ventrals 142-144, sub-
caudals 75-77, anal entire.

Colour in spirit dark brown above, with a narrow light longitudinal
line on either side, edged rather darker reaching the length of the body,
below on either side occupying the lateral scales bordering the ventrals
another light and much broader band two scales wide; head dark brown
above, the upper and lower labials and rostral yellow, edged and blotched
with brown, ventrals very dark brown each tipped laterally with light
yellow, the longitudinal band so formed enlarges anteriorly to form a
large white mark under the posterior lower labials3; an indistinct yellow
line along the middle of the ventral shields rather more conspicuous pos-
teriorly.

Total length, 20 in. ; tail 5 in.

This species is a very well marked one in every way ; it differs from
all the other Indian species (except 7. plumbicolor ?) in having an undi-
vided anal shield ; apart from this it is perhaps somewhat allied to Tro-
prdonotus parallelus with which it agrees in having a small eye and the
outer row of scales keeled.

There are in the Indian Museum two examples of this snake, both
collected in the Sibsagar district of Assam by Mr. S. E. Peal, who has
contributed very largely to our collection of snakes and after whom I
have much pleasure in naming this fine new species.

TROPIDONOTUS NICOBARENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 5.)

Hye large, its diameter exceeding its distance from the nostril;
nostril just visible from above ; internasals truncated. suture between them
and between the prefrontals about equal in length; frontal longer than
its distance to the end of the snout, very nearly as long as the parietals ;

242 W. lL. Sclater—-Nofes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. [No. 3,

loreal squarish; one large preocular reaching the top of the head, but
not touching the vertical; three postoculars ; temporals 1 + 2, the pos-
terior pair very much smaller than the anterior and hardly larger than
the scales around ; upper labials 7 or 8, the third and fourth, or fourth
and fifth entering the eye; five pairs of lower labials in contact with the
anterior chin shields which are much shorter than the posterior ones.
Scales in 19 rows strongly keeled including the outer row ; ventrals 162;
subcaudals 119; anal divided.

Colour, above bluish olive with a longitudinal dorsal band from the
nape to the tail about two scales wide bordered on either side by a nar-
row black line, another indistinct white line laterally on either side, head
uniform, a black streak behind the eye; below lighter than above, uni-
form; chin, upper labials and snout yellowish without the bluish tinge.

The only example of this new species is one from Camorta in the
Nicobars, procured there by Mr. de Roepstorff.

I have referred this snake to Tropidonotus, but Iam by no means
certain that it is properly there located ; the only example in the Museum
is a small and obviously young one, and I cannot make out that there is
very much difference in the size of the maxillary teeth, and the num-
ber of subcaudals is very high for this genus; the only species which
it seems to resemble at allis Prymniodon chalceus, Cope (Gtinther, Rep-
tiles Brit. Ind. p. 274) which is said to have come from Siam ; with the
description of this species in Giinther, it agrees admirably except in the
two important characters of the dentition and the anal shield.

The maxillary teeth of Prymniodon are said to be very considerably
larger anteriorly than posteriorly, and the anal shield is entire; in the
species before me the maxillary teeth appear to be of equal length
throughout, and the anal is divided ; it is therefore impossible to identi-
fy the Nicobar species with Prymniodun and I have thought it best, until
more specimens are forthcoming to leave it in the genus T’ropidonotus.

T ROPIDONOTUS RHODOMELAS, Boie, Blanford, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 221.

Tropidonotus mortont, Theobald, (Cat. Rept. As. Soc, Mus. p. 57) is
referable to this species of which we have examples from Singapore and
Sinkip Isiand, Sumatra.

TROPIDONOTUS TRIANGULIGHRUS, Schlee., Anderson, Journ. Lin. Soc. xxi,
p. 345.

This snake was obtained by Dr. Anderson in Mergui and the Mu-
seum also contains examples from North Tenasserim, the Malay Penin-
sula and from Sinkip Island, Sumatra; it is not mentioned by Boulen-
ger, and must be added to the Indian Fauna.

1891.] W. L. Sclater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. 243

Dipsas MuLTIFASCIATA, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xxix, p. 114.

This species, the type of which was described by Blyth, from Suba-
thu near Simla in the North-West Himalayas, was afterwards identified
by Stoliczka (J. A. S. B. xxxix, p. 199) with D. ceylonensis a species
which is otherwise apparently confined to Southern India and Ceylon.

I cannot agree with Stoliczka with regard to this identification, in
the first place the preocular shield which extends nearly to the vertical
in the case of D. ceylonensis, does not or barely reaches the top of the
head in D, multifasciata ; again in none of the specimens of D. ceylonen-
sis which I have been able to examine is there the slightest trace of the
narrowing of the preocular shield below, so that the lower corner of the
loreal enters the eye, this arrangement is found more or less markedly
in all the specimens of D. multifasciata ; finally the colouration of the

two species is very different, though perhaps difficult to describe.
The following shows at a glance the difference between the two
species, the characters being taken from an examination of the specimens

in the Museum :—

Dipsas multifasciata.

Loreal entering the eye below
the preocular except in two cases
where the lower corner of the lo-
real is prolonged in that direction,
but does not quite reach it.

Preocular barely reaching the
top of the head in some eases.

Temporals 142 or 2+1.

Scales in 21 rows.

Ventrals 231-248.
96-109.

Head with a well marked lateral
black band from the prefrontals to
the end of the parietals.

A median black streak on the
nape.

Subcaudals

The labials edged with black.
A well marked streak from the
eye to the gape.
Ventrals marked with
square blotches throughout.
32

lateral

Dipsas ceylonensis.
No approach of the loreal to
the eye, preocular of equal width
throughout,

Preocular reaching the top of the
head and sometimes touching the
vertical.

Temporals 2+3.

Scales in 19 rows.

Ventrals 221-3. Subcaudals 90.

All the upper head shields black
blotched, no definite longitudinal
band.

Three ill-defined longitudinal
black bands on the nape generally
joined by a transverse band behind
and forming a trident.

Labials not edged with black,

Streak from eye to gape ill-
defined and interrupted.

Ventrals irregularly and very
lightly spotted.

244 W.L. Sclater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. [No. 3,

Of Dipsas ceylonensis, the Indian Museum possesses examples from
the Anamalai hills only ; of D. nultifasciata besides the type from Suba-
thu near Simla examples from Mussooree, Naini Tal and Darjeeling.

Dipsas cyanea, (Dum. & Bibr.), Boulenger, p. 361.

This species occurs in Tenasserim; there is an example in the In-
dian Museum from Tavoy.

Dipsas cynopon, Cuv., Gunther Reptiles Brit. Ind., p. 368.

This species must be added to the fauna of the Indian Empire; there
are in the Indian Museum undoubted examples from the Garo hills
(Capt. Williamson), Samagooting (Capt. Butler) and Cachar (Museum
Collector) in Assam ; and from Thyetmyo (W. T. Blanford) the Burma-
Siam hills (Museum Collector), and Mergui (W. Theobald) in Burma ;
this species is recorded from two of the above localities by Theobald in
his Catalogue of the Snakes of the Asiatic Society, and it seems curious
that this should have been overlooked by Boulenger.

DryYoPuIs FRONTICINCTUS, Gunth., Boulenger, p. 368.

There is a snake in the Indian Museum from Sibsagar in Assam
presented by Mr..S. EH. Peal which I am unable to identify with any
other species; if this is the case it cannot be that this snake is confined
to the neighbourhood of brackish water as is suggested by Stoliczka.

DrYOPHIS MYCTERIZANS, (Daud.), Boulenger, p. 370,

This snake like many other Southern Indian species extends north-
westwards as far as Mt. Aboo in Rajputana.

DRYOPHIS PULVERULENTUS, (Dum. & Bibr.), Boulenger, p. 371.

This species is apparently generally distributed throughout Penin-
sular India, there are six undoubted examples in the Indian Museum
collected by Mr. V. Ball in Maunbhoom.

CmRBERUS RHYNCHOPS, (Schneid.), Boulenger, p. 374.

This species appears to be common on the Andamans and Nicobars.

HYPSIRHINA BLANFORDII, Boulenger, p. 377.

This species is founded on a single specimen described by Blanford
as probably from the neighbourhood of Bassein; this unique specimen.
does not seem to be in the British Museum as Mr. Boulenger distinctly
says that he has not been able to examine it; there is, however, an ex-

1891.] W. 1. Sclater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. 245

ample of this species in the Museum with no recorded history, which
had been identified by Dr. Anderson as Gerarda bicolor, and it is possible
that this is the missing type which has lost its label.

HYPsIrHINA SIEBOLDI, (Schleg.), Boulenger, p. 377.

This species occurs in Assam; the Indian Museum contains a speci-
men from Samagooting in the Naga hills.

ForDonta LEvcoBALIA, (Schleg.), Boulenger, p. 378.

This species occurs in the Sunderbunds, there is an example thence
in the Museum, presented by the Rev. H. J. Harrison.

CALLOPHIS NIGRESCENS, Ginth., Boulenger, p. 384.

This species varies considerably in colour, of the specimens in the
Indian Museum, there is one referable to the spotted variety (var. A. of
Boulenger) from the Wynaad ; three of the variety with three longitu-
dinal white-edged bands (var. B. of Boulenger) from Malabar, the
Anamalai and the Shevaroy hills; and finally two of the variety with five
longitudinal bands from Malabar and Ganjam.

MEGABROPHIS FLAVICEPS, Reinh., Gtinther Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 346.

This species, which is not mentioned by Boulenger, should be in-
cluded among the Snakes of the Indian Empire; there is an example of
it in the Museum from Mergui in Tenasserim, presented by Mr. W.
Theobald.

BURGARUS CABRULEUS, (Schneid.), Boulenger, p. 388.

This snake, which is found all over India proper, appears to be very
rare on the eastern side of the Bay of Bengal, in fact the Indian Mu-
seum possesses what I believe to be the only specimen recorded thence,
one procured by Col. Nuthall from Rangoon, and this might have easily
reached Burma by ship. Lately, however, the Museum has received a
pair of “ Kraits”’ from Meiktalla in Upper Burma where they were
found by General H. Collett which differ in some respects from the ordi-
nary Indian form of this snake, although hardly perhaps enough to merit
specific distinction.

The following are the points in which this variety differs from the
typical Indian form.

The rostral is deeper than broad and extends back to about two-
thirds or three-fourths of its distance from the frontal ; the ventral shields
number 223 and 228 respectively and the subcaudals 49.

246 W.L. Sclater—Nofes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. [No. 3,

The colour above is a dark slaty blue, the dorsal scales are alter-
nately yellow and slate coloured, the yellow extending for about 10 or
12 scales and reappearing again after a somewhat longer interval; the
scales on the sides of the yellow dorsal scales also exhibit conspicuous
pale edgings so that the whole snake has the appearance of about 12
light coloured bands encircling the body.

BUNGARUS BUNGAROIDES, (Cantor), Boulenger, p. 389.

Anexample of this snake from Darjeeling presented by Mr. J.
Gammie has a well marked loreal shield present on either side of the
head.

BuNGARUS Livipus, Cantor, Boulenger, p. 3&9.

The range of this species extends as far as Lower Bengal as is shown
by an example procured at Saidpur in the Dinajpur district presented
by Mr. W. de W. Peal.

The vertical scales of this snake are said by Mr. Boulehger to be
“but feebly enlarged and not broader than long,” in two, however, out
of the three examples of this species in the Museum, the vertebral scales
are certainly broader than long in the posterior part of the body.

Naia TRIPUDIANS, Merr., Boulenger, p. 391.

There are in the Indian Museum a very large number of Cobras
from different parts of India, and it seemed worth while to try and make
out how far the various colour varieties of the Cobra were constant to
fixed geographical areas.

The specimens in the Museum are all spirit-preserved ones and not
very large, and although a great deal more has still to be done before an
accurate knowledge of the geographical distribution ef the varieties can
be made out, the following seems to roughly indicate the truth.

a. Hood with the well known spectacle-marking on it; above and
below, stone coloured, with the characteristic dark pectoral band across
the chest.

In the Indian Museum examples from Banda, N.-W. P., Ganjam
district, Calcutta, and the Krishnagar district.

This is ‘‘ var. a’’ of Giinther’s Reptiles and the “ Gokurrah” of
Fayrer, and is probably found throughout the peninsula of India.

b. Hood with a white circular marking, edged with black, behind
the hood-marking is a dark, followed by a light ring encircling the body,
rest of the body dark, mottled lighter.

In the Indian Museum examples from Calcutta only where it ap-

1891.| W.L. Sclater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. 247

pears to be the commonest variety, this is the ‘‘ Keautiah” of Fayrer
and ‘var. 6”? of Giinther who also records it from Assam and Sikhim,

c. Hood as above with the circular marking ; uniform brown above,
below, anteriorly light coloured, posteriorly darker.

In the Indian Museum examples from Assansole, Bengal, Calcutta,
Sibsagar and Samagooting, Assam, Chittagong and the Andamans.

This is the variety most commonly met with, I believe, throughout
Burma, it appears to correspond to ‘‘ var. €” of Giinther which he re-
cords from Siam.

d. Hood with no marking, light coloured above and below with
darker pectoral bands.

The Indian Museum contains examples of this species from the
Rungpur district in Bengal, from Assam, the Chittagong hills, Mandalay
and Mergui.

e. Hood with no marking, blue black above and below except slight
traces of lighter colour on each side of the throat.

The Indian Museum contains examples of this well-marked variety
from the Andamans (?) and Singapore, where it appears to be very
abundant,

It seems to correspond to part of ‘‘ var. «’’ of Giinther.

f. No marking on the hood; very dark brown, almost black above
and below.

The Indian Museum contains examples of this variety from the
Punjab and Rajputana, and this is probably the same as part of Gtn-
ther’s ‘‘ var. «”’ which came from the Deccan.

g. No marking on the head, colour a light sandy with bluish tinge ;
two dark bands on the neck extending all round, behind these two an-
terior bands a series of chevron-shaped forwardly directed bands, which
become fainter towards the tail.

There are examples of this curiously coloured variety in the Indian
Museum from Khojak in British Baluchistan and from the Punjab.

This variety was first described by Hichwald as Tomyris owiana and

has been shown by Boulenger and Boettger to be conspecific with the
typical N. tripudians.

DistiRa CyANocincTA, (Daud.), Boulenger, p. 410.

The types of Hydrophis trachyceps, Theobald, (Cat. Rept. As. Soc.
Mus. p. 70) and Hydrophis crassicollis, (Anderson, J. A. S. B. xl, p. 19)
may both be referred to this species, the former was got at Mereui, the
latter in the Hooghly below Calcutta.

AMBLYCEPHALUS MONTICOLA, (Cantor), Boulenger, p. 415.
There is a snake in the Indian Museum from Camorta in the Nico-

248 W.L. Sclater—Notes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. [No. 3,

bars presented by Mr. F. A. de Roepstorff which seems quite identical
with undoubted examples of A. monticola from Assam.

AMBLYCEPHALUS MACULARIUS, (Blyth ?), Boulenger, p. 416.
AMBLYCEPHALUS CARtNATUS, (Reinw.), Ginther, Reptiles Brit. Ind., p. 326.

A. good deal of confusion in the synonymy of these snakes has been
caused by Mr. Theobald, who when examining and cataloguing the
Asiatic Society’s collection of Snakes identified as the adult and young
of the same species certain snakes which had been referred by Blyth to
two different species, 7. e., Aplopeltura boa, Schleg, (Theobald’s adult)
and Pareas macularius, Blyth (Theobald’s young).

I have been quite unable to find any published description by
Blyth of the latter species and so I must conclude that Pareas macularius
is a manuscript name.

These snakes which were five in number Theobald first of all (J.
Linn. Soc. x, p. 54), referred to Pareas macularius, the manuscript
name given by Blyth to the three smaller specimens only; afterward
(Cat. Rept. Mus. As. Soc., p. 63) he gave a new name, Pareas berdmoret,
to these same five snakes, and finally (Cat. Rept. Brit. Ind., p. 203) he
identified them with Pareas margaritophorus, Jan.

On examining the five snakes in question, it was at once evident
that the two larger examples were quite distinct from the three smaller
ones in colour and disposition of the head-shields and in fact in every way.

The larger snakes have internasals nearly as large as the prefron-
tals which latter shields are excluded from the eye, and in every other
respect resemble A. carinatus; while the smaller snakes in which the
prefrontal enters the eye, agree with the description of A. macularius as
given in Boulenger’s Reptiles.

Pareas berdmorei is therefore only in part a synonym of Amblyce-
phalus macularius as described by Boulenger, and also in part a synonym
of Amblyceplalus carinatus.

There are in the Indian Museum only the three original specimens
of A. macularius, which were procured by Major Berdmore at Martaban
in Burma; of the other species, A. carinatus, which is an addition to the
Fauna of the Indian Empire, besides the two specimens procured by Major
Berdmore in Tenasserim, there are two from Tavoy (Museum Collector),
one from the Burma-Siam hills and one from Mergui (Anderson).

TRIMERESURUS GRAMINEUS, (Shaw), Boulenger, p. 429.
TRIMERESURUS PURPUREOMACULATUS, (Gray), Boulenger, p. 429.

Of these two species there is a very large series in the Museum ; and
if the insular and Malayan forms be excluded, the two species are fairly

1891.] W. L. Sclater—WNotes on the Snakes in the Indian Museum. 249

constant in scaling and colour. The points of distinction between
the two species are as follows :

In T. purpureomaculatus the head scales are juxtaposed and convex
or keeled, the temporal scales are strongly keeled, the scales are in
25-27 rows and the colour is in spirit a porphyraceous blue; in 7’.
gramineus the head scales are small, smooth, and imbricate, the temporal
scales are also smooth, the scales are in 19 to 23 rows and the colour is
a uniform green.

It is in most cases perfectly easy to distinguish these two snakes,
but there are in the Indian Museum some specimens which are interme-
diate in character, whether they are hybrids or not it is difficult to say,
but as the two snakes inhabit approximately the sume geographical area,
it is quite possible that this may be the case.

Among the intermediate forms may be mentioned nine snakes from
Sibsagar in Assam (register no. 4015-23) which have the juxtaposed
convex head shields of 7. purpwreomaculatus, but the smooth temporals
and 21 rows of scales of J. gramineus; again a snake (register no.
4109) from Moulmein has the convex head shields and keeled temporals
but only twenty-one rows of scales.

Of T. purpureomaculatus the Museum contains examples from
Lower Bengal, and from various localities in Assam and Burma; and
of T. gramimeus, examples from Simla, Sikhim, Assam, Burma and
Hongkong.

In the Islands of the Bay of Bengal, Preparis Isle, Cocos Isles, the
Andamans and Nicobars there are several different coloured varieties of
Pit vipers which, in my my opinion with one exception only, are better
referred to Tr. gramineus than to T'r. purpureomaculatus ; besides these
varieties there is a closely allied form, which is recognised by Boulenger
as a separate and distinct species ; this is Tr. cantoris of Blyth, of which
the Museum possesses a fair series, all from the Nicobars with one
exception, which is from the Andamans.

The following is a list with brief descriptions of the various varieties
above mentioned.

a. Preparis Island variety.

Light brown above with darker dorsal and lateral spots; ventrals
light coloured, marbled with brown, scales in 25 rows; this form has
the characteristic juxtaposed convex head scales and keeled temporals,
and I have considered it to be an insular variety of 7’. purpwreomaculatus.

b. Mottled variety.

Brown above blotched with blue, below bluish with brown blotches,
scales in 23-25 rows, head scales as in J. gramineus. In the Indian
Museum there are a good number of snakes of this variety from the
Andaman Islands alone.

250 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Orientul Diptera. [No. 3,

c. Brown variety.

This resembles the last, but there is little or no trace of the blue
mottling on the ventrals which are almost uniform brown. Two ex-
amples from the Andamans in the Indian Museum.

d. Uniform or banded variety.

Colour uniform light reddish or dusky or with regular white
transverse bands; scales in 21 rows.

This is the variety described by Stoliczka under the name of T.
mutabilis, and is found on both the Andamans and Nicobars.

e. Green above, lighter below, resembling the typical variety found
in Assam and Burma, scales in 21-25 rows.

This variety occurs on the Andamans, Cocos and Nicobars.

All the above varieties with the exception of the first seem to be
referable to 7. gramineus rather than to 7’. purpureomaculatus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
Fig. Ablabes stoliczkae, sp. nov. x 2.
Simotes woodmasont, sp. Nov.

Tropidonotus pealti, sp. nov.

iL:

2

3. Zaoccys tenasserimensis, Sp. NOV.

4A

5. Tropidonotus nicobaricus, sp. nov. x 2.

XI.—Catalogue of the Diptera of the Oriental region by Mons. J. M. F.
Bicor. Parr I. Communicated by the SUPERINTENDENT OF THE
Inp1an Mosevum.* .

[Received Feb. 26th, 1891. Read March 8rd, 1891.]
Order DIPTERA.

Suborder HOMALOCERATI.
J. Bigot, adhuc ined.

Division NEMATOCERATA.

J. Bigot, adhuc ined. : Nematocera, Meigen, Syst. Beschr., i, 1818.

Family CULICIDA.

J. Bigot, adhuc ined. : Culiciformes, Meigen Syst. Beschr. i, 1818: Culicide,
Latr. Fam. Natur. 1825: Macquart, S.d Buff. Dipt. i, 1834: Culicine,
Zetterst., Ins. Laponica: Culicinee Rondani, Prodr. i, 1856: Culicina,
Schiner, Faun. Austr. Fliegen 1864.

* This Catalogue was drawn up by M. Bigot at the suggestion of the late Mr.
Atkinson and was to have formed part of the series of Catalogues of the Insecta
of the Oriental Region, which have been discontinued since Mr, Atkinson’s death.

1891.] Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. 251

Genus ANOPHELES.

Meigen, Syst. Beschr. i, 1818, p. 10: Culex, pt., Linn.

annularis, V. der Wulp, Notes Leyden Mus., vi, 1884, p. 249.
Hab. Java.

barbirostris, id. ibid., p. 248.
Hab. Java.

sinensis, Wiedem., Auss. Hurop. Zweifl. Ins. Hamm. 1828, i, p. 47.
Hab, China,
Genus M&GARHINUS.

Rob.-Desvoidy, (alias Megarhina) Essai sur les Tipul.: Culex, pt.
splendens, (Culea) Wiedem., Zool. Magaz. iii, p. 2.
Hab. Java.

Genus CULEX.

Linn., Faun. Suec. 1761: Meigen, Illig. Magaz. ii, p. 260, (auct),

laniger, Wiedem., Auss. Europ. Zweifl. Ins, Hamm, 1828, p. 5.
Hab. Java.

fuscanus, id. ibid., p. 6.
Hab. India.

fatigans, id. ibid., p. 10.
Hab. India.

_molestus, id. ibid., p. 542,
Hab. Sumatra.

sitiens, id. ibid., p. 543.
Hab. Sumatra.

vagans, id. ibid., p. 545.
Hab. China.

amboinensis, (Melivs Megarhina) Doleschall Natwur. Tijdschr. Nederl, Indié. xiv,

1857, p. 381.
Hab. Amboina.

aureostriatus, id. ibid., p. 385.
Hab. Amboina.

eingulatus, id. Natuwr. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indié, Batavia. x, 1856, p, 405,
Hab. Jaya.

subulifer, id. ibid., XIV, 1857, p. 382.
Hab, Amboina. :

nero, id. ibid., xiy, 1857, p. 3835.
Hab. Java,
33

252 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. [ No. 3,

setulosus, id. ibid., xiv, 1867, p. 384.
Hab. Java.

luridus, id. ibid., xiv, 1857, p. 884.
Hab. Java,

variegatus, id. ibid., xvii, 1858, p. 77.
Hab. Amboina.

annulipes, Walker, Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 6.
Hab. Singapore.

imprimens, id. ibid., v, 1861, p. 144.
Hab. Amboina.

ventralis, id. ibid., v, 1861, p. 144.
Hab. Amboina.

dives, Schiner Novara Reise 1868, p. 31.
Hab. Batavia.

longipalpis, V. der Wulp, Tijdschr. Ent. xxii, blz. lxxvii, p. 9.
Hab. Sumatra,

erassipes, id. ibid., p. 9,
Hab. Sumatra.
Family CHIRONOMYDI.

J. Bigot, adhue ined.: Chironomyde, Schiner Faun. Austr. Flieg., u, 1864,
p. 574: Chironomides Westw., Introd. Entom. 1840: Tipul. Culiciform
Macquart. S. a Buff. Dipt. i, 1834: Chironomides, Macquart, Dipt.
Exot., 1838, p. 36.

Genus CERATOPOGON.

Meigen, Illig. Magaz. ii, 1803, p. 261: Culex pt. Linn.: Chironomus pt.
Fabr, Fallen: Culicides, Latr.; Palpomyda, Prionomyda, Ceratopogon
pt., Rossi.

trichopus, Thomson, Lugenie Resa, 1868, p, 444.
Hab. China.

agas, Rondani, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, 1875, p. 462,
Hab. Borneo.

Genus CHIRONOMUS.

Meigen, Illig. Magaz. ii, 1803, p. 260; Thalassomyia, pt. Schiner: Tipula,
pt. Linn.

venustus, Wiedem., duss. Hurop. Zwerfl. Ins, Hamm, 1828, i, p. 547,
Hab. China.

1891.j | Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. 253

vicarius, Walker, Ins. Saunders. Dipt. London, 1856, p. 423.
Hab. India.

cubiculorum, Doleschall, Natuwr. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, Batavia, x, 1856, p- 405.
Hab. Java.

pictus, id. ibid., xiv, 1857, p. 386.
Hak. Java.

socius, Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Musewm London, 1848, pt. 1, p. 16.
Hab. India.

Genus TANYPUS.

Meigen, Ilhkg. Magaz, ii, 1803, p. 261: Tipula pt. Linn., Degeer: Chironcmus
pt. Fabr.

pardalis, Doleschall, Naturk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, Batavia, v, 1856, p. 405.
~ Hab. Java.

melanurus, id. ibid., p. 405.
Hab. Java.

ceyanomaculatus, id. ibid , p. 406.
Hab, Java.

nigrocinctus, id. ibid., p. 406.
Hab. Java.

ornatus, id. ibid., xiv, 1857, p. 385.
Hab. Java.

erux, Wiedem. Anal. Hutom. 10, id., Ausser Burop. Zwei. Ins. i, Hamm, 1828,

p. 10.
Hab. India.

Genus MACROPEZA.

Meigen, Syst., Beschr., i, 1818, p. 87: Wiedem., Macq., Walker, Schiner,
Rondani, (et auct.).

gibbosa, Wiedem., Ausser Europ. Zweifl. Ins. pt. i, Hamm. 1828, p. 20.
Hab. India.

Family CECIDOMYDI.

Bigot, adhuc ied. 1891: Tipulariae Gallicoloe, Gallmticken, Meigen, Syst.
Beschr. 1818, i, p. xxxiv: Cecidomyida, Westw. Introd. Hntom. 1840 :
Cecidomydae, Schiner, Faun. Austr. Fliegen, ii, Wien, 1864, p. xviii.

Genus CECIDOMYIA.

Meigen, Illig. Magaz. ii, 1803, p. 261, Latr., Wiedem., Macq., Schiner,
Rondani, V. de Wulp, Walker, (et auct.); Tipula, pt, Degeer: Dasyneura
pt Rondani; Oligotrophus, pt, Latr.

PE xf

204 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. [No. 3,

deferenda, Walker, Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 105.
Hab. Sarawak.

oryzae, Wood-Mason, Indian Museum Notes, i, p. 103, pl. vi, fig. 6.
Hab. Bengal.
Genus LASIOPTERA.

Meigen, Syst. Beschr. i, p. 88, 1818; Cecidomyia pt. Meigen: Tipula pt.
Linn., Degeer.

bryonice, Schiner, Novara Reise 1868, p. 5.
Hab. Madras.

Family DIXADI.
Bigot, adhuc ined. 1891.

Genus Drixa.
Meigen, Syst. Beschr. i, 1818, p. 216.

guttipennis, Thomson, Hugenie Resa 1868 p. 448.
Hab. China.

Family TIPULIDI.

Tipulide, Leach, in Sam. Comp. 1819: Tipulide, Schiner, Faun. Austr.
Fliegen ii, 1864, p. 495: Tipulariz, Latr. Hist. Nat. Ins. 1802: Tipulari-

des, Leach Edinb. Encycl. 1815 : Tipulides, Westw. Introd. Mod. Class.
Insects, 1840.

Genus CTENOPHORA.

Meigen, Illig. Magaz. ii, 1803, p. 263: Wiedem., Macq., Schiner, Zetterst.,
- Rondani, Ost.-Sacken pt.: Pselliophora, pt. Ost.-Sacken. Berlin Ent.
Zeitschr. 1886, xxxi. p. 168: Tanyptera, Latr.: Dictenidia et Xyphura,

pt. Brallé.: Ceroctena et Xyphura pt. Rondani.

.melanura, Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Museum London, i, 1848, p. 78.
Hab. Nepal.

xanthomelana, id. ibid., p. 77.
Hab. India,

‘melanura, id. ibid., p. 78. |
Hab. Nepal.

Genus PsELLIOPHORA.

Ost-Sacken, Berlin Entom. Zeitschy 1886, xxx, p. 168: Ctenophora pt. Meigen

loeta (Ctenophora) Wiedem., Ausser. Hurop, Zweifl. Ins. i, p. 40: (Tipula id, Fabr.)
Hah, India,

1891.] Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. 255

ardens, (Ctenophora), id. ibid., p. 39.
Hab. Java.

compedita, (Ctenophora) id. ibid., p. 39.
Hab. Java.

taprobanes, (Ctenophora) Walker List. Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus. London, 1848, i, p. 77.
Hab. Ceylon.

fumiplena, (Ctenophora) Walker Ins. Saunders. Dipt. i, London, 1856, p. 449.
Hab. China.

javanica, (Ctenophora) Doleschall, Natwurk. Tujdsch. Nederl. Indie, Batavia, x,
1856, p. 406.
Hab. Borneo, Java.

ehrysophila, (Ctenophora) Walker Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. Lond. i, 1857, p. 6.
Hab. Singapore.

curvipes, (Ctenophora) V.der Walp, Notes Leyden Mus. vi, 1884, p. 254.
Hab. Gorontalo, Java?

annulosa, (Ctenophora) id. ibid., vii, p. 1.
Hab. Java.

rubra, Ost.-Sacken, Berlin, Entom. Zeitschr. xxx, 1886, p. 171.
Hab. Laos. -

Genus Prionota.

V. de Wulp, Notes Leyd. Mus. vii, 1885 p. 1.
nigriceps, V. der Wulp, id. ibid., p. 2.
Hab. Java.

Genus OLIGOMERA.

Doleschall, Natwwrk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, Batavia xiv, 1857, p. 387,
Eriocera, pt. Maquart.

javensis, Doleschall, ibid, p. 387 : Eriocera acrostacta, V. der Wulp.
Hab. Java.

Genus PACHYRHINA.
Macquart, S. 4. Buff. Dipt. i, 1834, p. 88: Tipula pt.: Nephrotoma, pt.
Olivier, Hneycl. Method.

bombayensis, Macquart Dipt. Exot. Paris, 1855, 5th Suppl. p. 15.
Hab. Bombay.

delecta, Walker, Ins, Saunders. Dipt. Lond. 1856, p. 445, Tipula id, Macq,
Hah, India,

256 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. [No. 3,

quadrivittata, VY. der Wulp, Notes Leyden Mus. vi, 1885, p. 9.
Hab. Java.
triplasia, id. ibid., p. 10.
Hab. Java.
fasciata, Macquart, S. d Buff. Dipt., i, Paris, 1834, p. 90.
Hab. Java.
doleschalli, (Nomen Novwm), Tipula javensis, Doleschall Natuwr. Tijdschr. Nedert.
Indie, Batavia. x, 1856, p. 406: Ost.-Sacken, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xvi,

1881. p. 399: P. fasciata P Macq. (Vid. Suppl.).
Hab. Java.

Genus Tipuna.
Linn., Fawn. Suec. 1761, p. 480 (et auct).

praepotens, Wiedem., duss. Europ. Zweifl. Ins. i, Hainm, 1828, p. 40.
Hab. Java.

monochyoa, id. ibid., p. 41.
Hab. Java.

pedata, Wiedem., Dipt. Exot. i, p. 23.
Hab. Java.

umbrina, Witdem., Auss. Hurop. Zweifl. Ins. i, Hamm, 1828, p. 49: T. congrua,
Walker.
Hab. Java.

javana, id. Dipt. Hzot. i, 1821, p. 27.
Hab. Java.

castanea, Macq. Dipt. Hxot. i, 1838, p. 54.
Hab. Java.

venusta, Walker, List Dipt. Ins. British Museum, i, 1848, p. 64.
Hab. Sylhet.

fulvipennis, id. ibid., p. 67.
Hab. Nepal.

reposita, id. ibid., p. 67.
Hab. Nepal.

melanomera, id. ibid., p. 68.
Hab. Nepal.

nova, id. ibid., Pp. 71.
Hab. Hong-Kong.

vicaria, id. Ins. Saunders. Dipt. Lond. 1856, pt. i. p. 445.
Hab. India.

javensis, Doleschall, Natwwr. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, Batavia, x, 1856, p: 406.
Hab, Java, j

1891.] Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. 257

longicornis, id. ibid. xvii, 1858, p. 79.
Hab. Amboina,

vilis, Walker, /owrn. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 108.
Hab. Borneo.

fumifinis, id. ibid., v, 1861, p. 145.
Hab. Amboina.

serrata, V. der Wulp, Notes Leyden Mus. vii, 1885, p. 5.
Hab. Serahan ?

pilosula, id. ibid., p. 5.
Hab. Java.

leucopyga, id. ibid., p. 6.
Hab. Java.

brobdignagia, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 504.
Hab. N. China.

Genus Conosia.
V. der Walp, Tijdschr. Entom. 1880, p. 159 : Limnobia, pt. Wiedem.

irrorata, V. der Wulp, loc. cit. p. 161 : Limnobia id. Wiedem. Ausser Europ. Zweifl.

Ins. i, Hamm, 1828, p. 574.
Hab. Java.

crux, id. ibid., p. 161: (Limnophila) Doleschall, Natwur. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie,
Batavia, xiv, 1858, p. 388.
Hab. Java.

Genus LIMNOPHILA.,

Macquart, S. @ Buf. Dipt. i, 1834, 95: Limnobia pt. Meigen (et auctor),
Limnomyia, Rondani Prodr. 1861, vi, p. 11.

basilaris, Macquart, Dipt. Hxot.i, Paris, 1838, p. 66: Limnobia id, Wiedem. Auss,
Europ. Zweifl. Ins, i, Hamm. 1828, p. 27.
Hab. Java,

bicolor, id. ibid., p. 66: Hriocera id, Ost.-Sacken.
Hab. Bengal.

Genus HRiocERA.

Macquart, Dipt. Exot. pt. v, Paris. 1838, p. 74, Pterocosmus pt. Walker :
Allarithnia, Loew, Bernst. Fawn. 1850, p. 88: Physecrania ? pt. Bigot,
Ann, Soc. Ent. France, (3) vii, 1859, p. 128; Arrhenica, pt. Ost.-
Sacken, Proceed. Acad. N. Sct. Philadelphia 1859, p. 243,

selene, Ost.-Sacken Ann. Mus. Civ, Genova, xvi, 1881, p. 406.
Hab, Sumatra.

258 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Oatalogue of Oriental Diptera. [No. 3,

humberti, Ost.-Sacken, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr, xxxi, 1887, p. 221.
Hab. Ceylon. al

meleagris, id. ibid., p. 222.
Hab. Ceylon.

pachyrrhina, id. ibid., p. 222.
Hab. Ceylon.

erystalloptera, id. ibid., p. 222.
Hab. Ceylon.

albonotata, id. ibid., p. 223: Limnobia, id. Loew, Peter’s Reise, p. 1.
Hab. Ceylon.

acrostacta, V. der Wulp, Notes Leyden Mus. vi, 1884p. 11: Limnobia, id. Wiedem.
Dipt. Huot. p. 1: Cylindrotoma, id. Macquart, Dipt. Hwot., i, p. 168, Suppl. iii,
p. 7: Oligoneura javensis, Doleschall.
Hab. Java.

albipunctata, V. der Walp, Tijdschr. Entom. xxiii, p, 188.
Hab. Java.

ferruginosa, id. Notes Leyden Mus. vii, 1885, p. 13.
Hab. Java.

lunata, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1881, pt. iii, p. 367.
Hab. Sarawak.

Genus PTEROCOSsMUS.

Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus. pt. 1, Lond. 1848, p. 78: Hriocera, pt.
V der Wulp.

velutinus, Walker, loc. cit. p. 79.
Hab. Nepal.

hilpa, id. ibid., p. 79: Eriocera id., V. der Wulp, Notes Leyden Mus, vii, 1885
p. 12.
Hab. Hong-kong.

lunigerus, Walker, Jown,. Proceed, Linn. Soe. London, i, 1857, p. 107.
Hab. Borneo.

infixus, id. ipid., p. 107.
Hab. Borneo.

optabilis, 1d. ibid., p. 107.
Hab. Borneo.

combinatus, id. ibid., p. 107.
Hab. Borneo.

dilutus, id. ibid., p. 108.
Hab. Borneo.

1891.] Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. 259

Genus Limnosta,

Meigen, Syst. Besch. 1818, p. 116: Tipula, pt. Linn., Fabr. : Limonia,
Meigen, Jilig. Magaz., 1803: Dicranomyia, pt. et Limnobia, pt. Ost.-
Sacken: Limnomyza, Rondani, Prodr. i, 1856: Glochina, pt. Meigen,
Staeger.

diana, Macq., 8. 4 Buff. Dipt. Paris, 1834, p. 107.
Hab. Bengal.

Sorbillans, Wiedem., duss. Hurop. Zweifl. Ins. Hamm, 1828, p. 551,
Hab, Sumatra.

trentepohlii, id. ibid, p. 551.
Hab. Sumatra.

apicalis, id. ibid., p. 551.
Hab. Sumatra.

bibula, id. ibid., p. 552.
Hab, China.

mesopyrrha, id. ibid., p. 26.
Hab. Java.

costalis, id. ibid., p. 37.
Hab. India,

sumatrensis, Macquart, Dipt, Exot. Paris, Suppl., iv, 1850, p. 16,
Hab. Sumaira,

aterrima, Walker, Ins. Saunders, Dipt. London, 1856, p. 434,
Hab. India.

substituta, id., List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus. London, i, 1848, p. 39.
Hab. China.

sanguinea, Doleschall, Natwur. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, xiv, Batavia, 1857, p. 391.
Hab. Java.

impressa, Walker, Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 106,

Hab. Borneo.

rubescens, id. ibid., p. 106.
Hab. Borneo.

pyrrhochroma, id. ibid., p. 106.
Hab. Borneo.

argentocincta, id. ibid., p. 107.
Hab. Borneo.

leucotelus, id. ibid., p. 6.
Hab. Singapore.
34

260 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot— Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. [No. 3,

plecioides, id. ibid., p. 6.
Hab. Singapore.

vittitrons, id. ibid., v, 1861, p. 144.
Hab. Amboina,

Genus CYLINDROTOMA.

Macquart, S. @ Buff. Dipt. Paris, 1834, p. 107: Limnobia, pt. (auctor.)

albitarsis, Doleschall, Naturk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie xiv, Batavia, 1857, p. 391.
Hab. Java.

Genus PeciLosToua.
Loew, Wien. Entom. Monatschr., vii, 1868, p. 222.

pallens, V. der Wulp, Notes Leyden Mus. vii, 1885, p. 13.
Hab.. Java.

Genus TANYDERUS.

Philippi, Verh. K. K. Z. B. Gesellsch. Wien, 1865, p. 780.

ornatissimus, Ost.-Sacken, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi, 1887, p. 228: Cylindrotoma
id., Doleschall, Natuwr. Tijdschr. Nedert. Indie, xvii, Batavia, 1858, p. 80.
Hab. Amboina,

Genus MEcistTocERa.

Wiedem., Auss. Europ. Zweifl. Ins. i, Hamm, 1828, p. 55: Nematocera, olim
Wiedem., Dipt. Hwot.i, 1821, p. 29: Macquart, Sehiner, Ost.-Sacken,
etc.

fuscana, Wiedem. loc. cit. p. 55 : Nematocera, id., Wiedem., Dipt. Hzot. i, 1821.
Hab. Java.

verticalis, id. ibid., p. 56.
Hab. Java

atra, Doleschall, Naturk. Tijdschr. Nedert. Indie, xvil, Batavia, 1858, p. 80.
Hab. Amboina.

Genus TRICHOCERA.

Meigen, Illig. Magaz. ii, 1808, p. 262: Tipula, pt. (auctor.): Limonia,
Latr., Macq., Walker, Schiner, Rondani, Ost.-Sacken, ete.

ocellata, Walker, Ins. Saunders. Dipt. London, 1856, p. 433.
Hab. India.

1891.] Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. 261
Genus DrcRanomyia.

Stephens Catal. Brit. Ins. 1829.

saltens, Ost.-Sacken, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi, 1887, p. 172: Limnobia id.
Doleschall, Naturk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, xiv, Batavia, 1857, p. 390.
Hab. Java.

Genus Lisnorzs.
Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1876, p. 505.

thwaitesiana, Westw. loc. cit. p. 505.
Hab. Ceylon.
Genus Moncoma.
Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1881, p. 364.

simplex, Ost.-Sacken, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xvi, 1881, p. 402.
Hab. Ternate.

peeciloptera, id. ibid, p. 403.
Hab. Sumatra.

aurantiaca, id. Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi, 1887, p.181: Limnobia id. Doleschall,
Naturk. Tiyjdschr. Nederl. Indie, Batavia, xvii, 1859, p. 78.
Hab. Java.

Genus TEUCHOLABIS.

Osten-Sacken, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1859, p. 222.
bicolor, Ost.-Sacken, Ann, Mus. Civ. Genova, xvi, 1881, p. 404,
Hab, Sumatra.

fenestrata, id. Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr. xxxi, 1887, p. 188.
Hab. Ceylon.

determinata, id. ibid., p. 188.
Hab. Sula.

Family MYCETOPHILIDI.

J. Bigot, adhuc ined. 1891: Mycetophilide, Schiner, Faun. Austr. Dipt. 11,
Wien, 1864, p. 416: Mycetophilides, Westwood, Introd. Modern Class.
Ins. 1840: Tipul. Fungicole, Latr. : Tipul. Fungivore, Meigen,

Genus MyYceroruina.
Meigen, Iilig. Magaz. ii, 1803, p. 263: Sciara pt. Fabr.

bimaculata, Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit, Museum, i, London, 1848, p. 100.
Hab. India.

262 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. [No. 3,

pennipes, Osten-Sacken, Berlin. Entom. Zeitschr. xxxi, 1887, p. 204.
Hab. Borneo.
Genus PLATYURA.

Meigen, Illig. Magaz. ii, 1803, p. 264: Sciophila, pt. Meigen: Sciara, pt.
Fabr.: Ceroplatus, pt. Fabr., Latr.: Asindulum, pt. Latr.

Aenusta, Walker, Ins. Saunders. Dipt. i, London, 1856, p. 421.
Hab. India.

Genus GLAPHYROPTERA.

Winnertz, Verhandl. K. K. 2. b. Gesellsch. Wien, xiii, 1863, p. 781: Leia pt.

winthemi, Lehmann, V. der Wulp, Reisen in Midden Sumatra iv, Natwurlijke
Histoire, Diptera, p. 7.
Hab. Sumatra. Borneo ?

Genus ScropuHi.a.

Meigen, Syst. Beschr. i, 1818, p. 245: Platyura, pt. Fabr., Meig.: Asindu-
lum, pt. Latr.

tropica, Doleschall, Naturk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, xiv, Batavia, 1857, p. 392.
Hab. Java.

Genus SCcIARA.

Meigen, Illig. Magaz. ii, 1803, p. 263: Tipula, pt. Linn., Fabr.: Hirtea,
Fabr.: Molobrus, Latr.: Planetes, pt. Walker: Planetella, pt. Westwood.

femoralis, Doleschall, Naturk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, xvii, Batavia, 1858, p. 78.
Hab. Amboina.

indica, Walker, Ins: Saunders. Dipt. i, London, 1856, p. 418.
Hab. India.

laticornis, id. Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 105.
Hab. Borneo.

solita, id. ibid., p. 105.
Hab. Borneo.

rufithorax, V. der Wulp, Reisen in Midden Sumatra, iv, Natuurlijke Histoire, Dip-
tera, p. 7.
Hab. Sumatra.

thome, id. ibid., p. fe
Hab. Sumatra.

suleata, id. Tijdschr. Entom. xxx, 1886-87, p. 177. F
Hab. Java. "

1891.] Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. 263

Family RHYPHIDI.

J. Bigot, adhuc ined. 1891: Rhyphide Schiner, Faun. Austr. Flieg. ii,
Wien., 1864, p. xxiv.

Genus RuHYPHUS.

Latr. Diction. iv, 1804: Tipula pt. Scopoli: Sciara, Rhagio, pt. Fabr. :
Anisopus (olim) Meigen.

maculipennis, V. der Wulp, Notes Leyden Mus. vii, 1885, p. 14.
Hab. Java,

Family BIBIONIDI.

J. Bigot, adhuc. ined. 1891: Bibionidz, Schiner, Faun. Austr. Flieg.,
1864, p. xvi: Bibionides, Westwood, Introd. Mod. Class. Ins. 1840:
Tipularie florales, Latr.: Tip. Musceeformes et Latipennes Meig.

Genus SCATHOPSE.

Geoffroy, Hist. d. Ins. ii, 1764, p. 545: Tipula pt. Linn., De Geer, Fabr. :
Hirtea pt. Fabr. (Meig. olim) : Ceria, Scopoli: Aspistes, Ruth. pt.

pusilla, Doleschall, Naturk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, x, Batavia, 1859, p. 407.
Hab. Java.

Genus Puscta.

Wiedem., Auss. Hurop. Zweifl. Ins., i, Hamm. 1828, p. 72: Crapitula, pt.
Gimmerth. Bull. Moscow, 1845: Penthetria, pt. Meig. Illig. Magaz.
li, 1803, p. 264.

melanaspis, Ost.-Sacken, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xvi, 1881, p. 307: Penthetria, id.
Wiedem., Auss. Hurop. Zweifl. Ins. 1828, i, p. 72: Penth. japonica, id. ibid.,
p. 618.: Plecia ignicollis, Walker, List. Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus. London, 1848, p. 116.

Hab. Nepal.

fulvicollis, V. der Wulp, Tijdschr. Entom. xxiii, p. 156: Hirtea id. Fabr., Syst.
Antl. p. 53: Plecia id., Wiedem., Auss. Europ. Zweift. Ins. p. 73: Penthethria id.
Wiedem. Dipt. Hxot.i, p.31: Plecia id. Macquart, S. a Buff. Dipt.i, p. 176: Plecia
id. Doleschall Natuur. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, x, Batavia, 1839, p. 407: Plecia, id.
Rondani, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, p. 462: Plecia dorsalis, Walker, Jowrn. Proceed.
Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 5.
Hab. Sumatra and Malay Peninsula.

tergorata, Rondani, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova vii, 1875, p. 462.
Hab. Borneo.

forcipata, Ost.-Sacken Ann, Mus, Civ. Genova, xvi, 1881, p. 397.
Hab. Sumatra, ;

26 4 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. [No. 3,

subvarians, Walker, Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 105.
Hab. Sarawak.

tristis, V. der Wulp, Notes Leyden Mus. vi, 1884, p. 251.
Hab. Java.
Genus Brsio.

Geoffroy, Hist. Ins. ii, 1764, p. 571: Tipula pt. De Geer, Linn., Schin.
Hirtea, pt. Fabr., Panzer., Meig., (olim), Zetterst., etc.

bicolor, Walker, List. Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus. pt. i, London, 1848, p. 121,
Hab. India.

rubicundus, V. der Wulp, Notes Leyden Mus. vi, 1884, p. 251.
Hab. Java.
Genus SIMULIUM.
Latreille, Buffon. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. xiv, 1805, p. 294.

indicum, Becher Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, liii, 1884, p. 199, pl. xiv.
Hab. Assam.
Division BRACHYCERATA.

J. Bigot, adhuc ied. 1891.

Sub-diviston HMpopiata.

J. Bigot, adhuc ined. 1891.

Family TABANIDI.

J. Bigot, adhuc wed. 1891: Tabanii, Latr., 1802, Meigen, Macquart,
Zetterst., Loew: Tabanidee, Leach, 1819, Schiner, 1862: Tabanides,
Latr. 1829: Tabanina, Tabanine, Rondani, 1846: Tabanidw, West-
wood, Walker: Tabanidii, J. Bigot (olim): Anthracina, Rafinesque :
Sclerostoma, Duméril: Tabanica, Burmeist.: Tabanites, Newman.

Genus CHRYSOPS.

Meigen, Illig. Magaz., ii, 1803, p. 267 : Tabanus pt.

ligatus, Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Museum, Lond., 1, 1848, p. 195.
Hah. Bengal.

1891.] Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. 265

terminalis, id. ibid., p. 195.
Hab. India.

semicirculus, id. ibid., p. 196.
Hab. India.

stimulans, id., Ins. Saunders. Dipt. London, i, 1856, p. 73.
Hab. India.

pellucidus, Fabr. Syst. Antl., p. 1138.
Hab. Tranquebar.

dispar, Fabr., Entom. System. Suppl., p. 567.
Hab. India.

fasciatus, Wiedem., Dipt. Exot., i, p. 103.
Hab. Java.

translucens, Macquart, Dipt. Huot. pt. i, 1838, p. 158.
Hab. Java.

flaviventris, id. ibid., Suppl. i, 1846, p. 44),
Hab. India.

rufitarsis, id. ibid., Swppl., ii, 1847, p. 14.
Hab. Java.

fixissimus, Walker, Jowrn. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 112.
Hab. Borneo.

unizonatus, Rondani, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, 1875, p. 459.
Hab. Borneo.

albicinctus, V. der Wulp, Tijdschr. Entom., xi, 1868, p. 103.
Hab. Salawatti.

striatus, id., Notes Leyden Mus., vii, 1885, p. 79.
Hab. Amoy, China.

clavicrus, Thomson, Hugenie Resa, Stockholm, 1858-68, p. 452.
Hab. Malacca.

Genus Pangonta.

Latr., Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins., iii, 1794, p. 437: Tanyglossa, Meigen
Klassif. p, 174: Tabanus pt. Linn., Rossi, Fabr. : Bombylius, pt. Olivier,
Encycl. Method.

amboinensis, Fabr., Syst. Antl., p, 91.
Hab. Amboina, Himalayas.

longirostris, Walker, Inst Dipt. Ins. Brit. Museum, London, 1854, pt. v, Suppl.
p. 139.
Hab. India.

266 Mong. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera.

taprobanes, id. ibid., Addenda, 1854, p. 324,
Hab. Ceylon. ;

rufa, Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Suppl. pt. iv, Paris, 1850, p. 18.
Hab. Bombay.

Genus SILvivs.

Meigen, Syst. Besch. ii, 1820, p. 27, Wiedem., Macq.: Tabanus pt.

dimidiatus, V. der Wulp, Tijdschr. Entom., xi, 1868, p. 102.
Hab. Salawatti.

Genus H#MATOPOTA.

Meigen, Illig. Magaz. ii, 1803, p. 267: Tabanus pt.

eana, Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus. London, pt. i, 1848, p. 207.
Hab. Bengal.

atomaria, id. Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 112.
Hab. Borneo.

irrorata, Macquart, Dipt. Exot. pt. i, 1838, p. 163.
Hab. Java.

lunulata, id. ibid., Suppl. ii, Suites, 1847, p. 15.
Hab. Java.

roralis, Fabr. Syst. Antl., p. 107.
Hab. Tranquebar, Madras Pr.

javana, Wiedem. Ausser. Europ. Zweifl. Ins. i, Hamm, 1828, p. 218.

Hab. Java.

cingulata, id. ibid., p, 216.
Hab. Java.

borneana, Rondani, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, 1875, p. 461.
Hab. Borneo.

[No.

pungens, Doleschall, Natwur. Tydschr. Nederl. Indie, x, Batavia, 1856, p. 407.

Hab. Java.

cilipes, J. Bigot, Nouv. Archives Mus. Paris, (3) ii, 1890, p. 205.
Hab. Laos.

pachycera, id. ibid , p. 206.
Hab. Laos.

macrocera, id. ibid., p. 207.
Hab. Laos.

1891.] Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Orientul Diptera. 267

Genus RHINOMYZzA.

Wiedemann, Nov. Dipt. Gener., 1820, p. 8.

fusca, Wiedem. ibid. p. 8.
Hab. Java.

Genus Ditynomyia.

J. Bigot, Rev. et Mag. Zool. Guérin, (2) xi, 1859, p. 305.

ornata, J. Bigot, ibid. p. 306.
Hab. Ceylon.

Genus TABANUS.

Linn, Faun. Suec. ii, 1761, p. 462, et auct.: Therioplectes pt. Zeller, Isis
Agelanius, pt. Rondani, 1863: Atylotus, pt. Ost.-Sacken, 1876.

auricinctus, Macquart, Dipt. Exot. pt. i, Paris, 1838, p. 130.
Hab. Indian Archipelago.

pusillus, id. ibid., p. 127,
Hab. China.

albilateralis, id. ibid., p. 129.
Hab. Java.

ccerulescens, id. ibid,, p. 128.
Hab. Java.

dasalis, id. ibid., p. 126.
Hab. India.

brunneus, id., S. 4 Buff. Dipt. i, Paris, 1834, p. 203.
Hab. Java.

sumatrensis, id. ibid., p. 201.
Hab. Sumatra.

consanguineus, id., Dipt. Exot. pt. i, 1838, p. 127.
Hab. Malabar.

servillei, id. ibid., p. 128.
Hab. India.

rubicundus, id. ibid., Supplem., 1846, p. 32.
Hab. India.

dorsolinea, Wiedem., Analect. Entomol. p. 22: T. striatus P Fabr,
Hab. India.

virgo, id. ibid., p. 22.
Hab. India.

orientalis, 1d. ibid, p. 21.
Hab. India,

35

268 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera.

rubidus, id., Dipt. Exot., i, p. 69.
Hab. Bengal.

ardens, id. ibid., p. 78.
Hab. Java.

immanis, id. Ausser Europ. Zweijl. Ins., i, Hamm, 1828, p. 123.
Hah. Java.

hybridus, id. ibid., p. 557.
Hab. Macao, China.

striatus, Fabr., Entom. System., iv, p. 871: T. dorsolinea? Wiedem.
Hab. China; Java.

rufiventris, id. ibid., p. 96.
Hab. India.

javanus, id. Syst. Anitl., p. 103.
Hab. Java.

tenebrosus, Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus. London, v, Suppl. p. 242.
Hab. Malabar.

pyrausta, id., Zoologist, vii, 1849, Append. p. lxv.
Hab. Java.

vagus, id. ibid., Append. p. |xviii.
Hab. Hong-Kong.

megalops, id. List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus. London, v, Suppl. i, 1854, p. 247.
Hab. Java.

aurotestaceus, id. ibid., p. 247.
Hab. Shanghai.

[No.

orientis, id., List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., pt. i, 1848, p. 152, and v, Suppl. i, 1854

Addenda, p. 328.
Hab. Sikkim and Nepal.

explicatus. id., ibid. v, Suppl. i. 1854 Addenda, p. 328.
Hab. Sikkim.

univentris, id. ibid., i, 1848, p. 151.
Hab. Borneo.

auriflamma, id. ibid., p. 158.
Hab. Silhet, Assam.

inscitus, id. ibid., p. 161.
Hab. Silhet, Assam.

mentitus, id. ibid., p. 162.
Hab. China.

sinicus, id. ibid., p. 163.
Hab. Hong-Kong.

1891.] Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Oatalogue of Oriental Diptera. 269

amcenus, id. ibid., p. 168.
Hab. Hong-Kong.

internus, id. ibid., p. 164;
Hab. Silhet.

jucundusg, id. ibid., p. 187.
Hab. Hong-Kong.

albulus, id. Ins. Saunders. Dupt. i, London, 1856, p. 46.
Hab. India,

pyrrhus, id. ibid., p. 47:
Hab. India.

albimedius, id. ibid., p. 48.
Hab. India.

tenens, id. ibid., p. 49.
Hab. India.

hilarig, id. ibid., p. 49.
Hab. India,

erassus, id. ibid., Pp. 50,
Hab. India.

vagus, id. ibid., p. 50.
Hab. India, Java.

rubiginosus, id. ibid., p. 51.
Hab India.

umbrosus, id. ibid., p. 52.
Hab. India.

hirtus, id. ibid., p. 52.
Hab. India.

puella, id. ibid., p. 53.
Hab. India.

sanguineus, id. ibid., p. 54,
Hab. Java.

obconicus, id. ibid., p. 54.
Hab. India.

consocius, id. ibid., p. 56.
Hab. India.

perlinea, id. ibid., p. 56.
Hab. India.

nigropictus, Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Suppl., v, Paris, 1855, p. 24,
Hab. India.

yao, id. ibid., p. 24.
Hab. North China.

270 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot Catalogue of Oriental Diptera.

clausicella, (Bellardia, Rondani), id. ibid., p. 25.
Hab. China.

confucius, id. ibid., p. 26.
Hab. China.

hoang, id. ibid., p. 27.
Hab. China.

bubali, Doleschall, Natwur. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, Batavia, x, 1856, p. 407.
Hab. Java.

monoculus, id. ibid., xvii, 1858, p. 85.
Hab. Java.

cinnamomeus, id. ibid., xvii, 1858, p. 84.
Hab. Amboina.

furunculigenus, id. ibid., xvii, 1858, p. 84.
Hab. Amboina.

abscondens, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, v, 1860, p. 275.
Hab. Burmah.

univentris, (nomen bis lectwm) id. ibid., i, 1857, p. 9.
Hab. Mt. Ophir; Borneo.

partitus, id. ibid., i, 1857, p. 9.
Hab. Singapore.

nexus, id. ibid., i, 1857, p. 110.
Hab. Borneo.

fumifer, id. ibid., i, 1857, p. 110.
Hab. Borneo.

optatus, id. ibid., i, 1857, p. 111.
Hab. Borneo.

simplicissimus, id. ibid., i, 1857, p. 111.
Hab. Borneo.

serus, id. ibid., vi, 1862, p. 20.
Hab. Ceram.

justorius, Rondani, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1875, p. 455.
Hab. Sarawak.

alboscutatus, id. ibid., p. 456.
Hab. Sarawak.

pauper, id. ibid., p. 456.
Hab. Sarawak.

ignobilis, id. ibid., p. 457.
Hab. Sarawak.

[No.

1891. ] Mons J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera.

dives, id. ibid., p- 457,
Hab. Sarawak.

fulvissimus, id. ibid., p. 458.
Hab. Sarawak.

variegatus, id. ibid., p. 458.
Hab. Sarawak.

apicalis, id. ibid., p- 459.
Hab. Sarawak.

271

geniculatus, V. der Wulp, Midden Sumatra, iv, Natuurlijke Histoire, Diptera, p- 16.

Hab. Sumatra.

incultus, id. ibid., p. 17.
Hab. Sumatra.

tristis, id. ibid., p. 17.
Hab. Sumatra,

fumipennis, id. ibid., p. 18.
Hab. Sumatra.

minimus, id. ibid., p. 18.
Hab. Sumatra.

equestris, id., Notes Leyden Mus., vii, 1885, p. 77.
Hab. Sumatra, Java and Borneo.

felderi, id. ibid., p. 78.
Hab. Ning-po, China.

bucolicus, Schiner, Novara Reise, 1868, p. 81.
Hab. Hong-Kong.

nicobarensis, id. ibid., p. 81.
Hab. Nicobar Islands.

mandarinus, id. ibid., p. 83.
Hab. Hong-Kong.

administrans, id. ibid., p. 83.
Hab. Hong-Kong.

ceylanicus, id. ibid., p. 93.
Hab. Ceylon.

leucosparsus, J. Bigot N. Archives Mus. Paris, (3) ii, 1890, p. 203.

Hab. Laos.

nigrotectus, (Bellardia, Rondani), id, ibid., p. 204,
Hab. Laos,

272 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera.

melanognathus, (Atylotus, Ost.-Sacken), id. ibid., p. 204,
Hab Laos.

laotianus, (Atylotus, Ost.-Sacken), id. ibid., p. 205,
Hab. Laos.

Family STRATIOMYDI.

[No. 3,

J. Bigot, adhuc ined., 1891: Stratiomydx, Latr. 1802: Xylophagei, Fall.

1810: Notachanta, Latr. 1817: id. Macquart, 1834: Notachanten,
Brauer 1882: Stratiomyda, Leach, 1819: id. Rondani, 1856: Stra-
tiomydine, Rondani, 1856: Stratiomydes Latr. 1802: Xylophagi,
Meigen, 1820: Xylophagids Steph., 1829: id. Rondani, 1856: id.
Bigot.: Xylophagina, Rondani, 1836: Xylophagi, Walker, 1848:
Beridse, Westwood, 1840: Beridina, Rondani, 1836: Coenomyda,
Westwood, 1840: Cenomyna, Rondani, 1836: Sicarii, Latr., 1825: id.

Macq. 1834: Polychoeta, Zetterstedt.

Genus XYLOPHAGUS.
Meigen, Illig. Magaz, ii, 1803, p. 266.

brunneus, Wiedem., Auss. Hurop. Zweijt. Ins. pt. iv, Hamm, 1828, p. 85.
Hab. India,

Genus ANTIDOXION.

Sneller V. Vollenhoven, Versi. en Med. K. Akad. Wetensch. xv, 1863.

flavicorne, id. ibid.
Hab. Java.

Genus ACRASPIDEA.

Schiner in lit., V. Brauer Zweifl. K. Mus. Wien., 1882, p. 75-19.
felderi, id. ibid., p. 76-20.
Hab. Ceylon.

Genus Susvna.
Meigen, Syst. Beschr. ii, 1820, p. 15: Xylophagus, pt.

calopodata, J. Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (5) ix, 1879, p. 195.
Hab. Ternate.

flavipes, Doleschall, Natwur. Tijdschr, Nedert. Indie, xvii, 1858, p. 85.
Hab. Amboina.

vittata, id. ibid., p. 86.
Hab. Amboina.

1891.] Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Oatalogue of Oriental Diptera. 273

inamcena, (Solva) Walker, Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London iv, 1860, p. 98: Ost.-
Sacken, Ann. Mus. Genova, xvi, p. 407.
Hab. Java ; Celebes.

Genus THYLACOSOMA.
Schiner in lit., V. Brauer, Zweiflug. K. Mus. Wien., 1882, p.77:? Ruba,
pt. Walker,

amboinense, Schiner in lit., V. Brauer, loc. cit., p. 77. -
Hab. Amboina,

Genus HNGontA.

Schiner, in lit., V. Brauer, Zweifl. Mus. Wien, 1882, p. 76: Negritomyia ?P
J. Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (5) ix, 1877, Bulletin, p. Ixxiv.

aurata, Schiner, in lit., v. Brauer, loc. cit., p. 76.
Hab. Amboina.

Genus NEGRITOMYIA.

J. Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1877, Bulletin, p. Ixxiv.

bilineata, (Stratiomys) Fabr. Syst. Antl. p. 79: V. der Wulp, Notes Leyd. Mus. vii.
p. 59.
Hab. Java.

Genus CLITELLARIA.

Meigen, Iilig. Magaz., ii, 1803, p. 265 : Ephippium, Latr., 1802: Rhaphi-
ocera pt. Macq.: Stratiomys, pt. Fabr. Syst. Antl.

heminopla, Wiedem., Auss. Europ. Zweifl. Ins. ii, Hamm, 1830, p. 48: id., Zool. Mag.
iii, p. 30.
Hab. Tranquebar, Madras Pr.
varia, Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., pt. v, Suppl. i, London, 1854, p. 63.
Hab. Java,

angusta, id. loc cit., p. 62: Ephippium id., Macq. S. a Buff. Dipt. i, 1834, p. 252.
Hab. Java.

tenebrica, id., loc. cit., ill, 1849, p. 522,
Hab. Java.

notabilis, Walker, Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 108.
Hab. Borneo.

bivittata, Wiedem., duss. Europ. Zweifl. Ins., ti, Hamm, 1830, p. 46: Stratiomys
bilineata, Fabr. Syst. Antl.: Ephippium spinigerum ? Dolesch.: Rhaphiocera
spinithorax Macq. Dipt. Hu.
Hab. Java,

274 Mons, J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. [No. 3,

spinigerum, (Ephippiwm) Doleschall, Natwur. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie., x, 1856,
p. 407: Engonia, id. Schin., Brauer.
Hab. Java.

nigerrimum, (Zphippiwm) Doleschall, loc. cit., xvii, 1858, p. 81.
Hab. Java.

flaviceps, Walker, Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 7.
Hab. Singapore.

Genus Beris.

Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. iii, 1802, p. 340: Stratiomys, pt. Fabr., Fall. :
Actina, pt. Meig.

javana, Macquart, Dipt. Exot. i, pt. ii, Paris, 1838, p. 188.
Hab. Java.

Genus CouLcua.
Walker, Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 109.
simulans, Walker, ibid., p. 109.

Hab. Borneo, Malacca.

Genus CYCLOGASTER.

Macquart, S. @ Buff. Dipt. i, Paris, 1834, p. 256.
radians, Walker, Journ, Proceed. Linn., Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 7.
Hab. Singapore.

Genus HerMeEtia.

Latr. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxiv, p. 192, Fabr., Wied., Macq.: Nemotelus, pt.
Degeer. : Bibio, Syrphus, Mydas, pt. auctor.: Xylophagus, pt. Lamarck.

melanesie, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (5) ix, i879, p. 202: H. batjanensis,
V. der Wulp, Tijdschr. Entom., xxiii, p. 161: Massicyta cerioides Walker. ?
Hab. Indian Archipelago.

rufiventris, (Nomen bislectum) Walker, Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, v, 1861,

p. 145.
Hab. Amboina. r

Genus PHYLLOPHORA.

Macquart, Dipt. Bzxot. i, pt. i, Paris, 1838, p. 178.

angusta, Walker, Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, IESG Take ZA
Hab. Singapore.

1891.]_ Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Orienial Diptera, 275
Genus TrnpA.

Walker, Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, iy, 1860, p, 101.

indica, V. der Wulp, Notes Leyd. Mus., vii, 1885, p. 57: Biartes id. Walker, Jns.
Saunders. Dipt., i, London, 1856, p. 87: Tinda modifera, Walker, Journ. Proceed.
Linn. Soc. London, iv, 1860, p. 101: Phyllophora bispinosa, Thomson, Eugenie
Resa, p. 454.
Hab. Java, Manilla.

Genus Evaza.

Walker, Jowrn. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 109.

bipars, Walker, ibid., p. 110,
Hab. Borneo.

flavipes, J. Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (5) ix, 1879, p. 219.
Hab. India.

argyroceps, id. ibid., p. 219.
Hab. The Moluccas. -

fulviventris, id. ibid., p. 220.
Hab. The Moluccas.

Genus NErRna.

(nec Nerua) Walker, Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, iii, 1859, p. 81.

mollis, Ost.-Sacken, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xvi, 1881, p. 415.
Hab. Sumatra.

Genus Pritocnera.

Wiedem., Auss. Europ. Zweifl. Ins. ii, Hamm, 1830, p. 58: Stratiomys, pt.

quadridentata, Wiedem., loc. cit., p. 59.
Hab. Java,

continua, Walker, Ins. Saunders. Dipt. London, 1856, pt. i, p. 84.
Hab. Java.

smaragdina, Snellen v. Vollenhoven, Mem. Entomol. Pays-Bas, i, 1858, p. 92.
Hab. Celebes.

amethystina, id. ibid., p. 92.
Hab. Amboina, Java and Celebes.

fastuosa, Gerstaecker, Linn. Ent. xi, 1857, p. 333,
Hab, Ceylon.
36

276 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. [No. 3,
Genus WALLACEA.

Doleschall, Naturk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, xvii, Batavia, 1858, p. 82.

argentea, Doleschall, loc. cit., p. 82.
Hab. Amboina,

Genus ACRASPIDEA.

Brauer, Zweifl. Kats. Mus. Wien, 1882, p. 19.

felderi, Brauer, loc. cit., p. 20.
Hab. Ceylon.

Genus ACANTHINA.

Wiedem., Auss. Europ. Zweifl. Ins. ii, Hamm, 1830, p. 50.

azurea, Gerstaecker, Linn. Ent., xi, 1857, p. 335.
Hab. Ceylon.

Genus ELAsMA.

Jaennicke, New. Exot. Dipter. Frankfurt, 1867, p. 14,

acanthinoidea, Jaennicke, loc. cit., p. 15.
Hab. Java.

Genus PACHYGASTER.

Meigen, Illig. Magaz., ii, 1803, p. 266: Nemotelus, pt. Panzer: Sargus, pt.
Fall.: Vappo, pt. Latr.

rufitarsis, Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Paris, Suppl. 1846, p. 57.
Hab. Pondicherry.

Genus ToxoceErRa,

Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Suppl. iv, Paris, 1850, p. 44,

limbiventris, Macq., loc. cit., p. 49.
Hab. Java.

Genus Massicyta.

Walker, Jowrn. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 8.

bicolor, Walker, loc. cit., p. 8.
Hab. Singapore.

Genus RHACHICERUS.

Haliday, List Dipt. Ins. 1848, p. 154.

zonotus, Ost. Sacken, Ann. Mus. Genova, xvi 1881, p. 408,
Hab. Sumatra.

1891.] Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. 277

Genus STrRATIOMYS.
Geoffr. Hist. Nat. Ins. ii, 1764: Hirtea, pt. Scopoli: Hoplomyia, Zeller,
Loew.

barca, Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Museum, London, 1849, p. 530.
Hab. China.

garatas, 1d. ibid., p. 532.
Hab. China.

apicalis, id. ibid., Part v, 1854, p. 58.
Hab. North China.

lutatius, id. ibid., 1849, p. 532.
Hab. Malacea.

solennis, id., Ins. Saunders. Diptor. London, i, 1856, p. 79.
Hab. India.

inanimis, id., Trans., Ent. Soc. London, iv, 1857, p. 121.
Hab. China.

viridana, Wiedem., Auss. Europ. Zweifl. Ins., ii, Hamm, 1880, p. 66.
Hab. Bengal.

minuta, Fabr., Entom. System., iv, p. 268.
Hab. Tranquebar, Madras Pr.

pusilla, id. ibid., p. 271
Hab. Tranquebar, Madras Pr.

rufipennis, Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Suppl. v. Paris, 1855, p. 42.
Hab, South China.

flavoscutellata, V. der Wulp, Notes Leyd. Mus. vii, 1885, p. 60.
Hab. Java,

Genus OpDoNTOMYIA.

Meigen, Klassific. i, 1804, p. 123: Stratiomys, pt. apud V. der Walp.

viridana, Wiedem., Analect. Entom.: Macquart Dipt. Exot. Suppl., iv, 1850, p. 48.
Hab. Bengal.

consobrina, Macquart, Dipt. Hxot., Suppl., ii, Paris, 1847, p. 16.
Hab. Java.

diffusa (Stratiomys) Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus., part v, London, 1854, p. 538.
Hab. Java. 3

mutica, V- der Wulp, Notes Leyd. Mus. vii, 1885, p. 62.
Hab Ternate.

278 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. [No. 3,
Genus CAMPEPROSOPA.

Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Suppl., iv, 1850, p. 46.

flavipes, Macquart, loc. cit., p. 46.
Hab, Java.

munda, Osten-Sacken, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1881, p. 409.
Hab. Sumatra.

Genus CHRYSOCHLORA.

Latr. Fam. Natwur., 1825, Macquart: Sargus, pt.

baccoides, Rondani, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, 1875, p. 454.
Hab. Sarawak.

vitripennis, Doleschall, Natwur. Tijdschr. Nedert. Indie., x, 1856, p. 408.
Hah. Java.

Genus MiIcROcHRYZA.

Loew, Verhandl. K. K. z. b. Gesellsch. Wien, 1855, p. 146: Sargus, pt.
gemma, J. Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (5) ix, 1879, p. 231.
Hab. Ceylon.

Genus TRICHOCHATA.
J. Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (5) ix, Bullet. 1878 p. xxii, et errata.
nemoteloides, id. ibid., p. xxii.
Hab. Ternate.
Genus RAPHIOCERA.
Macquart, S. d Buff. Dipt., i, 1834, p. 253.

spinithorax, Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Suppl. ii, Paris, 1847, p, 17: Stratiomys bili-
neata, Fabr.: Clitellaria bivittata Wiedem.: Hphippium spinigerum, Doleschall :
Hab. Java.

Genus PTectictvs.

Loew, Verhandl. K. K. x, b. Gesellsch. Wien., v, 1855, p. 142.

apicalis, Loew, loc. cit., p. 142.
Hab. Pinang.

cingulatus, id. ibid., p. 148.
Hab. Pinang.

1891.| Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. 279

australis, Schiner, Novara Reise, 1868, p. 65.
Hab. Nicobar Islands.

illustris, id. ibid., p. 65.
Hab. Nicobar Islands.

apicalis, (nom. bislectum), V. der Wulp, Notes Leyden Museum, vii, 1885, p. 62.
Hab. Sumatra, Borneo.

brevipennis, V. der Wulp, loc. cit., p. 63: Sargus id. Rondani, Ann. Mus. Civ.
Genova, vii, 1875, p. 454.
Hab. Borneo, Java.

latifascia, V. der Wulp, loc. cit., p. 64: Sargus, id. Walker Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc.
London, i, 1857, p. 110.
Hab. Borneo, Java.

Genus SARGUS.

Fabr. Entom. System. Suppl., 1798, p. 566: Rhagio pt. Schranck : Nemotelus
pt. Degeer.

gemmifer, Walker, List Dipt. Ins. Brit. Mus. iii, London, 1849, p. 516.
Hab. Sylhet, Assam.

tenebrifer, id. ibid., p. 517.
Hab. China.

aurifer, id. ibid., v. Suppl. i, London, 1854, p. 96.
Hab. India, China.

luridus, id. Jowrn. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 8.
Hab. Singapore.

quadrifasciatus, id, ibid., Vv) 1861, p. 146,
Hab. Amboina.

metallinus, Fabr., Syst. Antl., p. 258: V. der Wulp, Notes Leyd. Mus. vii, 1885, p. 69.
Hab. Bengal; Java.

longipennis, Wiedem., Analect. Hntomol., p. 31.
Hah. Java.

insignis, Macquart, Dipt. Huot. Suppl., v, Paris, 1855, p. 16.
Hab. China.

viridiceps, id. ibid., 1856, p. 110: Ptecticus id. V. der Wulp.
Hab. China,

pallipes, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent, France, (5) xi, 1879, p. 222,
Hab. Ceylon,

magnificus, id. ibid., p, 222.
Hab. Assam,

280 Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. |No. 3,

rufus, Doleschall, Naturk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, xvii, Batavia, 1858, p. 83.
Hab. Amboina.

ferrugineus, id. ibid., p. 83.
Hab, Amboina.

formiceeformis, id. ibid., xiv, 1857, p. 403: Sarg. metallinus, V. der Wulp.
Hab. Amboina.

leoninus, Rondani, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii, 1875, p. 454.
Hab. Sarawak.

brevipennis, id. ibid., p- 454: Ptecticus id., V. der Wulp.
Hab. Sarawak.

lectus, V. der Wulp, Notes Leyden Mus. vii, 1885, p. 66.
Hab. Sumatra.

rubescens, id. ibid., p. 67.
Hab. Gorontalo.

Genus CHRYSOMYIA.
Macquart, S. @ Buff. Dipt. Paris, 1834, p. 262: Sargus, pt. et Nemotelus,
pt. Degeer.

flaviventris, Wiedem., Analect. Entom., p. 31: Sargus id., Macquart, Dipt. Hot. :
Microchryza id., Ost.-Sacken, 1881.
Hab. India, Java.

affinis, id. ibid., p. 31: Sargus id., Macquart, Dipt. Exot.
Hab. India.

Genus HupMETA.

Wiedem., Auss. Europ. Zweifl. Ins. Hamm, 1830, p. 438: Hermetia, pt.

marginata, Wiedem., loc. cit., p. 45: Hermetia, id. Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 63: Herme-
tia cingulata (vel cingulalis,) Guerin, Icon. Regn. Anim., p. 543.
Hab. Amboina, Java.

Family NEMESTRINIDI.

J. Bigot, adhuc imed.: Nemestrinide, Macquart, S. ad Buff. Dipt., i, Paris,
1834, p. 370: Anthracii et Bombyliarii, Latr.: Nemestrinidz, Schiner
Faun. Austr., Flieg., i, 1862, Wien., p. 44.

Genus NEMESTRINA.

Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. xiv, 1804, p. 319.

javana, Macquart Dipt. Ewot. ii, pt., i, Paris, 1840, p. 17.
Hab. Java.

1891.| Mons. J. M. F. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. 281
Genus Coax.

Wiedem., Analecta Entomol., 1824.

javanus, Wiedem., loc. cit., 1824, p. 18.
Hab. Java.

variegatus, Westwood, Cabinet of Orient. Entomol., London, p. 38.
Hab. China.
Family LEPTIDI.

J. Bigot, adhuc ined.: Leptides, Meigen, Syst. Beschr. ii, 1820: Leptide,
Westw., Introd. Entom., 1840: Schiner, Faun. Austr. Flieg, 1, Wien,
1862, p. 170.

Genus LEeEpris.

Fabr., Syst. Antl., 1806, p. 9: Nemotelus, pt. Degeer: Rhagio, pt. Latr.,
Olivier, Walker.

decisa, Walker, Journ. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, i, 1857, p. 15.
Hai. Malacca.

uniguttata, Ost.-Sacken, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xvi, 1881, p. 422.
Hab. Sumatra.

Genus Hettiomyia.
Doleschall, Naturk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indie, xiv, Batavia, 1857, p. 402,
Chrysopyla ? pt.

ferruginea, Doleschall, loc. cit., p. 402.
Hab. Amboina.

Genus ATHERIX.
Meigen, Illig. Magaz., 1803, p.271: Rhagio pt. Fabr. : Bibio, pt. Fabr. : Leptis,
pt. Fabr., Fall.: Ibisia, pt. Rondani.

nigritarsis, Doleschall, Naturk. Tiydschr. Nederl. Indie, xvii, Batavia, 1858, p, 92.
Hab. Amboina.

labiatus, Bigot, Bull Soc. Zool. France, xii, Paris, 1887, p. 21.
Hab. Ceylon.

Genus CHRYSOPILA.

Macquart, Dipt. Nord. France, i, 1827: Leptis, pt. Meigen: Rhagio, pt.
Latr., Walker : Atherix, pt. Fabr.

maculipennis, Walker, Journ. Proceed, Linn, Soc, London, i, 1857, p, 118,
Hab, Borneo,

282 Mons. J. M. FB. Bigot—Catalogue of Oriental Diptera. | No. 3, 1891.]

lupina, Ost.-Sacken, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1881, p. 420.
Hab. Sumatra. ;

uniguttata, id. ibid., p. 422.
Hab. Sumatra.

ferruginosa, id. ibid., p. 419 ; Leptis id., Wiedem. Zool. Magaz., iii, p. 4.
Hab. Java. and N. Ceram.

insularis, Schiner, Novara Reise, 1868, p. 119.
Hab. Nicobar Islands.
Genus SURAGINA.

Walker, Jowrn. Proceed. Linn. Soc. London, iv, 1860, p. 110.

signipennis, id. ibid., vi, 1862, p. 8.
Hab. Ternate.

Family CYRTIDI.

J. Bigot, adhuc ined. : Vesiculoside, Bigot (olim) : Acrocera, Meigen, 1803 :
Acroceridz, Leach, 1819: Acrocerine, Zetterst., 1842: Inflate, Latr.,
1809 : Cyrtidee, Oncodinz, Rondani, 1846.

Genus ONCODES.

Latr. Precis, 1796, p. 154: Henops, Illiger, 1798, (alias Oggeodes.)

costalis, (Henops), Walker, Ins. Saunders. Dipt. London, i, 1856, p. 203.
Hab. India.

W.DOHERTY, Journ. Asiat Noe. Bengal, 139) Voly bexe Pe a.

BL. .D. and G.C.C.del,

AN Geer a INH Ase, | cieibh et Nee a Le eeoa:

(iat

a

DOHERTY , Jowrn.Asiat. Soc. Bengal. i891. Vol.LX.Ptll PLD

T
|
|
}
(
H
!

G.C. Chuckvabutty’cBU.Dos. del.

PLIV

, Journ, Asiat Soc, Bengal, 1891. VolL.X. PY.

Y

A BARCLA

SIMLA

OM

Al AR

1
1
doi

DINE

mil
Hy

IL

JR,

_ Chukrabur tiny

‘N.L.SCLATER, Journ. Asiat.Soc.Bengal 1891 Vol. LX,P#ll. Pil, WI,

_

near |
Del. By G. C. Chuckrabutty. Lith: by S.C. Mondul.

NEW INDIAN SNAKES.

/

“NOTE ON THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

mm LA PEC: SOCTHTY.

=@ QE

The Proceedings of the Asiatic Society are issued ten times a year
as soon as possible after the General Meetings which are held on the first
Wednesday in every month in the year except September and October ;
they contain an account of the meeting with some of the shorter and
_ less important papers read at it while only titles or short resumés of the
longer papers which are subsequently published in the Journal are given.
The Journal consists of two entirely distinct and separate volumes ;
Part I, containing papers relating to Philology, Antiquities, ete.; Part II,
containing papers relating to Physical Science.
Hach Part is issued in four or five numbers and the whole forms
two complete volumes corresponding to the year of Publication.
The Journal of the Asiatic Society was commenced in the year 1.832,
previous to which the papers read before the Society were published in
a quarto periodical entitled Asiatic Researches of which twenty volumes
were issued between the years 1788 and 1839.
The Journal was published regularly, one volume corresponding to
each year from 1832 to 1864; in that year the division into two parts
above-mentioned was made and since that date two volumes have been
issued regularly every year.
The Proceedings up to the year 1864 were bound up with the
Journal but since that date have been separately issued every year.
; The following is a list of the Asiatic Society’s publications relating
to Physical Science still in print which can be obtained at the Society’s
House, No. 57 Park Street, Calcutta, or from the Society’s Agents in
i London, Messrs. Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner and Co., 57 and 59 Ludgate
Hill, H. C.

Asiatic Rusnarcues. Vols. VII, IX to XI; Vols. XIII and

XVII, and Vols. XIX and XX @ 10/

each: > i. ee oan Rs. 80 0
Ditto Index to Vols. I—X VIII BAS. a)
_ Procsrpines of the Asiatic Society from 1865 to 1869 (incl.) @
[4] per No. ; and from 1870 to date @ /6/ per No.

_ Journat of the Asiatic Society for 1843 (12), 1844 (12), 1845
(12), 1846 (5), 1847 (12), 1848 (12), 1850 (7), 1851 (7), 1857
(6), 1858 (5), 1861 (4), 1862 (5), 1864 (5), 1865 (8), 1866

(7), 1867 (6), 1868 (6), 1869 (8), 1870 (8), 1871 (7), 1872
(8), 1873 (8), 1874 (8), 1875 (7), 1876 (7), 1877 (8), 1878
(8), 1879 (7), 1880 (8), 1881 (7), 1882 (6), 1883 (5), 1884
(6), 1885 (6), 1886 (8), 1887 (7), 1888 (7 and Suppl.), 1889
(8 and 3 Suppl.), 1890 (9 and 2 Suppl.), @ 1/ per No. to
Subscribers and @ 1/8 per No. to Non-Subscribers.

N. B. The figures enclosed in brackets give the number of Nos. in
each Volume.

Centenary Review of the Researches of the Society from 1784

—1883 ney Py Rs. 3 0
Theobald’s Catalogue of Repnles in ie Muccua of the Asiatic

Society (Extra No., J. A. 8. B., 1868) ... 1 8
Catalogue of Mammals and Birds of Burmah, by E. Blyth

(Extra No., J. A. S. B., 1875),\... a oer) )
Catalogue of Fossil Viectebrati Se gee ae 0
Catalogue of the Library of the Asiatic Society oneal BP aly) 8

Moore and Hewitson’s Descriptions of New Indian Lepidoptera,
Parts I—IIJ, with 8 coloured Plates, 4to. @ 6/ each Stag be 0

—

¢ oo NEW SERIES, aRIES. VOL. Ex. ecoxnt,

4
JOURNAL
I

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.
Vol. LX, Part II, No. IV.—1891.

EDITED BY

Nye fF. PCLATER, FsQ.

AND

SURGEON fPaAPTAIN }. ine Jute WALsH,

HONORARY SECRETARIES.

|
eee eae
> ——~——_ +!

“The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and
within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by
man or produced by nature.’”’—Sir WILLIAM JONES.

*,* Communications should be sent wnder cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,
to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or, in Lon-
don, care of Messrs. Kegan Paul, Trench, Tritbner and Co., 87 ¥ 59, Lua-
gate Hill.

PRINTED AT THE PapPTIsT MISSION PRESS,
AND PUBLISHED BY THE REY POKAL

pSIATIC SOCIETY, 5j, PARK STREET,

CALCUTTA:
T

1892.

Price (exclusive of postage) to Subscribers, R32. 1-8-0.—Vo0 Non-Subssribers
Rs. 2-0-0. Price in Eneland, 3 Shillings,

Issued 12th March, 1892.

CONTNETS.

. Page
XII.—Natural History Notes from H. M’s I. M. Survey Steamer
“ Investigator,”’ Commander R. F. Hosxyn, R. N., Command-
ing—No. 25. The Vegetation of the Coco Group.—By D. Prain, 288
XIII.—Notes on some native Ephemeride in the Indian Museum,
Calcutta.—By Tue Rev. A. HE. Haron, M. A., F. HE. S.
Oommunicated by THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE INDIAN Musnum, 406

Norice.

Foreign Societies who favour the Asiatic Society of Bengal. with
their publications are informed that they may be sent either to the
address of the Society at Calcutta, or to the Agents of the Society in
London, Messrs. Trimmer & Co., 57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London.

AVIS.

Des Sociétés Htrangéres qui honorent la Société Asiatique de Bengale
de ses publications, sont priées de les envoyer ou directement 4 l’adresse
de la Société, 57, Park Street, Calcutta, ou aux Agents de la Société 4
Londres, Messrs. Triibner et Cie, 57 and 59, Ludgate Hill.

ANZEIGE.

‘Auslindische Glesellschaften welche die Asiatische Gesellschaft
von Bengalen mit ihren Publicationen beehren, sind hierdurch ersucht
dieselben entweder direct an die Adresse der Gesellschaft, 57, Park
Street, Calcutta, oder an deren Agenten in London, Messrs. Triibner
& Co., 57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, senden zu wollen.

; o 0} a a hd ge Ghat ek ta pete
ior att 4 pees ob 10h iahat As

oT
wit

fen i ro ab eiipbiae |
ume its jitade wiih. ie ei
ae gis a0 al gb apa mare :

4) aiisallae dt) giloptt at hatialiliadla a asta
pibeyee ‘ stent tanniiid rors oh Sky ‘auonaaah tt, ;

aaa 7 va MiiosliaayD rah « annoy, aib ne AOGHe
sont nee meee anak: si adtemA 4
Mies Bale mn aol ne eso biase ai

Ww

ERRATUM.

Page 299 for Fimbistylis read Fimbristylis.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

=> O@ Oe

Part II.—NATURAL SCIENCE.

No. [V.—1891.

XTI.—Natural History Notes from H. M.’s I. M. Survey Steamer
“ Investigator,’ Commander R. F. Hosxyn, R. N., Commanding—
No. 25. The Vegetation of the Coco Group.—By D. PRaty.

| Received—Oct. 23rd ; read —4th Nov. 1891.]

§ IntTRoDUCTORY.

The Cocos are a small group of three islands, Table Island, Great
Coco, and Little Coco, lying about 30—45 miles north of Landfall Is-
land, the most northerly of the Andaman group proper, in Lon. 93° 21’
E., Lat. 13° 56’ to 14° 10’ N., and form one of the links in the island-
chain that stretches southwards from Cape Negrais in Arracan to the
Nias Islands off the western coast of Sumatra...

The first link in this chain is Diamond Island, Lon. 94° 18’ H., Lat.
15° 51’ N., § miles south of Cape Negrais and 130 miles north-north-east
of the Cocos ; the next is the island of Preparis, (not yet botanically
investigated), larger than Diamond Island but smaller than the Great
Coco, 80 miles south-south-west from Diamond Island and 50 miles to
the north of the Cocos. The strait between Diamond island and Pre-
paris is somewhat under 100 fathoms, that between Preparis and the Cocos
somewhat over that depth. The channel between the Great and the Little
Coco is under 50 fathoms, a depth not greatly if at all exceeded in the
passage between the Cocos and Landfall. The next link in the chain
is the Andaman Group proper, extending from about Lat. 10° 40’ to

37

284, D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

13° 45’ N., consisting of several large islands that are separated by straits
and channels which, with the exception of a passage 30 miles wide
and about 100 fathoms deep between Rutland Island and Little Andaman,
are all very narrow and usually quite shallow. Further south we find
in the same chain the Nicobar Islands; these, separated by wider inter-
vals than the members of the Andaman Group are, extend from 6° 45’
to 7° 15’ N. Besides being wider, the passages between the individual
islands here are much deeper and the main channels between the
Andamans and Nicobars on the one hand, and between the Nicobars
and Sumatra or the Nias Islands on the other, in place of being under
150 fathoms deep, give soundings of 500, 750, and even 900 fathoms.
There is, however, along the line from Little Andaman to the island of
Simalu or to Acheen Head-an undoubted ridge, for the floor of the Sea
of Bengal to the westward is 2,000 fathoms deep, and that of the Andaman
Sea to the eastward is in some places at as great a depth. Whether
any portion of the now submarine sections of the southern, or Nicobars half
of this ridge has ever been subaérial it is difficult to say but it seems
likely from its present physiographical configuration that the most recent
land connection must have been between the northern or Andaman half
of the ridge and the adjacent Indo-Chinese district of Arracan.

Table Island, the most northerly member of the Coco group, and
lying 45 miles north of Landfall, is about a mile across and is rather
longer than broad, with a considerable outlying islet, Slipper Island,
at its north-west corner; southward, across a strait about two miles
wide, lies the Great Coco some 9 miles long from north to south and
about 24 across at the widest part with several small islets off both its
east and west coasts and with a very considerable outlying islet, Jerry
Island, at its southern extremity ; finally, some 6 miles south-west of
Great Coco, and 30 miles north of Landfall, is the Little Coco about 27
miles long from north to south and ¢ to } a mile wide.

Through the kindness of Capt. Hoskyn, R.N., the writer, in com-
pany with Dr. Alcock of H. M. I. M. “ Investigator,” has been able
to visit the group on two occasions. On Nov. 30th and Dee. Ist, 1889,
Table Island was examined. On Dec. 2nd, 1889, a naturalist’s party,
which the writer was privileged to join, landed on Great Coco and re-
mained encamped on a small cleared hill in its north-eastern peninsula
until Dec. 8th. From Nov. 14th till Nov. 23rd, 1890, a similar party, of
which the writer again was a member, was encamped on a sandy spit
covered with coco-nut trees at the south end of the island ; while be-
tween Nov. 25th and Nov. 30th, 1890, the Little Coco was examined.

On Table Island is situated the well known lighthouse of this
name and the western slopes of the main island as well as most of Slip-

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 285

per Island, which at low-tide is not separated from the main island, are
cleared on account of some cattle of which the lighthouse-keeper has
charge. Throughout the rest of the island, however, except for a few
pathways that have been cut on account of the cattle, the jungle is very
dense and uniform. Around a bay at the south side of this island as well
as on the north coast is a fringe of coco-nut trees. The height of Slipper
Island is 110 feet; the highest point of Table Island proper is 150 feet.
On the occasion of the visit referred to, the eastern half of the island,
where the jungle is as yet intact, was traversed from south to north; the
northern and western coasts were examined ; the island was traversed from
west to east along one of the cattle paths; the clearing was also examined
for introduced weeds and escapes from cultivation.

On Great Coco Island there is a small clearing on a peninsula that
forms the north-eastern extremity of the island, the site of an abandoned
settlement which, some years ago, it was attempted to effect and where
the writer was encamped during his first visit. Hxcept at this point and
on two or three of the more exposed cliffs and slopes on the western sea-
face of the island, which are only grass-clad, there is a uniform jungle
from end to end of the island and from base to summit of the numerous
more or less parallel steep ridges that compose it. The shore is fringed
with coco-nut trees in quite a thin belt where the ridges that compose the
island come close to the shore, and this fringe is broken here and there
where these ridges end in abrupt headlands ; the belt widens however at
the heads of the various bays and in two places in particular,—on the
eastern side of the island along the bay that extends southward from the
north-eastern peninsula already mentioned, as well as across the isthmus
joining this peninsula to the main island and thence along the northern
end of the island to the mouth of the principal creek—again, on the
western side of the island for half a mile or more northwards from the
southern end—this belt of coco-nut trees is 100 yards or more in width.
Where the beach meets the coco-nut belt there is an invariable sea-fence
of Pandanus with other ordinary Indian Ocean littoral plants; this fence
is generally less dense where the beach is composed of sand than when it
consists of coral shingle. Hxcept on the very crests of the ridges, and
sometimes even there, and on the more exposed western headlands, the
forest is composed of very tall trees with below these a dense under-
growth; this undergrowth is particularly dense, owing to the number
of creepers, on the crest of ridges destitute of tall trees, and on the
slopes of the western sea-face that are not grassy. It is also very dense
immediately behind the coco-nut belt especially if, as frequently hap-
pens, this belt passes insensibly into the mudflats that characterise the
outskirts of a mangrove swamp. On the sides of ridges however, as

286 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

opposed to their crests, the under-jungle is not so dense, largely owing to
the mass of creepers being carried up to the tall trees above, while on
the neck of land that connects the main island with the peninsula at the
north-east corner, and on the narrow, more level tongue that forms the
south end of the main island and stretches towards Jerry Island, the
jungle is rather opener and more penetrable than elsewhere. The
height of the outlying north-eastern peninsula which probably at one
time has been a separate islet, at least at high-tide, is 80 feet; the
highest ridge of the main island has an elevation of 300 feet; the other
ridges mostly reach from 150—200 feet. Jerry Island, the chief outlying
islet off Great Coco, consists at the southern end of a low ridge 60 feet
high with a vegetation quite like that of the ridges on the main island ;
the northern half, however, consists of a level spit stretching towards
the main island; this spit is composed of coral-shingle, and though
covered with coco-nut and other trees there is only a sparse undergrowth
within its Pandanus belt. Between Jerry and the main island extend
wide sandstone reefs on which the waves and currents have thrown up
a small eyot of sand, coral-shingle, dead shells, and drift timber on which
stranded fruits and seeds are germinating. The other outlying islets call
for no remark; all of them look like detached continuations of particular
ridges and most of them have the vegetation characteristic of these.
During the first visit daily excursions were made into the island to-
wards the northern and eastern parts; the jungle was found to be so
dense on the ridges and the level ground go difficult owing to the
ramifications of a considerable creek, which, with its concomitant man-
grove swamps, finds an outlet into the northern bay, that it was only
on one occasion that the western coast was reached. It was impossible
to do anything like justice to the interior; still, the northern and north-
eastern peninsulas, the northern half of the east coast, the north coast
and about two miles of the west coast at the north end were fairly
thoroughly examined. During the second visit, profiting by the experi-
ence of the former season, fewer attempts were made to force a passage
in a straight line through all obstacles, and the edges of ridges—juga
‘psissima—were in particular carefully avoided. The compass was
discarded, no particular objective in the shape of a hill visible from
the sea-shore was permitted to occupy the attention exclusively; the
easiest rather than the shortest road was chosen as the route to be
followed. In this way the island was crossed in four or five different
places, all, however, towards the southern end; the west coast was
explored for about four miles and the east coast examined northwards
as far as the point reached when working in the opposite direction in
the previous year. The outlying islet, Jerry, was also examined fairly
thoroughly and its coasts skirted.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 287

Little Coco consists of several ridges the highest having an elevation
of 200 feet. The ridge jungle is muchas in the other islands, but the
level land is more largely composed of a basis of coral-shingle than is
the case in the other two islands and the undergrowth is not quite so
dense as in the level land on Great Coco. The coco-nut fringe is quite
as uniform as in the Great Coco, but there is only one point,-—at the head
of a shallow bay in the middle of the west coast,—where the belt is as
much as thirty yards wide. During his visit to this island the writer
was able to cut his way from west to east across the highest ridge; to
cross in another part along more level and frequently swampy ground ;
to work through a lagoon that occupies the south-western part of the
island, and to skirt the whole coast on two different occasions.

The islands have all the physical features of the Andaman islands
of the main chain as opposed to those of the Archipelago lying to the
north-east of Port Blair; the rocks indeed recall at once those of Ross
Island and of the shores of Port Blair in South Andaman. They are
also equally like those forming Diamond Island, off the Arracan coast
at the mouth of the Bassein river and, as in these localities, are best
seen at points where the inland ridges end in abrupt headlands or are con-
tinued as long reefs exposed wholly, or in part, at low-tide.* Such reefs
not infrequently rise into outlying islets. These islets are some distance
from the main island, and are bare and rocky, or jungle-clad, according
to size and exposure, those off the west coast being all very bare. The
bays between the headlands are mostly wide and shallow, and are filled
up, except opposite the mouths of creeks, with an accumulation of coral
debris that becomes at times banked up, causeway-like, between the shore
and an outlying island; these causeways are in some instances becoming
stocked with the mangrove-vegetation of the neighbouring creeks.

The floor of these shallow bays is remarkably flat and uniform and
is, at the sea-edge of the bay where the reef ends, generally rather
shallower than it is within, so that at low-tide each bay consists of a
long shallow pool, one to two feet deep, separated from the sea itself by a
long low bank of exposed coral. The bottom of such a pool is usually
covered by a close meadow of Cymodocea ciliata, but though this species
is so common there seems to be no other marine phanerogam present.
Alge, too, are remarkably inconspicuous, being of small size and very

* For further notices of the physiography of the islands the reader is referred
to Alcock ; Nat. Hist. Reports in Hoskyn, Administration Reports of the Marine Survey
of India 1889-90, pp. 14, 15; 1890-91, pp. 11, 12; where also notices of the fauna,
particularly marine, will be found. In Hume; The Islands of the Bay of Bengal in
Stray Feathers, vol. ii, pp. 111—119, an account of these islands will also be found ;
there the ornithology of the group is exhaustively discussed.

288 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

scarce ; the only exceptions are Turbinaria ornata, which is fairly frequent
both on the coral reefs and on the sandstone ledges; Padina pavonia,
more common on the exposed sandstone reefs but less frequent on the
coral than Turbinaria ; and Sargassum tlicifoliwm, which is the only really
common seaweed and which occurs in great meadows at the outer margins
of the fringing reefs and sandstone ledges that are exposed at low-tide, as
well as in the deeper water beyond.

Reefs such as those described are extremely common in all the
islands of the Andaman and Nicobars groups that the writer has visited,
and the marine vegetation is remarkably uniform in appearance as well
as in specific constituents. On Car Nicobar, for example, as well as on
Rutland Island, at the extreme south end of the Andaman main group,
localities which the writer has visited on different occasions, it is
hardly possible to detect a species not represented on the reefs of the
Cocos. On similar reefs in South Andaman, however, a second species of
Oymodocea, quite as profuse where it exists, but more local in its occur-
rence, has been gathered, and on a similar reef in Little Andaman large
meadows of Halophila ovalis were found associated with those of Cymo-
docea. The beach between such a reef and the Pandanus sea-fence con-
sists, so far as the writer’s observations extend, almost exclusively of
coral sand mixed with small shells or fine fragments of large shells. The
heavy surf in such a bay as this breaks at the outer margin of the reef,
and even at high-tide in rough weather the swell is so weakened there
that the waves which break on the beach are not so heavy as to have
any great erosive power. Indeed their effect appears to be on the whole
accretive, for the sand that accumulates at the head of the bay becomes
bound by Ipomea biloba, Sesuvium, Huphorbia Atoto, etc., the Pandanus
fence encroaches on the beds of Ipomea; the coco-nut zone widens sea-
wards, and behind it the first line of beach-forest, containing Terminalia,
Hernandia, Hrythrina, Pongamia, Stephegyne, Thespesia, and the second
line of the same forest, characterised by Mimusops, Gyrocarpus, Pisonia,
Ardisia, Cycas assert themselves in an area previously covered by the
tides. In certain situations, too, the true mangroves stalk forward into
the tolerably quiet waters of these bays, while in a different but equally
effective manner, by sending up suckers from among its curious pith-like
roots, Avicennia establishes itself upon the reef. The guyed and stilted
habit of the former makes their position very secure; the latter,
from the enormous area covered by its roots, must also be difficult to
overthrow. The process of land-making behind a fringing reef, either
as a sandy flat covered with coco-nut trees, or as a mangrove swamp
spreading seawards, is well exemplified in the two bays lying respec-
tively to the south and to the north of the position of the first season’s

1891. | D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 289

camp ; the effects are so like what must result if land were slowly rising
that it is only after careful examination of all the conditions that one’s
mind becomes disabused of this specious impression. There is no
direct evidence that the land is rising and, as will be evident on con-
sidering what has been said above, there is no necessity for supposing
that it is. But though this is a very common type of bay, it is not
the only type. On Great Coco, in some cases, and on Little Coco very
generally a different stage may be observed. The shallow pools described
as existing between the surf-built embankment at the margin of the
fringing-reef and the beach, have in them many living corals that raise
great rings which rise to almost the surface of the water in the pool
at low-tide and, like huge lichens, grow peripherally till they meet and
coalesce. The surf, too, breaks off pieces of greater or smaller size
which are lodged in the pool behind, and by-and-bye become more or
less cemented together. In this way the whole of a pool becomes in time
completely filled up with growing coral and cemented blecks, and there
are many reefs, especially on Little Coco, that are completely uncovered
at low-tide, while small patches of similar reef are here and there seen
that ordinarily the high-tides do not cover. The uniformity that the
surfaces of some of these exposed reefs display is very striking. They
are almost as even as a paved floor and are as bare and destitute of
marine vegetation as they are of living coral. The edge of such a reef,
in place of being a fairly continuous embankment higher than the floor
of the bay behind, is now broken into hundreds of jagged gulleys through
which the wave-wash from the almost level platform tears its way back
to the deep water beyond the fringing-reef. The main interest of this
stage of the reef is less, however, from she present point of view, its
actual physical condition than its effect on the vegetation of the shore.
Behind a coral bay like one of those first described, and which charac-
terises a less advanced stage of the history of the fringing-reef, has gone
on a long and steady growth of land, with some shingle in it doubt-
less, especially as one approaches the nearest ridge, but chiefly composed
of coral sand with a thin coating of humus derived from the vegetation
it has supported. The main force of the surf has for lone been spent on
the outer embankment, and the force of the waves that at high-water
passed over its top has been so much diminished ere these reached
the beach that there they did not act destructively. Now all this is
altered. At low-tide the force of the surf is still all expended on the
edge of the reef, but as soon as the water has risen so high that the edge
of the reef is covered, this force instead of being dissipated in the deeper
water of a pool is accentuated as the breakers roll landward across a reef
on which the water shallows slightly as the shore is approached ; by the

290 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

time the surf ceases to break on the edge of the reef practically its whole
force rolls in over this even and slightly shallowing reef till it falls on
the shore in huge erosive breakers that eat away the soil, so that Pandanus
fence, coco-nut zone, and beach-forest all in turn disappear, and the
waves at high tide grind on the prostrate stems of huge Mimusops,
Ficus Rumphii, and Dipterocarpus trees, and undermine the roots of
their old companions that are still standing but that the next storm will
lay beside those on the beach. But this active denudation no more
indicates a sinking of the land than do the heightened reefs that cause
the action indicate that the land has risen, and as direct indications either
of rising or of sinking are altogether absent we must conclude that the
islands are at present practically stationary. But it is interesting to
find, as one does here, in adjacent bays, such diverse indications of the
same condition.

There are bays of a third type in the group, few in number, however,
and of small size, in which the water is deep quite up to the beach; the
sweep of the waves in these is extremely large, even when the sea outside
is quiet, owing to the strong currents that prevail round the islands. They
have all, as might be expected, rocky sides ; the beaches on which the
waves break are of sand, not shingle, and owing apparently to this ex-
cessive sweep of the waves the Pandanus fence and coco-nut zone at the
head of such a bay is a good number of yards away from the beach, a
considerable sand-bank covered with Ipomea biloba, Vigna lutea and
other sand-binding species, intervening between the limits of ordinary
tides and the woody vegetation.

The nature of the beaches behind the numerous long, comparatively
flat sandstone ledges, exposed at low-water and therefore not coral-
covered, has yet to be noted. Such beaches are always of coral-shingle
mixed with large shells, the pieces of coral being rounded or oblong and
sometimes of considerable size. “The most remarkable example of such
a beach in this group is that at the south end and south-east corner of
Little Coco where the sandstone reef is particularly extensive and where
the south-west monsoon must break with singular force. This beach
consists of an abrupt shingle wall, in many places 6 or 7 feet high, and
yet not much wider at the base than twice its own height. Though very
steep towards the sea-face it slopes more gradually at the back; behind
it at this point there stretches a low flat tract of muddy land not much
higher than the reef itself, covered by a dense jungle of Hibiscus tiliaceus,
Vitea Negundo, Leea, and similar shrubs, but with few trees, the whole
loaded with tangled masses of Cassytha. The Pandanus fence is here
particularly dense, and along with it are coco-nut trees growing on the
shingle ; from the appearance and size of these it seems clear that, slight

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 291

as the defence seems, this shingle beach completely prevents erosion
though at the same time accretion is probably very slow. In the case
of the highest and most advanced coral reefs usually the same shingle
beach oceurs ; from which fact we might conclude that as the initial
stage of any fringing-reef must have been that of a simple submerged
sandstone ledge of greater or less extent, we see here the original shingle
beach, thrown up where this ledge originally became subaérial, to which
the waves have eaten back over the present raised reef until all the
sandy soil formed during the earlier ‘“‘embankment and pool” stage has,
with the vegetation it supported, been swept into the sea. This shiugle
having been reached the erosive action has been checked, and the surer,
if slower process of shingle accumulation has been initiated or, at all
events, renewed. From this account of these bays it will be seen that
the fringing-reef exhibits in some parts a phase more advanced than it
exhibits in others. But it does not therefore follow that these more
advanced “ platform” portions are older than the earlier ‘‘embankment
and pool” portions. They cannot, in one sense, be so old, for we must
Suppose that all these reefs commenced contemporaneously, and the
** embankment and pool” reefs are still growing, whereas the “ platform ”’
reets have now no living coral. The different stages therefore merely
indicate that the sandstone reefs running out from the headlands in
which the various ridges end are in different parts of the islands situated
at different depths, and the condition of the reefs indicates that the
sandstone ledges are shallower, and that deep water is further from the
shore towards the south than towards the north end of the islands. At
quite the southern extremity of Little Coco bare sandstone reefs, too
shallow for the growth of a coral fringing-reef, stretch away south-
eastward in much the same way as the well-known Alyuada reefs extend
southward off Cape Negrais. On the east coast of Little Coco are high
coral reefs exposed at low-tide, fringed by a coral-shingle beach, while
towards the north end of the island are similar high reefs fringed by a
shore of sandy soil which, with the beach-forest growing on it, is being
washed away by the sea. On the west coast, where the reefs are high,
and, though still in the “ pool” stage appear from their jagged edges
to be approaching the “ platform ” stage, a line of low sand-dunes, per-
haps the highest development of the epoch of sand-accretion, have been
thrown up; these at present protect the shore and have actually closed
up, at the south-west corner, the mouth of a mangrove-creek,

Similarly, in Great Coco, near the southern extremity and between
the main island and Jerry there is a large bare sandstone reef which ex-
hibits very well the arrangement and dip of the strata ; further up the
east coast denudation is going on, still further north the site of a beach-

38

292 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

forest is being composed by accretion, while at the north end a mangrove
forest is invading the sea. The west coast of Great Coco is more or less
rocky and abrupt, for nearly the whole extent of the island.

No denudation is taking place in Table Island, the shores of which
rise rather abruptly from the beach in most of its circumference, though
there is a bay at the north side looking towards Slipper Island that is
fringed with Pemphis acidula and has a small flat space immediately
within its Pandanus fence.

When the beach between the reef and the Pandanus sea-fence
consists of coral sand it is usual to find outside the jungle proper a belt
of Ipomea biloba, at times covered with parasitic Cassytha ; where it is
composed of shingle Ipomea biloba may also occur, though it is more
usual to find its place taken by Ipomea denticulata. Along with these
Tpomeas occur Huphorbia Atoto and, less frequently, Sesuviwm Portulacas-
trum. Usually just within these occurs the common sea-face jungle-
fence of Pandanus, Sophora tomentosa, Ceesalpinia Bonducella, Tournefortia
argentea, Desmodium umbellatum, Premna integrifolia, Clerodendron inerme,
Colubrina asiatica, Canavalia obtusifolia, Vigna lutea, Guettarda speciosa,
Allophylus Cobbe, etc., and then, particularly if the beach is a shingle
one, as trees in the same zone, Ixora brunnescens, Terminalia Catappa, very
common, Stephegyne diversifolia, Thespesia populnea, Hernandia peltata,
Erythrina indica, Pongamia glabra, Ficus Rumphii, Barringtonia speciosa,
Gyrocarpus Jacquintt, ete., with a thin line of Cocos nucifera growing up
slantingly beneath these and stretching their crowns seawards as if in
search of light. Where the beach is sandy the sea-face jungle makes a
less dense hedge, and within it lies a flat space of sandy soil with a grove
of Cocos nucifera, stretching back from 10 to 100 yards to where, usually
on lower and muddy ground tunnelled by Cardisoma and other land-
crabs, commences a dense jungle that shades off almost insensibly into the
vegetation of a true mangrove-swamp. The sand beneath the coco-nut
trees in these groves is covered in Great Coco by a close sward of Thuarea
sarmentosa, with here and there patches of Ipomea biloba, clumps of
Tacca pinnatifida, or large examples of Crinum asiaticum and Cycas Rum-
phii, and with patches of Hranthemum here and there beneath these.
The more rocky portions of the coast have in the sea-face jungle-fence
described above some other species that do not seem to care for sand or
shingle, such as Hibiscus tiliaceus, Tabernemontana crispa, Desmodium
polycarpon and Desmodium triquetrum, Briedelia, Derris wliginosa, Pluchea
indica, ete. Within the coco-nut zone on the flat land we meet with
more Gyrocarpus Jacguinii, with the Andamanese Bullet-wood (Mimus-
ops littoralis), various species of Dipterocarpus, Miliusa sp., common,
and some species of Meliacee ; the climbing undergrowth in this tract

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 293

is very characteristic, more so than the trees, consisting of Cesalpinia
Nuga, Capparis sepiaria, and, very largely, of Pisonia aculeata. In
the more muddy soil which occurs on the outskirts of the mangrove-
swamps other shrubs and creepers occur; such as Leea sambucina with
stilted roots like the mangroves, Cynometra ramiflora, Hibiscus tiliaceus,
Flagellaria indica, Mucuna gigantea, remarkably common, Sarcostigma
edule, Plecospernum andamanicum, Antitaxis calocarpa, Salacia prinoides,
which extends also into the swamp proper, <Acrostichum scandens, etc.
Not infrequent in such situations, when there is no high forest over-
head is Vitex Negundo which is particularly common on Little Coco.
In this muddy tract the tall trees remain much the same as in the
drier area just behind the beach. Further inward the vegetation is that
characteristic of a true mangrove swamp, Bruguiera, Ceriops, Rhizophora,
Aegiceras, Avicennia. The Avicennia, strangely, does not appear to be
common in many of the creeks, though there is one creek, on the east
side and near the south end of Great Coco, in which it is the prevailing
tree; except indeed for afew Bruguiera gymnorhiza trees along the
open channel of the creek, the whole swamp consists of <Avicennia
officinalis with thousands of its curious roots protruding through the
mud and water as described already in a former paper (J. A. S. B.
vol. lix, p. 272) ; considering the situation and loose structure of these
roots, which are of the consistence of solah-pith, there seems every pos-
sibility that they are concerned in the process of transpiration ; the large
area covered by the roots of each tree must also afford great stability to
a species which affects, as this one does, the situation of the mangroves
without having their stilted roots. In this particular swamp each tree
was loaded with the climbing form of Salacia prinoides and, as the latter
happened to be in flower at the time of the visit, the foetid nature of
the atmosphere experienced may be imagined,

Between the headlands, in most cases, a choked-up creek is to be
found ; generally this extends but a short way into the jungle, though
sometimes it winds about on the level ground for a considerable distance
as a mangrove-swamp. In two places the creeks on Great Coco are
apparently open at all times to the tide; the chief creek is that which
debouches at the north end of the island. There are no open creeks in
the other two islands, though at the south-west corner of Little Coco
what has been a creek of considerable extent is now converted into
a large lagoon by a broad bank of sand haying been blown and beaten
up by the south-west monsoon into a firm embankment across its former
outlet.

On the ridges the trees are much the same, as to species, as on the
lower ground, except that the Miliusa which is common below is scarce

294, D. Prain—-The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

there, and the Gyrocarpus is rather uncommon. The Mimusops too, is
not so abundant on the drier ground. The Pandanus, however, espe-
cially on the western side of the islands, ascends to the tops of the
ridges and along with the Capparis sepiaria occurs Capparis oxyphylla
(C. tenera, var.), the other common creepers being Lygodium flexuosum,
Abrus precatorius, Mezoneuron enneaphyllum, Mucuna pruriens, Thun-
bergia laurifolia, Dioscorea (two species), Calamus (two species) ex-
ceedingly abundant and making an almost impassable cane-brake es-
pecially on the crests of the ridges ; Pederia fetida is another common
creeper, as also is Modecca cordifolia. The jungle with which these
are associated contains, besides the shrubs met with on the lower
ground, thickets of Cyclostemon assamicus and other Huphorbiaceous
shrubs, Alsodeia bengalensis, Glyptopetalun. calocarpum, Grewia (two
species), Diplospora singularis, Ficus (several species), etc. On one
hill, in Great Coco, there is a limited patch of bamboo-jungle, the
species being a Dendrocalamus, probably a variety of D. Strictus. This
species also occurs on Table Island, where flowering specimens were
obtained, and at first there seemed to be room for doubt as to whether it
might not have been introduced on the lighthouse-island, though certainly
it only occurs there in the untouched jungle and no examples exist in the
clearing. The presence of the same species, however, in quantity, in the
interior of Great Coco, on a hill which it is hardly extravagant to sup-
pose had not been before ascended by any one, may be held to dispose
finally of the doubt. Among the features of the jungle on exposed sea-
slopes that are not grass-clad must be noted the presence in quantity, be-
sides the other creepers found on the ridges, of Ipomea palmata, Ipomeea
grandiflora and Convolvulus parviflorus, the latter a particularly charac-
teristic species on the west coast. The herbaceous undergrowth consists
of Oplismenus compositus, Cyperus elegans, and a few other sedges and
grasses in local patches or as stray examples; in places also occur patches
of Alocasia fornicata, Calanthe sp. (apparently C. veratrifolia), Draccena
spicata, Desmodium lawxiflorum ; in one place nearly in the centre of the
island, some plants of Urena lobata (this species does not occur in the
clearings of either island and cannot here be looked upon a weed in-
troduced by human agency) ; in the drier parts considerable quantities
of Acrostichum appendiculatum ; along the sides of dry torrents a good
deal of Adiantum lunulatum ; and in one or two damp, flat spots Cerato-
pteris thalictroides.

On Table Island the west side has been artificially cleared and it is
impossible to say that it ever has been jungle-covered, but several of the
headlands on the west side of the Great Coco, as has already been men-
tioned, have naturally bare grassy slopes. There are none of these,

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 295

however, on the Little Coco. The principal grass on these slopes, and
throughout the two clearings as well, is the very uninviting Andropogon
contortus, mixed with a small amount of Ischamum ciliare; besides these
there is some Cyperus polystachyus, and in the clearings of both islands
Hleusine indica in tufts, with here and there a little Panicum -colonwm.
In Table Island, though not in Great Coco, Hleusine egyptiaca and Panic-
um Helopus have also become established. In this connection it should
be mentioned that Thuarea sarmentosa, which is the common sward-
grass under the coco-nut trees of Great Coco, is very rare in Little Coco;
the only spot where the coco-nut zone is there of any width has Ischemum
muticum growing throughout it in abundance; in Great Coco Ischemum
muticum is rare.

On the low ground the epiphytes in the taller trees are two species
of Hoya, Scindapsus officinalis, Dendrobium secundum (the only common
light-loving orchid, which is particularly common on trees of Heritiera
littoralis, etc., about the mouths of creeks), Davallia solida, Polypodium
(Niphobolus) adnascens, and Polypodium quercifoliwm. There is a great
absence of epiphytes from the trees growing in the interior, the ferns
mentioned are in particular confined to the trees nearest the sea. Inthe
muddy ground behind mangrove-swamps there are on the stems of
Cynometra and other trees, great numbers of an orchid that proves, on
haying been flowered in the Calcutta garden, to be a Dorites with violet
flowers ; apparently, however, it is only a variety of D. Wightiv.

Perhaps a better idea of the vegetation of the islands may be ob-
tained if extracts from the writer’s notes, enumerating the species met with
in particular localities, be given. Of these only a few are selected, illus-
trative, as far as possible, of different kinds of soil and of diverse situa-
tions. From these it will be seen that any altempt to divide the forest
into distinct zones and regions is attended with difficulty, since the
various forests— Mangrove, Beach, Mud-flat,and Dry-ridge jungles—merge
into each other on every hand.

In crossing the island on the drier level ground near the south
end of the island one finds after the belt of coco-nuts, which is there
about 100 yards wide on the western side, a jungle at first not very
dense of Canarium commune; Aglaia andamanica; Miliusasp. ; Gyrocarpus
Jacquinit, very common ; Mimusops littoralis, the most common tree, with
often great masses of Hoya, and near the sea with Polypodium querci-
folium as epiphytes—all the Mimusops here is uniformly dying back in
the topmost branches; Bombax sp., looking much more like B. mala-
baricum as to leaves than like the Andaman species identified by Kurz
with B. insigne ; Dracontomelum sylvestre ; Spondias mangifera; Semecarpus
heterophylla; Albizzia procera ; Dipterocarpus sp. ; Sterculia alata ; Hrio-

296 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

dendron anfractuosum, ete. Under the Cocos nucifera on the sandy soil a
sward of Thuarea sarmentosa with patches of Ipomea biloba and with a
quantity of Hranthemum succifoliwm ; further inland there is a dense
undergrowth of Glycosmis pentaphylla ; Ardisia humilis ; Ficus brevicuspis
and Ficus Demonum; Alsodeia bengalensis ; Glyptopetalum calocarpum ;
Cyclostemon assamicus ; etc.—covered with a mass of Pisonia aculeata ;
Cesalpinia Nuga ; Capparis sepiaria ; Mucuna gigantea, less common here
than on muddy soil; Calamus sp., not very common ; Sarcostigma edule ;
Antitaxis calocarpa ; Derris scandens ; Thunbergia laurifolia; Dioscorea,
two sp.; Vitis pedata, very common ; Acacia rubricaulis, often. Of sub-
herbaceous plants may be mentioned Dracwna spicata, it is, however, less
common on level ground than on the ridges. Further on were met with
Cynometra ramiflora, with occasionally Dorites Wightiw epiphytal, but less
commonly so than where the soil is moist and muddy ; considerable
quantities of Leea sambucina ; Sterculia villosa, as a small tree ; Stephegyne
diversifolia, though rarely ; Artocarpus Gomeziana ; Terminalia bialata ;
some Siphonodon celastrineus ; Orosxylwm indicum ; and, as the opposite side
of the island is approached, Croton sublyratus ; Hernandiapeliata ; Sterculia
rubiginosa; Terminalia Catappa ; Hrythrina indica ; and the Pandanus sea-
fence. Just before reaching this coast-zone a single example of a
stemless palm (Livistona sp. ?) was met with; another example of this
was obtained on the hill where the 1889 encampment was made at the
north-east corner of the island. In cutting a path across the island at
another point a level sandy tract was reached on which for several hun-
dred yards grew nothing except young Gyrocarpus Jacquinit.

Crossing at a point where a ridge had to be passed it was found
that much of the flat land behind the coco-nut zone was taken up with
a jungle of Gyrocarpus Jacqgwinu, Macaranga Tanarius and Mallotus
andamanicus to the exclusion of other species; but even as far as the
base of the ridge many fruits of Cocos nucifera that had been floated
inland during the rainy season, when the whole of this level tract is
evidently water-covered, are germinating freely and some coco-nut trees
that have reached the light have begun to bear. On the ridge itself a
dense jungle prevails, much matted, especially along the crest, with
creepers ; the chief of these is Thunbergia lawrifolia, the others being
Dioscorea sp.; Capparis sepiaria and Capparis tenera ; Derris uliginosa ;
Anodendron paniculatum ; Abrus precatorius and A. pulchellus ; Calamus ;
Peediria fotida ; Modecca ; Trichosanthes palmata; Porana spectabilis ; a
little further along this ridge the west side and the flat land at its
base was found to be a dense thicket of Caryota sobolifera ; the herba-
ceous undergrowth was remarkably sparse and consisted of a few plants
of Zingiber sp.; some patches of Alocasia, and a few patches of Oplis-

1891. | D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 297

menus. The eastern side of this ridge had no flat land between it and
the sea and was rather more open, the tall trees and creepers were much
as on the west side, with the addition of Argyreia tiliefolia and A.
Hookeri ; large masses of Hrycibe paniculata, which is here always a
heavy climber and not shrubby ; and among the undergrowth with the
addition of Olaoxylon sp.; Corypha sp. ; and near the shore Blachia anda-
manica; Pluchea indica; Cnesmone javanica. On bare isolated rocks
lying well out on the reefs, and never covered completely by the tide, the
species found are always Fimbristylis sp.; Cyperus pennatus ; and Ber-
haavia repens. The same species also occur on bare rocky patches of the
coast all round the island but especially on the west coast. Other
species associated with these in such situations are Desmodium polycar-
pon; D. triquetrum ; Blumea virens; Vernoma divergens; V. cinerea;
Pluchea indica, ete.

The isthmus uniting the outlying peninsula at the north-east corner
with the main island has, mixed with the coco-nut trees occurring there,
a sparse forest of Mimusops and Dipterocarpus, with an undergrowth
towards the north coast almost exclusively of Macaranga Tanarius, to-
wards the south almost entirely of Dodonwa viscosa, though here and
there on hummocks of soil as opposed to sand, are other trees, like
Oroxylum indicum ; Heterophragma adenophyllum, etc. Among the her-
baceous species here the most noteworthy is Anisomeles ovata, the only
Labiate on the islands, which is, however, at this particular spot, very
plentiful. On the coast of the north-east peninsula Physalis minima
is acommon species, it occurs, however, in similar situations here and
there on both the Great and the Little Coco; on the slope above
Strobilanthes phyllostachyus is gregarious and plentiful, as it likewise is
at the north end of Little Coco in a similar situation.

Asan example of the vegetation of level ground, where the soil is
shingle instead of sand, the north end of Jerry island may be described.
Here on the beach is a dense thicket of Pemphis acidula ; behind this,
a few examples of Pandanus odoratissimus ; many Scevola Kenigii ; some
Tournefortia argentea and Sophora tomentosa bushes ; many coco-nut trees;
much Cesalpinia Bonducella. Behind this sea-fence the shingle is cover-
ed witha mass of Ipomca biloba, a striking contrast to what occurs at
the north-east corner of the island where the shingle has I. denticulata
only. The trees on this shingle are Terminalia Catappa, Cocos nucifera,
Ardisia humilis, Ixora brunnescens, Guettarda speciosa, Macaranga Tana-
rius, Mimusops littoralis, Gyrocarpus Jacguinii, Hernandia peltata. Be-
sides the Ipome@a the only herbaceous vegetation consisted of a few
fruiting Amorphophalli; the tubers of these brought to Calcutta have
Since sent up bulbiferous leaves that shew the species to be nearly

298 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

related to, but probably quite distinguishable from, A. bulbifer and A.
tuberculiger, the two species hitherto known which exhibit this character,
The east side of thisisland has outside the Pandanus fence, which is
there about three times as broad and thick as on the west, a belt of
Thespesia populnea and Guettarda speciosa, with patches of Pemphis
acidula and Olerodendron inerme, and some trees of Cordia subcordata
and Champereia Grifithiana as well as a few thickets of Vitex Negundo
and Desmodium umbellatum.

The sandy isolated spit on the reef between Great Coco and Jerry
Island is not covered even by spring-tides—it is about 70 feet long from
north to south by some 30 feet across, and at the time of the writer’s
visit there could be counted on it (mostly near the east side, and towards
the south end) about a dozen germinating coco-nuts; three seedling
Hibiscus tiliaceus, a seedling Thespesia, some seedlings of Gyrocarpus, four
seedling Mucwna, two seedling Hrythrina, six seedling Carapa moluccensis,
one seedling Barringtonia speciosa, one seedling Hntada scandens, some
young Ipomea biloba, and one young Cynometra, with two or three other
species not recognised.

In general features Little Coco so greatly resembles the other
islands that it is unnecessary to deal with it in detail. The chief
feature is perhaps the great abundance of Oorypha elata and Siphonodon
celastrineus ; still both species were met with, though sparingly, on the
Great Coco.

Before concluding, however, this general account of the vegetation of
the islands the two fresh water accumulations deserve to be more parti-
cularly noted. That on the Great Coco consists of a small lake in the
narrow neck of land that joins the outlying north-eastern peninsula to
the rest of the island. This lakelet is about 300 yards long and hardly
100 yards wide, with its longer diameter across the isthmus. Its depth is
a little over 3 feet; it is uniformly deep from side to side and from end
to end, with a hard, even bottom. At either end it is only separated from
the sea by some 80 to 100 yards of shingle bank, and it seems difficult
to understand why the water it contains does not ooze out, and how it
is that it is unaffected by the adjacent salt water, since the bottom of
the lake is lower than the point reached by the waves that beat up on
the single beach, if not actually lower than the level of the highest tides.
The bottom seems to be no more than the floor of what has formerly
been a shallow bay on the fringing-reef, and the shingle banks which
separate it at either end from the sea seem to be nothing more than the
ultimate embankments that would result when the causeways connecting
outlying islets with the main island are so enlarged by accretion as to
cease to be covered by the tides. This postulates that the present out-

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 299

lying north-eastern peninsula had originally been detached from the
main island and, being an islet of considerable width, that a causeway,
ultimately becoming an embankment, has been thrown up by wave-action
from each of the twoadjacent bays. Soil washed down from the adjacent
slopes during the rainy season has in the form of fine silt closed up the
porous shingle banks at either end till these can now retain the fresh
water within them and prevent the percolation of sea-water from with-
out. To the east side of this lake there is a small flat meadow covered
with Kyllinga and Fimbistylis along with some Cyperus polystachyus but
very little grass. Whether this meadow was originally a naturally bare
patch or is only part of the clearing made in connection with the
abandoned settlement on the adjacent hill it is difficult to say. If, how-
ever, it was artificially cleared, it is unlike the rest of the clearing in
this, that no woody jungle is reappearing in it now. At the time of our
visit a number of snipe frequented the meadow. Close to the edge of
the lake is a continuous belt of Hygrophila quadrivalvis ; within this, and
extending into the water, is a belt of Polygonum all round the margin of
the lake ; inside the Polygonum float large matted patches of Panicwn
Myurus. Tere and there are patches Limnanthemum indicum ; there
is also a considerable quantity of Nymphea rubra. The ordinary white
Nymphcea Lotus, so common in similar spots in the Andamans, is not
present, a circumstance which inclines one to think that this red water-
lily may have possibly been introduced during the attempt to settle in
the island. The water is quite potable and apparently wholesome ;
neither Chara nor Zanichellia is present, perhaps the water is rather
deep for these.

Very different in many respects is the lagoon on Little Coco
which is simply a mangrove creek that has been banked off from
the sea by a small sand-dune having been thrown up across its mouth.
It is not more than 13-2 feet deep anywhere, with alsoa level but at
the same time a softer bottom than the Great Coco lake, and this bot-
tom is covered uniformly throughout by a meadow of Chara mixed with
Zanichellia. Here the water, though perhaps potable on an emergency,
and though used by native craft that call in for it, is slightly
brackish, and the lake is fringed throughout by Bruguiera, Lumnitzera,
Ceriops, Avicennia, etc., while clumps of similar mangrove trees occur
throughout it. Its area is considerably greater than that of the Great_
Coco lake, for it is about a quarter of a mile long and a furlong across
at the widest part; it was haunted at the time of our visit by teal.
Here, curiously enough, Panicum Mywrus does not occur, its place being
taken by Paspalum scrobiculatum which floats in great patches at its
south-western corner. There isno Limnanthemum and the Nymphea

39

300 _D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Ooco Group. [No. 4,

present is, as in the Andamans in such situations, the common N. Lotus
and not, as in the Great Coco, the red-flowered variety. On the banks
and extending into the water are considerable beds of Scirpus subulatus
which does not occur in the other lake. Here on the other hand there
is neither Polygonum nor Hygrophila present.

Beyond the coco-nuts the vegetable products of the island can
hardly be very highly assessed. Mimusops littoralis (Andamanese
Bullet-wood) is common and so is Lagerstremia hypoleuca (Anda-
manese Pyen-ma); Ptercarpus indicus (Padouk) is rare however ; and
even of second- or third-rate timber trees such as Diospyros Kurzit (Zebra-
wood) ; Dipterocarpus sp. (Wood-oil trees) ; Heritiera (Sundr) ; there is
no great quantity ; the only bamboo found (Dendrocalamus strictus VaR ?)
is not very valuable and is not abundant ; while the only abundant natural
grass (Andropogon contortus) is so uninviting that the cattle on the
island prefer eating Pandanus leaves to grazing it.

In the subjoined list of the species obtained during the two visits
(which must not, however, be considered complete, though it may safely
be assumed to be representative of the vegetation of the islands), it will
be seen that a number of species are undetermined. As a matter of fact
they are probably mostly species hitherto undescribed, but owing to the
shortness of time at the writer’s disposal, and owing to both the visits
being at the same season of the year, it was impossible to obtain com-
plete material of these, and it has therefore been impossible to prepare for
them specific descriptions. In some cases roots or seeds of these have
been brought to Calcutta and are now in cultivation there, so that their
identification will, it is hoped, only be a matter of time.

In presenting this list the writer wishes to acknowledge much kind
assistance received by him in its preparation; as regards Phanerogams,
from his friends Mr. W. B. Hemsley, F.k.8., who has kindly com-
pared a number of the more critical specimens at Kew ; Mr. J. F. Duthie,
F, L. 8., who kindly assisted him in naming the grasses, and Mr. J.S.
Gamble, F. L. S., who examined the solitary bamboo; and as regards
Cryptogams, from Dr. G. King, F.R.s., who kindly assisted him in
determining the Ferns; Mr. G. Massee, F. tL. S, who, through the good
offices of Mr. Hemsley, kindly named the Fungi and supplied the des-
cription of anew species of Xylaria; and Mr.G. R. Milne Murray,
F. L. 8., who, through the intervention of Dr. King, most kindly examined
the Alge.

The list is followed by an analysis indicating its systematic, its
physical, and its phytogeographic nature.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 301

§ § List or PLANTS COLLECTED IN THE Great Coco, Lirruz Coco AND
TABLE ISLAND.

PHANEROGAMZ.

THALAMIFLORA.
ANONACHE.

1, MuI.ivsa sp.

Great Coco; Little Coco; very common in both islands.

The specimens obtained are in fruit only; the leaves are glabrous
but otherwise are much like those of M. Roxburghiana; the fruits are

very like those of M. macrocarpa.
MENISPERMACEA.

2. CycuLea peLTata H. f. and T.

Great Coco; common.
Burma, Nicobars. Not previously recorded from the Andaman

group.

3. ANTITAXIS CALOCARPA Kurz.
Great Coco; common.
Andamans, Nicobars.

NYMPHAVACEA.

4, Nympaza Lotus Linn.
Great Coco; plentiful in the small lake at the north-east corner of

the island—only the red flowered form (N. rubra Roxb.). Little Coco;
sparingly in the lake at the south-west corner of the island—only the
white form (N. Lotus Linn.).

This species is not included in any Andamans list and Kurz (Report
on the Vegetation of the Andamans, p. 15) comments on the absence of
Nympumacea#. As a matter of fact this species does occurs in the Anda-
mans; aS does Barclaya longifolia. Nymphcea Lotus is very plentiful
everywhere about the settlement at Port Blair, and in one arm of a creek
that had been shut off from the tide by a bank of earth only three months
before, the writer in December 1890 found hundreds of seedling plants
already springing up. The lake in which it occurs on Little Coco is
only a mangrove creek naturally closed from the sea by a sand-bank and
the water is still slightly brackish; the vegetation around consists of
Bruguiera, Lumnitzera, Certops, Avicennia, and other mangrove swamp

species.

302 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,
CAPPARIDEAL.

5, CAPPARIS SEPIARIA Linn. var. GRANDIFOLIA Kurz Mss. ex Prain, Jour.
As. Soc., Beng., lix, Pt. 2, p. 275.
Table Island; Great Coco; Little Coco. Very common everywhere
in the group, both on ridges and flat land.
Diamond Island (Arracan); Andamans; Java; Bali; Madura.
6. Capparis TENERA Dalz. var. Latironia H. f. and T. (C. oxyphylla
Wall.)
Table Island; Great Coco; Little Coco. Very common everywhere
in the group, but only on ridges.
Tenasserim; Andamans (Middle Island and South Island).

VIOLACEA.

7. ALSODEIA BENGALENSIS Wall.
Table Island; Great Coco; Little Coco. One of the commonest
undershrubs in the group.

Silhet, rare; Martaban, frequent; Andamans, very common every-
where; Nicobars, very rare.

GUTTIFERA.

8. GARCINIA P sp.

Great Coco.

An altogether doubtful plant represented by one leaf specimen
among the plants collected by Mr. Kurz in 1866; nothing resembl-
ing it was met with in 1889 or 1890. Mr. Kurz did not himself
collect in Great Coco. A deputation that visited the island while
he was at Port Blair brought him a few specimens; there may even be

some confusion as to the locality—the deputation visited Narcondam
and elsewhere as well as the Cocos.

9. CALOPHYLLUM INOPHYLLUM Linn.

Little Coco. In beach-forests on shingle behind the sea-face vege-
tation, not common.

Shores of India, Andamans, Nicobars, Burma, Malaya, Polynesia,
Australia, and EH. African islands.

DIPTEROCARPEA.
10. DIPTEROCARPUS PILOSUS Roxb. ?

Great Coco; eastern coast, inland from Ford Bay, common. Only

leaf specimens obtained and it is not impossible that they may belong to
D. Grifithii, Mig.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 303:

1]. Diprerocareus aLatus Roxb.
Great Coco; common. Little Coco; infrequent.
Chittagong, Burma, Tenasserim, Andamans.

MALVACE Ai.

12. Sipa acura Burm,
Table Island ; cleared hillsides near lighthouse.
A cosmopolitan tropical weed.

13. Usena tosata Linn.

Great Coco ; in one spot only, in interior of island.

A cosmopolitan tropical weed, introduction in this case may be
attributed to bird agency. It hardly seemed to be indigenous as there
were where it was gathered only a few plants. Yet human agency
appears impossible : the species is not present at the north-east of Great
Coco where once a small clearing was made, nor on Table Island where
there is now a large clearing. It does not seem to be present in the
Little Coco.

Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

14, Hrsiscus Sasparirra Linn.

Great Coco only ; as if spontaneous in the small clearing ; one of the
few remains of a garden that existed during the short time an attempt
was made to settle in the island ; the few plants seemed unhealthy.

Cultivated in the tropics.

15. Hrsiscus ABeLMoscuus Linn.

Table Island only ; common throughout the clearing, escaped from
cultivation.

Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

16. Huipiscus Tin1aceus Linn.

Table Island ; Great Coco; Little Coco ; common, especially on the
western coast, also plentiful at times in muddy flats behind mangrove
swamps. A stunted almost glabrous form occursoncoral-shingle on Jerry
Island.

Littoral species, cosmopolitan in the tropics.

17. THESPESIA POPULNEA Corr.

Very common on all the islands.

Littoral species on all tropical coasts in eastern hemisphere, intro-
duced into West Indies.

18. Bompax 1nsignE Wall.? vars.—??

There are two forms of Bombaz present in the islands :—

1. A tree with armed trunk and branches; leaflets about 6, entire,
narrowly lanceolate 5-8 inches long, 1-1} inches wide, gradually
tapering to both ends almost sessile, stamens numerous. This is com-

304 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

mon in all the islands, andif the writer is correct in considering the
character of armed or unarmed trunk a trivial one, is the common
Bombaa in S. Andaman. The leaves suit exactly, and though in S.
Andaman the trunk of old tall trees is smooth, young saplings are
armed, as are the ultimate branchlets even of old trees. The leaves are
unlike any of the Indian or Burmese gatherings either of Bombax
malabaricum or of Bombax insigne.

2. A tree with unarmed trunk and branches, leaflets about 6, entire,
obovate, acuminate 9-11 inches long, 25-3 inches wide, gradually
tapering into petiolules ;—-; inches long, stamens numerous. This was
obtained only in Little Coco, it occurs in South Andaman also, for there
are specimens at Calcutta, obtained by Mr. Kurz at Port Monat on the
west coast. It does not at all resemble as to leaves of the other form nor
does it resemble the leaves of Wallich’s type specimen of B. insigne.
But its leaves precisely resemble those of Wall. Cat. 1840/4 (from Taong
Doung, Burma), which was issued as B. malabaricum var. albiflorum,
Wall. The number of stamens makes it impossible to refer the Anda-
man plant at least to B. malabaricum.

In South Andaman both forms have the leaves glaucous beneath ; in
the Cocos neither form has; so that this character perhaps cannot be held
as valid. Mr. Kurz did not consider the two Andamans forms separable
from each other, and in one place he referred them to B. malabaricum,
but afterwards, on account of the staminal character, united them to
B. insigne. He has, however, left a manuscript name “B. heterophyllwm,”
which proves both that he had noted the existence of the two kinds of
foliage and that he could not separate the plants exhibiting them from
each other.

It should be noted that the convicts and others at Port Blair dis-
tinguish two kinds of ‘“*Semul” or “ Cotton-tree.” The distinction
does not, however, apply to the two forms referred to above, but to these
two taken together and to the following species.

Both islands.

South Andaman. Burma ?

19, HERiopENpRoN anrRractuosum DC.
Both islands, common.
India, Burma, Malaya, Africa, and America.

STERCULIACEA.

20. SreRcvLiA viLLosa Roxb.
Great Coco; Little Coco.
India.

1891.] _ D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Ooco Group. 305

21, SrercuLia RUBIGINOSA Vent. var. GLABRESCENS King.
Great Coco.
A variety restricted to the Andamans and Nicobars.
22. STERCULIA PARVIFLORA Roxb.
Little Coco; only leaf specimens which, however, agree with some
from Penang, —
23. Srerconia ALATA Roxb.
Both islands, frequent.
India, Burma, Malaya.
24, STERCULIA COLORATA Roxb.
Great Coco.
India, Burma, Malay Archipelago.
25. STERCULIA CAMPANULATA Wall.
Little Coco.
Burma, Andamans, Java.
26. HBuRITIERA LITTORALIS Dryand.
Great Coco; Little Coco; common in the creeks.
Littoral species on tropical coasts of eastern hemisphere.
27. BUETTNERIA ANDAMANENSIS Kurz.
Little Coco ; common.
Andamans, Tenasserim.

TILIACEA.

28. Berrya AMMONILLA Roxb.

Little Coco, frequent.

India, Ceylon, Burma, Andamans.
29, GREWIA LaviIGATA Vahl.

In all the islands, common.

India, Burma, Malaya, Australia, Africa.
30. GREWIA CALOPHYLLA Kurz.

Little Coco, common.

Andamans.
31. Grewia Microcos Linn.

Great Coco, infrequent.

India, Burma, China, Malaya.

DIScIFLORA.
RUTACEZ.

32. GLYCOSMIS PENTAPHYLLA Corr.

In all the Islands; both the arboreous and the shrubby form ex-
tremely common.

Throughout India, Indo-China, and Malaya.

506 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. (No. 4,
BURSHERACE,

33. GARUGA PINNATA Roxb.
Great Coco; common.
India, Burma, Malaya.

34, CANARIUM EUPHYLLUM Kurz.
Great Coco; very common.
Andamans.

MELIACE A.

35, AGLAIA ANDAMANICA Hiern.
Great Coco, Little Coco; common. Flowers sweet-smelling.
Andamans.
36. Amoora RowituKa W. & A.
Great Coco ; common.
India, Burma, Malaya.
37, Carapa moLucceNsIs Lamk.
Great Coco; rather uncommon. The form with obtuse leaves (0.

obovata Bl.) only occasional in the creeks, but very frequent germinating
along the beaches of all the islands. The form with ovate cordate
acuminate leaves in two or three places on rocky parts of the eastern
coast. Little Coco; in one place only (form=C. obovata BI.)

38. CHICKRASSIA TABULARIS A. Juss. P
Great Coco; common. In leaf only, but evidently identical with the

tree identified with this species by Mr. Kurz in Reg. Veg. Andam., p. 33.
OLACINEA.

39. CanssERA Runepit Gmel.

Great Coco; a common climber.

India, Burma, Malaya, N. Australia, S. China.
40, Puursocatymna Loppiana Mast.

Little Coco.

Tenasserim and Martaban.
41. Sarcostigma Watticui Baill. (S. edule Kurz.)

Great Coco; rather common.

Andamans. Mr. Kurz has in the Calcutta herbarium suggested
the reduction of his own species to S. Wallichii Bazil., a plant from the
Salween valley, nor is there any character by which the two can be

distinguished.
CELASTRINEA.

42. GLYPTOPETALUM CALOcARPUM Prain, Jour. As. Soc. Beng., lx, 2, 209
—EHuonymus calocarpus Kurz.

—

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 307

Common in all the islands, also reported from Narcondam (leaf
specimens only, and the locality perhaps a mistake—the writer could not
find the shrub in Narcondam). Very nearly related to G. zeylanicum
Thwaites, from Ceylon and S. India, but easily distinguished by its
shorter racemes, smaller flowers and hardly foveolate petals. The fruits
and seeds are exactly as in G. zeylanicum. In this the leaves are al-
ways entire.

43, SALACIA PRINOIDES DC.

Great Coco; in creeks, an extensive climbing shrub, associated with
Avicennia officinalis.

India, Burma, Malaya, Philippines.

44, SIPHONODON CELASTRINEUS Griff.

Great Coco, occasional ; Little Coco, very common. A considerable
tree,

Pegu, Penang., Java.

RHAMNEA.

45. WVENTILAGO CALYCULATA Tulasne.
Great Coco.
India, Burma, Malaya.
46. Zizyenxus Cinopria Mill.
Great Coco, not at all common.
India, Burma, Malaya, N. Australia.
47. COoLUBRINA ASIATICA Brogn.
Little Coco; coast at north end of island.
India, Ceylon ; Burma, Malaya ; N. Australia; S. W. Africa.

AMPEHLID 4.

48, Vitis PENTAGONA Roxb.
Table Island and Great Coco; common.
Chittagong, Arracan, Andamans.
49. Viris carnosa Wall.
Common on all the islands.
Jndia, Burma, Malaya.
). Vrris pepaTa Wall.
Great Coco, and Little Coco; very common.
India, Burma, Malaya.
51. Lea sampucina Willd.
Interior of all the islands, common.
India, Burma, Malaya.
52. Lena urrta Roxb.
Great Coco.
India, Burma, Malaya.
40

5)

308 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

SAPINDACE Ai.

53. ErroGLossum EDULE Blume.
Both islands, on ridges, common.
India, Burma, Malaya, North Australia.
54, Atiopuyitus Cosse Blume.
Great and Little Coco; not uncommon along the western sea-face.
India, Burma, Malaya.
55. Sapinpus Danvra Voigt.
Great Coco.
Assam, Burma.
56. Pomptia romentosa Kurz.
Great Coco, common.
Indo-China, Andamans, Nicobars, Malaya, Ceylon.
57. Doponma viscosa Linn.
Great Coco; a small tree very common at the north-east corner of
the island.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

ANACARDIACH AA.

58. Opina WopiER Roxb.

Great Coco.

India, Ceylon; Burma, Tenasserim.
59. ParisHia InsIGNIS Hook. f.

Great Coco; in leaf only.

Tenasserim, Andamans.

60. SEMACARPUS SUBPANDURIFORMIS Wall.

Great Coco only, but there rather frequent near the eastern coast.

Chittagong; Gamble. Arracan, in the Kolodyne valley, wrz; on
Boronga Island, Kurz. Originally this was known only from specimens
grown in the Calcutta garden (introduced from Chittagong) distributed
by Dr. Wallich (Cat. n. 987).

61. SmMECARPUS HETEROPHYLLUS Blume.

Great Coco, interior, rather frequent; Little Coco, interior, extreme-
ly common.

Pegu, Tenasserim ; Andamans, Nicobars ; Sumatra, Java.

62. SpPonpIAs MANGIFERA Willd.

Great Coco and Little Coco, very common in the interior of both
islands ; the fruits are yellow and extremely sour, but much eaten by
the wild pigs (Sus andamanensis) which abound.

Tropical Asia; Mr. Kurz found this in 8. Andaman also.

63. DRracoNTOMELUM MANGIFERUM Blume.
Great aud Little Coco, frequent : in leaf only.

1891. ] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 309

Andamans, Nicobars; Malay Peninsula and Archipelago; Philippines
and Fiji Islands.

MORINGEL.

64. MorinGa PTERYGOSPERMA Gaertn.

Great Coco; a few trees have been planted at the north-east corner
of the island by the people of the attempted settlement ; a large number
of seedlings have already appeared though the introduction has been so
recent.

India; indig. in North-West Himalaya, elsewhere cultivated in
tropical countries.

CALYCIFLORA.
CONNARACE A.

65. Connarus GiBBosus Wall.
Great Coco.
Tenasserim, Malaya ; Andamans.

LEGUMINOS A.

66. CROTALARIA SERICEA Retz.

Table Island; very common throughout the clearing ; apparently
introduced, as it was: not found in Great Coco or Little Coco. This
species does not seem to occur in the Andaman group proper ; at Port
Blair in S. Andaman Crotalaria retusa is the species that has been in-
troduced and occupies similar localities.

India, Burma, Malaya.

67. DeEsMopium umBELLATUM DC.

In all the islands, very common on the coast.

India, Burma, Andamans, Malaya, Philippines, Polynesia, Mascarene
islands.

68. Dersmopium TRIQuETRUM DC.

Table Island and Great Coco; very common on bare rocky slopes on
west coast, occasional on higher ground in the interior; Little Coco,
occasional in the interior.

India, Burma, Malaya, Andamans ; Philippines; S. China.

69. DEsMoDIUM LAXxirLorum DG.

In all the islands, rather frequent on the higher ground in the
interior.

India, Burma ; Andamans, Nicobars’;; Malaya.

70. Dersmopium potycarpum DC.
Table Island and Great Coco ; very abundant on all the rocky slopes

310 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

on the western coasts. This species has been referred to (Jour. As. Soc.,
Beng., lix, pt. 2, p. 251) as perhaps introduced into the Andamans, be-
cause Mr. Kurz did not meet with it in 1866 when he explored a part
of the group. But from what the writer has been able to note since, he
is convinced that the species is indigenous in the Andaman group.

Hast Africa; Tropical Asia; Malaya, Philippines; China, Japan ;
Polynesia.

71. Dxsmopium TRirLorum DC.

Table Island, in the lighthouse clearing on grassy slopes. There
is a white- and a red-flowered variety and both are equally common.

Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

72, ALYSICARPUS VAGINALIS DC.

Great Coco, in the small clearing at the north-east corner of the
island, probably introduced.

Tropical weed indigenous in eastern hemisphere; introduced in
America.

73. PHASEOLUS sp.

Great Coco. Appearing as seedlings in the droppings of the half-
wild cattle on a bare grassy hill-side in the south-west of the island, much
frequented by these, were seen during the second visit to the island
numerous examples of what appears to be a species of this genus. Hach
leaflet has in the centre a reniform white mark which ought to be dis-
tinctive, yet the writer cannot recall a variety which exhibits this. The
origin of the seeds could not be traced, no Phaseolus was observed in the
abandoned clearing in 1889, and unfortunately it was impossible to re-
examine that locality in 1890. ,

74, ApBRUS PRECATORIUS Linn.
Great Coco, common; Little Coco, very common.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.
75. ABRUS PULCHELLUS Wall.
In all the islands, very common.
Africa, India, Burma, Malaya, Andamans.
76, WRyTHRINa INDICA Lamk.

In all the islands, in coast zone; not nearly so common as it is on
Diamond Island at the mouth of the Bassein river.

India, Burma, Malaya; Andamans, Nicobars.

77, Mucuna gigantea DC.

Great and Little Coco; one of the commonest climbers on flat land
in the interior behind the mangrove swamps.

India, Andamans; Malaya; Philippines ; Polynesia.

78. Mucuna pruriens DC.
Table Island, very common, interior jungle on ridges.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

BOTs] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 311

79. PuprartA Canpotier Graham,
Little Coco, common.
Pegu, Tenasserim.
80. PuxrarraA PHASEOLOIDES Benth.
Great Coco, common on the western coast.
India, Burma, S. China, Malaya.
81. Canavatta optusirouiaA DC. (Dolichos lineatus Thunbe.)
In all the islands, one of the commonest climbers along the sea-face
here as on the Burmese, the Andamans, Nicobars and Malay coasts.
Cosmopolitan on tropical shores.
82. Viana turea A. Gray.
Little Coco, very common on coasts both east and west ; Great Coco,
rather rare.
Martaban, Malaya; Andamans, Nicobars.
Cosmopolitan in tropics, but absent from India.
83. Prerocarpus inpicus Willd.
Great Coco, infrequent.
- India, Burma, Andamans, Malaya; Philippines; S. China.
84. Derris scANDENS Benth.
Great and Little Coco; very common.
India, Burma, Andamans, Malaya; S. China, N. Australia.
85. Derris srnvata Benth.
Great Coco, extremely common on the eastern coast.
Pegu, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula; Andamans, Malay islands ;
Ceylon.
86. Derris uLicinosa Benth.
Both islands, common, on rocky parts of the coast.
India, Burma, Malaya, Africa, Australia, Polynesia.
87. PonGAMIA GLABRA Vent.
In all the islands, a common tree in the coast zone and especially
along the sides of mangrove creeks ; never seen climbing.
India, Burma, Andamans, Malaya; Polynesia; N. Australia;
Seychelles.
88. SopHora TomMEeNTOSA Linn.
Great and Little Coco, west coast, but infrequent.
Cosmopolitan on tropical sea-shores.
89. MezoneURON ENNEAPHYLLUM W. & A.
Great Coco, common on summits of interior ridges.
Cachar, Chittagong ; Pegu, Tenasserim, Ceylon, Malay Archipelago.
90. Cmsanpinta BonpuceLLA Elem.
In all the islands, very common in the sea-face jungle along the
beaches.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

312 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. No. 4,

91. CagaLpinia Nu@a Ait.

In all the islands; very common in the jungle on flat land behind
beaches and mangrove-swamps.

India, Ceylon; Burma; Malaya; Philippines; N. Australia; S.
China ; Polynesia.

92. 'TAMARINDUS INDICA Linn.

Great Coco; asingle large tree on west side of mouth of creek
opening into Pollok Bay. This tree grows in a place where it could
hardly have been planted; if planted where it grows it can hardly be
imagined for what object the position was selected and the tree is obvious-
ly much older than the last attempt at settlement in the island. This bay
is at certain seasons an anchorage for Burmese junks calling to obtain
coco-nuts and the introduction of the tree is probably due to a tamar-
ind fruit having been cast overbroad from one of thess junks and thrown
up by the tide where the tree now grows.

Throughout the tropics, cultivated; perhaps indigenous in Africa.
93. CyYNoMBETRA RAMIFLORA Linn.

In all the islands; very common in flat, muddy lands behind man-
grove swamps.

India, Ceylon; Burma, Andamans, Nicobars, Malaya ; Philipines ;
N. Australia.

94. HENrTapA SCANDENS Benth.

In all the islands, frequent; its seeds occur in all the shore-drifts
and it was one of the species found germinating on a sandy spit (an in-
cipient island) between Jerry Island and the south end of Great Coco.

Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

95. ADBNANTHERA PAVONINA Benth.

Table Island and Great Coco, common.

India, Ceylon; Burma, Andamans, Malaya; Philippines; 8. China.
96. Acacta concinna DC.

Great Coco, rather common.

India, Ceylon ; Burma, Malaya; 8S. China.

97, Acacia pennaTa Willd.

In all the islands, very common.

Africa ; India, Ceylon; Burma, Andamans, Malaya.
98. Ausizztia Lespex Benth.

Great Coco.

Africa; India, Ceylon; Burma, Tenasserim, Malaya: Andamans ;
China; N. Australia.

99. ALBIZzZIA PROCERA Benth.

In all the islands exceedingly common on the interior ridges ; stun-

ted and weatherbeaten where it approaches the west coast.

1891, | D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 313

India, Burma, Malaya, Philippines, (not yet recorded from south
Andaman).

RHIZOPHORE Ai.

100. RurizopHorA mucRONATA Lamk,

Great and Little Coco, frequent in mangrove swamps.

Tropical shores of Africa, Asia, and N. Australia.
101. RuaizopHora consucara Linn.

Great Coco, common.

, Tropical shores of Asia, and Africa.

102. Crriops CanpoLLEANA Arn.

Great Coco, common.

Tropical shores of Hastern Hemisphere.
103. Crriorps RoxpurcHiana Arn.

Great Coco, not common.

Tropical shores of Hastern Hemisphere.
104. Brucurera Gymnorniza Lamk.

In all the islands, common. This is the chief constituent of the
mangrove jungle in the group; it germinates very freely also along the
sandy beaches though there it doubtless does not persist; it also ger-
minates along the ridges of coral that are formed between the mainland
and small outlying islets like Lascelles Island, Rat Island, Button, and
others, and as the roots spread they help to collect the “drift” of the
tides and shew how it is possible for the island to increase in size with-
out postulating a general upheaval for the group. On bare rocky pro-
montories on the west coast where long rocky ledges and reefs of loose
boulders run many yards out to sea, numbers of seedlings also appear and
though these spots are exposed to the full force of the south-west monsoon
many of these resist the waves for at least several seasons; the only
other constituent of the mangrove jungle that does this is Avicennia,
many specimens of which though dwarf and weatherbeaten are evidently
of considerable age. Pemphis, which also greatly affects such positions
is not partial to mangrove swamps proper at all and was never seen
along the creeks. In the small lake on Little Coco the water of which
was potable though not good almost all the constituents of a mangrove
swamp were growing-freely.

Tropical shores of Hastern Hemisphere and Polynesia,

COMBRETACEH At.

105. Trrmtnauta Catappa Linn,
In all the islands; one of the commonest trees on the shore and

314 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

not infrequent in the interior on flat lands, but not met with ascending
the ridges. There is apparently no such species as T’. procera.
Andamans, Malaya; planted elsewhere in the tropics.
106, TERMINALIA BIALATA Kurz.
Great Coco, frequent.
Burma, Tenasserim, Andamans.
107. Lumnitzers racemosa Willd.
Little Coco, very common among mangroves in the lagoon.
Tropical shores of Hastern Hemisphere and Polynesia.
108. InnigERA ConyzApDENtA Meissn.
Great Coco, a rather common climber.
Tenasserim, Andamans.
109. Gyrocarpus JAcquini Roxb.
In all the islands, probably the commonest species in the group.
Tropical sea-shores of the old world and Polynesia.

MYRTACEA.

110. Barrin@Tonia SPECIOSA Forst.

In all the islands, very common.

Ceylon; Andamans, Nicobars; Malaya; Australia; Polynesia: on
sea-shores.
11). BarrinGToniA RACEMOSA Blume.

Tn all the islands, very common.

India, Ceylon; Burma, Malaya; Andamans, Nicobars; Polynesia ;
on sea-shores.

MELASTOMACE A.

112. Memecyiton epuLE Roxb.

Great Coco; east coast, on rocky promontory at south end of Ford
Bay—ouly one tree seen.

Andamans, Malaya, Philippines. Mr. Kurz has a specimen from
Great Coco also, only in leaf, and has it from 8. Andaman in flower.

LYTHRACE A.

113. Pemeuis actpuLa Forst.

In all the islands; very common, especially on the west coast on
rocky or shingly promontories.

Tropical shores of Hastern Hemisphere.
114. LacerstTR@MiA HyPoLEUCcA Kurz.

Great Coco, common in the interior.

Andamans.

1891. ] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 315

115. LAGERSTReMIA sp.

Little Coco; one tree only seen.

A tall straight tree, about 100 feet, leaves sessile, oblong-lanceolate
8 in. long, 21-23 in. wide, thinly coriaceous, fruit 3 in., calyx woody,
lobes spreading.

The leaves of this are unlike those of any Indian species; the fruit
is very like that of DL. calyculata Kurz, from Martaban, but the leaves ave
very different, being larger, much thinner, and perfectly glabrous.
This, when flowers are found, will almost certainly prove a distinct
species.

PASSIFLORE A.

116. Mopercca corpiroLiA Blume (fide Masters).

Great Coco, common.

Andamans; the specimens are exactly like the common Andaman
coast Modecca and the flowers appear not to differ from those of M. cardio-
phytla Mast.

117. Carica Papaya Linn. :

Great Coco, introduced but perfectly naturalised and already ex-
tending in an unbroken line among the coco-nuts on the east coast,
from the north-east corner to within 3 miles of the south end of the island ;
one or two isolated specimens occur at the south-east corner evidently
originating from fruits washed up by the sea. Half a mile from the
south end on the west coast is another spot, well into the interior, where
some trees occur—the result apparently of independent introduction ag
they occur near the remains of some huts used by coco-nut gatherers
who visit the island at intervals.

Cultivated in warm countries ; originally American.

CUCURBITACEAi.

118. TRICHOSANTHES PALMATA Roxb.

Little Coco; near north end of island.
India, Ceylon; Burma, Andamans; Malaya; N. Australia; China,
Japan.

FICOIDEA.

119. Sxrsuviom PortvuLacastRum Linn.
In all the islands ; common on sandy beaches on the east coast.
All tropical and sub-tropical sea-shores.
Al

316 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

CoROLLIFLORA.
RUBIACEA.

120, STEPHNGYNE DIVERSIFOLIA Hook. f.
In all the islands, extremely common.
Chittagong, Burma, Tenesserim ; Philippines.
121. Mussmnpa catycina Wall. (MV. macrophylle forma distinctior).
In all the islands very common. The calyx-teeth in these examples
are # in. long and ; in. broad.
Pegu, Tenasserim, Andamans.
122. Wesera Kurz Hook. f.
Little Coco ; common in interior.
Andamans.
123. Ranpra LoncirLorA Lamk.
Little Coco, common.
Assam, Chittagong, Burma, Tenasserim, Malaya; Andamans,
Nicobars.
124. DrpLospora sincuLarts Korth.
In all the islands, extremely common.
Assam, Burma, Tenasserim; Malaya. Not yet reported from other
parts of the Andaman group.
125. GunrrarpDa spectosa Linn.
Great Coco, east coast; frequent.
Cosmopolitan on tropical sea-shores.
126. Ixora GranpiroLia Zoll. & Mor., var. Kurzeana Teys, & Binnend.
In all the islands, common in the interior jungle ; a small straggling
shrub.
Nicobars. This is exactly like the type of Teysmann and Binnen-
dyk’s I. Kurzeana.
127. Ixora BRUNNESCENS Kurz.
In all the islands; very common along the beaches. A fine tree,
often 60-80 feet ; extremely unlike the preceding.
Andamans, Nicobars.
128. Ixora CUNEIFOLIA Roxb.
Little Coco; infrequent.
Assam, Burma, Tenasserim.
129. Paverra inpica Linn.
In all the islands, very common.
India ; Burma, Andamans; Malaya; S. China; N. Australia.
1380. Morinpa cirrironra Linn., var. BRACTEATA Roxb.
In all the islands, exceedingly common along the coast.
Laccadives ; Andamans ; Nicobars ; Sunderbuns ; Arracan.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 317

13]. PsycHoTRIA ADENOPHYLLA Wight,
Very common in all the islands.
Assam, Pegu, Tenasserim ; Andamans.

132. PampeErta Feripa Linn.

Very common in all the islands.
India, Burma, Malaya.

COMPOSIT A.

133. VERNONIA CINEREA Less.

Table Island, common in the clearing near the lighthouse; Great
Coco, frequent in the small clearing at the north-east corner but also
plentiful on bare rocks on the western sea-face of the island. Though
probably an introduced plant in the two first situations, its appearance
on the west coast, where it is extremely plentiful, indicates that it
has also reached the island independently of human agency.

Tropical Asia, Africa and America.

134, VERNONIA DivERGENS Benth.
Great Coco ; plentiful on rocky promontory at north end of island.
India, Burma, Tenasserim.

135. ADENOSTEMMA viscosuM Forst.
Great Coco, on the western coast and at the north end of the island.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

136. AGERATUM ConyzorpES Linn.
Table Island, common in the clearing near the lighthouse.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics; originally American,

137. Brumea virens DC.

Great Coco, profuse on rocks on western sea-face ; in one sheltered
cove the stems were over 8 feet high.

India, Burma, Tenasserim (Mergui, Griffith).

138. Pxiucaza 1npica Less.

Great Coco, common on the coast.

India, Burma, Malaya, China; sea-shores.
139. WeEDELIA SCANDENS C. B. Clarke.

In all the islands, common in the sea-fence jungle, a rather brittle
woody climber with stems 30—50 feet long.

Tropical sea-shores of India, Burma, Malaya, Andamans and
Nicobars.

GOODENOVIEA.

140. Scavora Kenia Vahl.
In all the islands, very common in the coast zone.
India, Burma, Malaya, Australia, Polynesia; on sea-coasts,

318 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,
MYRSINE AN.

141. Arptsra HUMILIS Vahl.
In all the islands, common in the beach forest.
India, China, Malaya.

142. AlgicnRAs MAJUS Gaertn.

Great Coco; fruits seen in the sea-drifts on the coast; doubt-
less the species occurs frequently in the mangrove swamps, though no
individual tree was met with.

Cosmopolitan on tropical sea-coasts.

SAPOTACH AN.

143. Mumusopes LITTORALIS Kurz.

In all the islands; next to Gyrocarpus Jacquimi, this (the Andaman
Bullet-wood) is the commonest tree in the group.

In Jerry Island, off the south end of Great Coco, and for about two
miles along the coast at the south end of Great Coco, nearly every tree
that has attained a height of 80 feet presents from the sea the ap-
pearance of being dead. Closer inspection, however, shews that in many
(perhaps most) cases only the whole of the main branches are dead,
while about their bases or along the main trunk numerous close bunches
of small branches have appeared, the leaves of which keep the trees
still alive. The same thing is apparent at the south-west corner of
Little Coco but is less striking because less extensive.

Andamans, Nicobars.

KHBENACEH Ai.

144. Dtosprros Kurz Hiern.
Little Coco; Great Coco, rare.
Andamans, Nicobars.

APOCYNEAN.

145. RAUWOLFIA SERPENTINA Benth.
Great Coco, common.
India, Burma, Tenasserim, Java; not previously reported from the
Andamans.
146. Crrpera OpoLtaM, Gaertn.
Great Coco, rare; in mangrove swamps.
India, Malaya, Andamans ; China; Australia, Polynesia.
147. OcHROsIA BORBONICA Gmel.
Little Coco, common ; in beach forests.
Andamans, Malaya, Seychelles, Mascarene Islands,

1891. ] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 319

148. TABERNHMONTANA CRISPA Roxb.
In all the islands, very common along the west coast.
Andamans Nicobars, Diamond Island (off Arracan coast).
149. SrropHantuus Watuicuit A. DC.
Great Coco; a large climber, in leaf only.
India, Assam, Chittagong.
150. ANnopENnDRON PANICcULATUM A. DC.
Tn all the islands.
India, Burma, Malaya, Philippines.
151. CHONEMORPHA MACROPHYLLA G. Don.
Little Coco, common.
India, Andamans, Malaya.

ASCLEPIADE AI.

152. Sarconopus Groposus Wall.
Great Coco and Little Coco; common in mangrove swamps.
Sunderbuns, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula; Nicobars.
158. Hoya parasitica Wall.
Great Coco.
Assam, Khasia, Chittagong, Tenasserim, Malaya; Andamans.
154. Hoya piversironia Blume.
In all the islands ; extremely common.
Burma, Malaya.
155. Discurpra nummotaria R. Br.
Little Coco; not common.

Cachar, Chittagong, Tenasserim, Malaya, Andamans; Australia.

GENTIANACE Ai,

156. LimnantHemum indicum Thwaites.

Great Coco; abundant in the small lake at the north-east corner of
the island ; not in the lake on Little Coco and not previously reported from
the Andamans. The lake is adjacent to the small clearing and the
species may possibly be an introduced one in this locality.

Afghanistan; India, Burma, Malaya; Australia, Fiji; Masgcarene
islands.

BORAGINE AH.

157. CorpiA suBcoRDATA Lamk,

Great Coco, a rather common tree in the beach-forests on the east
coast. -

Andamans, Malaya; Australia; Sandwich Islands.

320 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

158. ToURNEFORTIA ARGENTEA Linn. f.

Great Coco, very rare; Little Coco, extremely common on the
western coast and in the beach-forests, where it often reaches a height of
35—40 feet with a trunk of sometimes a foot diameter.

Ceylon; Malaya, Andamans, Nicobars; Australia; Mauritius.

CONVOLVULACE.

159. ERYCIBE PANICULATA Roxb.

Great Coco, very common in interior.

India, Burma, Tenasserim; Malaya; Andamans, Nicobars ; Aus-
tralia.
160. ArGyrera TILIZFOLIA Wight.

Great Coco; common on the coasts.

India; Andamans, Malaya; Philippines; near the sea.
161. ArcyretA Hooxeri Clarke.

Tn all the islands, common.

Sikkim, Bhutan, Assam, Martaban.
162. ARGYREIA LANCEOLATA Choisy.

Great Coco: exactly=Wall. Cat. 1395.

Tenasserim, Andamans.
163. Lurrsomra pecunnsis Clarke.

Little Coco.

Pegu, Tenasserim, Andamans.
164, Ipomma GRANDIFLORA Lamk.

In all the islands, very abundant on the coasts.

East Africa; India, Burma, Malaya, Andamans; Australia, Poly-
nesia ; introduced in America.
165. Iromma coccinea Linn.

Table Island, rampant in the jungle near the lighthouse clearing ;
escape from the light-keeper’s garden.

Native of America; cult., and a frequent escape, in tropical Asia.
166. Iromma Batatas Lamk.

Table Island, cultivated in the lighthouse garden.

Native of America ; cult., in the tropics generally.
167. Iromma pieitaTa Linn.

Great Coco, on the west coast, occasional.

Cosmopolitan in the tropics.
168. IpommA DENTICULATA Choisy.

Great Coco, very plentiful at north end of island, but almost al-
together restricted to the coral-shingle ; at south end of island and on
Little Coco, exceedingly uncommon.

1891. ] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 321

Seychelles; Ceylon; Malaya, Andamans and Nicobars; Australia,
Polynesia.

169. Ipomma Turperuum R. Br.

Both islands, not uncommon.

India, Burma; Malaya; Australia, Polynesia ; Mauritius, Seychelles.
170. Ipomma BinoBa Forsk.

In all the islands, very common; affects principally the sandy
beaches ; in Jerry Island, however, grows on the shingle and occurs under
rather dense jungle, from side to side of that island, at its north end.

Cosmopolitan on tropical sea-shores.

171. CoNnvVoLVULUS PARVIFLORUS Vahl.

In all the islands; very common in the jungle along the western
sea-face.

Africa ; India, Burma, Malaya, Andamans; Australia.

172. PoRana SPECTABILIS Kurz.

Great Coco.

Tenasserim, Andamans.

SOLANACEA.

173. Sotanum Metoncena Linn.
Table Island, cultivated in the light-house garden ; Great Coco,

plentiful and quite naturalised all over the clearing at the north-sast
corner of the island; remains of the garden.

Cult. in all warm countries.

174. Puysatis minima Linn.

Great Coco; abundant on rocky parts of the coast just above limits
reached by spray during storms, on east, north and west coasts; Little
Coco, on rocks in similar situations at north end of island.

Cosmopolitan in the tropics,

175. Capsicum minimum Roxb.
Table Island, in clearing, occasional, escape from the light-keeper’s

garden; Great Coco, throughout the clearing very abundant; unlike
Solanwim Melongena this is not confined to the clearing but is extending
into the jungle much as Carica Papaya is.

India and Malaya; cultivated and frequent as an escape.

SCROPHULARINE 4,

176. Scoparta putcis Linn.
Table Island and Great Coco; abundant in the clearings on both

islands ; introduced.
An American weed, now cosmopolitan in the tropics.

322 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

BIGNONIACE i.

177. OroxyLUM InDICcUM Vent.
Little Coco, very plentiful at north-east corner of the island ; Great
Coco, rare.
India, Ceylon ; Indo-China, Andamans ; Malaya.
178. HeEtTeROPHRAGMA ADENOPHYLLUM Seem.
In all the islands, very common.
Assam and Hastern Bengal, Burma, Tenasserim; Andamans.

ACANTHACEA.

179. THUNBERGIA LAURIFOLIA Lindl.

In all the islands, very common.

Arracan, Tenasserim, Malaya ; Andamans.
180. HyGropHina quaprivaLvis T. And.

Great Coco, abundant in the wet ground at the margin of the
small lake and forming a continuous ring outside the belt of Polygonum
growing at the water’s edge.

India ; Andamans, Burma, Malaya.

181. SrRoBILANTHES PHYLLOsTacHYyuUS Kurz.

Great and Little Coco, a gregarious species common on most
of the rocky promontories on the east coast of both islands.

Pegu, Tenasserim.

182. ERanrHemum ALBuM Nees.

Great Coco ; common in the beach-forests,

Chittagong, Burma; Malaya ; Andamans, Nicobars.

183. ERANTHEMUM CINNABARINUM Wall., var. succIsiroLiIA Clarke (KH.
SUCCIFOLIUM Kurz.).

Great and Little Coco; common in the beach-forest.

Nicobars.

These two species are recorded because in the large suite of speci-
mens collected, some examples agree exactly with Andamans specimens
named FH. album by Dr. T. Anderson, and others agree exactly with the
original specimens of Mr. Kurz’s H. succifoliwm. But I do not think
that there are really two species present. The plants are referred by
Anderson to H. album, but are considered by Clarke a white-flowered
fern of HE. cinnabarinum, and are held by Kurz to be two distinct species.
The original specimens of Kurz’s Hranthemum album, T. And.? (314 of
Nicobars list) I cannot, however, distinguish from those of H. succifoliwm
(318 of that list).

184. RuNGIA PARVIFLORA Nees, var. pecTinaTa Clarke.

Table Island ; in the light-house clearing.

India, Burma, Andamans; a weed, introduced.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Ooco Group. 323

185. PrRistRopHE acuMINATA Nees.
Great Coco, very common on the east coast.
Tenasserim, Malaya ; Andamans.

VERBENACEAL.

186. lLrppra nopirioraA Rich.
Little Coco, in swampy ground at west side of island, plentiful.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.
187. PREMNA INTEGRIFOLIA Linn.
In all the islands, very common on the coast.
India, Ceylon; Burma, Malaya; Andamans, Nicobars ; on sea coasts.
188. PReMNa sp.
Great Coco;a climber common on the western sca-face, also ob-
tained on Rutland Island.
In fruit only ; almost certainly P. obtusifolia.
South Andaman, Malayan Archipelago, Australia.
189. Vitex Necunpo Linn.
Great Coco; east coast, very rare; Little Coco; in salt marshes,
extremely common.
Afghanistan, Tropical Asia, Philippines.
190. Vitex pubescens Vahl.
Table Island ; common on north coast.
India, Burma, Malaya.
191. Virex Wimperteyi Kurz.
Little Coco, not common.
Andamans.
192. CLERODENDRON INERME Gaertn.
In all the islands, extremely common on the coasts.
India, Burma, Tenasserim, Andamans and Nicobars.
193. AVICENNIA OFFICINALIS Linn.
Common in one mangrove swamp near south end of Great Coco;
elsewhere rare.
Indian, Malayan, and Polynesian sea-coasts. _

LABIAT A,

194. Awnrisomexes ovata R. Br.

Great Coco ; abundant in beach-forest at north end of island. This
does not occur in the small clearing, but is very abundant in the jungle
near it. It may have been introduced by man but is more probably
indigenous ; it occupies much the same situations and is even more plenti-
ful in Diamond Island. Not previously reported from the Andamans.

India, Burma, Malaya, China, Philippines.

42

324 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Ooco Group. [No. 4,

INCOMPLETA.
NYCTAGINE.

195. BomRHAAvIA REPENS Linn.
In all the islands, common on every rocky promontory and on all
the isolated rocks on the reefs not covered by the tides.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.
196. Pisonta acuLeata Linn.
In all the islands, one of the commonest climbers in the beach-forests.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.
197. Pisonia ExceLsa Blume.
In all the islands, common in the beach-foresty.
Andamans, Malaya.

AMARANTACEA.

198. Crnosia cristata Linn.
Table Island, an escape in the light-house clearing.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.
199. AcuyrantTuEs aspera Linn. var. TYPICA.
Table Island and Great Coco, common in the clearings, introduced.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.
var. PORPHYRISTACHYA Hook. f.

Little Coco, very abundant in the beach-forests; stems 10-15 feet
long, climbing over the sea-face jungle. A plant in habit remarkably
unlike the preceding.

South-Hastern Asia.

200. GomPHRENA GLOBOSA, Linn.

Table Island, an escape, but very plentiful and extending into the
jungle.

Cosmopolitan in the tropics; probably originally American.

POLYGONACEA.

201. Potyconum BARBATUM Linn.

Great Coco; this plant fringes the small lake at the north-east cor-
ner of the island, growing partly in and partly out of the water, just
within it is a floating belt of Panicum Myurus, while outside is a ring
of Hygrophila quadrivalvis. None occurs in the lake on Little Coco,

Africa ; India, Ceylon; Burma, Malaya.

ARISTOLOCHIACH Ai.

202. BRAGANTIA TOMENTOSA Blume.
Little Coco; abundant on the interior ridges.
Tenasserim, Andamans ; Java.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Ooco Group. 325

203. ARISTOLOCHIA TAGALA Cham. & Schlecht.
Both islands, frequent.
India, Burma, Malaya ; Nicobars.

PIPERACE A.

204, Piper CANINUM Blume.

Great Coco.
Tenasserim, South Andaman, Malaya.

MY RISTICE A.

205. Myristica Irya Gaertn.
Great Coco; frequent in interior towards eastern side.
Ceylon, Andamans, Tenasserim, Malaya.
206. Myristica cuauca Blume.
Great Coco.
Burma, Andamans, Malaya.

LAURINEZ.

207. DexHaasta Kurzii King.

Little Coco,

Tenasserim, Andamans.
208. Hernanpia PELTATA Meissn.

In all the islands, on the eastern coasts.

Hast Africa, Madagascar; Laccadives, Ceylon; Andamans, Nico-
bars; Mergui, Malaya, Archipelago ; North Australia; Polynesia,
209. CaAssyTHA FILIFORMIS Linn.

Great Coco, occasional; Little Coco, extremely plentiful on all the
coasts.

Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

LORANTHACE Ai,

210. LorRANTHUS LONGIFLORUS Desrouss.
Great and Little Coco.
India, Ceylon ; Burma, Malaya ; Andamans.

SANTALACEA.

211. CHamprretA GrirrrTaiAna Planch.
Both islands; common on the coasts.
Tenasserim, Malaya ; Andamans, Nicobars.

826 D. Prain— The Vegetation of the Ooco Group. [No. 4,

HUPHORBIACE A.
212. Hupnorsta Atoro Forst.
In all the islands, very common on the sandy beaches.
India, Ceylon; Andamans, Nicobars; Malaya; Australia; China ;
Polynesia.
2138. HUPHORBIA PILULIFERA Linn.
Table Island ; in light-house clearing, still rare.
Cosmopolitan tropical and subtropical weed.
214. Bripetia Kurz Hook. f.
In all the islands, common on the western sea-face.
Nicobars.
215. Bripetia TOMENTOSA Blume.
Great Coco, common.
India; Burma; Andamans, Malaya; China; Philippines; North
Australia.
216. PHYLLANTHUS coLUMNARIS, Muell.-Arg.
Table Island, common.
Pegu, Tenasserim.
217. Frueeaia microcarpa Blume.
Great Coco.
Africa; India, Ceylon; Assam, Burma, Malaya; Australia ; China.
218. Cycnostemon Assamicus Hook. f.
In all the islands, a very common tree, gregarious where it occurs.
Sikkim, Assam.
219. APpoROSA VILLOSULA Kurz.
Great Coco.
Pegu, Tenasserim, Andamans.
220. Croton suBLyRatTUS Kurz.
In all the islands, common in the beach-forests.
Andamans and (perhaps) Tenasserim.
221. Buacuia ANDAMANICA Hook. f.
Great Coco, coasts, very common; Little Coco, frequent in beach-
forests.
Andamans.
222. CLAOXYLON LoNGIFoLIuM Muell.-Arg.
Great Coco.
Malaya.
223. Mattotus acuminatus Muell.-Arg. (=WM. Helferianus Kurz.).
Great Coco, common.
Tenasserim ; Andamans ; Malaya.
224. Matiotus anpamanicus Hook. f.
Great and Little Coco; common, and, where it occurs, gregarious.
Andamans,

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 327

225. Macaranaa Tanartus Muell.-Arg.
Great Coco and Little Coco; common in the beach-forests.
Arracan (Diamond Island); Andamans; Malaya.

226. Cynsmone JAvANicA Blume.
Great Coco; plentiful on rocky promontories at north end of island.
Bengal, Assam, Burma, Malaya.

URTICACH Ai.

227. PHYLLOCHLAMYS SPINOSA Bureau.

Little Coco, common.

India, Ceylon; Burma, Malaya; Andamans.
228. PLECOSPERMUM ANDAMANICUM King.

Little Coco.

Tenasserim, Andamans.

229. Ficus Brensamina Linn.

Great Coco; not in fruit, therefore the particular variety cannot be
determined.

India, Assam, Burma, Andamans, Malaya.

230. Ficus Rumpuirt Vahl.

Little Coco, on the east coast; this species is here very rare. In
Diamond Island, Arracan, this is one of the commonest trees on the
coast.

India, Burma, Malaya, Andamans.

231. Ficus retusa Linn. var. nitipa Thunbg. (sp). F. comosa Curtis,
Bot. Mag., t. 3305 [1834].

In all the islands, very common. The fruits of this species, as
Mr. Kendall, 1. u., pointed out to me, is one of the favourite foods of
a large pigeon, Oarphopaga bicolor, which visits the group in enormous
numbers during the cold weather.

India; Burma; Andamans, Malaya; China; Australia; New
Caledonia.

232. Ficus BRevicusPis Mig.

In all the islands, common, The fruits are borne both on young
branches in leaf axils, and ou old wood in bunches.

Andamans, Malaya.

233. Ficus cauuosa Willd.

Great Coco.

India, Burma, Malaya.

234. Ficus urspipa Linn. f.
Great Coco, common.

India, Ceylon; Burma, Malaya.
var. DEMONUM Koenig (sp.).

323 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

Little Coco.
Distribution of type.
935. Ficus Grisea Wall. Cat. 4544.
Great Coco. Fruits of this a favourite food of the Green Parrots.
Burma. (Salween valley).
236. ANTIARIS TOXICARIA Leschen.
Great Coco.
India, Ceylon; Burma, Tenasserim, Malaya.
237. Arrocarpus Gomeziana Wall.
Great Coco and Little Coco, very common.
Tenasserim, Malaya, Andamans.

GyYMNOSPERM 2.
CYCADACE.

238. Cycas Rumputt Miq.

In all the islands, very common in beach-forests, sometimes attains a
height of 50 feet, and a girth of over 5 feet.

Tenasserim, Andamans, Nicobars; Malaya; North Australia, New
Guinea.

MoNnocoryLEDONES.
ORCHIDACE A.

239. DENDROBIUM sEcUNDUM Wall.

In all the islands, common. ‘The only very common orchid on forest
trees ; specimen brought and flowered at Calcutta.

Martaban, Tenasserim ; Penang, Sumatra, Java, Cochin China.
240. CALANTHE VERATRIFOLIA R. Br.

Great Coco, not uncommon on the interior ridges. The same
species was also found, a few days later, on Rutland Island at the opposite
end of the Andaman group.

India, Andamans, Malaya.

241. Dorires Wicuti Benth. var. ?

Great Coco, frequent on trees in the low, flat swampy land near the
coast; specimens were brought and flowered at Calcutta. The foliage
as well as the shape and markings of the flowers quite agree with those
of the typical plant, but in the Coco Island specimens the flowers are
distinctly larger and the ground colour is violet instead of yellow.

242. ABERIDES MULTIFLORUM Roxb.

Great Coco, occasional near the sea.

India, Burma, Andamans, Malaya.

1891. | D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Ooco Group. 329

243. PHOLIDOTA ImBRicaTa Lindl.
Great Coco, occasional.
India, Burma, Malaya.

SCITAMINE A.

244, Costus speciosus Linn.

Great Coco, frequent.

India, Himalaya, Indo-China, China, Malaya.
245. ZINGIBER sp.

Great Coco, common. Near Z. corollinum Hance; probably a new
species (Baker in sched.). In fruit only on the occasion of these visits;
the rhizomes brought to Calcutta have not yet flowered.

246. Musa saprentum Linn.

The Plantain is cultivated in the light-house garden; it has al-
ready disappeared, probably owing to the presence of cattle, from the
site of the garden on Great Coco.

AMARYLLIDACEA.

247. Crinum Astaticum Linn.
In all the islands, very common in the coast zone.
Andamans, Nicobars, Malaya.

TACCACEH A.

248. Tacca pInNaTiIFIDA Forst.

In all the islands, common in the coast zone. Some of these were
huge specimens and the tubers brought to Calcutta produced leaves and
flowers in no way inferior to those in their native habitat. The follow-
ing measurements are from an average specimen—the tallest grown had
a peduncle 116 inches high.

Leaf-stalk 40 inches, lamina 3-fid, each lobe 36 in. long, the lateral
lobes 2-fid from the 8th inch; the central lobe and each segment of the
lateral lobes 36 in. across ; peduncle 80 inches; leafy bracts 3 in. long,
2 in. across; filiform bracts 16 in. long, their basal sixth green, the re-
mainder pale purple; perianth segments ¢ in. long, } in. across, pale green
with purplish edges.

India, Burma, Malaya, Andamans,

DIOSCOREACEA.

249. DtoscoREs GLABRA Roxb.
In all the islands, common.
India, Burma, Malaya, Andamans.

330 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

250. Di10scOREA PENTAPHYLLA Linn,
Tn all the islands, common.
India, Ceylon, Burma.

LILIACE Ai.

251. Smriax MACROPHYLLA Roxb.

In all the islands, common.

Hastern Himalaya, Assam, Arracan, Pegu.
252. ASPARAGUS RACEMOSUS Roxb.

Great Coco; in low-lying lands behind the mangrove-swamps at
north end of island.

India, Burma, Andamans, Java.
253. DRacmNa ANGUSTIFOLIA Roxb.

Both islands; small tree in coast zone.

India, Burma, Andamans, Malaya; N. Australia.
254. Dracmna spicata Roxb.

Tn all the islands, frequent on interior ridges.

India, Burma, Malaya, Andamans, Nicobars.
255. GLORIOSA SUPERBA Linn.

Great Coco ; east coast, frequent.

Tropical Asia and Africa.

COMMELYNE#.

956. Ponta zoRZOGONENSIS Hndl.

Great Coco, rather common.

India, Burma, Andamans, Narcondam, Malaya.
257. ComMMELINA OBLIQUA Hassk.

Great Coco. Seeds smooth, but only two in number in both speci-
mens collected.

India, Burma, Malaya; not before reported from the Andamans.
258. ANzEILEMA ovaTum Wall.

Great Coco, Little Coco ; common.

Pegu, Tenasserim, Andamans.

FLAGELLARIEA.

259. FLAGELLARIA INDICA Linn.

In all the islands, very common in beach-forests.

India, Indo-China, Andamans, Nicobars, Malaya ; Australia; Mauri-
tius.

1891. ] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 331

PALME.

260. CARYOTA SOBOLIFERA Wall.

In all the islands, very common in beach-forests.

Indo-China, Andamans, Malaya.

261. CorypHa ELATA Roxb., Flor. Ind. 2, 176; Griff., Ind. Palm. 112,
t. 220 D.—C. Gebanga Kurz, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 43, pt. 2, 206, nec
Blume.—C. macropoda Kurz, 1. c. 205, t. 15.

Great Coco, rare; Little Coco, very common.

This palm, which is very common in Little Coco and particularly so
near the lake at the south-west corner of the island has leaf stalks
up to 25 feet long and leaves up to 20 feet across and is clearly identical
with Kurz’s C. macropoda. But Kurz’s plant does not appear to be
specifically distinct from C. elata. Kurz has himself in his subsequent
writings noted that his first impression that this is a stemless palm
was erroneous, admitting that it has a stem at least 8—12 feet high,
Moreover in little Coco at least one example had reached a height of 60
feet and was not yet in flower in 1890, while in 1889 and 1890 Dr.
King and myself obtained both flowering and fruiting specimens of
Kurz’s Andamanese Corypha near Port Blair; these prove the species
to be Corypha elata. Kurz is, I believe, in error in identifying Rox-
burgh’s C. elata with Blume’s C. Gebanga, the two trees—as grown in
Hort. Calcutta—are very different in appearance; the leaves of (.
Gebanga are much paler in colour and Blume’s figure of the in-
florescence of C. Gebanga (Rumphia 2, tt. 97, 98 and 105) shows an
open panicle that will not at all suit O. elata, which has a very dense in-
florescence like a. gigantic head of parsley. In any case Roxburgh’s
name (1832) has four years’ priority and Kurz’s reduction is, therefore,
on that ground alone, untenable. The writer is of opinion, and Dr. King
agrees, that the examples of OC. elata in Hort. Calcutta may have been
originally introduced from the Andamans and that the species is only
there indigenous. At all events it has not hitherto been found wild in

any part of India or Burma.

262. LivisTONA sp.
Great Coco; occasional on inland ridges. This palm, the 3 or 4

examples of which met with were stemless or had stems under two feet
high, seems to be nearly related to L. Jenkinsiana Griff., Palm. Brit.
Ind. 128, t. 226 A. B. and to Z. speciosa Kurz, Jour. As. Soc. Beng.,
43, 2, 204, t. 13, 14, the differences between which species Mr. Kurz him-
self admits are not great. The Coco species may not of course be a dwarf
one, but if it is not it seems remarkable that no tall examples were met
with. The leaves are remarkably like those of L. speciosa and Mr,

43

339 _D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Ooco Group. [No. 4,

Kurz’s description would suit them very well except that the transverse
veins are, in the Great Coco plant, even more prominent than in Ve
speciosa ; the ligula however is very different.

Mr. Kurz does not describe the ligula in L. speciosa; it is, however,
shewn (perfectly accurately) in t. 13, f. 5. as cordate and entire—just
as it is in DL. Jenkinsiana. In the species under review the ligula is
larger, ovate orbicular, and armed at the margin with small but hard, flat
black blunt spines, a character exhibited by no flabellate-leaved palm of
which specimens are preserved in Calcutta Herbarium.

263. CALAMUS ANDAMANICUS Kurz.
Tn all the islands, common.
Andamans.

264, CALAMUS TIGRINUS Kurz.

In all the islands, common,

Andamans, Tenasserim.

265. Cocos nucirera Linn.

In all the islands, extremely abundant. Probably not truly in-
digenous, though perhaps not intentionally introduced. It has long been
known that this palm occurred on these islands; the name “ Cocos
Islands,” applied to the group, is of older date than 1652, and it has
often been the subject of remark that while this is so and while every
island in the Nicobars, even uninhabited ones like Batti Malv, has
Coco-nut trees, the species is altogether absent from the intervening
Andaman islands. Kurz, in Forest Flora Brit. Burma, says the Coco-
nut occurs on north-east Andaman also, but the writer is unable to
ascertain on what authority, and the statement is contradicted by the
officers of the settlement at Port Blair who alone know the coasts
of the group intimately. There are here and there individual trees on
the Andaman coasts now; Dr. Alcock tells me there is one on South
Sentinel; the writer saw one on Rutland Island; Captain Simpson,
Assistant Port Officer, Madras, tells me he recollects being in a small
bay in one of the islands of the Hastern Andaman Archipelago where
there are some trees. But all these are quite recent introductions
and are mainly due to the humanitarian efforts of the officers of the
Andamans who plant them when they visit various places along the
coasts; the instance quoted by Captain Simpson is, however, attributed
toa wreck. No explanation based on the set of currents in these seas
is sufficient to explain the peculiar distribution of the Palm, and the
writer is inclined to believe that the presence of the species in the Coco
Islands is due to the wreck of some Coco-laden craft on their coasts.

Once established the species spreads with great rapidity. On Barren
Island one tree was known in 1881; in 1891 thirteen were counted, of

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of Coco Group. 333

which seven were bearing. In Narcondam there were in 1891 Coco-nut
trees, many of them bearing, in 3 separate bays on the N. W., N., and
N. E. aspects of the island respectively. These may have been brought
from the Coco group by a strong North-Hast to South-West current that
sets down on this island from the neighbourhood of that group, but I am
inclined to think they owe their presence to an act of unrecorded piety
on the part of some humane individual who has visited the island,
for in the North Bay where the trees are most numerous. there is, just
behind the coco-nut zone, a large patch of Plantains which clearly must
have been introduced intentionally.

It should not be forgotten that at some remote period a colony may
have been started in the Coco group and then abandoned. It is known
that in recent times two such attempts have been made and that both
have failed owing to the unhealthiness of the place. It may be that
the Coco-nut was intentionally introduced on some similar occasion of
which no record has been left. In any case, to speak of the coco-uut as
“wild” here, as Mr. Kurz does (Jour. As. Soc. Beng., xliii, Pt. 2, p. 200)
is apt to convey the erroneous impression that the species is here truly
indigenous.

The coco-nut cannot be said to be known in a truly wild state,
though it occurs on many uninhabited islands, and its original home is by
no means certain.

The quality of these coco-nuts is little inferior to that of those
cultivated at Port Blair and though distinctly inferior to those cultivated
in the Nicobars they are much the same as those on Batti Malv where
there are no inhabitants.

America, Polynesia, Malaya, India.

PANDANEA.

966. PANDANUS ODORATISSIMUS Linn. f.
In all the islands, common on the coasts.
India, Indo-China, Malaya, Andamans, Nicobars.

AROIDEZ.

267. AMORPHOPHALLUS sp. (aff. A. bulbifer).

Great Coco, common; Little Coco, occasional. Only leaves and
very advanced fruit obtained; tubers brought to Calcutta have as yet
only produced leaves, but these leaves are bulbiferous and indicate this
as a species nearly related to, but apparently distinct from, both A.
bulbifer and A, tuberculiger.

268. Atocasia rornicata Schott.
Great Coco, common.
India, Indo-China, Malaya, Andamans.

3304 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No 4,

269. ScINDAPSUS OFFICINALIS Schott.

In all the islands, common.

India, Indo-China, Malaya, Andamans.
270. Pornos scanpens Linn.

In all the Islands, common.

India, Indo-China, Malaya, Andamans.

NATADACE A.

271. Cymopocsa cintata Ehbrb, ?

On the reefs of all the islands ; extremely common and forming vast
submarine meadows. This species is exceedingly common in the An-
damans and has been met with in equal abundance at Rangachang near
Port Blair (there associated with another species of apparently the same
genus), at Rutland Island, at Little Andaman (there in company with
Halophila ovalis), and at Car Nicobar. No flowering or fruiting speci-
mens have yet been reported at Calcutta. Thisis the plant supposed
by Kurz (Jour. As. Soc. Beng., xlv, Pt. 2, p. 154) to be a small form of
Enhalus acerovdes.

272. ZANICHELLIA PALUSTRIS Linn.
Little Cogo, in the small lake along with Chara fetida.
Cosmopolitan in salt-marshes.

CYPERACEAE.

973. CYPERUS POLYSTACHYUS Rottb.
Great Coco; west coast, rather common on the bare grassy slopes.
Cosmopolitan.
274. Cyperus ELEGANS Linn.
Great Coco; frequent in wet patches in the dense interior jungle.
India, Indo-China, Malaya, Andamans; America.
275. Cyperus pitutus Vahl.
Great Coco; occasional.
India, Indo-China, Malaya, Andamans.
276. Cyperus PENNATUS Lamk.
Tn all the islands, very common on the coast in rocky places.
Sea-shores of the Indian Ocean.
277. KYLLINGA BREVIFOLIA Roxb.
Great Coco, clearing at north-east corner; Table Island, clearing
near light-house ; common.
India, Indo-Jhina, Malaya, Andamans.
278. FIMBRISTYLIS DIPHYLLA Vahl.
Table Island and Great Coco, in.the clearings; also on the rocky
coasts.
India, Burma, Malaya, Andamans; Australia, Africa, America.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 335

279, FIMBRISTYLIS FERRUGINEA Vabl.
Great Coco and Little Coco, on coral-shingle.
India, Burma, Malaya.
280. FIMBRISTYLIS QUINQUEANGULARIS Kunth.
Great Coco and Table Island, in marshy ground.
India, Indo-China, Malaya.
281. FrmpRIsTyLis MILIACEA Vahi.
Great Coco, flat marshy ground near the small lake.
India, Indo-China, Malaya.
282. Scirpus susuLatus Vahl.
Little Coco, in the lake at the south-west corner of the island,
abundant.
Bengal (Salt lakes) ; Beluchistan, Panjab; Africa, (Egypt).

GRAMINE AL.

283. PASPALUM SCROBICULATUM Retz.
Little Coco, abundant in the lake.
India, Indo-China, Malaya.
284. Panicum CILIARE Retz.
Great Coco, near south end of island.
India, Indo-China.
285. Panicum cotonum Linn.
Table Island, light-house clearing ; Great Coco in the clearing, also
at south end of island in Coco-nut zone.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.
286. Panicum Hecopus Trin.
Table Island, in the clearing.
India, Indo-China.
287, Panicum JAVANICUM Poir.
Great Coco, common.
India, Indo-China, Malaya.
288. Panicum Myvurus Lamk.
Great Coco; in matted manses floating in the small lake at north-
east corner of island.
India, Indo-China, Malaya.
289. Panicum MonTANUM Roxb.
Great Coco, with the next species, in deep jungle.
India, Indo-China, Malaya, Andamans.
290. OPpLISMENUS composiITUS Roem. & Schult.
Great Coco, in dense jungle, occasional.
Cosmopolitan or nearly so.

336 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

291. THUAREA SARMENTOSA Pers.
Great Coco, common as a turf under Coco-nut trees.
Shores of Indian Ocean.

292. IscH@®MUM CILIARE Retz.
Great Coco, common on grassy slopes and under Coco-nut trees.
India, Indo-China, Malaya.

293. IscHa#MUM MUTIcUM Linn.
Great Coco, occasional only ; Little Coco, extremely abundant.
India, Indo-China, Malaya.

294. ANDROPOGON ConTORTUs Linn.

Table Island and Great Coco; the common grass both in the clear-
ings and on the naturally bare headlands of the western coast.

Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

295. HLBUSINE INDICA Gaertn.
Table Island, frequent ; Great Coco, rare.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

296. ELrvusine #aypriaca Roxb.
Table Island ; in the light-house clearing, scarce.
Cosmopolitan, or nearly so, in the tropics.

297. DenprocaLamus strictus Nees, var.— ?

Great Coco, on one hill, abundant ; Table Island, plentiful. Flower-
ing examples were obtained on Table Island which have been kindly
examined by Mr. J. S. Gamble. There seems no doubt as to the species,
the specimens do not however quite agree with typical examples. There
is little doubt that this Bamboo is here indigenous and, from an account
received from Mr. Godwin-Austen (formerly of Port Blair), appears
to occur on Saddle Peak in North Andaman also. It does not occur in
South Andaman.

India, Burmah.

CRYPTOGAMZE.
VASCULARES.
FILICES.

298. DavaLLia soLIDA Sw.
Great Coco, east coast, very common on Mimusops littoralis and other
tall trees.
Andamans, Malaya, Polynesia, Australia.
299. ADIANTUM LUNULATUM Burm.
Great Coco, on interior ridges frequent ; Table Island, common.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

1891.7 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 337

300. CERATOPTERIS THALICTROIDES Brogn.

Great Coco, in wet places in the interior with Cyperus elegans.

Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

When discussing the weeds of the Andaman Flora (Jour. As. Soc.
Beng.) the writer imagined this fern to have been introduced into these
islands by human agency, at least indirectly. But the Coco locality
proves sufficiently to his mind that its presence is altogether indepen-
dent of man’s presence, and he has since then collected it in similar
situations in South Andaman. It is probably not at all common how-

ever, and hence it had escaped the notice of Mr. Kurz when he collected
in the Andamans.

301. Potypopium ir1t01DES Lamk.

Tn all the islands, frequent.

India, Indo-China, Andamans, Malaya; Australia, Polynesia; Africa
302. PoLYPoDIUM ADNASCENS Sw.

Great Coco, on trees in mangrove swamps; Little Coco, on trees in
lagoon at south-west end of island.

India, Indo-China; Andamans, Nicobars; Malaya; Polynesia ;
Africa.

303. Potypopium QuUERCIFOLIUM Linn.

In all the islands, very plentiful in the same situations as Davallia
solida.

India, Indo-China ; Andamans, Nicobars; Malaya; North Australia.
304, VITTARIA ELONGATA Sw.
Great Coco, not very common,

India, Indo-China; Andamans, Malaya; Australia, Polynesia;
Africa. ,

305. AcROSTICHUM SCANDENS J. Sm.

Great Coco, very common in the low-lying lands behind the coast
zone. ;

India, Indo-China; Andamans, Malaya; Australia, Polynesia.
306. ACROSTICHUM APPENDICULATUM Willd., var. SETOSA.

Great Coco, the only common ground fern on the interior ridges.
India, Indo-China; Andamans, Malaya.
307. lLyGopium FLExvosum Sw.; Bedd,

In all the islands, common in the dense dwarfed jungle on the
ridges.

India, Burma; Andamans, Malaya; Australia; Africa.

CHARACE AL.
308. CHARA F@TIDA A. Braun.

Little Coco; abundant in the lagoon.
India, Indo-China,

338 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [ No. 4,
MUSCI.

309. Catymprres Dozyantm Mitt.

Great Coco, on damp rocks in a sheltered bay on west coast, also on
Mimusops trunks in coast zone; Little Coco, on trunks of Mimusops
littoralis.

Samoa; Java, Philippines; Ceylon; Admiralty Islands.

310. Bryum coronatum Schwaegr,

Great Coco, on charred stumps of Mimusops littoralis at south end
of island.

Tropics of both hemispheres,

HEPATICA.

311. LEJEUNIA sp.
In all the islands, on trees, common.

312, Hzparica sp. (genus indeterminable).
Great Coco, on trees in mangrove swamps.

CELLULARES.
LICHENES,

313. ConLEMA NiaREscENs Achar.
Little Coco, soft pulpy masses on stems of Cycas Rumphi
Cosmopolitan. :
314. Puyscra sp. (near Ph. obscura Fr.)
Little Coco, on stems of Cycas Rumphit.
315. PHyscta sp.
Great Coco, on rocks, west coast.
316. LepRARIA sp. (specimens imperfect).
Great Coco.

FUNGI.

317. LentINus LEUCOcHROUS Fries.
Great Coco, on dead wood, common.
* Asia.

318. LenzITES DEPLANATA Fries.
Great Coco, on dead wood, common.
* Asia,

319. LENZITES SUBFERRUGINEA Berk.
Great Coco
* Asia.

1891.]

320. PoLyPorRvUs FULYUS Fries.

321.

322.

323.

324,

3205.

326.

327.

328.

329.

330.

301,

332.

333.

Great Coco.
* Asia,
PoLypPorus XANTHOPUs Fries.
Great Coco, on dead stems.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.
POLYPORUS SANGUINEUS Fries.
Great Coco ; on dead stems of Cocos nucifera.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.
PoLYPORUS GRAMMATOCEPHALUS Berk.
Great Coco, on dead wood.

India, Indo-China, Malaya, Australia, America.

POLYPORUS AUSTRALIS Fries.
Great Coco.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

HEXAGONA PERGAMENEA Berk. & Broome.
Great Coco,

Ceylon (Berkeley and Broome, Jour. Linn. Soc, xiv, 57).

HeEXAGONA SRRICEO-HIRSUTUS KI,

Great Coco; on dead wood.

North America (Klotzsch, Linnea viii, 483).
HeEXAGONA TENUIS Hook.

Great Coco, on dead wood.

D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group.

339

Nicobars (Fenzl, Novara Bot. ii, 138); Mauritius (Klotesch, Linnea
viii, 482).

DEDALEA FLABELLUM Berk.
Great Coco, on dead wood.
* Asia.

DEDALEA SANGUINEA KI].
Great Coco, on dead wood.
India (Klotsch, Linnea viii, 481).

DEDALEA QUERCINA Fries.
Great Coco, on dead wood.
Cosmopolitan.

DEDELEA CONCENTRICA Fries.
Great Coco, on dead wood.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

THELEPHORA INCRUSTANS Pers.

Great Coco, on Pongamia glabra ; Little Coco, on Cycas Rumphit.

Cosmopolitan.

BovistTa LILACINA Berk.
Great Coco, on grassy slopes.
Cosmopolitan in the tropics.

44,

340 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

334, HIRNEOLA POLYTRICHA Mont.

Great Coco, on dead wood.

Tropics of both hemispheres and Polynesia.
330, XYLARIA CLAVARIOIDES G. Massée, sp. nov.

Xylaria (Xylocoryne) stromatibus seepius solitariis rarius in cespiti-
bus 2—5 connatis cylindraceis, 2—4 cm. altis, 3—} diam.; extus atris
papilloso-scabris, intus candidis stipite elongato, coriaceo-suberoso
nigro-velutino demum nudo; peritheciis clavule omnino immersis ;
ascis cylindricis, pedicellatis, octosporis ; sporidiis oblique monostichis,
ellipticis, nigricantibus 10—11 x mw. (Prain n. 45). In lignis pu-
tridis.

Great Coco, common on dead stems of Mimusops littoralis.

336. Da.pIniA veRNIcosa Cos. & de Not.

Great Coco, on dead wood.

India, America.

337. RHYTISMA sp.

In all the islands, on leaves of Ficus brevicuspis.

Andamans, (the same species apparently is equally common at Port
Blair).

3338. ————.

Besides the above there occurs on both islands a Fungus which
appears to be very widely dispersed throughout the Andamans and
Nicobars, but has so far been only found as a white mycelium that ap-
pears as a narrow band on the bark of slender branches, runs upwards
along these and divides into still narrower bands on the branchlets ;
these branch and anastomose and send still narrower bands (threads)
upwards along the petioles of the leaves and finally spread as a thin
network on the wnder surface of the lamina. The writer has found the
same blight (known to the officers at Port Blair as ‘“ thread-blight’’)
on the following species: Alsodeia bengalensis, Ochna squarrosa, Bombax
insigne, Camellia theifera, Hibiscus rosa-sinensis, Gardenia sp., Pongamia
glabra, Diplospora singularis, Blachia andamanica, Ficus nitida ; it is
also reported to occur on a species of Phalcenopsis. Its effect is in every
case the same, the leaves affected become yellow and sickly, and as
regards Ochna among indigenous species and the Tea-plant among
cultivated species, when affected they become brown and die. The
blight spreads with great rapidity and for a time threatened the existence
of the Tea-industry at Port Blair. Drs. Cunningham and Barclay
have both examined specimens but as there is no sign of any advance
beyond the mycelial stage the position of the Fungus is at present
indeterminable.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 341

339. ————.
A second fungus of some interest is an Uredine that was found in
considerable quantity on Clerodendron inerme. This the writer has
met with, always producing the same characteristic effects on this
Clerodendron, in South Andaman, Little Andaman, and Car Nicobar, as
well as on Great Coco. The specimens were examined by the late Dr.
Barclay, but were found insufficient for determination.

340, :
A third fungus of note causes a “ dry-rot’”’ in the fallen trunks of
Mimusops littoralis on the beach. The effect produced simulates in a
wonderful manner charring by fire; it appears to be confined, so far as
the drift timber and wreckage on these islands is concerned, to Mimusops
and Quercus—the planks of a wooden vessel, apparently of oak, that had
been wrecked on Little Coco, being attacked like the Bullet-wood trees ;
Teak, Sundri and other logs were not affected.

ALG Ai.

341, SaRGassuM ILicirotium J. Agardh.
In all the islands; in great beds at the outer margins of the fringing
reefs and in the deeper water beyond ; the onlv really common sea-weed.
Almost. Cosmopolitan in the tropics; not from Australia (Hemsl.,
Report on Bot. of Admiralty Islands, p. 271).
342, TURBINARIA ORNATA J. Agardh.
In all the islands; rather common both on coral and on sandstone
reefs. .
* Indian Ocean.
343. Papina Pavoni Gaill.
In all the islands; on both coral and sandstone.
Cosmopolitan in tropical seas.
344, DictyoTa picHoTroma Lamour.
Great Coco; on coral reefs.
Common in both north and south temperate seas, rarer in the
tropics.
345, LiTHOTHAMNION POLYMORPHUM Aresch,
Great Coco; on coral reefs.
Atlantic, Mediterranean, South Africa; Chonos Archipelago.
346. AcAnTHOPHORA TuiERI1 Lamour.
Little Coco; pools on coral reefs.
Cosmopolitan in tropical seas.
347, JANIA TENELLA Kuetz.
Great Coco; on reefs, on Lithothamnion polymorphwm.
* Indian Ocean.

342 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

348. GRACILARIA crassa Harv.
In both islands ; in pools on coral sand.
* Indian Ocean.

349. Getipium corneum J. Agardh.

Great Coco; on coral reefs; also growing on Halimeda Opuntia,

Almost Cosmopolitan.

[A specimen of a Gelidium washed up by the tide on Little Coco,
was too much withered and bleached to be identified; another was
collected there on the reefs, but in too early a stage of development to
be named. |
350. CAULERPA CLAVIFERA J. Agardh.

Both islands ; on reefs.

Cosmopolitan in tropical seas.

351. CauLErpa pLUMARIS J. Agardh.

Little Coco; in pools on coral reefs.

* Indian Ocean.

352. WALONIA FASTIGIATA Harv.
Great Coco ; on coral reefs.
Indian Ocean and Pacific.

353. VALONIA CONFERVOIDES Harv.

Great Coco; in pools on coral sand.

* Indian Ocean.

[A species of Valonia was collected on Little Coco also, but in too
early a stage of development to be named J.

354. Hatimepa Opuntia Lamour.

In both islands; both on sandstone and on coral reefs, rather com-
mon. |

Cosmopolitan in tropical seas.

355. SrIpHONOCLADUS ? FILIFORMIS De Toni.

Washed ashore on the coast of Little Coco after stormy weather
that prevailed for three days during our visit.
356. VAUCHERIA sp.

Little Coco; on sandstone reefs. None of the specimens obtained
were in fruit.

Andamans and Nicobars, the same species apparently was found by
the writer to be plentiful in South Andaman and in-Car Nicobar.

357. CatLorurix Punvinata J. Agardh.
Little Coco; in pools above high water mark.
Cosmopolitan.
308. —————.
A Nostocaceous Alga in habit, very like the preceding, was obtained

189s] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 343

in the shallower tidal pools on Great Coco, but the specimens were too
much withered to be determinable.

| Where an asterisk précedes the distribution of any Fungus or Alga
it has been impossible to ascertain whether the species in question
extends beyond the area indicated ].

§ § § Nature, DistTRIBUTION, AND PROBABLE ORIGIN OF THE FLORA.

In this list 358 distinct species are recorded, distributed among 268
genera and 95 natural orders ; 297 species are Phanerogams and 61 are
Cryptogams, giving a proportion of nearly five flowering plants to one
flowerless species, the exact proportions and percentages being :—

Phanerogams: Cryptogams:: 4°85: 1.

Phanerogams = 83 °/,; Cryptogams==17 °/..

In the two groups Filices and Alge the list represents the Crypto-
gamic flora with probably the same degree of adequacy that it does the
Phanerogamic. In the other Cryptogamic groups it is to be feared the
representation is not socomplete. Still the scarcity of Mosses and Lichens
is a very striking feature of the flora, so is the paucity of Ferns; with all
three groups it is not merely a case of few species being present, there
are, except perhaps in the case of Acrostichum scandens, which is common,
remarkably few individuals of these species.

Among the 297 Phanerogams, 238 are Dicots; only one of these
(Cycas Rumphit) is a Gymnosperm, the other 59 being Monocots. The
Dicots are distributed amongst 59 natural orders and 178 genera, the
Monocots amongst 14 natural orders and 45 genera. The proportions
and percentages here are :—

Dicots: Monocots:: 4: 1.

Dicotyledons = 80 °/,; Monocotyledons = 20 °/..

Altogether 66 per cent. of the flora consists of Dicotyledons, whilst
among these the Polypetale exceed in number the rest of the groups
combined, a somewhat unusual circumstance, since, as regards species at
least, the Indian Gamopetale usually exceed the Polypetale ; Polypetale
here constitute, as it happens, one-third, or 33 °/, of the whole flora.

There are only 15 Vascular Cryptogams in the list as against 46 Cel-
lular Cryptogams ; these are together distributed amongst 45 genera and
22 natural orders ; The proportions and percentages are :—

Vascular: Cellular:: 1: 3.

Vascular Cryptogams = 25 °/,; Cellular Cryptogams = 75 °/..

The subjoined table gives a synoptic view of the systematic disposi-
tion of the Coco Island Flora.

344 D, Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

Taste I. Systematic synopsis of Coco Island orders, genera and species.

PHANEROGAMA cessscsen se. [essonsereereresens [Bl locooqoanouenoanea0ce 22 daessos ones cesar 297
[ DDiCOAPIGEIORES. 000000000000\|000 000000000 SI] |locoog0n00000000 178) keveweneenetare 238
( Angiosperme .......s.Jeccesrere OS malaellese secon. WAAR The cad aes aoc odado 237
(@Polypetaleaeen caren lence SO ae Wel eesteres SO al Guliaealcecees 119
| ( Thalamifloree ...|... 10 soo a) .. dl
{ H | Discos Sr deaaliace 10 ap BY . oo
Calycifloree ......|... 10 ... 38 ... BD
| Gamopetalz ......|....0. LUA Ib Sls oae OO eae lan ciliseecoane 75
(Incompletze ......Je..... LL) | | |eceeee SAIN ier Al a eee 43
LGymnospermee ......|secevereee Nes Bost oboatobes CHL FR eet |vecctsescoswane a
Monocotyledones .....0...\« idaudenase eee de As odo eaaagonjés0ee. AD iM losmestoneseerenes 59
(OAR ROE eoodesopasaonde||scoasasennco0n0000 22) cestasctiae cena At liisaneseccs dauveseneweene 61
(CWGSCUGRS. s000000000000001 00 000000000800 SI] loo oon96000000000 Wa) Icondanaboonocdosbe 15
TISIOR\=} oso oneq0don04ce lcaboboooosco AS CEM Wetersatoincts Nie Cy nalemecmariets dee 10
Characeze .........|.o06 99000000 IW cpenceacosee UW lv lleconcdoadoedo 1
MIDI, o00000000000000) (000000000000 I |e Iecoocsda0dsen | een te ba sesee Soe aBo ee 2
| Hic paticaaurmcoal tecnmccees EDN al Satavenatoee 7d UA eel naan eerie 2
NC CCAIOHIGITS. aaceonnneandadyl eopesdodsaccens UE} ||ocoobop osco0000000 GB) |ooounbcocasaoonen 46
IWAN 460000000000) |b00000000000 PH Nooo 0000000000 3 14
{avg Sbopeosaneadcos| pecouncaseco Ge sccitteseseres DA EO ok le anes 24
JASE): GaagagoadGe0b06 |paqc06000000 5) |lecoooccgee0 LG) eee 18
MOWAT asrenaaun sacceum arsenic Nat. ORDERS 95)/Genera........... ZEB Species... cosreeree 358

Of the 73 natural orders of Phanerogams 24 are represented by
single species and 14 more by two species each. The most extensively
represented natural order is Leguminose, with 34 species ; followed after
a long interval by Huphorbiaceew and Graminew, each 15 sp.; Convoluu-
lace, 14. sp.; Rubiacee, 13 sp.,; Urticacece, 11 sp.; Cyperacew, 10 sp.
Filices, amongst Cryptogams, are also represented by 10 species. None
of the other orders have more than 8 species.

As to genera: 29 of these natural orders of Phanergams are re-
presented by one genus; 13 by 2 genera: 11 by 3 genera; 6 by 4 genera;
5 by 5 genera; 4 by 6 genera; one natural order each where there are
7 genera (Apocynec) ; 8 genera (Graminee) ; 11 genera (Rubiacew) ; 12
genera (Huphorbiacec) ; and 22 genera (Leguminose) : Leguminose thus
leads both as regards genera and species. The subjoined table exhibits
the relationship of the orders according to the wealth of their repre-
sentation.

Taste II, Natural orders of Coco Island Phanerogams arranged according
to their richness in species.

Number | Number

of of NAMES OF ORDERS.
species. | orders.

34 1 Leguminose.
15 2 | Huphorbiacece, Graminee.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 345

Number | Number
of of NAMES OF ORDERS.

species. | orders.

Convolvulacece.

Rubiacec.
Urticacec.
Cyperacece. [ Filicesare also represented by 10 species. |

Malvacee, Sterculiacee, Verbenacec.

Composite, Apocynece, Acanthacew.

Anacardiacee, Palmece.

Ampelidew, Sapindacew, Rhizophorece, Combretacece,
Orchidacee, Liliacec.

Tiliacecee, Meliacece, Asclepiadacew, Aroidec.

Olacinee, Celastrinece, Rhamnew, Lythracece, Solan-
acece, Nyctaginee, Amarantacew, Laurinec, Scita-
minece, Commelynacec.

Menispermacece, Capparidee, Guttiferce, Dipterocarp-
ec, Burseracee, Myrtacee, Passifloracece, Myrsinee,
Boraginece, Bignoniacece, Aristolochiacew, Myristicece,
Dioscoreacece, Naiadece.

1 24, Anonacee, Nympheacec, Violacee, Rutacee,

Moringee, Connaracee, Melastomacece, Cucurbitacece,

Ficoidee, Goodenoview, Sapotacee, Ebenacee,

Gentianacecee, Scrophularinece, Labiate, Polygonacee,

Piperacece, Loranthacee, Santalacee, Oycadacer,

Amaryllidacece, Taccacew, Flagellariew, Pandanacee.

oF. (ont SCS ll all

a

ise)
—
&

If the species are classified according to their habit we find that
78 are climbers, 74 are trees that may exceed 30 feet in height, 20 are
small trees that do not exceed 30 feet, 48 are shrubs and 138 are her-
baceous, (treating as herbaceous species like Carica, Sccevola, Musa,
Crinum, etc., and all Cryptogams except the two climbing ferns, Lygodium
and Acrostichum scandens, which are here included among the other
climbers). But though as regards number of species herbaceous forms are
so largely represented they are as a matter of fact extremely inconspic-
uous, two-fifths of them being cryptogams and one-third of these being
marine. Nor, if we except the herbaceous climbers, which are here
dealt with along with the woody ones, and the species that occur on the
few bare grassy slopes, are herbaceous phanerogams more numerous than
herbaceous cryptogams. The most numerously represented herbs are
Andropogon contortus, Desmodium polycarpon, Desmodium triquetum,
Vernoma cinerea, Blwmea virens, the various species of Fimbristylis,
Cyperus pennatus and polystachyus, Boerhaavia repens, Ischemum muti-
cum, Thuarea sarmentosa, Herbaceous species that frequent deep

346 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [ No. 4,

jungle only, such as Desmodium laxiflorum, Urena lobata, Cyperus elegans,
Oplismenus compositus, Panicum montanum, Alocasia fornicata, Costus
speciosus, Zingiber sp., Amorphophallus sp., Acrostichum appendiculatum,
Ceratopteris thalictroides, etc., are not only very rarely met with, but are
represented by extremely few individuals where they do occur.

Woody shrubs and small trees taken together do not, as regards
species, quite equal in number the large trees. In point of number of
individuals, however, this is not the case, for itis not unusual to find these,
woody shrubs and the smaller trees truly gregarious, particularly on the
ridges; the chief examples are Glycosmis pentaphylla, Alsodeia bengal-
ensis, Gilyptopetalum calocarpum, Cyclostemon assamicus, Macaranga
Tanarius, Miliusa sp., Cynometra ramiflora, Leea sambucina, Dendro-
calamus strictus; a far larger area is covered by small trees and woody
undershrubs heavily loaded with creepers than is covered by tall forest.
In the mangrove-swamps most species may be spoken of as gregarious,
but even here there is no great number of trees over 40 feet high ; and
the only gregarious fall trees are Mimusops littoralis and Gyrocarpus
Jacquinit, both denizens of the beach-forest behind the Coco-nut zone,
and Oocos nucifera itself. Among the arboreous species in these islands
have to be included Cycas Rumphit, which is very commonly 30—35 feet
high and of which one specimen measured in Great Coco had a clear
stem from ground to crown of 42 feet; also Tournefortia argentea which
in Little Coco (and elsewhere in the Andaman group) isa tree 25—40
feet high with very biack bark and a trunk often 3—3} feet in girth ;
Pongamia glabra too, recorded by Mr. Baker in the F. B. I. as sometimes
a climber, is here, as it also is in Bengal, always a tree from 20—60 feet
in height. Salacia prinoides on the other hand is here always a heavy
extensive climber.

Krect woody species therefore, including both trees and shrubs in
this category, form almost exactly two-sevenths of the flora as regards
number of species. As regards individuals, however, it will be no over-
estimation to say that these constitute six-sevenths of the vegetation, not
merely in bulk but in actual number of individuals.

Climbing species, as compared with those having an erect or
prostrate halit, show a much higher proportion of woody to herbaceous
species. This is owing to the fact that of the 78 climbers only two are
cryptogams, while in the other group 59 cryptogams are included. To
give therefore an accurate conception of the conditions that prevail, the
Cellular cryptogams ought to be excluded. Of the 312 Phanerogams
and Vascular cryptogams 234 are of erect habit and 78 are climbing,
giving a proportion of :—

Erect sp.: climbing sp.:: 4: 1.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 847

Among these erect vascular plants the proportion of woody to her-
baceous is therefore :—

Woody sp.: Herbaceous sp.:: 3: 2.

Of the climbers 35 are woody and 43 are herbaceous so that here
the proportion is :—

Woody sp.: Herbaceous sp.:: 2: 25.

Instead therefore of being lower amongst climbers than erect species,
the proportion of herbaceous species to woody ones, when attention is
confined to vascular plants only, is actually higher. And in number
of individuals too there is a much more even balance among climbing
Species, since herbaceous climbing species, as well as woody ones, can
easily raise themselves to the light and air for want of which no great
quantity of herbaceous undergrowth can exist; indeed the herbaceous
climbing species possess many advantages over their woody rivals, for
they are not as a rule so heavy and as, moreover, they sometimes (e. g.,
Modecca, Trichosanthes, Dioscorea, Gloriosa) die down annually, they do
not destroy the species on which they are supported so soon as do heavy
perennial creepers like Calamus, Thunbergia, Anodendron, Chonemorpha,
Derris, etc., which in a few season; drag down the trees on which they
climb. i

Some of the woody climbers, such as Anodendron and Thunbergia,
climb to great heights, and are not surpassed in this respect even by the
Modecca. The majority of the woody climbers, however, like Sarcostigma,
Salacia, Pisonia aculeata, Plecospermum, the species of Acacia and of
Capparis, are not to be found on tall trees at all, but load heavily the
woody undergrowth of small trees and shrubs that forms the bulk of the
forest. Nor is it unusual to find the forest, where composed of tall trees,
exhibiting both classes of creepers ; the characteristic lofty creepers on
the tall trees overhead, the heavy woody creepers on the shrubby under-
growth below.

Of the climbing species 20, or 25°/,, are armed. As a rule the
armed species may be said to belong to the class of undergrowth clim-
bers ; with the exception of the two species of Calamus, the lofty climbers
are unarmed.

The habit of the Coco Island species is shewn in the subjoined table.

348 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

e

Taste III. Habit of Coco Island species.
Vascular species (Phanerogams and Vascular Cryptogams).... 312
234

Species with erect habit ..... SO000OdRgnDdUODD DES
Woody species ...... reeee- Moe ao 68 142
AURIS 555000 ob0d0G0e Bais eevee BOS

Exceeding 30 feeb. Seieioieia: A
Under SOitect messes | 20

=

Siteulosierireier sUdpoogOo OEE. 48
Herbaceous species (Herbs and Herbaceous
shrubs) jeje sere asia rtiner ea teh ceenee 2» 92
Climbing species..... sere eters 5 hidih ASE Bee Sue whe AS

Wioodyaclimilbensypasssis-eeaed eeeceeeaes ee een oO
APIECE. cRencsecetienes ke ac eee
Wmarmed!!’h.nccs pascctensnseneee renee 23]

Herbaceous climbers ....02200. + Seciroeetens eee wo
PASTING hectic aamate te ee neem cen ce eee ener 7
Wimarmeds see Us anes anno ean ©)

Non-vascular species (Lower Gaye) Suis suaS tied a acerae CaO

Total Coco Island species Son Ne)

As regards habitat it will be gathered from what has been said
above that a very large proportion of the flora is of arborescent forest-
type. Next in point of numbers to the inland forest species, though only
half as numerous, are the litoral species; following these at about an
equal interval are parasitic or saprophytic species—a class here almost
entirely composed of Fungi ; after these in succession epiphytes ; marine
species, (mainly Algw); weeds of cultivation ; cultivated species ; marsh
or water plants; and species of open grassy slopes.

The subjoined table gives the numbers of each class of species ; the
meadow species, here separated from the forest species, are, owing to the
smallness of their numbers, in all subsequent tables included with the
forest species.

TasneE TV. Habitat of Coco {sland species.

Civalizedispecies) ie iscietae aegis asthe sose concen saee oatemermncmecteereeies
Cultivated plants Qiewesudsactussseceeonececs eset cece anna
Weeds or cultivation \ arias. unseen ns eee LS

Wild species.. 466 eee 325
Parasites and Saprophytes hanerog. Dy. So ee Ls
Epiphyies... 20 apuovaccEoocagoodod. LG)

Marine plants (Phanerog. 1) Rhee Gc oeomedstndacsounoa: dle)
Littoral species seessereeseeseesereeeseeeveatereratecsenreceeeee 80
Amlanad Spe Cresitse.daconcemsweciencisctecsecseaenseeaceomeeeeer come tae
IOLEStISPECIES mee nuceniearecdsaidcmeceeeee ame OO

A fivs Ved (en panama amen nanecnernrncssotoecuind) 2 De

(CRANE ARJOSEMESS “Gobcadecogandcocuoacosco Lk
Marsh and water species ...sesssssssesssesessve 14 mes
Total Coco Island species ... 358

1891.]

D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Cuoco Group.

349

The subjoined table exhibits the relationship that subsists between
the systematic disposition of the species and their habit and habitat.

TABLE V. Relationship between systematic arrangement, habit and habitat.

HABIT. HABITAT.
oo : [2
vi Systematic ARRANGEMENT. 3 2 Ribs a 8
. Sl aldl E sla| 2 lalelsieel
& lolaia| a ° le lSisisiaia| eo

1)... | ... | Anonaceze “fe 6 loool). 2!

2) 2... .. | Menispermacese sees De alltea lipase | eten

Wooalle 1] Nympheeacee ... 006 ve P coe [ove] ove

2) 2)...]...| ... | Capparideze ne SA Goa |odall eco

1j...| 1j...| ... | Violaceze 900 sire sel 6G6 | bool \d Uloac

2)...| 2)...| ... | Guttiferse Bs a «| dj...

2)...| 2]...|... | Dipterocarpeze “ 00 wee] Dee.

8)...| 3| 2} 31 Malvacese ... wef 2 | 2) 2)

8] 1] 7]...| ...] Sterculiaceze ... a ve fooe] Glee

4)...| 1] 3] ... | Tiliaceze ets Ad ve fave] Jee

J)...|...] 1]... | Rutaceze ae ay 1).

2).,.) 2]...| ... 1 Burseracese 90 2)...

4)...| 4]...| ... 1 Meliaceze ase BI ere

3} 2) 1]...] ... 47 Olacinese es 3}...

3) 1) 1} 1]... | Celastrinese a 2)...

3) 3)..|...| ...f Rhamneze : * 2)ee

5} 3}...| 2]... | Ampelideze 00 4)...

5|...| 4) 1)... | Sapindaceze : 50 Ofer

6},..| 6}.. } Anacardiaceze ... ; ae B}loco

1...) 1]...| ... | Moringeze goa |f) ah see [ee

1}...} 1j...|... | Connaraceze & aoa lec
34/18) 6) 7| 3] Leguminosee 3 | 2] 19).. 3
5)...| 5]...|...f Rhizophores .. Sell (seas loool os oo 5
5} 1] 3} 1}... Combretaceze ... if ie ee el ella 5
2)...| 2)...|... | Myrtaceze M2 HN Pee cerita 0 2
1}.../...] 1]... | Melastomacez... 2 salsa 1}. 1
3)...| 2} 1]... Lythraceze ds ago || 096 2)... 8
2| 1]...|...|. 1] Passiflorese ... ah, 3 1 1}. 2
1) 1)...)...| ... | Cucurbitaceee ... as ss 4 1)... 1
I ooe eeeleee ij Ficoidese eee oo Oo {00 eee jee 1
13) 2) 6) 5) ...] Rubiaceze a : coe] QJ. 13
7| lj...) 1) 5 Compositee 906 3) 2). 7
Jj...|...1---| 1] Goodenovieze ... con oe | cee jeee] oe | i
2|...| 2)...|... | Myrsinese 0 50. |/ cca {lo0a]! 206 IIo 1
1),..] 1)...] ... | Sapotacese cof ves fore] coe [eee] Jl.. I
1}...} 1j...|... | Hbenaceze oo col! aa floc] dllloor||ooollngs 1
7| 2) 2) 2} 1 Apocynese ... 56 se os AMooal| Bosellccallooul|) . f
4) 4 ... | Asclepiadacege G00 Saat (on sflecall Uoool! Blocall
1|.. |...|...| 1! Gentianacese ie wae blios soo | dlls 1
2)...| 2|...]...] Boraginese 000 Ber (aor iel bo6] lms labek mts 2
14)14)...)...] ... | Convolvulacez a a8 B Nooall Silcoal| &) 14
loco 1} 2} Solanaceze 000 Re oy DN italiecee tise eal! 3
1}.. |...|...| 1}-Scrophularinez 500 Spe | | -séom he ell accel fs 1
Aloool, Allocell coc Bignoniaceze . Bool ecco FAN 50) o00l|a00|| saetlonc 2
Z| I, 6} Acanthaceze ae WB WU Bhocallacatloce 7

SEE OnMIwwwhr Dd POONHDE NE he

Y

390 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

ee nn en

Hapsit. HABITAT.
|s
3 SYSTEMATIC ARRANGEMENT. 3 3, J a 3

: (Sl alél z E lal 2 |als}s ise A
4 lalgiei2 8213] ole/S/alelaia
o |s/ 8 /o] 2 BS (2! sISlel\S) Sali
A lolela| a > |FlselsHlsipicgia
8| 2) 3] 2) 1} Verbenaces ... 900 1) 5), 8
iN ells 1} Labiates ane Dells iL
3) 1) 1)...) 1] Nyctagineee ... 50 joel) Silo sell ates
3}...|...|-6.| 38! Amarantacea ... billeselisoolles Beales
I)...|...]...| 1} Polygonacez ... 608 can| De, pool! dl
2) 1)...|...| 1] Aristolochiaceze ses Alone sal
1M IU alle | Piperacese 0 Moon cool JL
2)...| 2]...|... | Myristiceze ee 3 é Alene sional 24
3} 1) 2)...| ... | Laurinege fe 200 eon |} 200 Misael) lsocleocl I)
AW hal went Ge 1} Loranthacez ,,. ate Se Al ate satcllsieall ese (OL ean:
1...) 1]..|...] Samtalaceze ... 000 sibs [eal saDlerse ae a
15}...|.../18} 21 Huphorbiaceze 1B loo0l}, Lllocalface 15
I1} 1/10 | Urticaceze ise ae, aa 11}.. poaleeellpelutl
1j...| 1}...|...] Cycadaceze ... bbc 508 566 IIool| Llocallocallaool! <I
Wises 5| Orchidaceze ... ae 300 TUlooollooo|[¢ol| 4iccait=
3]... 3] Scitaminez ... 000 p00 |. PAlonbleellecaleodlsoull &3
Mecalloce 1} Amaryllidaceze 360 loool) dhjloc 1
MW sdolloa0 1} Taccacezo Rae 500 loool! Lloo0 1
eee .. | Dioscoreacese 2) eerie 2
5} 3)...) 1] 1} Liliacege Ae : Al...| 1}... 5
3}...|...]-..| 3) Commelynacezo oes Eloao|| |leoallocell-cell
JM IY cools | Flagellaries ... 60 Sco |} 90% 06 |[o00|| Llifeooloool|¢ 1
6} 2) 3) 1)... | Palmeze f AW sal WUlsoolleoallec 6
1)...|...| 1} ... | Pandanaceze 500 ooo) Lllocolleca|| il
4] 2).. 2] Aroidese Pocollooo|l0vo|| Clloool| <b
2 2) Naiadacezo l Wes 2
10}...].. 10} Cyperacezsa 3] 4) 1)...). 10
15)..,)...| 1] 14] Gramineso AAs 6} 2) 2 15
10) 2}.. 8} Filices Wi ee 8}...| 10
Wes 1} Characeze a || dYlooal|sad||ocalle 1
Qh. 21 Musci Sat bie -| 2). 2
2| 2! Hepaticee 660 506 n| 2). 2
Al. 4) Lichenes was -|...| 4) 4
24. 24) Kunei 1 sallooolsan|a})| Zz
18}. 18] Algze tee lle tesla LS
858)78/94)/48/138} ToTALs 162/14/80)19/21)29/358

In considering the distribution of the species in this list it has to
be borne in mind that the islands in which they have been collected
form an integral portion of the phytogeopraphic province of South-Hastern
Asia—an area comprising the Indian Peninsula and Ceylon, the lower
slopes of the Himalaya—particularly its eastern and central portion,
South China, Indo-China and Malaya. To this area too apparently
ought to be added, at least as regards many littoral species and many

1891.] TI). Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 351

species with succulent fruits, Northern Australia. While, therefore, in
the table of distribution the occurrence of the species in the large divi-
sions of the globe are given on the left hand side, on the right hand the
distribution within South-Hastern Asia itself is given. Further, since
the geographical position of these islands indicates that they are an inte-
gral portion of the Andaman chain, and as the Andamans altogether form
as it were part of the debatable land between Indo-China and Malaya,
the occurrence-of the species there is also noted. In all cases where the
occurrence of a species in the Andamans is, at least so far as we yet
know, only due to its presence in the Coco Islands, the species in ques-
tion is indicated by [ | brackets. The other debatable territory, so far
as Malaya and Indo-China are concerned, is Tenasserim, and in all cases
where the occurrence of a Coco Island species in Indo-China depends
entirely on its occurrence in Tenasserim it is marked by the same [ ]
brackets in the Indo-Chinese column. Similarly when, as is frequently
the case, a species is only African in the sense of occurring in the Mas-
carene Islands, the same [] brackets are used in the African column.

TasLe VI. Distribution of the species observed in the Coco Group.

DISTRIBUTION IN S. H. Asta. Genera DistRt-

BUTION.
ae cae Hastn. Section.
: NAMES oF SPECIES.

3 Sa Slo || 3
. Pamporccie ce hirctniles calor
E Ss iS ie a |t| ‘2 | 8] 3
Ea gio) 2) eis 2 dla | & | 3
Balt! | ) PO iics tee ie lee |e si
Oo} S| Hilal] S| je 4 |4)/4)a |<
—| —- | —| —-—|-— 4] x |—] Miliusa sp. 000 600 S|) >i > | S=

x| x | — | — | xX | x |x Cyclea peltata ... oco)||| ae [esi 3) =
-|-|/—]|—]-— | x |-] Antitaxis calocarpa coo |) SS I SH Sy
x| x x | — | * | x |x Nympheea Lotus ... oe ff X TX} — | — ] —

—| —-|-— |-—] x | x |x] Capparis sepiaria var.

grandifolia ... soo fF — |X| — | — | =
—| -}—|—]| x | x |—] Capparistenera var. latifolia...f — |x} — | — | —
—|—- }|—|-—| x | x |—] Alsodeia bengalensis of — 1X} — | — | =
—| - | — | —] — JL x ])/—} Garcinia sp. do oe fF — 1X) = | = | =
x | — | x | x | x |x} Calophyllam inophyllum ... |[ x ]/x]| x _
soo = x x |x Dipterocarpus pilosus 4 — |X; —f~—~}]=—
—| - | —|—J| x | x |x] Dipterocarpnus alatus — |x| —}| —]}] =
x| x x x x x |x] Sida acuta x |x] x x x
ales x x | «x | x |X} Urena lobata x |X| x x x
x| x | x | x | x | x |X} Hibiscus Sabdariffa So 185] 83 I) Se |) &
xX x x x x |x Hibiscus Abelmoschus wx PX) oe x x
xl x | — | x | x | x |x Hibiscus tilliaceus wo fl XS XI x x | xX
x| * | — | — | x | x |x] Thespesia populnea 600 || 5s) Iles) 82) 8s fc
—| x | — | —{| x | x |—} Bombax insigne ... . ff — |x} —-]—-] =

ee

252 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

DISTRIBUTION IN S. H. Asia. Generar DistRI-

BUTION.
Westn. | fastn. Section.
Section.
i NAMES OF SPECIES.
: Sale a eles ;

: Se ise | & le ‘| 2 | -8 |
Beale |e Se |e df) e| a]
BS | E/Oo;e|s ls a i] @ + | 8
o| dS |e lal &|4 f= 4 |af<4|a |<

se || se |) se x x |x Hriodendron anfractuosum ...] x |x| — | —
—| x | x | — | — |[L x ]|—] Sterculia villosa ... 500 || = |S) = | = | =
—|-|-—|- | —| x |—]Sterculia rubiginosa var.
glabrescens ... eestor lf oa > celle gs
-|—|—|-— |x | x |x Sterculia parviflora fee eoeaal| eal] Ne cea | Mao nt
sl] Se x |— |x x |x Sterculia alata... aoe ipa all SSIs etal am ea
x| x | — | ~— | x JL x ])—1 Sterculia colorata eeacit Fae coil oemmmeall aca aaae

—-|-—|-—|]— |x | x |x] Sterculia campanulata CA) (elim alesis hae =
x| x | — | X | x | x |x] Heritiera littoralis Seo hes eslecsedt oS | =
—| —|-— | — |Lx]]| x |—] Buettneria andamanensig ...J — |x| — | — | —
x} x | = | — | x | x |x} Berrya Ammonilla Cio Wee allies igre fs |
x| x | x | — | x | x |x} Grewia laevigata ... G60 |} 2S eS eS ]) Se | =
—|—|—-—|]-|— | x |-]} Grewia calophylla sno |) = Ix] Sy = |} =
x| x | x | X | x | x |X} Grewia Microcos . dea |} Se) i
$2] 52 |) 82. || Se |] de x |X} Glycosmis pentaphylla dod || 2 eS eS ese
—| x | x | — |x | x |x] Garuga pinnata ... Bic (ita east eae tl
-|-—|-—}]|-|]-— | x |} Canarium euphyllum coo |} == es = | se | =
—| —-/|—|]-—/]—| x |-} Aglaia andamanica poo || Ses SS SS
«| x x x x x |x} Amoora Rohituka coo || = [Xp H—= | KH |=
x| x | — | — | x | x |x] Carapa moluccensis 500 || 53 Sei) es SS
x| x 5] o> |] x |x} Chickrassia tabularis goo) | je Pes > 8]
x| x | — | * | X | x | xf Cansjera Rheedii... p00 |] = [SS 2S PS
—| —|—-—]|-— | X | x |-]} Phlebocalymna Lobbiana .. | — |x| — | — | =
—| — | — | — |_? | x_|—]Sarcostigma Wallichii soa || = es S = =
—| — | — | — |L*J/Lx J/—] Glyptopetalum calecarpum ...}| — |x] — | — | —
x| x | — | — |_X | x_|x] Salacia prinoides... soo || = yes] | SS
—| — | — | — |Cx]/L x ])<{ Siphonodon celastrinens ...J — |x| — | — | —
-| x | x | — |] X | x |X] Ventilago calyculata goo. || > eS yp
x] x x — |x x |X1 Zizyphus Ginoplia Boo | |e bee lees Sh
x| x | — |] x | * | x |x] Colubrina asiatica Goa || BS WSS BS SS pS
—-| —|-|-—]| * | xX |=] Vitis pentagona ... eae BE ae OC eae
x! x x — x x |X] Vitis carnosa S90 ood | | esl) as Toe ioe
x| x | — | — | * | xX | XT Vitis pedata a soo |] = 2S = =
x] x | * | — | X | xX |x] Leea sambueina ... 500 || SS [Ss] 28 es |
—| —| x | xX | x | x |x] Leea hirta see moo |f > SS S|
-| x | xX | — | x | x |x] Hrioglossum edule coef — |
x| x | — | *% | X |_x_|x]} Allophylus Cobbe oof — |X} xX J — |] —
—| x | x | — | x |[x ]|—] Sapindus Danura oof — |X| —~ | — |] =
x| — | — | 7 | x | x |x} Pometia tomentosa wf — |x} — | -— ] -
x| x | Xx x | x |x} Dodoneea viscosa... Beta Me saalbes | ee lees
x| x S|) o> i 83 x |—{ Odina Wodier ... sat Rie oy S
—| —| — | — |[ x ]|L x ]|—] Parishia insignis ... obo || <> P< = fe |
—| —|—-— | | x |Lx ])—] Semecarpus subpanduriformis | — |x| — | — | —
-| —|—-—|-|-— | x |x] Semecarpus heterophyllus ...f — |x} — | — | —

x | x | x | x | x |x} Spondias mangifera ob || = Se = t= | =

-—| —|— |x | x | x |x] Gracontomelum mangifernam Sale cafes |r

1891.]

D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group.

300

DIstRIBUTION IN S. H. Asta.

8. China.

Indo-China,

| Eastn. Section.

Andamans.

Malaya.

Westn.
Section.

¢
é| | 8
Si el | S
ale
OD] 4 ian
x x x
=| 3 x
x| x —
x x x
x| x x
x| xX x
x| x x
Pi k P
x| x x
x| x x
x| x x
— x —
x| x x
=| = | x
Scilla |
— x —
S|] x
Sills teva lips
Pale x
x x —
Si se |} =
54 |e
Sale x
xX _
x| x x
x| x —
x| x x
x| x x
BS ens x
x| x x
x| x x
—| x x
x| x | —
Ga
x| x =
x x =
Se Se |
—|| se —
x|[ x ]} =

hi HPT Se fl Ae dee I 8286 88 {Bs Se Sa] Se ee Bs fee Ss 88 Ss es [Se IP 8S [P Ss Ses ese cscs os I} les

xxXXxXxxXXXXXXXXKXKXXXXXXXXXXXXXX |XX XK DK XX XXXX |X

xx xXxxXxXxXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXKXXXXKXKXXXKXXXKXKXXKXKXXXXX

xx |x|xxxxxxxxx Xxx XX KX XX XxX XXX XXX XXX KX XK wX XX XX XK! XX

NAMES OF SPECIES.

Moringa pterygosperma
Connarus gibbosus
Crotalaria sericea
Desmodium umbellatum
Desmodium triquetrum
Desmodium laxiflorum
Desmodium polycarpum
Desmodium triflorum
Alysicarpus vaginalis
Phaseolus sp. ba6
Abrus precatorius
Abrus pulchellus
Erythrina indica .
Mucuna gigantea
Mucuna pruriens
Pueraria Candollei
Pueraria phaseoloides
Canavalia obtusifolia
Vigna lutea
Pterocarpus indicus
Derris scandens ...
Derris sinuata ...
Derris uliginosa ...
Pongamia glabra
Sophora tomentosa

Mezoneuron enneaphyllum

Czesalpinia Bonducella
Ceesalpinia Nuga
Tamarindus indica
Cynometra ramiflora
Hntada scandens
Adenanthera pavonina
Acacia concinna
Acacia pennata ...
Albizzia Lebbek ...
Albizzia procera ...
Rhizophora mucronata
Rhizophora conjugata
Ceriops Candolleana
Ceriops Roxburghiana
Bruguiera gymnorhiza
Terminalia Catappa
Terminalia bialata
Lumuitzera racemosa
Illigera Conyzadenia
Gyrocarpus Jacquinii
Barringtonia speciosa

GENERAL DistTRI-

Africa.

| x

fe) es

xxx] xpxxxtxx |

}xx ] |
Lois

|

hse [Se [} 83 [88 8% 8S |]

xl xexe |

I

xX XxXxXKxXXXXKKXXXKX XXX XKXXXKXXKXK KKK KKK KKKXKKXKXKKKKXXKX

S. EH. Asia.

71 e
Sepei lei BShsel slp Pee as eles lalesl Vessel sl sesst ust | s Australia.

BUTION.

Polynesia.

[xd

(| f} 8% 82 f) I} 86 Bese {88 [) 8S 28 ee |]

|x | xxx 1xxx |

America.

[x] xIx1x]

354 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

essere reer saree eee ——EEEEEESES>S>>=>=>=>==>==————————E=E=

GENERAL DIstRI-
. H. ASIA.
DISTRIBUTION IN S. H BUTION.

[ev Doreen sere AS eral EL |
West ne Eastn. Section.
Section.

NAMES OF SPECIES.

S. China.
Indo-China.
Andamans.
S. H. Asia.

Himalaya.
Africa.
Australia.
Polynesia.
America.

Ceylon.
India.

Barringtonia racemosa Ae
Memecylon edule os
Pemphis acidula ... 900
Lagerstroemia hypoleuca ...
Lagerstroemia sp. 00
Modecea cordifolia 000
Carica Papaya ... 000
| Trichosanthes palmata 500
| Sesuvium Portulacastrum ...
1 Stephegyne diversifolia 000
Musseenda calycina 000
} Webera Kurzii ... eo hae
! Randia longiflora 660
| Diplospora singularis aoe | P=
| Guettarda speciosa ooo || 23
| [xora grandiflora var.

Kurzeana peo oon || =
Ixora brunnescens ooo || =
| Ixora cuneifolia ... ca) | Sm
x] Pavetta indica ... cope |
Morinda citrifolia var.

bracteata 00 506
| Psychotria adenophylla 200
| Peederia foetida ... S60
} Vernonia cinerea 60
} Vernonia divergens 500
Adenostemma viscosum cao
| Ageratum conyzoides 900
| Blumea virens ... 500
| Pluchea indica ... Ano

Wedelia scandens ooo |} es
| Sceevola Keenigii Bog) | ft
Ardisia humilis ... coef —
| Aeiceras majus ... 6004 |) Se
| Mimusops littoralis coo || =
| Diospyros Kurzii coef —
! Rauwolfia serpentina ovo |} =
| Cerbera Odollam of —
i Ochrosia borbonica 500 \IL 53
| Taberneemontana crispa coo |} =
| Strophanthus Wallichii coo || =
# Anodendron paniculatum ...] —
1 Chonemorpha macrophylla ...} —
| Sarcolobus globosus oe
| Hoya parasitica ... eo |) =
| Hoya diversifolia noo Hc
xf Dischidia nummularia oe ft —

[xx]
|x | x
l
|
| {) Se ee se

(1)
xxXxXxXxXXXXXXxXXXXXX
{|x 1x
|x |
lexmlasx
|

}x 1x]
xxx |
[x1x

} [Je Be Se |]
Sef) Se o¢ 86
|
|
|
|

|
I
I
I
|

Be Be Be SSDS SEBS ES OS OK OS BS OS eS BS

I
|
|

eal

x |

Il | x |

x | |

Bo eps [] os 23 ed oe £8 ||
x |

x |

|

|
|
]
I
‘

|

|

|

x xX XX
|

B2 Be Re

I |

|

il

x x |
x x
|x]
|x i
|x x |
x

|
|
I
|

XXX KX XXX XX KXXXK XXX KXKKXXKXXXKX

(L—}

ses I

iL)

| Se se se]
[xx |x]
} 88 53 {] se]
|xx |x]
1xxItxJl

(LW
XxxXxXxXXXXxXx |
I

[} 8o 83 8 88 |]
Be Se eRe |] SS Se Oe BS Ss I

|
I] $3 Be SS FS [J 8e Be Se Se |
| 28 SS SS SS SB SES SS BS SS BS OS

i)
[x 1 xx]
|x [xx]
|

lexexepdel
x xX X
11x]

(| Se 8

ir
{L—s}
|
|

!
|
|
|

|
i
|
|

XXX XXX XXXXX XX KX XK XXX XXX XX
|

xxx x |
|
|
so 4 &o 83 I] es cs {| as es os ||

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group.

(ss)
Or
Or

GENERAL DistRi-

DISTRIBUTION IN S. H. Asta. i

BUTION.
ee | EHastn. Sectn.
: NAMES OF SPECIES.
a S n 3 g 3
; BS S| et Bae ‘a| 2 | 2 | 3
é| .|2|4/8) 4 lg a|2|2)2\4
eiSilaio|3|s isi SS Wiese
Ss | 2 i Bs | eae aa Bei to Vie
O}a | fa | ala at <4 |i/< |a |<
x] x — | x | x |xf Limnanthemum indicum son OC) |S] X 28 || oo
esi] es — | x | xX |x Cordia subcordata soa) | fies eS IS ip ese
x| xX | — | x | x | x |x} Tournefortia argentea Sault} SS ea esa BS Mil Bg
x| x x | — | x | x |x} Hrycibe paniculata Bag! | Se ey ee Ml es
x} x | — | — | x | x |x] Areyreia tilizefolia bee lee HSE Bel
—| — | x | — | x |_ x |—} Argyreia Hookeri Soo uc esa es Nt
—| — | — | — |L x JIL x ])-] Argyreia lanceolata Be peel cape eel eo
—| — | — | — j|L x J/L x ]|—f Lettsomia peguensis : SS SS) Sh ae
Sols BS ies |e eae x |x Ipomeea grandiflora Aoi | (asssse MoS es elletexceal ca
531s egal Fesseea eves fn ss x |x Ipomeea coccinea... ooh |} os HSS) Be x os
x| xX | x | x | x | x |x Ipomeea Batatas ... soot} es SSI} Sey SS Pes
x| x | — | x | x | x | xf Tpomeea digitata ... Ba es ats ecules callers
x| — | — | — | x | x | xf Ipomeea denticulata boa Lec Sell oe SRS le
x| x | x | x | x | x |x Ipomeea Turpethum fea ogee S| eel one)
cS) ES i) Gell es x | x« |xf Ipomea biloba a BH hoe Eilostt pce esa bese
x| x | — | x | x | x |x Convolvulus parviflorus 36d |e SSS eal
—|—|/—-—|]-ifx]] x |-4 Porana spectabilis soe {| c= SS oe = —
28] 36 Se x | x |*{ Solanum Melongena oso |e SS oe Cee P28
x| x | x x x « |X Physalis minima ... saa || 8S SS) Seq Bs Ts
x| x | x | x | x | x |] Capsicum minimum wef |X| «| = | =
x| x Scan x | x |x Scoparia dulcis .. Pees et elle Gn alae
x| x | x | — | x | x | Xf Oroxylum indicum wef om {xX} x | -— ]
—|—~|-—|—- | x | x |—[ Heterophragma adenophyl-
f lom é code | Se) eS Pes ees
—-|—|]—-—|-—-— |x | x |x Thunbergia laurifolia f—|x}|/—/]—] =
x| x | x | — | x | x |x Hygrophila quadrivalvis 50a. || See SS oe
—| — | — | - |[ x Ji x ]|/—{ Strobilanthes phyllostachyus | — |x| — | — | —
Sy > a IE Ss a] oe 2s) Eranthemum album ell ae es i ee
—| — | —|— | — | x |?}Eranthemum succifolium ..J — |*} — | — | —
x x | x | x | x |X Rungia parviflora var. pec-
H tinata aac sont eS Se a
—-| -—|—|—]—| x |x] Peristrophe acuminata ooo || = eS Se me
x| x | x | x | x | x | xf Lippia nodiflora ... nog || oS ESI SSH See Ih | 8
SS eS op es x | x |x] Premna integrifolia =>) | seil P| —
=| = | = | =|] = | X |>{ Bremna gp. (? P. obtusifelia).. —|x}/ P|—-—] -
Sei) 8S Se S38 Seq) be Se] | Watees< IN@erThACIO) | Goc [es Se ce
x| x | — | — | x | x |x] Vitex pubescens 550 Sod fo S| et |
—|—|—|—|—| x | ?} Vitex Wimberleyi (? V. Suma- |
| trana) 300 Sense ces came a caagael eae
x| x | — | x | x | x | xf Clerodendron inerme cot |) = Sei eed es
x| xX | — | x x | x |x} Avicennia officinalis dng || eS Pest eS i aT o8e
x| x | x« | x | x |[x ]| x] Anisomeles ovata aoa fore Pes | tat ee Pe
x| x | x | x | x | x |x] Boerhaavia repens sod (es Wes Ges all Lee) Pe
x| x | — | x | x | x |x] Pisonia aculeata ... pat ee) Wes] SS = | Ss
—| -|-—-]—-— | —-— | x |x Pisonia excelsa ... S06! faa Pees (hegre |
Sel es x x x x |x Celosia cristata ... soit fost esa el) Su 8S
x| x | x | x | x | x |x] Achyranthes aspera SoS |e h PESaP Sia IE Sea ys

46

356 D.Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

GENERAL DIstTRI-
BUTION.

DISTRIBUTION IN S. EH. Asta.

Westn.

aaetnn Eastn. Sectn.

NAMES OF SPECIES.

Indo-China.
S. E. Asia.

Himalaya.
S. China.
Andamans.
Malaya.
Australia.
Polynesia.
America,

Ceylon.
India
Africa.

x
!
|
5%
x
x

) Achyranthes aspera var. por- |
f phyristachya ... Ell
x Gomphrena elobosa 900 |
| Polygonum barbatum 200 |
; Bragantia tomentosa 500 |
| Aristolochia tagala meet
i Piper caninum ...
| Myristica Irya ... od
| Myristica glauca ...
| Dehaasia Kurzil ...
} Hernandia peltata

| Cassytha filiformis aoe
} Loranthus longiflorus See)
Champereia Griffithiana
| Euphorbia Atoto ...

| Euphorbia pilulifera

| Bridelia Kurzii ...

i Bridelia tomentosa

|} Phyllanthus columnaris
| Flueggia microcarpa

| Cyclostemon assamicus

| Aporosa villosula

1 Croton sublyratus

| Blachia andamanica

| Claoxylon longifolinm

| Mallotus acuminatus

| Mallotus andamanicus ;
| Macaranga Tanarius
| Cnesmone javanica Siok
| Phyllochlamys spinosa o00 |:
| Plecospermum andamanicum |
! Ficus Benjamina ... 560.
| Ficus Rumphii ...
} Ficus retusa var. nitida ead
| Ficus brevicuspis ... vee fl
} Ficus callosa oau 504.
| Ficus hispida Asp
| Ficus grisea 000
| Antiaris toxicaria atl
| Artocarpus Gomeziana, BOBS:
| Cycas Rumphii ... sere
| Dendrobium secundum esti
| Calanthe veratrifolia vo |
| Dorites Wightii ... o08
| Alrides multifiorum ~ Boo! |
Pholidota imbricata 500 |
Costus speciosus ... 60

Sl] S< fe
Sef] Se 88
| 1xx]
| 1x |

| x

ir

|
|
|

}xixpxx
se 8s Se [h ||
xx ttl

1 |
Bo Se Se Se Se Se Se Se Og 8 8S
xx 1] i
1xxddl

ee}

xx |
|
I
Cen
Se Be i Se SY Se
(Lt

Pix x)
x |

i Sf Si SS eM | SRS

|x} x |
se fl Sef) & |
[x!lx]xx]l

(Le)

Se SS Se SE BS BS SS SE BO Be SK BE SO-OS BS Oe OS BS BS OS OS BS OW OS OS BX BS OS OS OS OS ES OS

Paes Pacsafe exe]
(

|

|

= ts)

]
I
|
|
=
|
I
|
l

]
|
|
|
]
|
|
|

hoes a tell
I fh |
lea
fou g
Pes
x x |
Ho Df
Pit
1 oO if

(L—1}

58 58 og ]} Se ])
wee Ree] Re |

|

|
(1)
(LK
Ih
iL}

|

|
I
J

}ds [} 28 28]
x |
sx
Se BE Se O¢ [] Se Se _[] 6 Bx os SS [] 8% BS OS SK eS SE |]

ju}

Xk Oe
x
|
|

]
1
(Ly
(Ir)
tL
I
l
iJ

|
xxxXxXXXXXKXXXXXXKXXXXXXXXXKXKXXXKXXXKXXKXXK I XXX XXX XX

I

|

|

Seo Senfpse se f) [pone bef) seus te Ser |]

xxXxxx |
52 52 8 Se

|
x xX |

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 357

™ x
DISTRIBUTION IN S. H. Asia. GENERAL DISTRI

BUTION.
Wee | Hastn. Sectn.
Sectn.
: NAMES OF SPECIES.

eye eee Ng cg

| cS |. Sy eel oa ||
Sie ees 1 ee OS gis SG iS) is Ol ok
rout Sah coma ele cer I 7S = Sisls|s| @
Bisel ee |) See eaie elle Pe es
S| ill iw | er j= = qain|ja}a | a4
=| — | — | -— | — |L*x ]|-] Zingiber sp. ob ooo || = |S) ei] =] =
xT x | x | x | X | x |x] Musa sapientum ... don || 2 eS 2s fs es
OOK x x |x Crinum asiaticum doo || am es | x x om
x| x | — | — | * | x |x] Tacea pinnatifida... goo | Sy S| SS
x| x | x | — | X* | x |x# Dioscorea glabra ... Bh le ceae eg eel la ts
x| x | x | — | X | x |x] Dioscorea pentaphylla coo || = PS p =f ey] =
=| x | —]|— | X | x |—] Smilax macrophylla o00 || = es SS
x| x | x | — | x | x |xf Asparacus racemosus ono ff ee SS es
=| —| —~ | — | x | x |X] Dracaena angustifolia Be | fe es ol
x} x x x x x |x Draceena spicata ... ooo) SPS ca Se
8 |) 38] Se bee l| es x |x Gloriosa superba ... 900 || > SSP eS ose
=| — | — | — | x | x |x} Pollia zorzogonensis Pete ae ra (Seal ae | a
x} x | x | x | x | x |x Commelina obliqua bo) |i se Sh el ee
=| — | — | —| x | x |x] Aneilema ovatum S00|) = Ss St = | =
x] x | — | — | x x |x] Flagellaria indica coco |} 2 XM) x | HS 1] =
=| — | — | =| x | x |x} Caryota sobolifera soo|| <= |) oS] =] =
=| — | — | — | — | x |-|Coryphaelata ... Ss = a =
=| — | ~ | = | = |x J] -| Livistona sp. see coh — |X| — | =] =
=| >| S|] oa] & x |—| Calamus tigrinus... soo || = PX = | = | =
=| — | — | — | — | x |-} Calamus andamanicus c00 || = |S = SS
x! x | — | — | x | x |x] Cocos nucifera ... boa || & <i) |] es |
x} x | — | ~ | x | x |x] Pandanus odoratissimus sob [Pes I Se} SP =
=| — | — | — | = {Lx ]|-] Amorphophallus sp. t= is She p=
Es|| 53 x x x x |x Alocasia fornicata ooo || = |] Sy — | =
x| x | «x | x | x | x |x] Seindapsus officinalis soo || = PSs] Sp Sy =
xx | x | X | x | x | x{/PRothos scandens ... ono || = [Xs = |] = |] =
x} x | — | — | x | x |x Cymodocea ciliata Aeon || eg
Sei] 3x x x x x |x Zanichellia palustris soo || 3e. sel]. 32 x x
X| x | x | x | x | x |x Cyperus polystachyus 400 || 88 ||Sel] Be] Se Ss
*x| x | x | x | & | x |x<f Cyperus elegans -:. soo || = |x} S|] = =
x| x | x | x | x | x |x} Cyperus dilutus ... S| (sea ene ase lle
x| x | — | * | x | « |x] Cyperus pennatus soo ILS sei) Se] SS
Sel] 86 | Se 4) 38 x x |x] Kyllinga brevifolia 500 || 8 | Sell) Se x x
x} x | x | «x | x | x | xf Fimbristylis diphylla a0] 88 sell Sef 88 ds
eI) 3K = x x x |x| Fimbristylis ferruginea soo || SS. ae S¢ x x
x| x | x | xX | x | x |x] Fimbristylis quinqueangularis | x |x| x | -— | =
x| x Seiql 8 x x |x Fimbristylis miliacea noo || 8 sell Se. fee I se
x| x x | x x |[x]J— Scirpus subulatus Sho | Suse af ee
se] se. 11 ge Hse. 1) se x |x Paspalum secrobiculatum soo || Se sell se Spe
Salsa lsc lise x x |x} Panicum ciliare ... soo.|| 8S oe) ge. Be eS
zl x | x | x | x | x |x Panicum colonum gon |} Be SI Be Sa nS
xix |x| xi] x« | x |x! Panicum Helopus noo || 232 NW Sel) be el
=| =) ]— |] 2) ao ls [seleamonnn javenucum Paty (pecs McA eed ie eel es
xix |x |] x« | x | « |xf Panicum Myarus ... seu |) oS Msellse 1 Se I se
x| x x a x x |x] Panicum montanum Boo | eee Helle yeah
x1 x | x | x | x | x |x} Oplismenus compositus son |) 8e iIisail See) ae Ml sc
¥| «x | —-| = | — | x |x] Thuarea sarmentosa coi (ESeaiieie Bec Sea

308 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

GENERAL DIstRI-
IBUTION IN §. HE. Asta.
ree BUTION.
~ Westn.

genta Eastn. Sectn.

NAMES oF SPECIES.

Ceylon.
India.
Himalaya.
S. China.
Indo-China,
Andamans.
Malaya.

S, H. Asia.

Australia.

Africa.
Polynesia.
America,

| Ischeemum ciliare

1 Ischeemum muticum
| Andropogon contortus oe |
| Hleusine indica ... ose
|} Hleusine egyptiaca
Dendrocalamus strictus
| Davallia solida ... oe
i Adiantum lunulatum

| Ceratopteris thalictroides
| Polypodium irioides

1 Polypodium adnascens
| Polypodium quercifolium ... |
} Vittaria elongata...
| Acrostichum scandens
| Acrostichum appendiculatum
| Lygodium flexnosum
| Chara foetida 500 S00
} Calymperes Dozyanum
| Bryum coronatum

| Lejeunia sp.

x XXX XX
|

tL

xxXXXXXXXXXXXX IK XK XXX
} Se S¢ es ||

| 32 } de 56 SS

x

ooe If

J

xX XXXXXXXXXXXKKX
|
x xX
Se eS SSS SS

x xX
} Se 8 SY

| Lepraria sp. 000

| Lentinus leacochrous

| I.enzites deplanata

| Lenzites subferruginea
} Polyporus fulvus ... c00 |
| Polyporus xanthopus
| Polyporus sanguineus ae
| Polyporus grammatocephalus
| Polyporus australis

| Hexagona pergamenea,

| Hexagona sericeo-hirsuta
| Hexagona tenuis ...

| Dedeelea flabellum

| Dedzelea sanguinea

| Dedeelea quercina
Dedezelea concentrica

| Thelephora incrustans

| Bovista lilacina ...

| Hirneola polytricha

| Xylaria clavarioides
Daldinia vernicosa

| Rhytisma sp. 300 so | —
| Sargassum ilicifolium ono || 3
Turbinaria ornata —

XXX XXX XX

| x J

i
‘

Ti eM SSD RMIT TS RIS] RSENS B BEES SBI &

Va GD Gin GID GIP. ID. GD: GID. GP, Gilt SIP, GSES

(iu
(U4)
|

) i) iP 82 62 63 8e 88 1) 8888 DP LD 8S 88 Is 28s 88 88 Bs OS Os ES OS 8 ] 34 82 83 ] &
LIT URRSS UU RD DP SSDS PRR we ASS |

FIA RRR SPSS LP RSIS I eR wees eI BSS ©
hh eee eee Se Bese es | Ses se Ae

liye eS LOOP OSD SID PS eres ces cesT es Sos

|x 1

Fro hee eed 0 OD Bee 1s Bes ees ee ese eses st

|} xx xx |
1x x |
Hl So Se 8686 & [

| SS 8S BS BS ee ||

i
XxxXxXXXXXXXKXKXX

{
|
|
|

}xxxxx |]
f) 83 {] Se fp Ss Sees oo es 8s eS |

(Ls)
|

) eo ees Mo ek ees ecs Cee 1 Deere De De (te ieses (Doses 2011

| se f) ff) 88 & es 8 & |

|
I
[x]

| x

1891. ] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 359

RAL DISTRI-
DISTRIEUTION IN 8S. H. Asta. SHINEE
BUTION.
Westn. |
Hastn. Sectn. |
Sectn.
e NAMES oF SPECIES.
F S aw a

3 : S| 3

BS 3 ‘5 & Q “| 4 S
g 3 B | 6 g |e : |<) "cs o S

oS Ors} be os} Ps
ic} oC oS SS a cst 2 (3) 5 a) oq ion
meal =| a (e) oO iro} om |) mn B o
eal S| || ae || el ic Bs Bi'o | &
SE test eos 4 |ji|d)/a | 4
Sails — x x |x] Padina pavonia .,. Se. Se) Se x x
-| —/|— | — | —| x |x] Dictyota dichotoma coo || 2 |S] es | 2s ks
x} «x | — | x | x | x |x] Lithothamnion polymorphum Se LS) Sy Se =
x| x | — | — | x | x |x} Acanthophora Thierii SS S|) XS | XS | &
—|—|]—/}]—j]—] x |x] Jania tenella —|x|/—-}]-!/]-—
—|—}—-—]-—|—| x |x Gracilaria crassa ... = |p SSS
x| — | — | =| — | x |x] Gelidium corneum Se) Sal) Se) BS x
x| x | — | — | x | x |xq Caulerpa clavifera Se |< ss | 3 | x
—| — | —|— |] —| x |x] Caulerpa plumaris sa Ieee sic ifs See
x| x | — | — | x | x |x] Valonia fastigiata Se Ise] Se. || Se] &
x| x | — | — | x | x |x Valonia confervoides x Se) S| SH =
x| x | — | — |x | « |x] Halimeda Opuntia x ise] x | SU] &
—| —| — | — | — | x |x] Siphonocladus ? filiformis Se Sel] Se) Peal es
| re — | — |. x ]|/—] Vaucheria sp. = |x| —|e]=

x | — | — |] — | x |x} Calothrix pulvinata x |x) x x

Reviewing the general distribution of the flora as given in TABLE
V1, we find that of the 358 species, 70 are cosmopolitan in the tropics, 10
more are nearly so, 49 are more or less widely spread throughout the
tropics of the old world, 41 extend from South-eastern Asia to Austra-
lasia, while 188 species are confined to South-eastern Asia. The sub-
joined synoptic table indicates these distributional features more exactly
and gives at the same time the relationship of this distribution both to
the habit and to the habitat of the species.

360 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,
Taste VII. Relationship of General Distribution to Habit and Habitat.

HABIT. HABITAT,
ai #9
a o's

; DisTRIBUTIONAL FH RATURES. re) : pA Ae

uA , = ei a| iS).

O| | al .- ; ESAs F
aN aeeles Ble] @ (elslalalg ss
ES O|a| @ = x Pelee = oma a | 1S
SO |) 21S) © B/S) o |ZI2IS(2la2) 6
BH O/a|n| 4 OF] & Jai le ii je

Cosmopolitan in the tropics.
America, Africa, Asia, Australia, Poly-
70|14) 5) 2) 49) nesia ee 006 .». |LZ2/16) 6] 6/12] 8} 2] 8 | ZO
In tropics of both Hemispheres, but
hardly cosmopolitan.
3} 1] 1)...| 1) America, Africa, Asia, Australia ats sca aC ere area ete |e | eet 3
FA ooallon 2) America, Africa, Asia, Polynesia Eeallese ional llacciellocal eel (wlllogells al 2
3) 1} 1 1} America, Africa, Asia ..,, 000. |looa|lo0e Z\\600|looal]o05 sail aul bas
2 Ilooolke 2) America, Asia Py |
Widely distributed in Hastern Hemi-
spheres; not in America.
29) 7|18| 4| 5] Africa, Asia, Australia, Polynesia Dsl Boacl| Ll 29
12) 1| 3) 3) 5) Africa, Asia, Australia we 3] 3) 5] 1 12
2)...| 1)... 1] Africa, Agia, Polynesia .. S60 |looo||G00|) G09. |jeoe|) l[acai] 2 2
6) 1} 1] 2} 2] Africa, Asia ... 200 500 \lcoalloos 211) 2) 1 6
Confined to Asia and Australasia.
15) 2) 2 8) Asia, Australia, Polynesia 506 |focollas|| cco loool MO} 2) Sip 2k. |) LS
23) 8| 7| 6) 2) Asia, Australia 000 600 eoallooo|) hGH a5 |] GY) aclf Ly coo |) BS
3}...| 1}. 2) Asia, Polynesia 00 960 lacallono 2 WeGalleosllonalle 24!) Gun 3
188|43|59|28| 58) South-Hastern Asia only ... «.. | 3| 2] 129) 4/16) 7112) 15 |188
358 78|94)48 138 Toras 15|18| 162/14 /80|19|21) 29 |358

In discussing the phytogeographic distribution of these species
within the province of South-Hastern Asia it is necessary to distinguish
between the districts forming the Western section, viz.:—the lower
Himalayan slopes with the plains at their foot, Peninsular India, and
Ceylon—from the Hastern section, which comprises Southern China, Indo-
China, Malaya, including the Philippines, New Guinea, and the coasts of
Northern or Tropical Australia. Of the 358 species in the Coco Islands,
which therefore necessarily all occur in the Hastern section, 252 species,
or 70 per cent., are found in the Western section as well. Of the whole
number 153 species, or 43 per cent., extend to Australia, whereas only
140, or 39 per cent., are known to occur in South China.

The following tables indicate the distribution of the species so far
as these three portions of S. H. Asia are concerned.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 361

Taste VIII. Distribution in S. B. Asia of the species extending from the
Coco-group to Cis-gangetic India.

In all three Cis-gangetic districts (Himalaya, India, Ceylon) :—....+.+++. 184
In China, Indo-China, Malaya, Australia ..........eses .sscocee (2
In Indo-China, Malaya, Australia .....000 eecsceoe vaeees aac cow)
In China, Indo-China, Malaya....s... ssseerce seseee 00 copodac0 - 2B
In Indo-China, Malaya .......- goaded 00000000 GnbuUD OoDDaDOG:, ei
In China, Indo-China, Andamans .ecoos seevvcce cosvcece vevece 1
In Indo-China, Andamans..... apa erratave ais eWav eit atevalsisval exaireveleorevoue ofeleverel cia cet

—
7

In Himalaya and India: Poor eT Couto ees COOe CH8FTHDHH C0608 HBS DOG80008 14
In Indo-China, Malaya, Australia ....00 veesccve sessveeesvesve I

In China, Indo-China, Malaya........ e0ree20es 22000008 coeereoe 1

ita Thadio-Olatian, MAIER, coccdog00 sooo HooUnDOO HonDOUOK GnocoDcD ©

In China, Indo-China, Andamans ....eer0 cercveen vorvseee reese I

3

1

In Indo-China, Andamans .serceve verrseee vectvone vesevree seve
In Andamans 200s eo Oe Geoe oe POTHHHHOS BOTT HOSD DOLL OH VOOe 2008

In India and Geylon :— 2.6 Boob RO oe cove Hs FFDHOH DEHKGH FHFG7HHE O80008 76
In China, Indo-China, Malaya, Australia ...... sessecee sssesees 39
In Indo-China, Malaya, Australia ....c0 sseceeee sencccsavesses Al
In Indo-China, Malaya ....0+ secoesceeveres socce soqavo 0000 dl
ia ihncloOlanintk), AaClenpONnpSoo6000 000000 000000 b60000 000000 00000 1
In Andamans, Malaya, Australia .... cssces sevens cecevcessveves 8
In Andamans, Malaya...... ececee cee hoe exe hee 0OFGHS 0228288 0000 3

In Himalaya :— we oe ee ee CHOCO COE LOKGHKHOLE HHCooe FHL DHE DLFHTH LOBED EO 5
In China, Indo-China, Malaya veces see vevvecce verees seve cove
In Indo-China, Malaya e2ecee eo coeerses C0L0eOOe FPOTLASCH veered 2
In Indo-China, Andamans eo00er eo BHOKHHTO CHLF7OODe OEHDES DORE 2

In India :— @ coe 0 obo cece Fee coos Cx HO oT 2HH80G DH8H8HHHR FHOHHFHOK BHHKT0Oe 13
In Indo-China, Malaya, Australia ws... esecccce seseee vee veee
In China, Indo-China, Malaya pec00Qe= aeveoree DO2PGS BEECH Lee8 ]
In Indo-China, Malaya peo cese 0000200 HO CFF HTHH GHFHHLOE C0008 VO00 3
In Indo-China, Andamans ..scee vervece cece sees rere veeevrsese 8
In Andamans, Malaya, Australia..sssccc sevcecee sescccce severe 2
In Andamans ooeee es Coe 00e 20700 H 20000 OHFOTHEM DHHEGOH 290% BOOe 3

In Ceylon :— 0000 Dee Lee Bee oae DHFS e GHHHTOOH 0HHH 0908028 00000008 se0000 10
In Indo-China, Malaya, Australia cssccsre seeoee vevvee vocvsvee
In Indo, China, Malaya...... ccsces soos seecvcce sess sserseseee G6
In Andamans, Malaya ...0 csevee cveeee secvveee vevccvee sessee 2
In Andamans 90200000 Deeeeo re BOHHHH HD DHF008 CHG CHBDCHOe 0e0e8 aul

Total number of species extending from the Coco Group to Cis-gangetic India 252

——>

Tape IX. Distribution in 8. HK. Asia of the species extending from
the Coco Group to China.

Extending as far ag Australia :— .ss.0e ssceevce erere cervve secove sess L0G
In Indo-China, Malaya, Australia; Himalaya, India, Ceylon...... :
In Indo-China, Malaya, Australia; India, Ceylom.....sce reer rees 80
In Indo-China, Malaya, Australia ....00 sessve vsccve vs

seco vee I

Extending as far as Malaya :— eeoereee see 0ee 0888 0898 8289088 298 0288 Cee 31
In Indo-China, Malaya; Himalaya, India, Ceylon 1.1. ...000 see. , 26
In Indo-China, Malaya; Himalaya, Indid seceecee sevvee server 1
In Indo-China, Malaya; Himalaya .e00 sevvseos vereesve sereve 1
In Indo-China, Malaya 00707000 090078988 G DeHFHRHe BHFHHTORD ecooeso0e 3

362 D, Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

Extending as far as the Andamans only :— .seseeec cree secevcee vesssees
In Indo-China, Andamans; Himalaya, India, Ceylon .... cserceee
In Indo-China, Andamans; Himalaya, India ..scseres
In Indo-China, Andamans; India ......00 cesceeees

a
a

1
1
jov0bdC DoD I

Total number of species extending from the Coco Group to China... 140

=——=

Taste X. Distribution in 8. H. Asia of the species extending from
the Coco Group to Australia.

Extending as far as Ching :— vec. cscs csesence cceeee scrsae asee evnssens 106
To Malaya, Indo-China, China; Himalaya, India, Ceylon ...2.++. 72
To Malaya, Indo-China, China; India, Ceylom...s sees seer serves 38
To Malaya, Indo-China, China ...... cose cseses sevssses coerce 1

Extending as far as Indo-China :—vssove reerecsecceceeee secees asesssee 38
To Malaya, Indo-China; Himalaya, India, Ceylon ..

To Malaya, Indo-China ; Eli, PCG, soo606 665000 00 sabes 1

To Malaya, Indo-China; India, Ceylon ..s.ee verses vereee eevee 21

]

2

To Malaya, Indo-China; India.... ..seee seseeee
To Malaya, Indo-China; Ceylon ......
To Malaya, Indo-China woos woe. weve

es oe0veeee c2 oe 8088
ee ec ooo csr ee8 tees VA02E8

6 28200 pe ee eevee POP e OLE BOO 4,

Extending as far as the Coco Group (Andamans) only :— ......
To Malaya, Andamans; Ceylon, India
To Malaya, Andamans; Ceylon ..0...
To Malaya, Andamans 5 India .oo. sees sees cere cece cece reve cece 2i
To Malaya, Andamans ..seee soos ves veer cecees voce rene ssceee 3}

eer vpeeseore 2aeeet coe oes 3:

Total number of species extending from the Coco Group to Australia... 153

The analysis of these species thus shows that the figures do not
indicate any special connection either with China, with India, or with
Australia ; many of the species in these tables are cosmopolitan or nearly
so, and thus possess no special phytogeographical interest. The number of
species that extend from India, Ceylon or the Himalaya to the Andamans
and no further, is only 23, or 63 per cent. of the whole flora; this figure,
therefore, more nearly represents what may be considered the peculiarly
Indian element in the Flora of the Andamans. ‘There are only three
species that extend from South China to the Andamans and no further
southwards, and as all three are found in India and may as readily be
extensions from India to China as from China to India we may assert
that there is no distinctive Chinese feature in the flora at all. Only
9 species extend upwards from Australia as far as the Andamans, but not
as far as Indo-China; but all these are characteristic Malayan species
and may just as well be considered extensions from Malaya to Australia
as from Australia through Malaya to the Coco Islands. The occurrence
of as many as LO of the species in Ceylon and not in India would seem at
first to indicate that there is some foundation for a remark by Mr.
Kurz, already alluded to in connection with the vegetation of Diamond
Island (J. A. S. B. lix, pt. 2, p. 290), concerning the presence of a Ceylon

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 363

element in the Andamans flora. But a consideration of that section of
TasBLe VIII in which they are detailed shows that they afford little cor-
roboration of this hypothesis for there is only one species (Dedelea flabel-
lum) restricted to the Andamans and Ceylon, and as this isa Cryptogam,
too great a reliance ought not to be placed on the fact; Indian Crypto-
gams, other than ferns, have not as yet been assiduously collected and the
occurrence here of this Ceylon species perhaps indicates rather a wide
dispersion for it than any peculiar affinity of the flora of the group with
that of Ceylon.

The general conclusion to which we are led by the evidence these
tables afford is, that the flora of the Coco Group is almost purely Trans-
gangetic, and that while this is the case there is no appreciable Chinese
or Australian element present. We have still to ascertain whether it is
an Indo-Chinese or a Malayan element that prevails in the flora, and
to what extent any independent element exists.

From their geographical position we have to look upon the Coco
Islands as part of the Andaman Group: in one sense therefore all the
Coco Island species are Andamanese. But there are as many as 30 of
the species in the list,* or about 8 per cent. of the flora, whose presence
in the Andamans is due only to their having been found in the Coco
Group. At the same time, however, it must be remembered that 19
species, or over 5 per cent. of the flora, are peculiar to the Andamans as
a whole, not occurring either in Indo-China or in Malaya, while 24
more are only known as Indo-Chinese from their presence in Tenasserim.}
Of these 24 Andamans-Tenasserim species, 22, or 6 per cent. of the flora,
are confined to these two districts, only two of them extending even as
far as the Malay Peninsula. The bearing of this peculiar distribution in
the Andamans and in Tenasserim, but neither northward to Indo-China
nor southward to Malaya, the writer has already had occasion to note ;%
ib will be referred to again below in connection with the probable origin
of the Coco Island flora. Another circumstance that must be borne in
mind is that as yet very little is known of the flora of North Andaman,
and it is not improbable that some of the 30 Non-Andaman Coco species
will yet be found to occur in that island.§

* [Indicated in the list of distribution by [] brackets in the Andamans column.

+ Indicated by [] brackets in the Indo-Chinese column.

{ Ann. Roy. Bot. Garden, vol. iii, p. 238.

§ As an example of this possibility may be instanced Dendrocalamus Strictus
which does not occurin South Andaman. Mr. Godwin-Austen, formerly of Port
Blair, one of the very few officers who have ascended Saddle Peak, the highest
point of North Andaman, has informed the writer that at one point in the ascent a
Bamboo is met with quite different from the Bamboos near Port Blair ; not very

47

364: D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

Of the 358 species, 232, making 65 per cent. of the whole, occur at
once in Indo-China, Malaya and the Andamans; 40 occur in Malaya and
the Andamans, 8 of these extending to Tenasserim but not occurring in
Burma or Siam (Indo-China proper) ; 22 occur in Indo-China but not in
Malaya, 12 of them being present in the Andamans also ; 40 occur in
the Andamans without appearing either in Indo-China or in Malaya,
though 8 of these appear in Tenasserim, which connects Indo-China with
the Malay Peninsula, just as the Andamans connect Indo-China with the
Malay Archipelago; 8 occur only in the Coco Islands and Tenasserim,
and 13 are apparently confined to the Coco group. This last number is
probably too high ; some of these species, as well as some of those others
for which the Coco locality is as yet the only record from the Andamans,
may occur in North Andaman.

The following table gives the distribution of the species in these
three districts as well as in the sub-district of Tenasserim :—

Taste XII. Distribution of Coco Island species in the Indo-Chinese and
Malayan districts.

A.
Species extending from Coco Group to :—
Indo-China, Tenasserim, Andamans, Malaya, ... ten oe
Indo-China, Tenasserim, —————--, Malaya, ... PHA 2
—— , Tenasserim, Andamans, Malaya, ... 900 8
— , Tenasserim, --—, Malaya, ... Ete 1
j ——, Andamans, Malaya, ... 500 32
Indo-China, —— , Andamans, ~-——-, ... oe 12
, Tenasserim, Andamans, ———, ... aoc 8
Indo-China, oo, —, FF 10
——,, Tenasserim, —————--, ———-,, .... A066 8
—--—— -, , Andamans, Bui 000 900 32
Total species extending from Coco Group ... 345
Species confined to Coco Group 206 poo aot 13
Total Coco Island species ... 358
eee SS SS
No. of species. percentage of flora.
B.
Species occurring in :—
Indo-China Bee S, 256 val
Tenasserim oot oon 259 72
Andamans B00 900 324 90
Malaya 566 aN 275 16
Species confined to Coco Grou eat 13 34

This table therefore leads to the conclusion that phytogeographically

tall, but extremely hard and tough, and forming dense thickets very difficult to pass

through—a general description agreeing very well with that of Dendrocalamus strictus
as it occurs in Great. Coco.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 365

as well as physiographically the Coco Group forms an integral part of the
Andamans. Further,it shows that of the possibly predominating elements
in their flora, the Indo-Chinese element, as a whole, is slightly weaker
even in that part of the Andamans nearest to Burma than is an element
indicating a Tenasserim influence and an element indicating a Malayan
influence. This seems strange when we recollect that not only do the
Cocos form that part of the Andamans nearest to Burma but that there isa
shallow ridge, at times raised into islands, along the line between the
Cocos and the nearest point on the Burmese mainland, whereas Tenas-
serim is at the opposite side of a deep sea, while Malaya is separated from
the opposite extremity of the Andaman group by a much greater distance
and by much deeper straits than Burma is from the area under discussion.

In order, if possible, to account for this peculiarity of distribution, it
becomes necessary to discuss the probable origin of the flora of the group.

The first step in such an inquiry is to ascertain the species in a, flora
that may possibly have beeu introduced and that do not therefore
necessarily postulate for an isolated locality such as the Cocos any former
connection with neighbouring land. It is, of course, evident that if a
previous land connection be shewn to be necessary to explain the pre-
sence of any species in the islands this same land connection would
sufficiently explain the presence of most of the species that occur there
without requiring the suggestion of any extraneous means of introduc-
tion. But until all the possibilities of introduction by means of physical
agencies now at work under existing physiographical conditions are com-
pletely exhausted, we are not at liberty to assume the existence of dis-
similar physiographical conditions or a different application of the present
physical agencies.

There is, however, always great difficulty in deciding absolutely
what species are indigenous and what species are introduced in any
locality, and here no species will be considered “indigenous” for which it
is possible to suggest in the remotest fashion any means of introduction.
At the risk therefore of including among introduced species many that
are probably quite entitled to be termed indigenous, the possibilities are
discussed under the headings of the various active introducing agencies.
As this involves a use of the terms “ indigenous” and “ introduced ”’
somewhat different from the sense in which they are generally accepted,
it seems better that the possibly introduced species be spoken of ag
“migrant”; and the certainly indigenous residuary species termed
“remanent,” many of the “migrant” species being doubtless perfectly
“ indigenous ” in the generally received sense.

Even within the group of “migrant” species difficulties often arise
owing to certain species being assisted in one way from island to island

366 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

over intervening seas and in another way along continuous land. As an
example may be mentioned Gyrocarpus Jacguinii, whose progress from
island to island is clearly a sea-assisted process, yet whose dispersal inland
when it is once established is greatly aided by wind because of its curious
dipteroid fruit. It might even be suggested that the wings of this fruit
may be sufficient to account for its transmission across intervening seas ;
but no one who has carefully observed the fall of its fruits is likely to
consider this possible. Another very pertinent instance is Terminala
Catappa, a species distributed by ocean currents over all the coasts of
the Andaman Sea, but which nevertheless occurs far inland as well as on
the beaches. The explanation of its inland dispersal is extremely simple,
for rats and frugivorous bats are extremely fond of the fleshy part of its
fruits while they leave uninjured the stone and kernel. Both these
animals are apt when disturbed while eating to carry off in their mouths
the fruit they may be devouring, ultimately dropping it some distance
from the place where the parent tree grew. But though bats occur in far
off lonely islands like Batti Malv and Barren Island, and though their
presence there indicates the possibility that animals of the kind may, like
fruit-eating birds, carry undigested seeds from one island to another, it
is clear, since they do not swallow the stones of Terminalia Catappa that
they are not to be held respossible for the passage of that species across
intervening seas. The further spread of these species within new local:-
ties by agencies quite distinct from that necessary to account for their
initial appearance is, it will be admitted, amply demonstrated.* Other
examples are Pisonia aculeata and excelsa which are perhaps introduced
by the sea along these coasts. If they are, however, it is quite certain
that their presence inland may be amply accounted for owing to their
sticky fruits having become attached to birds or animals that have come
in contact with them.t

* Residents in India are familiar with the treatment of ‘‘country-almonds”’ by
the large “‘ flying-foxes;” fruits carried off by them, and with a portion bitten out of
the fleshy side, may be constantly found dropped at considerable distances from the
trees on which the almonds grew. In Barren Island there is no doubt that the
frugivorous bats which exist there are partly responsible for the same thing, and the
writer had an opportunity of witnessing the rats, which abound on that island, engaged
in the same act, these creatures having come down to the shore for the fruits that
are common there and when disturbed scampering off up gullies with fruits in their
mouths.

+ A striking instance of the possibility of their becoming attached to the bodies
of passing animals was witnessed by the writer on a path between Rangachang and
Ali Musjid in South Andaman in April 1891. Though some miles from the sea a
considerable number of Pisonia excelsa trees occurred at the place, and the path
was strewn with their fruits. A tree-snake was seen which had become entangled
in a fallen panicle of these so that all escape was impossible, its every movement in-

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 367

And in addition to these instances it may be remarked that the
whole group of species which may possibly have been introduced in the
crops of grain-eating birds can be only considered as indirectly bird-
introduced, since some accident must have happened to account for the
death of the introducing bird in order to explain the germination of the
seed and final introduction of the plant.

The “migrant” species, meaning thereby all that have certainly
been introduced and all for which introduction is conceivable, may be
divided into “‘civilized”’ species introduced by man, and “sylvestrian ”’
or wild species. The wild species may be divided into “coast ”’
species, further subdivided into “marine” and “littoral” species, the
whole of the coast species being sea-introduced; and into “inland ”
species. These latter, which may of course also occur on the shore, but
for the introduction of which the sea has not been responsible, may
best be classed as “ wind-introduced ” and as “ bird-introduced ” species
Species introduced by birds may have been introduced either attached.
to the bodies of these or carried in their crops. These different groups
will be discussed in detail; last of all the “remanent” species will be
considered.

The “civilized” species comprise cultivated plants and weeds of
cultivation or of waste places; the former corresponding practically to
domestic animals like the cow or horse, and to domestic insects like the
bee or silk-worm, the latter to the vermin that associate themselves with,
or accompany man and his domestic creatures. This group therefore
contains the species that may, directly as economic or esthetic plants,
or indirectly as weeds, have been introduced by man. The list subjoined
includes the whole of the species present in the islands that are known
to be sometimes thus introduced; those that are likely to be here in-
digenous, or to have been introduced by other than human agency, are
enclosed within brackets and will be found again in one or, at times, more
than one of the subsequent lists.

Inst of Civilized species found in the Coco Group.

* Nymphea rubra. This variety has perhaps been introduced
intentionally into Great Coco, where
it occurs in the small lake. It has
to be recollected that it is a favourite
flower with the Burmese and is sold
for votive purposes in the Pagodas

volving it more hopelessly in the tangled sticky mass. After the snake died its body
was carefully examined and it was found that it had suffered no previous physical
injury which could account for its inability to escape.

368 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No.4

Sida carpinifolia.
[ Urena lobata.

* Hibiscus Sabdariffa

. * Hibiscus Abelmoschus.

Ox

* Moringa pterygosperma.

* Crotalaria sericea.

* Desmodium triflorum.

* Alysicarpus vaginalis.

10. * Phaseolus sp.

about Rangoon; also that the settle-
ment was attempted by a Rangoon
gentleman whose servants were, at
least partly, Burmese. But typical
white Nymphea Lotus occurs in Little
Coco, clearly independently of human
agency.

Table Island (the older clearing) only.

As a rule this species would, without
hesitation, be dealt with as a weed; in
Great Coco, however, it does not occur
iu the clearing and it was not foynd
on Table Island at all. If mtroduced
here, we may safely say that human
agency is not responsible for its ap-
pearance ; more probably it has been
introduced by the agency of birds].

Great Coco; in the old garden and evi-
dently struggling against extinction.

Table Island only ; but common in many
parts of the clearing.

Great Coco; a few trees evidently plant-
ed; these are very healthy, and seed-
lings are already springing up under
the adjacent Coco-nut trees.

Table Island oniy; but very abundant ;
the species may have been uninten-
tionally introduced, but more probably
has been brought by the servants at
the light-house, who are Burmans and
with whom the flower is a favourite.

Table Island only ; common however on
all the grassy slopes.

Great Coco; not seen on Table Island,
though it probably occurs there.

Seedlings in cow-dung on one grassy
slope at south-west corner of island.
These were seen in 1890; no species
was seen in 1889 likely to have given
origin to these and there is no indi-
genous species to which it seems likely
they could belong. Unfortunately

1891.] D, Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 369

* Tamarindus indica.

* Carica Papaya.

| Vernonia cinerea.

[ Adenostemma viscosum.

15. * Ageratum conyzoides.

* Tpomeea coccinea.

* Tpomea Batatas.

neither clearing could be revisited in
1890 to enable the writer to make
further investigation.

Great Coco; only one tree and that,
though almost certainly introduced by
man probably unintentionally so.

Great Coco; perfectly naturalised and
very profuse in the Coco-nut zone,
especiallyin the north end of the island.

Both islands ; extremely abundant in the
clearings, but also plentiful on grassy
slopes and bare rocky headlands of the
western coast of Great Coco; it also
occurs on Rutland Island, at the op-
posite extremity ofthe Andamangroup,
where introduction by man is hardly
conceivable: here probably it owes its
presence to the agency of wind. |

Great Coco; common on bare rocky pro-
montories on west side and at north
end of island. If introduced here it
has been introduced independently of
human agency ; it is probably a sea-
introduced species, but perhaps its
fruits may have come attached to the
feathers of birds. | :

Table Island ; common in the clearing ;
not present in Great Coco.

Table Island ; a garden escape, but very
plentiful on the edges of jungle-paths
far from the lighthouse garden.

Table Island; cultivated only: has not
survived on Great Coco, probably
owing to the presence of wild pigs.
These the writer did not see on Great
Coco but their traces were abundant
on Table Island and the pigs them-
selves were obtained on Little Coco.
Moreover, Mr. Hume (Stray Feathers,
i, p. 111) actually met with them on
Great Coco. During our visits 5 or
6 abandoned pariah dogs were seen

370 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

* Solanum Melongena.

* Capsicum minimum.

20. * Scoparia dulcis.
* Rungia pectinata.

[ Anisomeles ovata,

[ Boerhaavia repens:

on the island ; but, though these must
necessarily have rendered the pigs
shy, it can hardly be supposed that
they have exterminated them.

Table Island ; cultivated. Great Coco ; in
the old garden and also plentiful all
over the clearing; apparently quite
naturalised.

Table Island ; cultivated, and as an es-
cape. Great Coco; very plentiful and
spreading far into the jungle.

Both islands ; common in the clearings.

Table Island; only in the clearing; not
plentiful and as it is not met with in
Great Cocois probably here, as it
often is, an introduced weed. But it
need not always be so since the species
is abundant on bare rocky promon-
tories at the south end of Rutland
Island where introduction by human
agency is not to be thought of.

Great Coco; this species is not present
on Table Island apparently, and on
Great Coco it was only found on the
isthmus connecting the north-eastern
peninsula—where the clearing is—with
the main island. But the species does
not occur im the clearing, and it is re-
markably abundant where it occurs.
Moreover it is exceedingly abundant in
Diamond Island, off the Arracan Coast,
which is another section of the same

-island chain; the writer is therefore
inclined to believe that the species
does not owe its introductiou to hu-
man agency but that it may be classed
among the remanent species. |

In all three islands, common on rocky
promontories and bare isolated rocks
though a frequent weed of cultivation
this owes its presence here, not to
human influence, but to the agency of

1891.]

25.

30.

* Celosia cristata.
* Achyranthes aspera.

* Gomphrena globosa.
*Kuphorbia pilulifera.

* Musa sapientum.

* Cocos nucifera.

* Kyllinga brevifolia.
* Fimbristylis diphylla,
48

D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 371

the sea or to that of littoral birds, such
as the Bitterns and Terns that frequent
the reefs and rocks, its sticky fruits
probably attaching themselves to the
feet of these. |

Table Island, a common escape.

Both islands, common in the clearings
and undoubtedly introduced by man.
But on Little Coco, the very distinct
VAR. porphyristachya is abundant as a
climber in the Pandanus sea-fence and
is probably, like the same variety in
the Nicobars, Laccadives, etc., a plant
introduced by the sea.

Table Island, an abundant escape.

Table Island, a weed in the clearing,
still rare.

There isa Plantain-garden attached to
the lighthouse on Table Island. No
Plantains are left on Great Coco, doubt-
less owing to the cattle. These ani-
mals eat not only coco-nut leaves but
also the leaves of Pandanus odoratis-
sumus, so that one is surprised to find
that they have left anything in the
garden atall. Except for the cattle (and
perhaps the pigs, which might grout up
the stocks) there is no reason why the
Plantain should not thrive if left to
itself. In Narcondam there is a grove
of Plantains, introduced (by Col. Tyt-
ler ?), in excellent health.

Common in all three islands but deserv-
ing neither to be deemed indigenous
nor to be considered a species intro-
duced by the sea. The question whe-
ther its presence is due to some old
attempt at settlement or to the ship-
wreck of some coco-nut laden craft is
discussed more fully below.

Both islands, only in the clearings.
Both islands, only in the clearings.

372 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

* Panicum ciliare. Great Coco; near south end of island
beside some shelter huts used by
coco-nut collectors.

Panicum colonum. Both islands, in the clearings and also
at south end of Great Coco near the
shelter huts.

* Panicum Helopus. Table Island, in the clearing.

35. * Hleusine indica. Table Island, clearing, common; Great
Coco, rare in the clearing, also a few
tufts among droppings of cattle on
a bare hill at south-west corner of
the island.

* Hleusine egyptiaca. Table Island ; lighthouse clearing, still
rare. [All the Oyperacee and Gra-
minecee may have been introduced by
birds. |

Of the above, nineteen are species which are, or may be, cultivated

for economic or esthetic reasons—the economic plants being Hibiscus
Sabdariffa (the Rozelle), Hibiscus Abelmoschus (the Musk-mallow), Morin-
ga pterygosperma (the Horse-Radish tree), Phaseolus sp., Tamarindus
indica (the Tamarind), Carica Papaya (the Papaw), Ipomea PBatatas
(the Sweet- Potato), Solanum Melongena (the Bringal), Capsicum muini-
mum (the Bird’s-Hye Chillee), Musa sapientuwm (the Plantain), Cocos
nucifera (the Coco-nut), Panicum ciliare, colonum and Helopus (three
wild fodder-millets). Ten of these have undoubtedly been intentionally
introduced-—one (the Tamarind) certainly has not, and the three fodder
grasses may have come as weeds, or equally probably, may have been
introduced by grain-eating birds. The esthetic plants are Nymphoa rubra,
Crotalaria sericea, Ipomcea coccinea, Celosia cristata, and Gomphrena glo-
bosa. Crotalaria sericea may have been involuntarily introduced, the
others almost certainly have been brought intentionally. The other
seventeen are, or may be, weeds, but there is every probability that five
of them, Urena lobata, Vernonia cinerea, Adenostemma visocosum, Aniso-
meles ovata, and Boerhaavia repens do not owe their presence here to
human agency.

Of the introduced economic species three are evidently unfitted to
survive under the conditions to which, when abandoned, they are exposed.
The Rozelle succumbs to climatic influences, the Sweet-Potato and the
Plantain are destroyed by animals. On the other hand the propagation
of two of these species—the Papaya and the Bird’s-Hye Chillee—is re-
markable both for its extent and rapidity, and for the fact that the
flavour and pungency of the fruit of these species remains undimi-
nished,

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. — 373

The Coco-nut tree deserves to be specially noticed. It is not
known where Cocos nucifera is “indigenous” and the suggestion that it
is ‘really wild’? on the Coco Islands and along the north-western coast
of North Andaman, made by the late Mr. Kurz, (Forest Flora of British
Burma ii, 540), though true enough so far as the Coco Islands are con-
cerned, is denied, as regards North Andaman, by those officers at Port
Blair who have had opportunities of investigating the shores of the group.
Mr. Kurz did not himself visit either the Coco group or North Andaman,
and unfortunately he does not give any authority for the latter part of
his statement. But, granting its correctness, the fact remains that about
Port Blair the tree only occurs as a recent introduction and it is not
met with elsewhere either in South on Middle Andaman, except as a few
young trees that have, on Rutland Island, the Sentinels, etc., been deli-
berately planted. More recently the writer has been told of a bay in
one of the islands of the ‘‘ Archipelago,” near Port Blair, which is lined
with Coco-nut trees, the result of the wreck of a particular craft that was
lost on her way from the Nicobars to a Burmese port; this statement
the writer has not yet been able personally to verify. In Narcondam
there are Coco-nut trees in no fewer than three places, and as there is
absolutely nothing to disturb them there, they are spreading rapidly. In
Barren Island also there is one bay where a considerable number
of Coco-nut trees grow and where also the species is rapidly spread-
ing. But in both these islands the introduction has been deliberate
and quite recent; this in Narcondam is particularly evident from the
fact that the oldest trees occur along with a grove of Plantains, though it
is equally apparent that the spread of the species to one, and probably
to both, of the two other bays where it occurs, has been unassisted by man
and is due to fallen nuts having been drifted round from the first plant-
ed trees. It is, however, very remarkable that Cocos nucifera should be -
so abundant in the Coco group and be absent from, or very rare in, the
Andamans proper, including Little Andaman, and that the species should
again occur in such abundance in the Nicobars. The direction of the
ocean currents has been suggested as possibly explaining the fact, but
with very unsatisfactory results, because, whatever be the theoretical
direction assumed for these currents in order to explain the distribution
of Cocos nucifera, it must fail to coincide with the direction postulated
to explain the distribution of Casuarina equisetifolia, a tree which is
extremely common in the Nicobars and is so plentiful in Little
Andaman, where there are no Coco-nuts, that the English equivalent
for the Andamanese name of the island is ‘‘ Casuarina-sand,” the name
taking its origin from the great prevalence of this species on all its
beaches. But though there are no Coco-nut trees in the Andaman group

374 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

proper, there is one place where Casuarina equisetifolia occurs. This
is a small bay, Casuarina Bay, on the west coast of North Andaman,
on the beach of which the species is plentiful. In the Coco group, where
there are Coco-nut trees, there is no Casuarina equisetifolia though it
occurs again in Arracan and Chittagong where there are no Coco-nuts.
As a matter of fact there is a steady current northward along the west
coast of the Andamans for a considerable period of the year and it is dif-
ficult to understand why both Cocos and Casuarina do not occur plenti-
fully along the whole west coast of the Andaman chain. The writer’s
examination of the ocean-drifts of the Coco group during his two visits
did not throw much light on the subject. Wreckage in considerable
quantity is to be found along the whole of the coasts, in most cases, how-
ever, belonging to wrecks that have occurred on the spot; the disposi-
tion of the fragments therefore only throws light on the “set” of local
currents. Among the exceptions to this were a dressed teak-log on the
east side of Great Coco, a padouk-log on the east side of Jerry Island, a
quantity of Burmese sea-fishing-gear on the eyot between Great Coco
and Jerry, fragments of two different Andamanese canoes on the east
coast of Great Coco, a clump with roots of a very large Bamboo (not
improbably Bambusa gigantea) on the west side of Great Coco, part of a
third Andamanese canoe on the east side of the Little Coco, and a fruit,
with part of stalk, of Nipa fruticans at the south end of Little Coco.
Except the Andamanese canoes the whole of these objects indicated a
“set” of ocean-current from Burma, for though Nipa fruticans which,
strangely, appears to be absent from the Cocos, is both a Burmese and
an Andamans species, this particular fruit had its stalk cut cleanly off
by some sharp implement, and if it came from the Andamans it must
therefore have floated from the neighbourhood of the settlement at Port
Blair, a sufficiently improbable circumstance, as the examination of a
map of the Andaman sea will show. Now if the set of the currents is
such as to bring “drift” from Burma, and if these currents have
brought the Coco-nut tree originally to the islands, we must explain how
it happens that the islands of the “ Archipelago” near port Blair, on the
shores of which an undoubtedly Burmese “drift”, in the shape of teak-
logs, etc., is very plentiful, do not have Coco-nut trees on all their
coasts. It has been suggested that the ocean-currents have thrown
up Coco-nuts on the shores of the Andamans as well as on those of the
Cocos, but that owing to the presence of the aboriginal inhabitants,
always on the outlook for what they may pick up on the shore, the
establishment of the species in the larger group has been impossible
because any nut thrown up is found by them and immediately eaten or
destroyed. This suggestion the writer owes to Mr. M. V. Portman of

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Growp. 375

Port Blair; it remains nevertheless difficult to understand why not’ a
single Coco-nut should have escaped the notice of the Andamanese—
who after all are not a numerous race—while, as it happens, we have
Mr. Kurz’s positive statement that in certain parts of North Andaman
the species does occur. ;

It seems to the writer that for this particular group of islands,
although the spread of the Coco-nuts within the group is undoubtedly
due to the agency of the sea, the ocean-current theory does not explain
the presence of the species, and that the original introduction has more
probably been due to human interference. The question remains whether
this was voluntary or involuntary. It may have been the result of an
attempt at settlement in the island. The most recent attempt, which
dates from 1878, is not the only one on record. An earlier attempt, as
unsuccessful as the last, was made in 1849. But it does not follow,
though these are the only attempts known, that they are the only ones
which have been made. Both were made entirely on account of the
Coco-nut being present in the islands, as perhaps other attempts before
them may have been, for it appears that the name Coco Islands, implying
the establishment there of Coco nucifera and the knowledge of that
fact by navigators, dates from some of the very earliest European visits
to Hastern seas. But it is not impossible that a yet earlier attempt to
settle here may have been made and that the introduction of the Coco-
nut may have been one of its results. It is easy to understand that
these islands should have been chosen in preference to the more inviting-
looking Andaman group owing to the character for ferocity which, for
some curious reason, was attributed to the inhabitants of the Andamans
by early navigators, and it isas easy to understand that the adverse
natural conditions which prevail, and which have caused the failure of
all recent attempts at settlement, must soon have led to the abandonment
of the earliest attempt. The writer feels inclined to think that thig may
be the true explanation of the presence of Coco nucifera in the Cocos
Islands. Bnt it may quite as readily have been due to involuntary in-
troduction by ship-wreck ; for while disinclined to accept the suggestion
that there are no Coco-nut trees in the Andamans because the Anda-
manese have eaten all the stranded Coco-nuts, when it is applied to nuts
thrown up by ocean-currents, the writer thinks this explanation may well
enough account for the presence of Coco-nut trees in the Cocos while
they are absent from the main islands, if introduction by reason of ship-
wreck is postulated. In the Cocos there are no inhabitants, while in the
main islands there are; and though it is scarcely reasonable to suppose
that the Andamanese would detect every nut that is cast up on the
beach, there is little doubt that they would soon become aware of the

376 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

wreck of a Coco-nut craft and, becoming aware of it, there is as little
doubt that they would soon consume every Coco-nut the vessel contained.

Now that the Coco-nut tree is established in the islands, it germin-
ates profusely. Hven towards the centre of the island on flat or muddy
tracts one meets with groves, containing from a score to several
hundreds of trees, that have originated from nuts which have been
floated inland by unusually high tides and left stranded far from the
coast. The stems of these inland examples are abnormally tall, shoot-
ing up till the leafy head rises above the surrounding jungle; as far as
can be seen, they do not flower till this happens. Once they have
flowered and fruited the fallen nuts multiply the species fifty-fold.
The nut appears to have but few enemies, and though a good many may
be seen with a hole drilled through the husk and with the kernel
scooped out, (apparently both crabs and rats are able to effect this,) the
number thus destroyed forms quite an inappreciable proportion of the
whole. The tree does not, however, invade the ridges, the soil is doubt-
less, as it is in South Andaman, too poor to suit it; while in trees
growing along the bays on the west side of Great Coco the contents of
the nut are distinctly less and their quality is appreciably poorer than
in trees at the head of the bays on the opposite side; these in turn
produce nuts that do not bear comparison with the magnificent ex-
amples grown in the Nicobars.

In the subjoined table the distribution of the “‘ civilized ” species is
given ; in those cases where the species is believed to be truly indigenous
in a particular area the distribution mark indicating the area in question
is enclosed within ( ) brackets. From this table we learn that 28 of
these species, or 80 per cent. of the whole, are cosmopolitan in the
tropics, and that, with the exception of one weed and two cultivated
species, which do not occur in the Orient, they are sub-tropical as well
as tropical species. The original home of about one-half of the species
is known with some degree of certainty and it is interesting to note
that 7,. or 20 per cent. of the class, are originally natives of the New
World, introduced in consequence of human intercourse into, and now
established in, the Hastern Hemisphere as well. Ten of themare known
to be natives of South-Hastern Asia; only six of these have spread
beyond that area.

1391.) —-~D. ~Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. BYW

Taste XII. Distribution of ‘‘ Civilized” species present in the Coco Group.

SPECIES.

Cultivated
species.
S. E. Asia.

Weeds.

Polynesia,
America.

Africa.
Orient.
Australia.

Nymphea rubra... 206 poo
Sida carpinifolia

[Urena lobata] 00

Hibiscus Sabdariffa Se

Hibiscus Abelmoschus 000 000
Moringa pterygosperma 200 o00
Crotalaria sericea 000
Desmodium triflorum 200
Alysicarpus vaginalis 000

Phaseolus gp. 000

Tamarindus indica ...

Carica Papaya 000 06

Vernonia cinerea ... 300
Adenostemma viscosum G00 000
Ageratum conyzoides on a
Tpomoea coccinea... boo 600
Ipomea Batatas... oo 500
Solanum Melongena wee

Capsicum minimum fe

Scoparia dulcis 000

Rungia pectinata 200

[ Anisomeles ovata ] a0

| Boerhaavia repens | 506

Celosia cristata 000
Achyranthes aspera 000 000
Gomphrena globosa 000 900
Euphorbia pilulifera 500 200
Musa sapientum ... 200 200
Cocos nucifera 000 000 eee
Kyllinga brevifolia ... Bee
Fimbristylis diphylla ot

[Panicum colonum]... S00

Panicum ciliare 000 800

[Panicum Helopus]

Hleusine indica 000 500 900
Hleusine zegyptiaca 800 00

Pen

loose |
I
~~

rs |
=a

—

xX XXXXXXXKXXXXI TX |XX xXxXxXXX x wUKX IK XKxXXKX*X

—

—
—

i eer |
ee |

eo

Ix 1x xxxXxXxxxwx x I xxxxx |

a ad

a ea
|

—_
—

|x |xxxxxxxxwxx I xxxIdIxx
1x ixxxxxxxxwxx] xxxxx I

I

—_n

xX XXXXKXXXXKXX XXX XXXKKXXKXXXXXXXKXKXXX

I
|

—

—
xx I|xXxXxXxXxXxXxXxX XX |
i

—_

| xxxx x]

—

Joel est eal

XX I XXxXxXx[x xxx dx | ix ixxxxxxxxwxx | xxxxx I

xX XX KKK XXX XX IX OI

eel
erele!l wel
xxxXxXX xX]

The only Oryptogam that belongs to this class is the incompletely
kaown Fungus the mycelium of which has proved so destructive to the
tea-crop at Port Blair. From what has been said in the account of this
species it will be seen that the species, whatever it may be, is certainly
indigenous in, or at any rate has not been introduced by human agency
into, the Andaman group.

We have now to consider the “sylvestrian”, or truly wild,
“migrant”? species. These may be conveniently subdivided into
“coast” and ‘inland’? species—the former a group the members of
which may, and here in most instances probably do, owe their presence

378 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. No. 4,

to introduction by means of ocean-currents. But just as we have seen
that some of the weeds may be claimed as indigenous, or at all events as
introduced by other than human agency, so here we find that these classes
pass insensibly into each other and that species which may be introduced
by the sea, such as Hntada scandens, Gloriosa superba, Boerhaavia repens,
Cocos nucifera, etc., may quite as reasonably owe their presence to a pre-
vious land-connection, to wind, to birds, or to involuntary or voluntary
human agency. The more doubtful instances, however, will be found
discussed in detail below. This group of species, however, as a whole,
is characterised by a general distribution which is directly affected by
the physiographical features of, and the currents that prevail in, the
surrounding seas, and is only indirectly, if at all, influenced by the con-
figuration of the adjacent land.

The ‘‘coast”’ species have to be further subdivided in “marine”
and ‘‘littoral” species, and the former group, as comprising the plants
for which the influence of ocean-currents is most evident, will be consi-
dered first. Only one Phanerogam belongs to this class; this species,
Cymodocea ciliata, is however almost the most plentiful, the only other
common species being Sargassum tlicifolium ; all the others are very incon-
spicuous, being few in number, small in size, and scantily represented.

The following table gives at once a list of, and indicates the marine
distribution for, these species; for six of them, as the general list shews,
this is, as regards the Alge, only approximate.

TaBLe XIII. Distribution of the “‘ Marine” species present in the Coco

Group.

Fi a

.|2 5
SPECIES, Scale SPECIES, Sie
a} 2 S\}djo
a|.2 |S a|8/s
S\Ele 3/5 [2
<q) la Sol a oll
Cymodocea ciliata ... [—| x |—] Gelidium corneum Boo tates) tes
Sargassum ilicifoliam .. |X |x| xf Caulerpa clavifera 903 ees
Turbinaria ornata ee |—| X|—] Caulerpa plamaris owe |— | X/—
Padina pavonia «. |X| x|x# Valonia fastigiata ee |—| x1
Dictyota dichotoma -... |X |x| x} Valonia confervoides ./—|x}—
Lithothamnion polymorphum .., | x | x |—] Halimeda Opuntia non £3 || 831/53
Acanthophora Thierii ... |X|x|x} Siphonocladus ? filiformis ... |—|x]—
Jania tenella —|x|—] Vaucheria sp. vee |] x
Gracilaria crassa eee |—| X | —] Calothrix pulvinata 509 || $2 |] 83]! 53

Nearly one-half of the species are cosmopolitan in tropical seas;
probably some of the six of which the distribution is not accurately
ascertained are also cosmopolitan. One species appears to extend

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 379

only to the Pacific from the Indian Ocean, another only to the Atlantic
from the Indian Ocean. The Cymodocea, though present in Africa,
appears not to be recorded from the Mascarene Islands, and Sargassum
wcifolium though occurring in Malayan waters, has not yet been found
on the coasts of Northern Australia. One species, Dictyota dichotoma,
is rather more frequent in sub-tropical than in tropical seas and is
cosmopolitan in both the northern and the southern hemispheres.

The next group of species to be considered—the ‘“ littoral ”’—in-
cludes many plants for which the evidence of introduction by the sea is
almost as palpable as in the case of the “ marine” species themselves.
They germinate on the beaches, and grow only near the sea, preferably
in muddy creeks or on the sand or shingle; their fruits and seeds are
found in every ‘‘ drift”’ and the species themselves occur on every Indian
or Malayan coast. Such are the true mangroves and the species like
Avicennia, Algiceras, Carapa, that are constantly associated with the
mangrove-vegetation ; the sand-binding species like Ipomea biloba,
Huphorbia Atoto, Sesuvium Portulacastrum, Vigna lutea, Thuarea sar-
mentosa ; the tropical sea-fence of Pandanus odoratissimus, Desmodium
umbellatum, Sophora tomentosa, Tournefortia argentea, Clerodendron
imerme, Vitex Negundo, with its concomitant climbing vegetation, Cana-
valia obtusifolia, Ipomea digitata, Argyreia tilicfolia ; the outer beach-
forest of Terminalia COatappa, Hernandia peltata, Hrythrina indica,
Stephegyne diversifolia ; the inner beach forest of Cycas, Mimusops and
Pisonia; and even the species of the mud-flats within, like Leea sam-
bucina, Hibiscus tiliaceus, Cynometra ramiflora, Plagellaria indica and
many more. The seeds of all these have been observed by the writer
in the “drifts” of these islands and many of them have been noted, either
in the Andamans and Nicobars, or in Narcondam, germinating on the
beach. There are others, however, that are more doubtful, and, though
the whole of the species for which this mode of introduction is con-
ceivable are given below, the species for which any doubt is possible are
enclosed in brackets and the more equivocal of these are discussed at
the end of the list.*

* Since this paper was written and while these pages have been passing through
the press two papers have appeared that deal with this section of the flora of the
Malayan countries much more fully than the scope of the present paper permits.
To these papers, viz:—Schimper: Die Indo-Malayische Strandflora (Jena: Gustay
Fischer, 1891) and Karsten: Ueber die Mangrove-Vegetation in Malayischen Archipel ;
Bibliotheca Botanica, Heft 22 (Cassel: Theodor Fischer, 1891) neither of which had
appeared when the writer’s remarks were written and which he greatly regrets having
been unable to refer to in the text, the writer would refer those who are interested
in the subject of mangrove and coast plants and the influence of ocean-currents and

their distribution.

49

380

D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group.

[No. 4,

TaBLe XIV. Distribution of “littoral” species present in the Coco Group.
Indian

Atlantic.

10

15

20

30

SPECIES,

Calophyllum inophyllum ..

Hibiscus tiliaceus 500
Thespesia populnea nae
[Sterculia rubiginosa, var. |
Heritiera littoralis 000
Carapa moluccensis a00
Colubrina asiatica :
Leea sambucina 500
[Leea hirta]} ... eee
| Dodonzea viscosa 600

| Dracontomelum mangiferum]

Desmodium umbellatum ...
[Desmodium triquetrum |
{Desmodium polycarpum |
HKrythrina indica G00
Mucuna gigantea
Canavalia obtusifolia _....
Vigna lutea ...
Derris sinuata
Derris uliginosa
Pongamia glabra
Cesalpinia Bonducella ...
Cesalpinia Nuga ae
Sophora tomentosa 000

. Cynometra ramiflora at

.

35.

40.

. Wedelia scandens
Scevola Kosnigii

Entada scandens boc
Rhizophora mucronata
Rhizophora conjugata
Ceriops Candolleana 300
Ceriops Roxburghiana ...
Bruguiera gymnorhiza ...
Terminalia Catappa se
Lumnitzera racemosa ...
Gyrocarpus Jacquinii
Barringtonia speciosa...
Barringtonia racemosa ..,
Pemphis acidula
Sesuvium Portulacastrum
Stephegyne diversifolia ...
Guettarda speciosa
Ixora brunnescens
Morinda bracteata abc
Adenostemma viscosum .,..
Pluchea indica

PUPP VLE d tex thi det ixtxixetexx ditt bax td titi ti xt | Beste America.

Primer yeni dt) Woven etx) siege il te 1x x 1 it) xx) |) Western Atnica,

PxIxtrxtxxxPtixtwelltixxt xt xpxixxtixixtxtxxxx xx! | Bastern Africa.

pixtxxxxtxtxtltlixxtxixxx|xxxxx Ix Ix |x xxx ‘Ix x x | Mascarene Islands.

|x | x

asts.

Ko) eT HX UU xX DRUID) oT XTEXTRC IXY XIX) x) XT x x | Iidian’co

Se 86) |] 8s 2s ||

Burma, Malacca,

Andaman, Java.

Os I Se |

xXXXX | XXX K XXX XXX XXX XXX XX XXX KK XXX KX XXX | XX XxX | xX x xX | Malay Islands.

xx 1x Ix Px x PXxXx PX DX EX xX XX xxx |XX XXX IX |X| xxx x | x xx | Northern Australia.

Be) Set (pos I) cs es es C6 os eS oi] os 4] [1 xXxX [xxx xx Ex xxx | XXX | xXx x | xxx | Polynesia,

Pacific.

PPPRDTDIXDVIKIVIED DIOL TER DEE XREL OTT UXT EDT TY Xt | Western Americe,

1891.

SPECIES.

[Ardisia humilis] Be

50.

55,

60.

70.

75

80

85.

90.

Aegiceras majus 200
Mimusops littoralis ...
Cerbera Odollam 200
Ochrosia borbonica ...
Tabernemontana crispa
Sarcolobus globosus
Cordia subcordata 500
Tournefortia argentea ...
Argyreia tiliefolia 000
Ipomea grandiflora ...
Ipomea digitata
Ipomeea denticulata ...
Tpomea biloba 000
Convolvulus parviflorus
Physalis minima
[Oroxylum indicum ]
Eranthemum succifolium

. [Peristrophe acuminata ]

[Lippia nodiflora |
Premna integrifolia ...
Premna sp.
Vitex Negundo :
[ Vitex pubescens | oe
[Vitex Wimberleyi] ...
Clerodendron inerme
Avicennia, Officinalis
Boerhaavia repens 900
Pisonia aculeata 900
[ Pisonia excelsa] Bs

Achyranthes porphyristachya

Hernandia peltata
Cassytha filiformis
Euphorbia Atoto
Macaranga Tanarius
Cycas Ramphii
Crinum asiaticum
Tacca pinnatifida
Draceena angustifolia
[Gloriosa superba] ...
Flagellaria indica 36
Caryota sobolifera 900
[Cocos nucifera | 50
Pandanus odoratissimus
Cyperus pennatus
Fimbristylis ferruginea
Thuarea sarmentosa
Ischeemum muticum ...

eco

Atlantic.

i Sin) Pein 1 ene ri) ein te Piet 0 GE) Basten Amerie,

ee eee ete erent ey eat ei ef) 1 ete) (Western Aine,

Indian Ocean.
is Sa
| a oF
a|| . (es
SE 2 [ese
Hlo| 9 leq
<i) To) ie
o| o |a &
Hie] og (83
S|9!| S |5 4
ais) 3 jas
ale| 4

ssi) ae x
—|/—| x x
=|=| = | &
sli} 32 x
3/53) Se x
lol) cS Se
3] se x
x|x|fx ]} x
x|xX)] X x
—|—| x x
x|x] x x
x|x| x x
—|x| x x
x|x|[x ]} x
—|-| x x
Se S< |) 88 x
=| || 5 x
|=} = | s&s
Ses ee x
x|x] x x
= |=) 92 x
slo} 5 || xX
«|x| x x
oles be x
|| a |}
=|} se x
x|x| x x
x|xX| x x
x|xX| xX x
Bee a tear alse
|=) x x
— || 52 |) Se x
SCX |< x
—/|—!| x x
eee
=s| =|} 5¢ x
—|i—| xX x
x |x| x x
=|] = |} &
—|-—| x x
x|xX!] x x
—|-—| — x
x|x] x x
—|x| x x
—|x| x x
x|x| x x
—|xX]| x x
-—j-| - x

D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group.

Malay
seas.

ee ee a ee | Malay Islands.

ee ee ete eee ie | oly nesice

so rise be Se Seq) Se I) Se Se Se ee I] BSS Se 1 oss oe ih] ) sees es TEP I Sees os ose es Des os |] eal xeeexl | Northern Australia,

xxxxIx

381

Pacific.

ea ieee tr) Peep yet teen ems vex p< Te ht) ae Vth 15) | Westen Atrexice

382 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

This list includes 94 species for which sea-introduction is conceivable,
and for the presence of most of the species it contains this mode of intro-
duction is almost certainly responsible. The list might even be made more
extensive than it is, for if Sterculia rubiginosa, which is a purely ‘litto-
ral”’ species here as it is elsewhere throughout the Andaman and Nicobar
groups—to which area the variety found in the Coco Islands is strictly
confined,—be sea-introduced, there is no reason why some of the other
species of Sterculia should not be added. As a matter of fact the writer
has collected specimens of species of Sterculia in Narcondam and in Batti
Maly, the first island a locality where certainly, the second one where
probably, every species present has been somehow or other introduced.
But no Sterculia seeds were recognised in the “ drifts” and therefore
the whole of the species have been left out except this purely ‘littoral’
one, while even it has been omitted from consideration in the analysis
of the table which follows. Again, Leea hirta might well be sea-intro- ~
duced if Leea sambucina is ; their fruits are very similar and Leea fruits are
common in the ‘‘drifts.” All the fruits found, however, were precisely
the same and seemed to be undoubtedly those of Leea sambucina, which
is a very common species in the mud flats that skirt the mangrove-
swamps, where it occurs as a considerable shrub or small tree with
stilted roots that imitate the style and appearance of those of the man-
groves. Both species, however, may have been introduced by fruit-
eating birds; only one therefore, owing to its habitat, is taken as an
example of this mode of introduction, the other being relegated to the list
of species that are bird-introduced. Another species to which the same
remarks apply is Ardisia humilis, which is a purely beach-forest species
and, as such, is equally common here, on Narcondam, in the Andamans,
and in the Nicobars; perhaps it is, on the whole, more likely to have been
introduced owing to birds having eaten its purple-berried fruit. Allophy-
lus Cobbe, which is almost certainly bird-introduced, may be quoted in
support of this, for though it also occurs in the interior it is a common
tree in the Pandanus fence and in the beach-forest. Dracontomelum man-
giferum might be a sea-introduced species, for Mr. Hemsley records a
Dracontomelum ? fruit from the New Guinea “ drift”, with empty seed-
cells however (Challenger Reports ; Botany, vol. i, part 3, p. 290). And
if Dracontomelum be included so might Spondias and Canariwm, for
though birds and bats eat the pulpy fruits of these species they cannot
swallow the stone and, as in the case of Terminalia Catappa, can hardly
do more than assist in dispersing them locally. Desmodium triquetrum
and Desmodium polycarpum are both very common on the rocky parts of
the coast just above the spray-line and their fruits therefore are extremely
common in the “ drifts.” But itis notat all clear that they must therefore

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 383

be put down in the list of sea-introduced species; they are well-known
as weeds of cultivation elsewhere, being diffused because of the readi-
ness with which the indehiscent segments of their fruits attach them-
selves to the clothes of man and to the fur of his domestic animals.
Here they are undoubtedly not weeds introduced by man, but it may
well be that they have been introduced by birds, owing to fragments
of their pods having attached themselves to their feathers. Another
species to which the same remarks apply is Adenostenvma viscosum, though
this is more probably sea-introduced than the other; still another is Boer-
haavia repens ; perhaps all four are distributed at one time by the sea, at
another by birds. Lippia nodiflora may also be a bird-introduced species ;
its seeds may have been brought in the pellets of mud that become
attached to the feet, and to the feathers at the base of the bill of
wading- and swimming-birds. Achyranthes porphyristachya which, from
its situation in these islands, cannot be a weed introduced by man, and
which is a common sea-shore species in the Nicobars and in the
Laccadives also, may perhaps be bird-introduced like the Desmodia.
If, as is suggested, now one agency, now another is responsible for
the dispersal of these species, it is easy to understand why those
species should all be “littoral” in these islands and yet occur as
inland species in other localities. Mucuna gigantea will be readily
admitted as an unequivocal example of this mode of distribution,
as will Derris sinuata, for both occur in the beach-forest more com-
monly than they do on the ridges; so too, will the other Leguminose of
the list except perhaps Hntada scandens. And yet Hntada scandens
must be sometimes an introduced species, for it is one of the plants
that occur on Narcondam, an island for which it seems impossible to
postulate any previous land-connection ; the writer moreover had the good
fortune to find one of its enormous seeds germinating along with those
of Mucuna, ete., on the sandy islet between Great Coco and Jerry.
Physalis minima is a species that at first suggests bird-introduction
rather than sea-introduction, and its wide inland dispersal undoubtedly
is largely owing to its fruits being eaten and to the subsequent voiding
of its hard discoid seeds. But here it is only found close to the sea just
above the spray-line and its fuits were found in the “drifts” here and
there, the light bladder-like calyx amply accounting for their flotation ;
the pulp of the fruit probably protects the seeds, if such protection be
necessary, from the action of the salt water. Among the Convolvulacee,
for which this means of dispersal is not at all uncommon, the only species
now included that calls for remark is Convolvulus parviflorus. It is,
however, one of the commonest of the sea-face creepers along the west
coast of Great Coco, and is equally common on Narcondam, Barren

384, D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

Island, Rutland Island and Batti Malv, and is included in the list without
any feeling of doubt in the mind of the writer. On the other hand, in-
deed, it is with some diffidence that another species, Ipomcea T'urpethum,
is omitted. All three species of Vitex given are “ littoral,” but while there
seems no doubt that Vater Negundo is sea-introduced, it is on the whole
more probable that the others are introductions by fruit-eating birds.
Macaranga Tanarius is algo a species that from its habitat the writer has
no hesitation in considering a sea-introduced species; another that he
would have wished to include is Blachia andamanica which occurs on
the coast with Desmodium wmbellatum, Pluchea indica and other un-
equivoca'ly littoral species. Moreover there are several of these shrubby
and arboreous Huphorbiaceew on Narcondam ; their presence there indicates
that some mode of introduction for species of this order must be possible.
In the absence, however, of direct experiment with their seeds the others
have been left to swell, probably unduly, the list of ‘remanent ”’
species. acca pinnatifida, which is an inland as well as a coast species,
may be bird-introduced, for its seeds are embedded in a sweet pulp.
But though a species of ant is very fond of this fruit and scoops out
all the ripe pulp, leaving the seeds bare but uninjured in an other-
wise empty bag, no bird, so far as the writer could see, appears
to eat them. The twu Pisonias, one a climber, the other a tree, are
both ‘littoral’? and so may well be sea-introduced, but as both
have peculiar fruits with glutinous lines along their sides they may
equally well be bird-introduced species. The sticky lines along the
angles of the fruits of Pisonia eacelsa in particular have all the tenacity
of bird-lime. As this species occurs some way inland as well as along
the coast there is little doubt that, even if sea-introduced, its further
dispersal is assisted by ground-feeding birds or small mammals. The
fruits of two species of Dipterocarpus were seen in the “drifts,” but the
writer has no hesitation, from what is known regarding the delicacy of
the seeds in this order and the rapidity with which their power of
germinating is lost, in excluding both from the list. From what has
already been said regarding “‘civilized”’ species it will be seen that
though Cocos nucifera is undoubtedly capable of being introduced by
the sea, it is probably not to this agency that its presence in these
islands is due. Caryota sobolifera, however, which is throughout the
whole Andaman group a very common species, both on flat and on
rising ground, and which is as common on Narcordam as in the Cocos,
is probably a sea-introduced species.

Peristrophe acuminata is another species that affects only the locali-
ties in which Desmodium polycarpum and its companions are found and
ought probably to be included among the littoral species; in the absence

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 385

of further evidence, however, it is treated as only doubtfully sea-
introduced. Another doubtful species is Dodoncea viscosa, a cosmopolitan
species. Still another, equally doubtful, is Gloriosa superba which is ex-
ceedingly common in the coast zone on both the Coco Islands, and which
the writer has collected, in the coast zone also and only there, in South
Andaman, in Rutland Island, in Batti Maly, in Car Nicobar, in Narcon-
dam, and in Barren Island, and which Dr, Alcock has collected, near the
sea, in the Laccadives. On the whole therefore we might feel justified
in considering it a sea-introduced species. But it is very abundant also
throughout the whole of India; it extends from the Nilghiris and
Central India to Rajputana, the Panjab, and the Gangetic plain, as well
as to the Himalaya from Kamaon to Bhutan, and is common in Bengal,
Assam and Burma. It cannot very easily be bird-introduced and one
must therefore incline to the opinion that the agency responsible here
is that of winds, a view which is favoured by the nature of its seeds.
But even then it is not easy to suppose that winds could carry these as far
as some of the islands mentioned and still that its distribution should be
limited to South-Eastern Asia. Orozylum indicum might possibly be
sea-introduced, but on the whole has more probably been brought by
wind. It need not be indigenous for it occurs in abundance in Narcondam.
Though its fruits occur in the “drifts” they are always split open and
it is unlikely that the seeds could remain attached to the fruit-segments
during their transit from any of the neighbouring coasts.

Few of the cryptogams can be considered ‘‘ littoral ’’ and the state-
ments that have been made of the possibility of Fungi, etc., being brought
to ocean-islands attached to logs of wood or trunks of trees are not as a
rule made by those who have seen and carefully examined ocean-drifts.
Even Polyporus sanguinale, which apparently has a prediliction for dead
or dying trunks of Cocos nucifera, being commoner there than in any
other situation, was not found growing on any of the trunks that lie on
the beaches exposed to the sun after having been soaked in salt water.
The logs that are cast up on the beach and the roots that protrude from
the sand at those points where denudation is going on, are scrubbed
bare by the coral-sand and bleached white by the sun; they harbour no
Fungi and seem preserved from decay by the treatment to which
they have been subjected. There is, however, a striking exception in a
“‘dry-rot” which attacks Mimusops littoralis trunks and some other
timbers. In the case of the Bullet-wood it was seen both on Great and
Little Coco; the same appearance was presented by the remains of
a wooden vessel in Little Coco. The appearance and consistence of
this “‘dry-rot”’ so closely resemble the results of charring that it was
difficult to realize that the wood in question had not been subjected to

386 D. Prain—The Vegetution of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

fire. The effects of actual charring were, however, observed in the
hollow trunk of a large Mimusops near the shelter huts at the south end
of Great Coco; closer comparison shows that the product of the Fungus
has a facies of its own unlike that of true charcoal. This difference is
difficult to express in words, butis very recognisable when the two things
are placed side by side. The phenomenon was not noticed in the case
of Erythrina, Heritiera, Stephegyne, or other dead trees on the beach.
Excluding from consideration all the doubtful species enclosed in
brackets we find that there are 80 unequivocally sea-introduced plants, or
more than one-fourth of the phanerogamic species and over 22 per cent. of
the entire flora. On consulting the distribution it is seen how greatly the
coast flora is one characteristic of the Indian Ocean and of Malayan Seas,
particularly the latter, since 76 species, or 97 per cent., occur on the shores
of the Malay Islands, whereas only 66, or 83 per cent., occur on the Indian
coasts of the Sea of Bengal. Moreover one of these, Sarcolobus globosus,
might almost be omitted, its only Indian locality being the Sunderbuns, at
the head of the Bay of Bengal. Another, Ipomea denticulata, though ex-
tending up the eastern side of the Bay to the coast of Arracan, is, on the
western side, confined to Ceylon. This indication of a tendency to ex-
tension eastward is borne out by the features of the further distribution
of these species, for 60 species, or 76 per cent., extend south-eustward
to the shores of northern Australia, while only 47, or 59 per cent., extend
south-west to the Mascarene Islands ; and 51 species, or 64 per cent.,
occur in one or other of the Polynesian groups, while only 36, or 46 per
cent., reach continental Hast Africa. But, while this is the case, it is inter-
esting to note that 21 species, or 24 per cent., occur on the African Atlantic
coast, and 15 species, or 19 per cent., cross the Atlantic to the Hastern
coasts of America, whereas only 13 species, or 16 per cent., extend across
the Pacific from Polynesia to the Western American coasts. These fea-
tures of the littoral floraare given more compactly in the subjoined table.

TapLE XV. LHatension of “littoral” species present in the Coco Group.
Deen eee, a SE ST SS SSS Sa]

Species Species Species
extending westward to present in the extending eastward to
> = : S
Sees B & i =
3S § =) 3 2 Coco GRouP. 3 3 3 E
. 4 = 3
8 a < :s FSI x 8 < <4 os § °
"8 a a 8 be | a isl
oS 3 2 9 As} Gs) ~ BS oO
SS pes | em Sas a Boe a ce
4 Se eiiget ee Palen is |) ait
15 21 36 47 66 80 76 60 61 13
19°/, | 24°/, | 46°/, | 59°/, | 83°/, 100°/, 97°/, | 76°], | 64°/, | 167,

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 387

An analysis of the table of distribution from the opposite point of
view is given below; from it we learn that 11 species, or 14 per cent.,
are cosmopolitan on tropical sea-shores; that four more are nearly cos-
mopolitan, being present in both hemispheres ; that only four, so far as is
known, are limited to the coasts of these islands, the Andamans and the
Nicobars; and that, excepting these four, every one of the species is found
on the Malayan Coasts. So far then as the ‘‘ littoral” species are con-
cerned we must conclude that the flora of the Coco Group is decidedly

Malayan.
‘Tapre XVI. Analysis of distribution of ‘‘ Littoral” species.

Present on both Pacific and Atlantic coasts :— 1.2.00 ssseesee sessovvecsee 19
Cosmopolitan on tropical sea-shores:— ....00 .sscccce .eeese veoe Ll
Almost ditto, (present in both hemispheres):— ..... Socan00 0000

Absent from Pacific American coasts only: — .....see0.. 2
Absent from Pacific Polynesian coasts only ....+¢....... 1
Absent from Hastern African and Mascarene coasts only ]

Absent from New World entirely :— ...cvccocsesscoo -+:essesovoesne0s 4

Present on Atlantic and Indian Ocean (not on Pacific) coastS ...sessorces. L
Present on Pacific and Indian Ocean (not on Atlantic) CoastS ..ssscccers+e oo
Extending from Africa to Polynesia:— ...ee0 sseoee cecveesssees LO
On all intervening shores :— .....6 .sscoece ssscecve cove 14
Absent only from Northern Australia ......ssee0essee0 II

Extending from Mascarene islands to Polynesia :—....0..sssseos. 9
Extending from India to Polynesia coc cece eevee 2200 88eO 00000000 8
Extending from Coco Islands to Polynesia ......ecccescoorseooe IL

Confined to Indian Ocean and Malayan Seas ....... STAG OOMOU GOD GON ee
Western species: —T »e2e0e oe eos000 2e00e 200007008 020000 089088008
Extending from Africa to Australia:— ....cc00rseosooe 2

In both Africa and Mascarenes ......c<ccceo seve 1
In Mascarenes, not in Africa.....sss00 sscvcese L

Extending from Africa to Malaya only ....sesessscreoe 2

In Continental Africa, not in Mascarenes ...+... i
In Mascarenes, not in Africa....ccco.sseooseee L

Hastern species :—......000 seccccve eoreeoee@ c200008 sceeenn 090000 6
Extending from Australia to India ......00 sescsseercee 38
Extending from Australia to the Coco Group ..coccsere 3

Cent rales peciesie——umelslalanleleletkeieleleielelslolie eis elele sielelsie\eleis aielafoleie) ve eiefeie Lid

Extending from India to Malaya e000 66806008 2000080 2000 8
Extending from Coco Group to Malaya ......se+sser5e00e 9
Extending from Coco Group to Nicobars only ...0..++0. 4

Tova number of “ Littoral” specias. coo re rcoeee verseege teen 80

In discussing the inland “immigrant” species the first agency to
be considered ,is that of winds. This influence must here be stronger
50

388 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. No. 4,

than in many places, for though the south-west monsoon, which blows for
half the year, sweeps only over a wide expanse of sea before it reaches
the islands, there is a very distinct and tolerably powerful north-east
monsoon which, during a considerable part of the remaining half-year,
blows from the direction of the adjacent Burmese coast.

It is, however, easy to overrate the effect of this agency and however
welladapted certain friuts, such as those of the two Dipterocarpt, Terminalia
bialata, Pterocarpus indicus, Sterculia companulata, Porana spectabilis,
Illigera conyzadenia, Ventilago calyculata, or seeds, such as those of
Sterculia alata, Gloriosa superba, Aristolochia tagala, may at first sight
appear to be for transmission by wind, it seems very doubtful on further
consideration if any of those mentioned could possibly be carried so far
as from the nearest mainland to these islands. In most of these cases the
wings of the fruits or seeds can only, as in that of Gyrocarpus, assist
in local dispersal. Regard must be paid, too, to the usual situation of
the species, and in the case of Orchids, for example, the seeds of
which are light, and well adapted for carriage in this way, it is doubtful
if Calanthe veratrifolia, which is always found in densely shady places,
could have been brought in this way. Similarly among the inland
Cryptogams, for all of which except Chara this means of dispersal is
doubtless possible, it seems more probable that Acrostichum appendt-
culatum, which affects the same localities as Calanthe, and Ceratopteris
thalictroides, which undoubtedly is sometimes, if not always, bird-
introduced, ought to be excluded from this list.

The table below gives the whole of the possibly “‘ wind-introduced ”’
species present in the group.

Taste XVII. Distribution of Wind-introduced ‘ inland” species
present in the Coco Group.

| | |
S. E. Asia.
SPECIAS $ q
nw vi Ue S ; r g 8
Se ces oes |e su es a
Pats ieiteal SIESi-e | is
3 7 Pl so =I fa (3)
) oy o |8} 2 5 | oO 2) Fa
| 2 | cS loo fe] Sle a | 8
| oH =| r=] Ee © | 5 3 oS
a) 4] 4 alaial/a|4i|\a
Se a. Fe] ]

Bombax insigne os ries ea Soi ml SSN cele Salles oI yh
Eriodendron anfractuosun aoael| (Ss sae sel esl es Xx fa
Dodonza viscosa S60 Gosh esl SSP SS SO 89 x 38 —- |x
[ Vernonia cinerea | Sal eal canes smile ss se)
iy. Vernonia divergens Pee arena easy ea ta fel eo ees WE Ge
Bumea virens 900 don || == x x I-j) — | —f— x -
[Strophanthus Wallichii]... Si Seis S|} =) =) Ss |) 2

1891.]

D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group.

389

S. EH. Asia.

10.

20.

SPECIES.

Anodendron paniculatum
Chonemorpha macrophylla
Hoya parasitica, Doc
Hoya diversifolia 000
Dischidia nummularia_ ...
Oroxylum indicum
Heterophragma adenophyllum

. Aristolochia tagala

Dendrobium secundum
[Calanthe veratrifolia] ...
Dorites Wightii

Aérides multiflorum .
Pholidota imbricata p00
Dioscorea glabra

Dioscorea pentaphylla
Gloriosa superba

' [Ischeemum ciliare |

20.

30.

35.

40.

45.

50.

55.

[ Andropogon contortus | ...
Davallia solida 900
Adiantum lunulatum
Polypodium irioides
Polypodium adnascens
Polypodium quercifolium...
Vittaria elongata
Acrostichum scandens ...
[Acrostichum appendiculatum |
Lygodium flexuosum 900
Calymperes Dozyanum ...
Bryum coronatum

Collema nigrescens
Physcia obscura

Lentinus leucochrous
Lenzites deplanata a
Lenzites subferruginea ...
Polyporus fulvus 200
Polyporus xanthopus
Polyporus sanguineus
Polyporus grammatocephalus
Polyporus australis 900
Hexagona pergamenea
Hexagona sericeo-hirsuta
Hexagona tenuis 500
Dedelea flabellum
Dedeelea sanguinea 900
Dedzelea quercina n00
Dedzlea concentrica 000
Thelephora incrustans ...
Bovista hlacina ale
Hirneola polytricha
Daldinia vernicosa
Rhytisma sp. ... 400

oS
O A =|
a lt. a |s
om 53) 4 . Gs 2)
se) ol) Se) Hae GS |) os} ||
Po SO Bae Woe el)
© | & 6 |a) $ Salas 3 |)
A) SS |e) es hs Ea ee
al pS er Ei a eh et ey) es

Ati x 53 esto th co SS Hh
we | — | X Ix ]x} — —-|xf-—
tae _— = x x = — — x x
500 = — x x — _— = Pog «
Feu beeey tee ear HI OX —-/|/—/]x}]-—_—
.i- x SG i | ee x x
Soul ce linc le oveeliael eel ceanln seule
NN ES EINOS3 |< |= |S x
ef} om} x fxy—}—- ff]
500 > Se ICES Iles SSS
Be satin dies x j=-| - ] = -|-
200 | | eo I BS aes
x x (Xf —] =] —] = x
je | = |x se Se |i |} ce || & x
é wer 0 ese Xi a mi | Sonat se
— |x x ix|—]—]—] x x
—= |x x |x| x =| Sih sS &
00 x x x |X| Xx x x = x
= | = FLX pel ss Seite. IRS a
O0 x x SZ SSH Bs x x an
oo | % x <EAIDS In oS x x x —
x x SQ Be) x x —-|-
2 = x x |x| x Xo meee oe x
odo |} eS rss Bs WAS] es x - x =
06 — x BS eS Ih es x = x x
oo0 || || 88 x |x} —]—}]—] x x
00 I|" 28 x XS NSS 2s = = x _-
=| — |Ex Ix qx — | = |—| P| =
te x x es el) es x x x x
oop x x x x x x x x _—
5 |) Bs x 33 Sell ss x x -|=-
wf —]} — ([x]ix} —| =~] —~ | -— |] -
oe —) x x x = — ix, rt =
o = x xX |x| = = = — _
-|—}-— |[x]ix}] —~}|-—-]—] =|] -
eae | ox x XS llset os x x P —
ano || a x Se ise] &8 x x P —
00 — |x xX |x] x — Soto fics
x x x se] oe x x x —_
— |(xJifxJj-|-|-|-]-]-
of al oie] =|} =] xs | o |] =
«| x | = |~xjJi—|] ~ | —| —~- | —] =
w}|— |x ILxji-} —-}|—}]—-]—-]-—
-1—}| x I~xJi-] ~} —-]| —~}| —-] =
x x x |x] x x x P —
Ns x x a | cal x x x =
soo {|S x 5S SSI) BS x x x x
oe | X x SS Sei Be x x —|-
Sea SQ Be Sei eat Sa Pe se lt es
—- x [~x}J—-) -}| -]| x | -] =

| | i

of-i = iedi-|-1-i-i | x

390 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

It will be seen that the majority of the species in this table are
actually present in one or other of the two voleanic islands of the An-
daman Sea, Narcondam and Barren Island, and even in these cases where
they are not present allied species are. There is a Bombaz in Narcon-
dam and though its specific identity or otherwise with the Andamans
one cannot be here discussed, it is evident that any Bombax may be
wind-introduced. And whatever agency explains the presence of Bom-
baw will, part passu, explain that of Hriodendron.

Not a single orchid was found on Narcondam though on Barren
Island two were found—a species of Dendrobiwm on trees on the outer
cone, and Pholidota imbricata, which occurs at the top of the inner
cone within the crater-cup where the ground is kept moist by the con-
densation of escaping steam. Then the Hoyas are both present in great
abundance on the exposed rocks and tall trees of both islands. The
most doubtful species undoubtly are Aristolochia tagala, Gloriosa superba,
and, especially, the two species of Dioscorea. Yet these must all be
immigrant. The writer has collected Aristolochia tagala on Batti
Maly, a small outlying uninhabited fragment of the Nicobar Group,
on Barren Island, and on Narcondam. And even if it be claimed that
on Batti Maly the species may be a remanent one on the other two
islands it, like every other species, must be immigrant. The case of
Gloriosa superba has already been discussed when dealing with the
species introduced by the sea. The Dioscereas are still more difficult
to explain, but it hardly seems as if they could be bird-introduced, and
it is almost as difficult to think that they have been introduced by the
sea. They are never littoral, being even in these islands strictly con-
fined to the higher dry ridges. Yet they are certainly not necessarily
remanent, for the writer has collected not these only but a third
species, Dioscorea bulbifera, or at all events a bulbiferous one, which is
present along with these two in great quantity in Narcondam and
especially in Barren Island. In both these islands the species must
all be immigrant and from the physiographical history of Barren
Island should there be, biologically speaking, extremely recently so.
Though no Strophanthus occurs in Barren Island, an Aganosma is
common there. The distribution of the Cryptogams of this class calls
for little remark, the peculiarities displayed in this respect by the
Fungi being probably altogether owing to this class being imperfectly
known in most floras. The presence, for instance, of two species here
that are recorded only from North America probably implies that they
are both in reality cosmopolitan or nearly so.

To the 58 species enumerated above should be added six imperfectly

represented Cryptogams, giving a total of 64 species ; the following table
contains an analysis of their distribution.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group: 391
TasbE XVIII. Analysis of the distribution of Wind-introduced species.

Species present in both hemispheres :— Bayakeysts Byeec moda anes td
Cosmopolitan in the tropics (Phanerog. 3; Oropation. 12) apt veils tee EO
Almost Cosmopolitan (Phanerog. 1; = Crypton. &)) cosa daocoone coon

In Africa, Asia, Polynesia, America (Cryptog. ie bnourasuco) | &

In Africa, Asia, America (Phanerog.) vee seccecesecosssessrene

In Asia, Australia, America (Cryptog.) . Soo Apa consads. = i!

In Asia, America (Cryptog.) ........ csescocsesssecece vorsessersee 2
Confined to Old World :—. 43

{ In Africa, Asia, Australia, Polynesia (Cr mf8000 Me Be Seat |

4 In Africa, Asia, Australia (Cryptog.) ...... ..0 SisGneceds ]

(In Africa, Asia (Cryptog.) ....-00+scereee cos Bayer seatinclehvale shined

{In Asia, Australia, Polynesia (Cr yptog. ) pon06 Opa na cor a8

+ In Asia, Australia, (Phanerog.)... o500 00000000 pao00000—

(In Asia, Polynesia(Cryptog.) ...eceee cescees jouoso oud ad

Confined to Asia, (Phanerog. 18; Ghapatinn. 1) 9600 00000000 _ a
Tora of possibly wind-introduced species:— sesscessssesseeese 64

Phanerogams........0cecscsss sees 20
Cryptogams ....eeccseeeccrees 39

We thus see that 32 per cent. of the species are cosmopolitan, but
that at the same time as many as 53 per cent. are confined to South-
Hastern Asia, figures which tend to shew that the agency of wind appears
to be less active than we might expect. So far as the more local distribu-
tion is concerned we find that 40 species, or 62 per cent., may have
reached the islands either from Indo-China or from Malaya ; 10 species, or
15 per cent., appear to be local species; 3 species appear to have reached
the islands from Malaya and one must have come either from Malaya or
Ceylon, these four are, however, all Cryptogams and may possibly yet be
found in Indo-China. Even if it be assumed that these do not occur in
Buima, it leaves the south-west monsoon responsible for the introduction
of only 63 per cent. of this group of species. The remaining 10 species,
or about 16 per cent. of the class, have more probably been introduced
by the north-east monsoon, a circumstance that might be expected,
seeing that this monsoon blows from the direction of the nearest land.
And as this is the case it will follow that the probability is strong that
most of the species which may, so far as their present distribution
indicates, have come either from Indo-China or Malaya have in reality
come from the north-east. The only species of the kind for which this
is doubtful is Chonemorpha macrophylla, which, though abundant in
India and in the Himalaya, and equally so in Malaya and in the
Andamans, has not yet been recorded from any part of Indo-China to
the east of Khasia and Sylhet.

The last group of introduced species—those carried by birds—has
now to be considered. In discussing this it its necessary to distinguish

392 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Cooo Group. [No. 4,

between species the seeds or fruits of which may arrive attached to
the bodies of birds, and species of which the fruits and seeds have been
eaten. The species carried externally will be first considered and may
further be conveniently subdivided into two sub-groups, viz., species
that have probably been introduced only by swimming- or wading-birds,
and species introduced by birds of any kind. The species of the first
kind give a sub-group distinguished by an aquatic or paludine habitat,
and characterised by small inconspicuous fruits or seeds that readily
become attached, along with pellets of mud, to the feet, the leg-feathers,
or the feathers at the base of the bill, of birds frequenting pools and
marshes. The following table exhibits the whole of this kind present in
the Coco Group.

Tasbe XIX. Distribution of the species probably introduced by
swimming or wading birds.

ed

| Africa.

——————

Nymphea Lotus 000 200
Limnanthemum indicum 060 ooc
Hygrophila quadrivalvis 000 000
Lippia nodiflora o00 see ago

5. Polygonum barbatum...
Zanichellia palustris ...
Cyperus polystachyus

Cyperus elegans tee one 000
Cyperus dilutus doc oo 900

10. Fimbristylis quinqueangularis
Fimbristylis miliacea ...
Scirpus subulatus
Paspalum scrobiculatum
Panicum Myurus 30

15. Ceratopteris thalictroides
Chara foetida ale

Sig Bg Sid Biol Bre Bauneg BG Gib be BS BS Os EOS | India.
Rae een oe es | Indo-China,
Se 52 Se Se [} BS Ne BS SA Se Be Se BS] Bs 8S | Malaya,
[| Se S< Bef) Se Se i [Se Sese Se I se fl | Australia.
IxxP)ttiixxtx txt | Polynosia,

Se 88 -Se Ss Se 58 [} f] 83 BS Be Se I] SoS

| lee heen fee 1 1 I | America.

The next table gives the analysis of this distribution; the most
striking feature the two tables reveal is the extent to which species of this
kind are cosmopolitan. Among the non-cosmopolitan species the indica-
tions are altogether in favour of introduction from the northward and
westward, for while only 10 of the species occur in Australia, and only
the 6, which are all cosmopolitan, occur in Polynesia, 12 occur in Africa
and 7 in America. Of the more local distribution we learn that none need
necessarily have been introduced from Malaya since the 14 that occur

1891. ] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 393

there all occur in India and Indo-China also, while two that occur in
India and Indo-China but do not occur in Malaya must have been intro-
duced from the north. This being the case the probability is that the
others have mainly been introduced from the same direction, a cir-
cumstance quite in accordance with expectation, since it is from the north
that the stream of migration of marsh- and water-birds annually flows.
During our visits to the islands snipe were found in the meadow near
the lake on Great Coco, while teal and other water-birds frequented the
lake itself and abounded in the lagoon on Little Coco.

TasLe XX. Analysis of distribution of Marsh and Aquatic species.

Present in both Hemispheres :— ...... Malsienaereansirere cles ronetieren sitters Monnaies
Cosmopolitan in the tropics:. HOO cdo 000n00G09000 000 0a?
Nearly cosmopolitan (absent from Polynesia) eeese 0 0000 acc0 a000 . i

Confined to Hastern Hemisphere ..sseee veee sevens coves 00 0000000 acooo.
Africa, Asia, Australia .....0. 0 00000 00000000000 000000 o4000 000 @)
Africa, Asia ...... 300000 600000 6006 00000000 0000000 yur
Confined to Sent he ERR ein @0000008 c000e0e @ coceve eo eooe 4.

TOTAL species probably introduced by water-birds .....5 wseoee oe -- 16

The second kind of species that may be introduced by becoming
attached externally to birds is somewhat more difficult to deal with.
Urena lobata, which is here clearly not a weed, may have been introduced
in this way: its fruits sticking, burr-like, to the feathers of some bird;
Buetineria andamanensis, might also have been thus introduced, though
this is not so probable as in the other case. Three of the Desmodia—
Desmodium triquetrum, D. laxiflorwm and D. polycarpon—may very well
owe their introduction to this mode of dispersal. Boerhaavia repens, as has
already been said, is probably sea-introduced, though there is no reason
why it may not partly owe its dispersal to bird-agency. Its habitat
on these islands is always the rocky headlands or isolated rocks along
the coast on which sea-birds sit to devour the Grapsus crabs they capture
on the wave-washed ledges below, and nothing is more likely than that
the fruits may become at times attached to their feet and be carried at
least from point to point along the coast. The Pisonias may both very well
have been introduced in this fashion, though it is less likely as regards
P. aculeata than as regards P. excelsa. From what has been already
said of this tree in discussing it among the “littoral” species, it will
be evident that its fruits are of such a nature as to admit of their being
carried for great distances attached to a bird’s feet or body, if only the
bird should happen to come in contact with them, and the objection that
scraping-birds, which might do so, are not often migratory, while frugivor-
ous birds, which are migratory, would not come in contact with the fruits
becanse they are not likely to alight on a Pisonia, is not a valid one.

394 D, Prain—The Vegetation of the Cuco Group. [No. 4,

Though many such birds, as for instance Carpophaga bicolor, appear
always to feed on trees and therefore would probably very rarely come in
contact with Pzsonia fruits, many others, as for instance Calenas nico-
barica, appear to feed as much or more on the ground, on fallen ripe
fruits, as on the trees that bear the fruits they eat.* And in such a case
there is no doubt that they might very easily come in contact with Pisonia
fruits. Though essentially a beach-forest tree, the writer has col-
lected specimens of Pisonia excelsa (and the tree was plentiful where
he did so) three or four miles inland and 250—300 feet above sea-level ;
some mode of dispersal other than, or at any rate supplementing, ocean-
dispersal, must therefore, as has already been pointed out, be postulated
as regards this species. Of the grasses placed in this list Andropogon
contortus already mentioned as possibly wind-introduced, much more pro-
bably owes its presence to this mode of introduction Oplismenus com-
positus is also sufficiently well endowed to render this mode of introduc-
tion likely. The only Cryptogam likely to have been thus introduced is
Acrostichum appendiculatum, the spores of which might easily get brushed
off by the feathers of a bird walking through a patch of it. This would
also apply to the seeds of Calanthe.

The following table gives the names and distribution of the species
likely to be thus introduced or likely to have their local dispersion assist-

ed by this means.

TaBLeE XXI. Distribution of species probably introduced attached to
the feet or feathers of land- birds.

SPECIES,

Polynesia,

| Indo-China.

Urena lobata coe vee
[ Buettneria andamanensis ] B00
Desmodium triquetrum eee
Desmodium laxifloram vue
5. Desmodium polycarpum
[Loranthus longiflorus |
[ Boerhaavia repens] ... we
[ Pisonia aculeata] ...
Pisonia excelsa see
10. Calanthe veratrifolia ...
Oplismenus compositus ee
Andropogon contortus 600
Acrostichum appendiculatum ...

ra

XX KK KX KKK XK XK KX

(il)

Try
{L— tft)

Ix f bel xX fp bel Ppa x | America,

BEST Xs ES ex: Xe Hae I os tia’ | Africa.
(xx }prixexdultx

[eee ail xe ser ext Ie ax | Australia,

SS 89 84 OS I] SS Sos SSI) Sef Se | India,
BG 63 oS 8S BS Ss by SoBe SS Bef] Se | Malaya.

* This at least was the writer’s experience in Batti Malv, the small uninhabited
almost inaccessible island of the Nicobar Group already referred to, where Calenas
nicobarica breeds, and on which thousands of individuals of this species congregate.

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 395

The list is so short that ah analysis of it is unnecessary; it is suffi-
cient to note that the possibility of introduction from Malaya or from
Indo-China is, so far as its evidence goes, evenly balanced.

While the two lists probably include all the species usually intro-
duced by being attached externally to birds they do not exhaust all the
possibilities of the case. For, if the mud of a marsh may fix the seeds
or fruits of paludine species to the feet or head of wading-birds, other
substances may fix the seeds of forest species to the bodies of forest-birds.
There is almost no limit to the number of species that might be suggested
as introduced in this way, provided their seeds be sufficiently small; this
very circumstance, combined with the necessarily hypothetical nature of
_ the subject, makes it impossible to attempt the suggestion of this mode
of dispersal in connection with any particular species.*

The next kind of “ bird-introduced ” species to be considered—those
introduced in consequence of having been eaten—may also be con-
veniently divided into two sub-groups; one consisting of species where
dissemination by birds is an every-day process, the other consisting of
species that can only be occasionally disseminated in this fashion since
the process implies the destruction of the bird itself.

The first sub-group corresponds fairly closely with those species

* The following facts will shew that, though necessarily hypothetical, the sub-
ject is not far-fetched but is, on the contrary, highly deserving of attention. When
in Narcondam the writer was particularly anxious to obtain the seeds of a species of
Bombax present there, for sowing at Calcutta ; for some days the search was hopeless
because the capsules as they ripen are broken open and the seeds are eaten by a
species of Horn-bill that is common in the island, while any seeds that escape the
birds and fall to the ground are devoured by the rats that swarm in the place. At
length under one tree, where there happened to be on the under-growth one or two
large spider’s webs, four seeds were found sticking in these webs; these were the
only seeds he was fortunate enough to obtain; they were brought to Calcutta,
germinated there, and the four young trees are now alive in the Botanic Garden.
This will shew that seeds easily may, and at times do, stick in spider’s webs.

In spring 1890 a Barbet was found lying on the ground in the Botanic Garden
unable to fly ; on being picked up and examined it was found that its left wing and
left leg were fixed together by means of a spider’s web; on freeing these it was found
that the toes of its left foot were further bound up in a ball and the flight-feathers
were firmly tied together. When finally completely freed from its entanglement the
bird flew away, frightened, but physically uninjured. This will shew that birds do
sometimes come in contact with spider’s webs and that these are capable not merely
of fixing objects to a bird’s feathers but of fixing these feathers so that the bird itself
cannot move them.

All that is therefore required in order to establish the truth of the hypothesis
is direct observation of a bird having come in contact with a spider’s web which
happened to have seeds lodged in it at the time, and of its carrying away seeds and

web together.
51

396 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

that have pulpy fruits with a hard stone or with hard indigestible seeds.
Tt cannot, however, be held to include all these, for though birds do eat
the pulpy part of the fruits of Canariwm, Spondias and Dracontomelum,
the stones of these are too large to be swallowed; probably therefore
some other mode of dispersal must be held accountable for the presence
in these islands of species of those genera. For Dracontomelwm intro-
duction by the sea has been suggested, though doubtfully ; the others
are left, with some reluctance, among the ‘‘remanent” species. There
are other species for which this agency is only doubtful, such as Miliusa,
the fruits of which do not look very inviting—some polyalthias are,
however, so dispersed, e. g., P. longifolia by frugivorous bats; Physalis
minima might well enough have been introduced in this way, but is, all
things considered, more probably sea-introduced ; some of the Con-
voluulacee may also have been thus introduced. Moreover it must not
be forgotten that indirect introduction in this way is not impossible.
As has been pointed out, some of the fruit-eating pigeons are ground-
feeding creatures, and if a sticky pulpy fruit should fall into a patch of
Oplismenus, Panicum, Aneilema, or other small-fruited or -seeded herba-
ceous ground-species, the seeds or fruits of these may become attached
to the fruits in question and, if then swallowed unnoticed by a fruit-eat-
ing bird, be voided uninjured along with the stone or seeds of the fruit
itself and subsequently germinate. The subjoined table gives a list of
all the species probably directly introduced; the indirect method, as
being too hypothetical for discussion here, is not mentioned in connection
with any particular species.

Asin the case of species introduced by wind the occurrence of
species of this kind in the islands of Narcondam and Barren Island is
given ; these being islands for which it is necessary at the outset to
exclude from consideration any hypothetical “‘ remanent ” element.*

* This part of the list is not so complete asit might be, since owing to the
pressure of other duties the writer has not yet been able to complete the examination
of the species collected by him in those islandsin April 1891. This much may be said,
that all the species quoted as occurring there do occur. But many of the others
though not present are represented by nearly allied species and by species of this
kind. There is for example at least one Grewia in Narcondam, there are several
Rubiacee and there is an Amorphophallus. In Narcondam too there isa species uf
Strychnos, while a species of Hugenia iscommon in BarrenIsland. These two isolated
localities therefore present two genera, with species that have fruits of the kind now
discussed, of which no representatives were met with in the Coco Group. Similarly
Batti Malv, equally isolated, and quite uninhabited, has an Alangium and a Datura;
it may therefore be repeated that this list by no means overstates the possibilities of
the agency in such a locality as this.

1891.} D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 397

Tapie XXII. Species probably introduced by fruit-eating birds.

SPECIES.

Africa,

India.

Tilo Ohtine,
Malaya.
Australia.
Polynesia.
America.
Narcondam.
Barren Island.

{ Miliusa sp.]... aco 000
Capparis sepiaria 000 eee
Capparis tenera 000 op0
Grewia levigata B00 o00

5. Grewia Microcos 000 od
Glycosmis pentaphylla ... oa
Garuga pinnata vee oop || =
Aglaia andamanica 000 oe [=
Cansjera Rheedii 000 ono || =
10. Sarcostigma edule 000 o00 || =
Salacia prinoides 000 500 || =
Zizyphus Cnoplia ees 060 || =
Vitis pentagona 000 500 || =
Vitis carnosa ene 000 || =
15. Vitis pedata ... 600 500 || =
Leea hirta ... coe c00 | =
Erioglossum edule 000 oe | =
Allophylus Cobbe eee son ||
Sapindus Danura 000 =
20. Pometia tomentosa 000 =
Odina Wodier 000 oo || =
Semecarpus subpanduriformis 0 =
Semecarpus heterophylla 56 leo
Memexylon edule 000 000 |} =
25. Modecca cordifolia a8 : -
Trichosanthes palmata ... 50) =
Musseenda calycina 000
Pavetta indica, coo :
Psychotria adenophylla ... 500

30. Pzederia foetida 000 | =
Ardisia humilis O50 =
Rauwolfia serpentina ,.. ae
Erycibe paniculata 300 -
[Physalis minima ] 000 Teele
Myristica Irya 0¢ we | = IL
85. Myristica glauca p00 : _
Dehaasia Kurzii 300 a |
Bridelia tomentosa =
Bridelia Kurzii 00 -
Flueggea microcarpa ... a00 |} 63

40. Phyllochlamys spinosa ... wel
Plecospermum andamanicum oe | =
Ficus Benjamina tee
Ficus Rumphii G00 5
Ficus retusa ... se |

i
x
i

{ixtdd
] es Des 4]
Fel [sete Joa et hl |

Te |

fixx t

(—U
uu

ede

|
||} xwxx i [xxl
I

|
foes Tete te U
|

{x tIxttix]

i
I

xxxxxXxxyxxiypxixxxxxx ]

{-—J}

|

e
°
(r)

P)ixxt
|

(1)

ia
xxxXxXxXXKXXXXXXXXKXKXKXXXXKXXXKKKXXKKKKKXXKXXXKXXX

(Ut)

!

J

|
11x)

xx xpxxweExfyrxxxxxftxxxitxit tx

(i)

!
J
1xaxxyxdppxxxx i

Petxdixt
!
1ixtli~wt

(id
=
i) ey
(xix trxxit
| x |
! 1x]
| ! x |

l

i
Prxtxtxttpexx td
fp rr

r1
jt—t

xx x|xxtIx>~xxxxxxxdxxxxxxdPyExixxxxxIxxtxixxxxtl xi
I
|
|

x |x |
|
]
xx |
xx tf

—
—

398 D. Prain—Tha Vegetation of the Coco Group. (No. 4,

Seen a a a i a aT a

S. H. Asta.

SPECIES,

Africa.

India.
Indo-China.
Malaya.
Australia.
Polynesia.
America.
Narcondam.
Barren Island.

lee |
i

45. Ficus brevicuspis
Ficus callosa ...
Ficus hispida
Ficus grisea ...
Antiaris toxicaria ‘
50. Artocarpus Gomeziana ..
Zingiber sp.
Costus speciosus
Smilax macrophyllus
Asparagus racemosus
55. Draczena spicata
Amorphophallus sp.
Pothos scandens

XS PRS aI KK XS KIX

rir

(s=-i

Ienlelelealealal abel alia steal
52 84 88 2-53-85 Se BS BS ES BS BR
(3)

foo oe ty esd fj
PP ah eb ah Meat esi
OE A a St leet
xt rrr rrxtixtt
Fes ove fee Vem scot Vos Pan i 9t Fe

xPxxxxfdixtxxd

The most remarkable feature of the list is that it gives us for the
first time a well-defined group of species none of which extend to
America or even to Polynesia, and only two of which extend to Africa,
though no fewer than 15, or 27 per cent., extend to Australia. The
remaining 40 are confined to South-Hastern Asia. As regards their
more local distribution there, 17, or 31 per cent., are confined to lands
lying to the east of the Sea of Bengal, while 3 more occur in Ceylon
but not in India, a circumstance which perhaps indicates that birds
which feed on these species pass from Malaya to Ceylon but do not
visit India. If this be the case the agency of frugivorous birds may
partly explain the existence of a Ceylon element in the flora of the An-
damans generally, a circumstance that has, as already said, been made
the subject of remark by the late Mr. Kurz, (Report on the Vegetation of
the Andaman Islands, p. 15); this point will be more fully discussed
below.

As many as 36 species, or 64 per cent., occur both in Indo-China
and in Malaya ; as 15 pass southward to Australia while 14 pass northward
to South China, and 5 pass southward to Malaya without going north to
Indo-China, while 5 reach the islands from Indo-China without extend-
ing to Malaya, we may conclude that, though this element in the flora is
distinctly non-Indian, the Indo-Chinese and Malay-Australian influences
are, so far as it is concerned, evenly balanced.

Since the active agency in the dispersal of these species is that of

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 399

fruit-eating birds, it ought to be possible to show that the known migra-
tions of these creatures sufficiently explain their distribution. For all
the species that occur in the Malay Archipelago this is extremely easy
to do. The western half of the Malay Archipelago is particularly rich
in fruit-eating pigeons and, as this area lies on both sides of the equator,
the annual changes of season must cause the fruit-eating species, follow-
ing the fruits on which they feed as these become mature, to oscillate
from side to side of the equator. The same condition will ensure further
migration from Southern Malaya to North Australia and vice versa on
the one hand, and from Northern Malaya to the Nicobars and Andamans
and vice versa on the other. It is not necessary to suppose that any
particular fruit-eating bird must range from one end to the other of
the area here considered, though some species, like Calenas nicobarica,
which extends from these islands to New Guinea, nearly or altogether
do so; it is sufficient to know that such birds are seasonal visitants in
any given locality, as is true of Carpophaga bicolor, Carpophaga insularis,
Calenas nicobarica, and many other species in those very islands; the
region depleted of one set of species by the migration of these towards
the north is filled with individuals representing another set coming
from an area still further south. By the necessary over-lapping of
the ranges of migration of different birds a continuous chain of dispersal
is kept up and, even if Malayan birds never go further north than
these islands, the process is continued by the arrival from and departure
to the opposite point of the compass, of Indo-Chinese species; it is
therefore not surprising to find that, where the climatic conditions still
continue favourable, the same bird-distributed species of Phanerogams
extend from North Australia through all the intervening areas to
Southern China. This being so, the appearance of the same species in
India and in Malaya, which is the case in 33 species, or 58 per cent., of
the group, is simply explained. Certain species of birds, instead of
only passing southward from China to Indo-China, pass also south-
westward to the Eastern Himalaya or to the Assam valley, from whence
these, or other, species of birds carry the seeds of the plants in question
still further south-westward into peninsular India. This may explain
also why certain species, like Pederia fetida, extend from Malaya
northwards to Indo-China on the eastern line of migration, but on
the western extend only southward to the Eastern Himalaya and not
into India; the species of birds that eat their fruits may perhaps not
migrate on the more western line of migration further south than the
Himalayan slopes. The same reasoning applies to those species, of
which there are 3, or about 5 per cent., that extend to Southern India
on the western line of migration but do not go as far as Malaya on the

4.00 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No 4,

eastern line. The species that are common to these islands and to
Ceylon are more difficult to explain. If we felt certain that they are
species of distinctively Ceylonese type and that they occur, out of
Ceylon, only in these islands, we might suppose that Ceylon birds are
occasionally driven by storms as far as the Coco Group and consider
the dispersal of the seeds of such species as one of the indirect sequels
of cyclones of unusual severity. The birds even need not be different,
as regards species, from those commonly found in the Andamans; they
need only be individuals that have followed the western instead of the
eastern line of migration southward, and that under exceptional cir-
cumstances have passed directly from one line of migration to the other,
carrying in their crops seeds or fruits that are characteristic of the line
of migration from which they have been driven. It the species are
not of Ceylonese type, their occurrence both in Ceylon and the Cocos
may, as has been said already, only indicate that they have been brought
directly from Malaya or Australia by southern birds that migrate to Cey-
lon as well as to the Coco Group but do ‘not go as far north as peninsular
India.

The remaining sub-group consists of species with seeds or fruits
that are eaten by birds of different kinds, not for the sake of any pulpy
portion, but on account of the nutritious properties of the whole fruit
or seed. We have to realize that the dispersal in this case is not, as in
the case of pulpy fruits the seeds of which are afterwards voided, an
ordinary circumstance, inasmuch as the seeds are eaten for their own
sake and are of necessity digested by the birds that eat them. But
though it is not perhaps a common occurrence—the nnmbers of migrat-
ing grain- or seed-eating individuals considered—for newly-arrived
birds to be killed, there is no doubt that a certain proportion, tired out
by their long flight, must fall victims to raptatorial birds immediately
on their arrival, the grains or seeds that their crops may contain ~
falling aside and possibly germinating. Besides this means of introduc-
ing such species, and, even if the results be slight, it must nevertheless
be in constant operation, there is the further possibility of similar species
being introduced during severe cyclones, owing to birds that have been
driven to land being captured and devoured, while exhausted by the
buffeting of the tempest, by birds or beasts of prey. In this way not
only the grain- or seed-eating species that ordinarily visit the islands,
but species both of this and of the fruit-eating class that do not usually
reach the group, may conceivably arrive and as conceivably bring with
them the seeds of plants that birds which are normal visitants have
no opportunity of meeting with or may not care to eat. It has to
be admitted, however, that species for which this mode of introduction

1891. ] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 401

is claimed may with some degree of reason be looked upon as distinctly,
though indirectly, introduced by wind.*

The species for which this mode of introduction is conceivable are
given below. That many of them must be introduced species their pre-
sence in Narcondam and Barren Island testifies ; it is therefore, as regards
these, somewhat on the principle of exclusion that they are referred to
this class, and for some of them, such as Abrus precatorius, it is doubtful
if it be not rather the sea that is responsible for their appearance,

Taste XXIII. Species perhaps introduced by seed- and grain-eating birds.
SSS SCS SUCRE

8. HE. Asta.

é Realises
SPECIES. ae @\ 8 é
3 Oo | ey Se
cS) co) D 3 ~~ o
FI oe ° 4 D a) =

ca = ‘| S B S
xq a S; =| <q AY <
Cyclea peltata bad soi xis] es |olo} =
Abrus precatorius ... see oon ff &8 |] Se HT 8s | es | es es Ss
Abrus pulchellus 500 oes doo! So) SS SS i Ss Sp Sea
_ Mucuna pruriens 900 ass oe | X | x | wx | x | x | x | x
5. Acacia pennata boc S00 Coo |} 2s |] ese) Se 83 se
Albizzia Lebbek 00 B00 00} 88 I} Ss 4 Ss | ee Sy
Albizzia procera 900 600 cco |] <=> fl a & | s& | a Sy se
Ipomea Turpethum ... ooo S00 IGS] Ss ee | Se | es se |) a

Pollia zorzogonensis var. 500 wef — | — [Lx]} x | —] -

10. Commelina obliqua ... 500 = || & |} ss ss he SS
[Aneilema ovatum] ... 500 500 os eee es a> les
Panicum colonum ... o00 roi |e <fa | ero eC |< | Cen | Co
Panicum Helopus ... 000 coo | es |} SS ce i es | Ss | Sm
Panicum javanicum ... p00 = | Sissy ss Sy

16. [Panicum ciliare] ... bie Mei iele XS ATS Ht a 1S
[Ischeemum ciliare] ... 600 wont ene | oe OK oe a
| Hleusine indica] B06 eee cao || ae |] S38 i 8S | es tes |] as es
[Dendrocalamus strictus ] 000 ood |} Se es eS

* That there is nothing extravagant in claiming this as a possible means of
introduction, the following passage (which refers, as it happens, to one of the
islands under discussion), will sufficiently prove :—‘‘ Mr. Hawkins told us that when
“the storm was over * ie us = % % * * os * a «
“every hollow of the island was tenanted by hundreds of numbed or wounded
‘‘ sea-birds of all descriptions (such as he had never seen near the island before or
“‘ since) so terrified or exhausted that he picked up or took home several of them to
‘the light-house to show to his wife. Mixed with these were a certain number
“‘of pigeons, parrots, and other land-birds, but the great majority were Petrels,
‘Terns, Whale-birds and such like sea-fowl with which his experience asa sailor
“in southern seas had made him familiar. Most of these birds ultimately recovered
‘and left the island, but many of them hung about it for weeks, and for many
‘days remained so tame that they would not move from the ground or the rocks,

4,02 D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. [No. 4,

Of the above, Oyclea peltata, Abrus precatorius, Acacia pennata, Al-
bizzia Lebbek, Albizzia procera, Ipomea Turpethum, and Pollia zorzogon-
ensis occur in Narcondam. With few exceptions they are widely distri-
buted species; five are cosmopolitan, one extends throughout the Hastern
Hemisphere and thence to Australia and Polynesia, two extend from
Africa and Asia to Australia, one occurs in Asia and Africa, one in
Asia and Australia; only eight species, or less than half of the group,
are confined to South-Eastern Asia. Of these latter, three are confined
to the countries east of the Bay of Bengal; two of them, Panicum
javanicum, and the particular variety of Pollia zorzogonensis that occurs,
are moreover distinctively Malayan, as opposed to Indo-Chinese, plants.
On the other hand one species, Dendrocalamus strictus, is as distinctively

an Indian or Indo-Chinese plant.
We have now in conclusion to consider the “remanent” species, a

list of which is given in the subjoined table; in afew cases where in-
troduction is remotely possible the agency that may have been respon-

sible is indicated.

‘“‘ where they happened to alight, to make way for the keeper or his men.” (Hume ;
Stray Feathers, vol. ii, p. 113-4.)

In this passage we have all the evidence that is required to show that not merely
the usual visitants but even unusual ones may at times be driven to, or seek shelter
on, these islands when in an exhausted or injured condition, and to show that this is
as likely to happen to grain-, pulse-, and seed-eating species as to fruit-, or fish-,
crustacean- or molluse-eating ones. Itis of little moment that the fish- or crustacean-
eating species must always be the more numerous, if we know that species of the
other kind are at any time driven to the islands in this state. All of these exhausted
and injured creatures certainly do not recover or escape destruction. As regards
those that simply die, when the insects that abound have eaten all but their bones,
the seeds that may have been contained in their crops must fall aside and may
germinate and grow. And as regards those that are killed and devoured it would be
remarkable if a few of the seeds in their crops did not thus fall aside and obtain an
opportunity of germinating.

Even if no other creature that exists in these islands were capable of, or likely
to, catch and eat such exhausted birds, the presence of a large lizard— Hydrosaurus
salvator— which is very common, is sufficient to account for the destruction of
many of them. During our visit to Little Coco one of the officers of the ‘ Investi-
gator”? shot two Carpophaga. bicolor—right and left—by the side of the lagoon near
the south end of the island. Before his attendant could reach the birds, which had
fallen among the Pandanus bushes of the sea-fence, one of these lizards had
already eaten all but the wings and head of one pigeon and had torn open the breast
of the second ere it could be interrupted in its feast. On a previous occasion
a Hydrosaurus was killed as it was apparently about to seize a Teal that had just
been shot and had been laid down ona rock in the same lagoon. On opening up
this creature its stomach was found to contain already a large land crab, two fishes,
and a quantity of grassy roots (apparently those of Scirpus subulatus).

1891.] D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 403
Tapp XXIV. Possibly ‘“ Remanent ” species of the Coco Island flora.

S. BE. Asia.

Possibly
introduced

by

SPECIES,

Indo-China.
Malaya.
Australia.
Polynesia.
America

*Miliusa sp. 505 el a
[Cyclea peltata | ae coo || = | &s
*Antitaxis calocarpa 500 | =
Alsodeia bengalensis obo || =
. Dipterocarpus pilosus . =
Dipterocarpus alatus 9003]. ==
Sterculia villosa soo
*[Sterculia rubiginosa var. |
Sterculia parviflora ...

10. Sterculia alata 000 set a
Sterculia colorata ... coo | =
Sterculia campanulata Ball aire
Buettneria andamanensis 990 ||| v=
Berrya Ammonilla .,. Joo IS

15. *Grewia calophylla ... oo0 || = |
*Canarium euphyllum ope. |l ==
Amoora Rohituka ... a00 ||, =
Chickrassia tabularis =|
Phlebocalymna Lobbiana 0 =

20. Glyptopetalum calocarpum 300. || =
Siphonodon celastrineus wl
Ventilago calyculata we |
Parishia insignis ob 0 =
Spondias mangifera ... te

25. [Dracontomelum mangiferum] ...| —
Connarus gibbosus ... oe | =
Pueraria Candollei ..,
Pueraria phaseoloides | —
Pterocarpus indicus ... wl

30. Derris scandens S00 -
Mezoneuron enneaphyllum -
Adenanthera pavonina |=
Acacia concinna boc =
Terminalia bialata

35. *Lagerstroemia hypoleuca
*Lagerstroemia sp. ...
Illigera conyzadenia ...
*Webera Kurzii 00
Randia longiflora co

40. Diplospora singularis ...
Ixora grandifolia
Txora cuneifolia see
Strophanthus Wallichii
Argyreia Hookeri_ ...

45, Argyreia lanceolata ... ae
Lettsomia peguensis ... Rae
Porana spectabilis ...
Thunbergia laurifolia

— |? Birds.

Ou

? Ocean.

[er | ee |

xxxXxXXXKXKXXXKXKKXKXKXKXXXXKX

(xx 1 |x tll
!
I

Pid

$1) tw 3 {—ty 1 [—}

|x |

|

_ — | ? Birds.

Se ee birds:

| x xl

Ly WL (Lit Lt wu

— | 4 | = | 2 Qesam,

I
sees {} ss 0

C1
(Lt

J
| xxxxx |
(1

!
I
I
I
hi oo uy

0 Ut a
Lt
(pd atl
xX XxXXXXXXKXXXXXXXXKXXXX
=) [Sle

(1)
fL—]

? Wind.’

I
I
trrtil

Comin aati)

i} fk

ADD POURS SO) LORS PRB BIS SSD RRP ee dete des des ist
{

NN

52

404:

D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group.

[No. 4,

SPECIES,

Africa.

India.

Indo-China.

Malaya.

Australia.

Polynesia.

Possibly
introduced.

by

America.

50.

60

65.

70.

Strobilanthes phyllostachyus

Eranthemum album ...
Peristrophe acuminata
Bragantia tomentosa
Loranthus longiflorus
Phyllanthus columnaris

. Cyclostemon assamicus

Aporosa villosula
Croton sublyratus ...
*Blachia andamanica
Claoxylon longifolinm
Mallotus acuminatus .,.
*Mallotus andamanicus
Cnesmone javanica
*Livistona sp
*Corypha elata
*Calamns andamanicus
*Calamus tigrinus
Alocasia fornicata 6
Scindapsus officinalis ...
Dendrocalamus strictus
*Xylaria clavarioides...

Aisoa) Udi er eee a Ue

[

LI
ry

tl os (hse 7
Len eagle | Ce Waclieralrecti-a8
XXXXXXxXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

}xxxItIidl

(Le fp) (1

FU
(LI

W tl 8 8 os es I

if 88 fl 88 Se

Pix x]

Pt Ua) fl oo of

|

|

10 ht]

SSS

? Birds. ©

|

? Ocean.

Wy lhe

? Birds.
? Birds.

To the 67 unequivocal species of this list 3 other apparently local

Fungi should perhaps be added ; it is, however, extremely prob ble that
when they are better known they will be found to exist elsewhere, in
which case they might be added to the list of wind-distributed species ;
the proportion that results is therefore :-—

Migrant sp: Remanent sp:: 4: 1.

It will be noted that not a single species which seems unquestionably
“‘remanent ” extends beyond South-Hastern Asia, and that the species
which are here treated as such are only 67 in number, constituting no
more than 20 per cent. of the flora. Of these species only 21, or 32 per
cent., occur in India or Ceylon or both, and of these only one (Sterculia
villosa) has not hitherto been found elsewhere to the east of the Sea of
Bengal. This “remanent” section of the flora may therefore be looked
upon as distinctly non-Indian. The point to be ascertained further is
whether this element indicates more strongly an Indo-Chinese or a
Malayan influence. Thirteen of the species, indicated in the tabl- >~ |
an (*) occur only in the Andamans or Nicobars, while seven more occur
only in Tenasserim on the opposite shores of the Andaman Sea. But
Tenasserim bears to the Malay Peninsula and Indo-China very much the

1891.} D. Prain—The Vegetation of the Coco Group. 4035

relationship that the Andaman-Nicobar chain bears to Indo-China and
the Malay Archipelago, and perhaps neither it nor the Andamans ought
to be spoken of as physiographically a part either of Indo-China or
of Malaya;* these 20 species cannot therefore be cited as indicating
either an Indo-Chinese or a Malayan influence. The purely Indian
Sterculia villosa must obviously be similarly excluded ; there are therefore
21 species, or 32 per cent. of this group, that afford no evidence either
way.

Of the remaining species, one-half, 7. e., 23 species, or 35 per cent.
of the whole, occur both in Indo-China and Malaya; these also give no
evidence as regards this question. Of the other 23, 15 extend from
Indo-China to these islands (some of them, like Dendrocalamus strictus,
not going further than the Coco Group), without extending to Malaya;
while only 8 extend from Malaya to these islands without occurring in
Indo-China. The “remanent ”’ species, therefore, so far as this evidence
goes, indicate the predominance of an Indo-Chinese element, a fact
that is altogether in accordance with what we should expect from our
knowledge of the configuration of the sea-bottom along the line of islands
from Cape Negrais in Arracan to the Nias Islands and Sumatra.

Reviewing the results of the preceding paragraphs we conclude that
288 species, or 80 per cent. of the flora, may conceivably have been in-
troduced: 33 species, or 9 per cent., by human agency ; 9+ species, or
28 per cent., by birds; 60 species, or 17 per cent., by winds and 101
species, or 28 per cent., by the sea. We find moreover that the evidence
is in favour of the bird-introduced species having, so far as those
brought by wading- and water-birds are concerned, been introduced
from the north, and so far as those brought by frugivorous and by seed-
or grain-eating birds are concerned, having come in almost equal numbers
from Malaya or the Andamans to the south, and from Indo-China to
the north. So far as wind-introduced species are concerned the influence
of the north-east monsoon is apparently the more active; so far as the
sea-introduced species are concerned the influence of currents from
Malayan seas to the south-east has been paramount.

The subjoined table gives a synoptic view of the probable origin
of the Coco Island flora.

* The writer has proposed the name “ Malay Isthmus” for the conjoint area
that includes Tenasserim, the Andamans and the Nicobars, and believes that it will
be found convenient to recoguise this as a distinct phytogeographical subdistrict. See

Ann. Roy. Bot. Garden, Calcutta, iii, 238,

406 A. E. Eaton—Notes on some natwe Ephemeride. [No. 4,
TaBLE XXV. Synopsis of origin of Coco Island flora.

Species possibly introduced, for the presence of which no former land con-
nection need be neCessary :—...... eeececee vssseecacers URENABOOon dob 6oa7 Zlels
. 127

Introduced by living creatures o0000 6 baondo o00 6 6400-000
By human agency ; (largely cosmopolitan species) . 600dd0
Intentionally ; (cultivated plants) .......sse.0 15
Unintentionally ; (weeds) ....05 seeeee seveveers i

By birds, (perhaps also to a small extent by bats) ......s+0+5. 94

Attached externally to their bodies ..... 900000000 AS

Immediately ; (viscous- or prickly-fruited sp.) 9

By mud; (species introduced by water-birds,
mainly from the northward) ...+.+..-. 16)

Carried in crops of birds; (almost in equal propor-
tion from northward and from southward) ...... 69

As a natural sequence of their mode of life ;
(fleshy-fruited species) ..... 900 000000 voc
Accidentally, where bird must have been
destroyed to admit of germination of seeds ;
(by seed- and grain-eating birds): [in-
directly due to agency of wind] .cecccce

55

14

By other natural agencies ....cee0 secece covevcce sevcee sossenee 161

By wind directly ; (sp. with seeds specialised for wind-car-
riage ; also small-spored Cryptogams) ...se.ee seeeee ve GO
By the sea; (mainly Malayan species) ...++. esse sso -. 101
21

Marine species; (mainly Algcz) .sccveee vecreees
Littoral species ; (mangrove-vegetation and beach-

forest species) @x.te8D coveeee@ coves 28688 8088 80

Species probably remanent and indicating former connection with adjacent
land, (apparently Indo-China) -—....00 ceceee severe vovt cesecesesescse 10

ToTaL of Coco Island species 1.20 csoevstesece cocevcee sescee 30S

Notes on some natiwe Ephemeride in the Indian Museum, Calcutta —
By tHe Rey. A. H. Haton, M.A., F. E.S., communicated by
THE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE [nDIAN Museum.

[Received 17th November, 1891: Read 2nd December, 1891. ]}

The following notes concern a collection of 27 specimens of Hphe-
meride received from Calcutta in April 1889, comprising representatives
of 10 species or 6 genera, viz.:—3 sp. of Palingenia, 1 of Polymitarcys,
1 of doubtful genus allied to Heragenia, 2 of Ephemera, 1 of Hphemerel-
la and 2 of Hpeorus,—all of ordinary dimensions. From the absence of
lesser species it may be inferred that these are the results of random

1891.] A. EB. Haton—WNotes on some native Ephemeride. 407

captures rather than of careful collecting. A series of 21 specimens
from the Tenasserim valley, in Mr. McLachlan’s collection, yields represen-
tatives of 9 species in 8 genera, all (except one) of small size, and some
of them remarkably beautiful.

PALINGENIA LATA, Walker.

Seven adult 3 specimens, labelled respectively ‘“ Sibs £3°S to 6311,""1
Their wings are in a very slight degree warmer in tint than the “light
vandyke brown”’ of the typical specimens in the British Meseum, and
vary in unimportant detail from the wing-neuration figured in Trans.
Lin. Soc. London, 2nd series, Zool. iii. pt. i. 1 b (1884). Fore tarsus 4
rather shorter than the tibia: joint 1 short, 2 or 5 the longest, 3 sub-
equal to 4; ungues nearly of one length, each with a minute hook.
For other particulars vide op. cit. p. 26. Thisisthe only dark-winged
species found hitherto in Hindostan.

The next two species have wings of a light colour.

PALINGENIA ROBUSTA Sp. nov.

Two adult 3 specimens labelled “ Cachar;” both mutilated and per-
haps faded. Wings defective, brownish white, dusky where bruised,
their stronger nervures light, raw umber brown, the weaker nervures
paler; neuration similar in style to that of P. lata, but with fewer and
and more distant veinlets distributed to the hinder half of the terminal
margin. Head and notum lght raw umber brown, the former blackish
around the ocelli: pronotum varied with blackish or dusky markings
comprising,—in front, an impressed sinnate transverse line ending op-
posite the middle of the backs of the eyes,—on each side, the border of
a protuberance in front of the deep lateral depression,—behind a fine
line along the transverse crease at the hind margin. Pleura, sternum,
femora and fore tibie, dull, light yellowish brown (intermediate in tint
between raw umber and brown ochre); fore tarsus and hinder tibiz
and tarsi paler or duller in colour, and transversely rugose: a short
dusky line on the mesopleuron, between the root of the costa and the
spiracle. Dorsum faded: the last 3 or 4 segments largely suffused with
light, raw umber brown, the anterior segments less and less so; the
joinings sometimes pale. Venter and forceps dull, light, yellowish brown,
Sete dirty whitish yellow, uniformly pilose. Fore tarsus shorter than
the tibia: joint, 1 short; 2 subequal to, or very little longer than 5, 3
shorter than 5 but subequal to 4; ungues nearly of one length. Hinder

1 Presented to the Indian Museum by Mr. §. E. Peal, and collected in Sibsagar,
Assam.

408 A. E. Haton—Noies on some native Ephemeride. [No. 4,

tarsi uni-unguiculate. Terminal jointlets of the forceps-limbs nearly
of one length, or the last a little longer. Length of body 25 m. m.

POLINGENIA MINOR, Sp. Nov.

Three adult & specimens much damaged by cabinet pests: 2 label-
led “‘ Karachi Mus.” and 1 labelled ‘ Nattor.” Wings dull white, with
sub-opaque neuration ; under a lense, in some lights, the cross-veinlets
are bordered with milk-white. Neuration fairly comparable to that of
P. ampla (cf., Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 2nd Series, Zool. iii. pl. i. 1 ¢)
but with the veinlets that end in the posterior half of the terminal mar-
gin shorter. Head brown ochre, blackish around the ocelli. Mesonotum
light brown ochre, darker than the pronotum. Legs from some stand-
points concolorous with the venter, the tarsi and hinder tibie shifting,
with change of posture, to whitish. Colouring of abdomen effaced by
pests, in the larger (Karachi) specimens; in the smaller (Nattor) one
the dorsum is whitish ochre with whitish joinings anteriorly, but pos-
teriorly is very light brown ochre, clouded in segments 6 and 7 to a small
extent, and to a larger extent (half across the back) posteriorly in seg-
ments 8 and 9 with dark grey. Sete extremely light brownish ochre in
tint, uniformly pubescent. Fore tarsus little shorter than the tibia :
joint 1 short, 5 rather longer than 2, 3 subequal to or little shorter than
2and rather longer than 4; tibie and tarsi finely and transversely
rugose. Terminal jointlets of the forceps-limbs of one length in the
Nattor specimen, but in those from Karachi Mus. the last jointlet is
rather the longer. Length of wing (Karachi exempl.) about 17, sete
about 50 m. m.

POLYMITARCYS sp.—

A single fragmentary 9 of undescribed species, labelled ‘‘ Raneeganj.”
In this genus discrimination is at present unsatisfactory owing to the
meagreness of published descriptions. The specimen now under consi-
deration differs from P. indicus, Piotet, in the colouring of the thorax
and hinder legs. Whether his species can ever be indentified is exces-
sively doubtful in the absence of precise record of locality of capture.
Reference to the “ Hast Indies” as the domicile of an insect is of little
use to any but the general reader.

(unascertainable).

Genus

One defective 2 subimago labelled “ Sibs. 8. H. P.,” lacking the
fore legs and the last 3 segments of the body, and having the fore wings
badly folded up out of shape. This insect, judging from the wings,

1891. ] A. E. Eaton—Notes on some native Ephemeride. 409

should be ranked as one of the Hphemera Type. The costel shoulder
of the hind wings is rounded off obtusely, just as in Hexagema, but the
pronotum resembles that of a Pentagenia. Precise identification of the
genus is precluded by the ruinous condition of the specimen.

Until now only three species of Hphemera have been described from
India,—H. immaculata, Htn., from Cuna, H. expectans, Walker, from
“ Hindostan,” and FH. swpposita, Htn., from Ceylon, Of these the first
has no abdominal markings, but the others have linear dorsal and ven-
tral markings. Two other species of Indian Mayflies, also with linear
markings, have long been represented by single specimens in Mr.
MclLachlan’s cabinet; and in the present collection there is sufficient
additional material for their description. They are nearly related to
Hi. supposita, which therefore may advantageously be treated of in this
paper, although wanting in the Calcutta Museum.

EPHEMERA SsuppPosiITA, Eaton.

Described from @ subimago in Baron E. de Selys-Longchamp’s
Museum; 1 & im. in McLach. Mus.; compared with the ? subim. stand-
ing with the type-specimen of Potamanthus [= Atolophlebia] fasciatus in
Hagen’s collection, and with 3g specimens in the British Museum: Cf.
Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 2nd Series, Zool. i. 73, pl. viii. 12° (1883) or
[for pattern of dorsal markings] Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (1871) p. 75.
The following notes are supplementary to these earlier descriptions of
the & imago.

Neuration of the forewing distinct to the unaided eye when held
over white paper, with perhaps the exception of only the branchlets of
the intercalar veins annexed to the anal nervure; over a dark back-
ground, when viewed under a lense facing the light, the radius and the
stronger parts of the subcosta of the forewing, and the cross veinlets in
both wings remain dark, but the other nervures become pale; in trans-
mitted light the nervures assume an amber tint. Membrane of the fore-
wing (excepting the distinctly coloured parts) perfectly transparent in
direct view: but held obliquely at a moderate distance, fronting the
light, the finer of the longitudinal nervures transmit to it a faint yel-
lowish grey ; or pointing towards the light, the cross veinlets transmit
to it a faint reddish grey : in proximity to the costa, the pterostigmatic
portion of the marginal area is rather deficient in colour. I was prob-
ably mistaken in 1883 when I described the dorsal vessel as dark; but
the ravages of cabinet pests preclude certitude on this point.

The dorsal abdominal markings of the best marked segments com-
prise six black longitudinal stripes or streaks united to one another by
the burnt umber brown apical border of the segments,—three on each

410 A. E. Eaton—Notes on some native Hphemeride. [ No.

side of the back. In segments 9 to 7 two of the streaks, linear and sub-
parallel with each other, lie close together beside the dorsal vessel,
extending the whole length of the segment (the outer streak is rather
broader than the other), while the third streak lies apart from them
close by the pleuron. In the more anterior segments (e. g., in the 3rd
segment) the main trachea in front of the spiracle is dark, and the three
streaks, in mutual contact at the apical margin, constitute a tripartite
marking: the streak nearest to the dorsal vessel becomes abbreviated
and subulate, but the other two combining either in the form of a V or
as a pair of conjugate triangular streaks, extend nearly to the base of the
segment. In the first segment, a quadrangular spot seems to be substi-
tuted for the streaks: the 9th ventral segment is bilineate lengthwise.

Terminal jointlets of the forceps-limbs short for an Hphemera ; the
last of them smaller, but little if at all shorter than the penultimate.
The figure of 1883, cited above, is exact, and correctly leaves their pro-
portions in the dried insect uncertain. Penis lobes subcylindrical. The
admeasurement of sete of 2 im. stated in 1871 [cf. H. faciata] was
spurious, being based upon a specimen of the next species, referred to in
1883 with an expression of doubt as to identity of the species.

Hab. Rainbodde, Ceylon.

EPHEMERA REMENSA, Sp. Nov.
6942-’4, & 6, & ’8 ,
1 9
and 1 ? imago labelled “‘ Musuri,”’ 7,000 ft., June, Long, in McLach. Mus.
Imago (dried) ¢@ .—Genitalia similar to the ordinary European pat-
tern in this genus: the last jointlet of the forceps-limb rather shorter
than the penultimate. A pair of very broad black stripes, diminishing
a little in breadth anteriorly, extend from the tip nearly to the base of
the 9th ventral segment and end abruptly: the other ventral segments
are bilineate longitudinally, excepting the first segment which is un-
marked. Neuration of the fore wing distinct to the naked eye through-
out (over white paper) excepting the branchlets of the intercalar veins
annexed to the anal nervure, and the base-ward extremities of the longi-
tudinal nervures posterior to the radius: under a lense, the portions
thus visible, and the neuration of the hind wing, from certain stand-
points only, appears of a uniform light pitch brown, but in most posi-
tions the finer of the longitudinal nervures acquire a brown amber tint,
the stronger neuration and the cross veinlets remaining pitch brown or
changing to pitch black. Wings transparent, tinted distinctly with
very light raw umber grey throughout, with markings of raw umber
brown, The markings of the fore wing comprise the submarginal area

Five ¢ imagos labelled “ Kulu ’ in IndianMuseum;

1891.] A. HK. Eaton—VNotes on some native Hphemeride. 41]

together with the extremity of the area next behind it, and narrow
cloudy bordering along the subcosta in front and the radius behind (the
former more extensive in the beginning of the pterostigmatic space) as
well as along the cross veinlets; in addition to spots: in this sex the
Spots are larger than in the @ (but not much larger) and therefore are
hardly so small as in H. supposita; the best marked are three in the
usual positions in the midst of the wing, viz:—one at the prebrachial
fork and the others on the cubitus and the first sector, but occasionally
cross veinlets or the ends of nervures are clouded in the usual places of
other spots found in species of Hphemera, such as at the inner ends of
the shortest of the sectorial intercalar nervures, or at the junction of the
pobrachial with the 2nd or 3rd cross veinlet beyond the fork of the pra-
brachial nervure, or near the base of the wing between the pobrochial
and anal nervures either on the nearest cross-veinlet or at the extremity
of the foremost intercalar nervure. The terminal margin of the hind
wing is narrowly bordered with a light, raw umber grey cloud and
several of the cross veinlets are pitch black.

The abdominal markings resemble those of H. swpposita in most
respects : those of the lst segment are not well shewn in the specimens
at hand: the 2nd segment in place of dorsal streaks has on each side
an irregular transverse quadrangular blotch, narrowed upwards and
obliquely truncate above; the 3rd to the 5th segments have two streaks
and the 6th to the 8th segments three dorsal streaks on each side, all
longitudinal and sub-parallel, the lowest of which is linear and narrow,
the next to it double the width and usually more curved, and the inner-
most (where there are three) narrow and tapering at both ends. In the
9th segment a broad stripe takes the place of the lowest and the inter-
mediate streak combined. On the pleura, in nearly every segment, is a
short black dash at the base; but the 10th segment has a black blotch.
Sete light raw umber brown; the joinings mostly (excepting in the
basal half of the median seta) narrowly dark brown. Fore femur in
opaque view either raw umber brown or rufo-piceous: tibie dark pitch
brown ; tarsus lighter ; trochanter and coxa subochreous. Hinder legs
in opaque view, translucent yellow ochre, with the obtuse claw pitch
brown. In transmitted light, the fore femur and tarsus become ferru-
gineous amber, and the hinder legs yellow amber.

@ Very similar to the g. Thorax brown ochreous, with a black
spot in front of each tegula, a black longitudinal stripe on each side of
the pronotum, and a black irregular line down the outer side of the fore
coxa, Fore femur brown ochreous; fore tibe bistre brown or light pitch
brown; fore tarsus paler. Wings nearly colourless, with indistinct
and minute spots, placed singly at the bulla of the sub-costa, behind

53

412 A. E. Eaton—WVotes on some native Ephemeride. [No. 4,

that on the cubitus, and at the fork of the presbrachial; another further
out on the pobrachial; and one near the base of the fore wing at the
commencement of the next intercalar vein. Hindwings spotless or with
spots only faintly indicated.

Length of body & 15, 9 18; wing o 13-15, 9 21; sete ¢ im, 26
& 28 to 30 & 34 m. m.

EPHEMERA CONSORS, Sp. nov.

[= a: e
sss Or, — and two 9 subimagos

Two ¢ imagos labelled “ Kulu

labelled “ Kulu e nd a in the Indian Museum; and 1 @ sub-
imago labelled “Sikkim, 4,000 feet, 7 [v. e., July] 80, H. J. Elwes, in
McLacl:. Mus.’

Subimago (dried) @.—Wings transparent, very faintly tinted oa,
extremely light brown ochreous grey, or in the sub-marginal area of the
fore wing with very light amber, with a small, blackish grey spot at the
fork of the prebrachial nervure, another at the bulla of the sub-costa,
and single greyish dots nearly in a straight line with them on the sector
and cubitus of the fore wing. Hind wing spotless. Neuration of the
fore-wing distinct to the naked eye (over white paper) from the costa
to the sector, and then hardly discernible onwards to the pobrachial
nervure: after that the minor neuration and the neuration of the hind wing.
cannot be distinguished. When magnified, the neuration of the hind
wings and of the greater portion of the fore-wing is opaque and concolor-
ous with the membrane: but many of the cross veinlets in the basal half
of the wing shift in colour to piceous in certain postures, and all of them
(excepting the greater cross-vein) anterior to the sector are pitch black.
The pronotum is marked as in H. remensa, with a small oval black spot
anteriorly on each side in a furrow: and in both species there is a small
acute triangular black spot in front of the posterior coxa.

Imago (dried) ¢&.—Terminal jointlets of forceps propor eects
longer than in H. remensa, and more slender; the last jointlet shorter
than the penultimate in the dried shecitacas basal joint relatively.
short. Venter bilineate lengthwise interruptedly in the posterior seg-.
ments: the lines are narrow and as far apart from each other in the 9th
as in the preceding segments, and in the 5th, 4th and perhaps the 3rd
segments become greatly abbreviated or even reduced to dots; but the
2nd and 1st segments are spotless. Wings much asin the ? subimago,
but of course more transparent: the spots in the fore wing are similar
but less distinct; the greater part of the neuration is (in opaque view)
light raw umber brown changing (in transmitted light) either to brown=

1891. | A. HE. Eaton—Notes on some native Ephemeride. 413

ish amber or (in the finer parts) to very light or whitish amber; but
where visible without a lense, the cross veinlets when magnified appear
pitch black or pitch brown in opaque view, and this colour remains
fairly constant from most stand-points; the subcosta and radius and
also in some positions the great cross vein are likewise piceous. Hind
wing spotless, and clear throughout. Fore leo raw umber brown,
blackened at the tip of the femur and at the base and tip of the tibia.
Hinder legs light yellowish amber colour.

Abdomen pale ochraceous or whitish raw umber grey in the first 5
segments, and light brownish ochre in the hinder segments, marked with
black lines and streaks disposed mainly in two longitudinal series: seg-
ment 1, spotless; segment 2, with a faint dot near the base on each side
of the dorsal vessel, and a larger spot below the dot just above the main
trachea, which spot is not represented in the other segments; in seg-
ments 3 to 9 the markings corresponding with the said dots take the forms
of an oval spot in the 3rd segment, an abbreviated tapering streak in
the 4th, a tapering streak produced to the hind margin in the 5th seg-
ment, and apparently continuous lines from the 6th to the 9th seement.
Venter marked longitudinally, in segments 3 to 5 with two abbreviated
tapering streaks; in segments 6 to 8 with two thin tapering lines; and
in segment 9 with two linear stripes. Sets ochraceous, with opaque
joinings.

Dorsum of 2 in segments 3 to 6 longitudinally bilineate, with an
additional black line on each side in segments 7 to 9 parallel with and
exterior to the principal lines in the hinder ¢ of each seyment: on the
pleura of most of the segments is a short marginal streak at the base,
and a longer streak just inside the margin near the tip; on each side of
the 2nd segment is an erect spot like a mark of exclamation. Hind
wing spotless; neuration indistinct to the naked eye.

Length of body 12; wing & 12, 2 15-21; sete 2 subim. about
17m m. The specimens are infested with encysted parasites.

HPHEMERELLA Sp.—
5852

One 2 subimago labelled ‘‘ Kulu =m

Eprrorus psi, Haton.

Epeorus psi, Htn., Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd Ser. Zool. iii. 242 (1885).
Two 2 subimagos labelled “Kulu” respectively. The larger speci
men measures :—wing 24, sete about 35 m. m.

99
°

HPEORUS sp.—
5849

One subimago labelled “ Kulu a

ee eee

”?
.

ERRATA IN MR. THEOBALD’S PAPER ON PUNCH-

MARKED COINS IN JOURNAL, AS. SOC.
BENG., VOL. LIX, FOR 1890.

p- 204 line 8 Transpose words ‘ Bulls’ and ‘ Balls.’

a9

p. 206

13 after ‘ Assyrian’ insert the word ‘ male.’
10 for ‘ except’ read ‘ expect.’
16 for ‘and’ read ‘to need.’
17 for ‘twined’ read ‘ twinned.’
4 for ‘seem most’ read ‘ appears.’
29 for ‘subtileties’ read ‘subtleties.’
6 from bottom for ‘ river’ read ‘ rim.’
4, for ‘ pegs’ read ‘ legs.’
8 from bottom after Myceno a full stop, and for ‘the’ read ‘ The.’
4 from bottom for ‘reasonably’ read ‘ seasonally.’

eee eee EEE

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

PART. IT.

_ TITLE PAGE AND INDEX

FOR

1891.

NOoTvICcE.

Foreign Societies who favour the Asiatic Society of Bengal with
their publications are informed that they may be sent either to the
address of the Society at Calcutta, or to the Agents of the Society in
London, Messrs. Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner & Co., Lid., Paternoster
House, Charing Cross Road.

AVIS.

Des Sociétés Htrangéres qui honorent la Société Asiatique de Bengale
de ses publications, sont priées de les envoyer ou directement a ladresse
de la Société, 57, Park Street, Calcutta, ou aux Agents de la Société 4
Londres, Messrs. Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner et Cie, Paternoster
House, Charing Cross Road.

ANZEIGE.

Auslindische Gesellschaften welche die Asiatische Gesellschaft
von Bengalen mit ihren Publicationen beehren, sind hierdurch ersucht
dieselben entweder direct an die Adresse der Gesellschaft, 57, Park.
Street, Calcutta, oder an deren Agenten in London, Messrs. Kegan
Paul, Trench, Triibner & Co., Ld., Paternoster House, Charing Cross
Road.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

—_@—

VOEy EX

PART II. (Natura. HIstTory, &c.)

(Nos. I tro IV.—1891.)

EDITED BY

VW. fee ferater, Fsq., Js Fp ee é. p.

AND

PURGEON-(APTAIN j. fi. JuLL WaLsu, lo ho JS

NATURAL HISTORY SECRETARIES.

EE

It will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science
in different parts of Asia, will commit their observations to writing, and send:them to
the Asiatic Society at Calcutta. It will languish, if such communications shall be long
intermitted ; and it will die away, if they shall entirely cease.” SIR WM. JONEs.

CALCUTTA:

PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS,
AND PUBLISHED BY THE
ASIATIC SOCIETY, 57 PARK STREET.

1892,

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.
sae

Barcray, A., M. B. ;—Additional Uredinesx from the es
of Salen c80
Bigor, J. M. F. a ee of Me Deen of ie, OF SHAD region,
BEAL baMIAGN rata tav oar disor sicai'oo' s+ a:a¥elisioievevercl etn oes HuITO OO Ooo OIC S06
Douerty, WinitAM ;—A List of Butterflies of Engano with some re-
THOCMANS OT slo IDMENOMEIED6 656008 bad00 0000 0d0e Rave aie e Water eae
;—New and rare Indian Liycenide, ............
;— Butterflies of Sumba and Sambawa with some
aogoimal Of tlhe Islionae! OF SWHEROE 2 4000066000050000000000000
Harton, A. E., M. A., F. E. S. ;—WNotes on some maine EHphemeridee
an the Tee Nason, GSWebiitly obooscaceoooceeccsceuso.
Kine, Grorcs, M. B., LL. D., F. RB. S., C. I. E. ;— Materials for a
Flora of the Malayan Peninsula, No. III, .......... 90000006
Pray, D. ;—On an undescribed oriental species of Nepeta, ......
;Novicie Indice 1V. Two additional species of Glyp-
UOjOCwANaNa oe CoKonoDGHHGO o0uc009 ebotetetfeyfehes( ote alnroiel uetoiieye
;—Natural History Notes oe Ez. M.’s I. M. Survey
Steamer “ Investigator,’ Commander R. F. Hosxyn, R. N.,
Commanding—No. 25. The Vegetation of the Coco Group,....
Scrarer, W. L., M. A. ;—WNotes on the collection of Snakes in the In-
dian Musewm with descriptions of several mew species, .......4.
Watsu, J. H. Tout ;—On certain Spiders which mimic Ants,..... :
;—Natural History Notes from H. M.’s Indian Marine Sur-
vey Steamer “ Investigator ” Cammander R F. Hosxyy, R.N.,
Commanding. No. 24. List of Deep-sea Holothurians collect-
ed during seasons 1887 to 1891, with descriptions of new species,

ey

No

No

Dates of Issue. Part IT, 1891.

I.—Containing pp. 1—140, with Plate I, was issued on May
19th, 1891.
Il.—Containing pp. 141—210, with Plates II and III, was
issued on July 16th, 1891.
. W1.—Containing pp. 211—282, with Pls. IV, V and VI, was
issued on September 28th, 1891.
. [V.—Containing pp. 288—414, wasissued on March 12th, 1892,

‘ . ; J a
ACRE tS Ba EY

epee ay Dabwnes he eo odulS UE ELYE Tanke bey entitintaod

;

: ae ; ana Pkg Seer ai an
Bae an tt bes li esses in ee tee aire ‘quitigkaitigs A ae
as Aine = » a oe er Ain Wiley ban Liege:
re a bear VOMY 0S tien See CES epg spared aay
18g] ee ‘ep THAIS 410} TEESE:
Ug iar a disteié Ko bole Re is jk ees 94s “nin se |

TM - he

I
II
III

IV
Vv

Vi

LIST OF PLATES.

New oriental Butterflies (Doherty ).
Butterflies of Sumba and Sumbawa (Doherty).
Nepeta Bellevii (Prain).

; Uredines from Simla (Barclay).

New Indian Snakes (Sclater).

DNeD Eke

Names of New Genera and Species have an asterisk (*) prefixed.

athe. angulatus, 196
OF hypebides, 195
sura, 195
5 syrichthus, 195
Abelmoschws moschatus, 45
Ablabes, 234
calamaria, 234,
“ collaris, 235
» doriae, 235
» mModestus, 2385
> nicobarensis, 231
* ,, Stoliczke, 231, 284, 250
i scriptus, 231
Abroma, 58, 89
» angulata, 89
ss augusta, 89
» sfastwoswm, 89
4) Wheeleri, 89
Abrus precatorius, 294, 296, 310, 353, 401,
402
» pulchellus,
Abutilon, 39, 42
5 asiaticum, 4:2
$5 imdicum, 42
. populifolia, 43
Acacia, 347
» concinna, 312, 353, 403
» horrida, 3
» pennata, 312, 3538, 401, 402
» rubricaulis, 296
ACANTHACE®, 322, 345, 349
Acanthina, 276
azurea, 276
Acanthophora Thier 11, 841, 359, 378
Acesina, 33
Fs ammon, 34
* 4, ammonides, 34
* , ariel, 33, 34
» paraganesa, 33

296, 310, 353, 401

x zephyretta, 33
Achyr anthes aspera, 355, 371, 377
ee var. porphyristachya, 324, 356,
371
55 aspera, var. typica, 324

99) porphyristachya, 381, 388
AcRmDm, 11, 13
Acraspidea, 272, 276

55 felderi, 272, 276

od

ACROCERA, 282

ACROCERIDH, 282
ACROCERIN®, 282

Acronodia, 121, 140
punctata, 139, 140

39

Acrostichum appendiculatum, 294, 346,
358, 388, 389, 394:
op appendiculatum, var. setosa,
337
$5 scandens, 293, 387, 343, 345,
358, 389

Actina, 274
Adenanthera pavonina, 312, 353, 403
Adenostemina viscosum, 317, 354, 369, 372,
377, 380, 383
VeRenine lunulatum, 294, 336, 358, 389
Adolias, 9
Aecidiwm, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229
3 Apocyni, 228
54 Aquilegiz, 226
a clematidis, 227
Cunninghamianwn,
230
Bee ihs flavescens, 226, 230
Hualtatinum, 226
50 Mespili, 225
mori, 225, 226
* orbiculare, 227, 230
5 otagense, 227
sclerothecium, 226
Aegiceras, 293, 379
A majus, 318, 354, 381
Aerides multiflorwm, 328, 356, 389
Afghania australi, 205
Aganosma, 390
Agarista, 189
AGARISTIDH, 14,
Agelanius, 267
Ageratwm conyzoides, 317, 354, 369, 377
Aglaia andamanica, 295, 306, 352, 397
Agrimonia Hupatorium, 229
Agropyrum, 212
Alangium, 396
Albizzia Lebbek, 312, 353, 401, 402
51) procera, 295, 312, 353, 401, 402
ALGm, 287, 300, 341, 343, 34, 348, 300,
378, 406
Allarithmia, 207

224, 225,

*

416

Allophylus Cobbe, 292, 308, 352, 382, 397
Allotinus, 29

Rs aphocha, 29

3 Horsfieldii, 29
Alocasia, 296

» fornicata, 294, 333, 346, 357, 404
Alsodeia bengalensis, 294, 296, 302, 340,

346, 351, 403

Alysicarpus vaginalis, 310, 353, 368, 377
AMARANTACER, 324, 345, 350
AMARYLLIDACE®, 329, 345, 350
Amathusia amythaon, 8, 25

ss var. insularis, 25
3 dilucida, 25
5 portheus, 25

Westwoodii, 25
Ambiycephalus carinatus, 248
i maculariws, 231, 248
99 modestus, 231
anemencall, 247, 248
Amoora Rohituka, 306, 352, 403
Amorphophallus, 297, 298, 338, 346, 357,
396, 398
en bulbifer, 298, 333
tuberculiger, 333
AMPELIDS, 307, 345, 349
aleogpibtt gymnas, 199
multipes, 199
Ampittia maro, 196
ANACARDIACE®, 308, 345, 349
Ancistroides, 143
Andropogon contortus, 295, 300, 336, 345
358, 389, 394,
Aneilema, 396
3 ovatum, 830, 357, 401
Angelica glauca, 215
ANGIOSPERMM, 344,
Anisomeles ovata, 297, 328, 355, 370, 372,
377
Anisopus, 263
Ankyroderma Danielssenii, 202
Marenzelleri, 203
Anodendr on, 847
55 paniculatum, 296, 319, 354,
387
ANONACES, 38, 301, 345, 349
Anopheles, 251

oe annularis, 251

33 barbirostris, 251

5 sinensis, 251
Anosia, 9

ANTHRACII, 280
ANTHRACINA, 264
Antiaris toxicaria, 328, 356, 398
Antidoxion, 272

3 flavicorne, 272
Antitawis calocarpa, 293, 296, 301, 351, 403
Apatura, 9
APATURID#, 11, 12, 13, 25, 170
APHNEINAE, 27, 34, 179
Apiwm graveolens, 215

Index.

Aplopeltwra boa, 248
APOCYNE®, 318, 344, 345, 349
Apopa, 202
*Apodogaster, 202
0 Alcocki, 202

Aporosa villosula, 326, 356, 404
Appias, 190

» albina, 190

” hippo, 29

55 lankapura, 190
Appias lyncida, 29, 190

» paulina, 190

» (Saletara) nathalia, 190
Aquilegia vulgaris, 226
Ardisia, 288

> humilis, 296, 297, 318, 354, 381,

382, 397

Argynnis, 13

3 Childrenti, 34
Argyreia Hookeri, 297, 320, 355, 403

9 lanceolata, 320, 355, 403

% titixfolia, 297, 320, 355, 379, 381
Arhopala aénea, 32

Pe amantes, 34, 179

i anarte, 34

5 araxes, 179

99 bazalus, 34

$1) belphebe, 34

3 camdeo, 34.
99 centaurus, 34
aan ae khamti, 32, 38
3 rama, 34
‘ singla, 34
teesta, 34
Aristolochia tagala, 325, 356, 88, 389,
390

ARISTALOCHIACEM, 324, 345, 350
AROIDEA, 333, 345, 350
Arrhenica, 257
Arrhenothria, 35
Artocarpus Gomeziana, 296, 828, 356, 398
ASCLEPIADACE®, 345, 349
ASCLEPIADE®, 319
Asindulwm, 262
Asparagus racemosus, 880, 357, 398
Aspistes, 263
Astilbe rivularis, 222
Atella alcippe, 26
» phalanta, 26, 171
» sinha, 171
Aterica, 9
Atherix, 281
es labiatus, 281
5 nigritarsis, 281
Athyma, 14

ms amhara, 176
dO karita, 175
: nefte, 176

. periws, 175
venilia, 176
Atolophlebia fasciatus, 409°

Index.

ATTIDA, 2, 4
Atylotus, 267
a laotianus, 272
Pp melanognathus, 272
Avicennia, 288, 298, 299, 301, 313, 379
5 officinalis, 298, 307, 328, 355,
381
Azanza acuminata, 48
Badacara, 167
“ nilgiriensis, 167
Badamia eaclamationis, 195
*Bahora chrysea, 23
Balanopteris Tothila, 80
Bambusa gigantea, 374
Bamia betulifolia, 45
» chinensis, 45
» multiformis, 45
Baoris, 196
Barclaya longifolia, 301
Barringtonia racemosa, 314, 354, 380
‘5 speciosa, 292, 298, 314, 353,
380
Belenois coronea, 189
» Jgava, 189
» mesentina, 189
Bellardia clausicella, 2'70

es nigrotectus, 271
LS INOGIRIES 201, 202
35 aalleiimastn, 200
“ 5 ovalis, 200
ES papillifera, 200

i sanguinolenta, 200
BERIDA, 272
BERIDINA, 272
Beris, 274
» Jjavana, 274
Berrya, 96, 108
» Ammonitla, 108, 305, 352, 403
Biartes indica, 275
Bibio, 264, 274, 281
» bicolor, 264:
» rubicundus, 264
BIBIONIDE, 263
BIBIONIDES, 263
BIBIONIDI, 263
BIGNONIACEA, 322, 345, 349
Bindohara phocides, 27
sugriva, 27
Binnindykia trichostylis, 95
Bixagrewia nicobarica, 119
Blachia andamanica, 297, 326, 340, 356,
384, 404
Bletogona, 12
Blwmea virens, 297, 317, 345, 354
Blythia reticulata, 281
Berhaavia repens, 297, 324, 345, 355, 370,
372, 377, 378, 881, 383, 393, 394.
BomBacna, 39
Bombaz, 39, 48, 295, 303, 304, 390, 395
s ceiba, 49
op festwwwm, 48

417

Bombaz, heptaphylla, 49
heterophyllum, 304:
insigne, 48, 49, 295, 304, 340,
351, 388

insigne, var. 803
malabaricum, 48, 49, 295, 304
A 0 var. albiflora, 49
50 », albiflorwm, 304
orientale, 50

55 pentandrum, 50
BoMBYLIARII, 280
Bombylius, 265
BoRAGINER, 229, 319, 345, 349
Boschia, 39, 54

i Grifithi, 55
Bovista lilacina, 339, 358, 389
BRACHYCERATH, 264
Bragantia tomentosa, 324, 356, 404:
Briedelia, 292
Kurzii, 326, 356, 397
5 tomentosa, 326, 356, 397
Brownlowia, 96, 97

0

_ elata, 98, 99

* Eleinhovioidea, 97
a lanceolata, 97

*% ee macrophylla, 97, 99.
Pe peltata, 99

* Scortechinii, 97, 98

BROWNLOWIER, 96
Bruguiera, 293, 299, 301
gymnorhiza, 293, 313, 353, 380
Bryum coronatum, 388, 358, 389
Buettneria, 59, 89
andamanensis, 90, 93, 305,
352, 393, 394, 403
5 aspera, 90, 92
Curtisti, 89, 90
elliptica, 90, 91
Ff grandifolia, 93
hypoleuca, 94:
Jackiana, 90, 92
lancifolia, 90
Maingayi, 90, 91
35 nepalensis, 93
uncinata, 90, 91
BUETTNERIA, 58
Bumea virens, 388
Bungarus bungaroides, 246
caeruleus, 246
a lividus, 246
BURSERACEA, 806, 345, 349
Buaus sempervirens, 213
ByBLiaD#, 170
Caeoma Mori, 226
Czxsalpinia Bonducella, 292, 297, 311, 353,
380

”

”

Nuga, 298, 296, 312, 358, 380
Calamaria catenata, 281, 238
stalkmechti, 231
Pe sumatrana, 233
Calamus, 294, 296, 34/7

a9

418

Calamus, andamanicus, 332, 357, 404
3 tigrinus, 882, 357, 404
Calanthe, 294, 388, 394
veratrifolia, 294, 356, 388, 389,
394
Caleosporiwm, 222
Calladiwm, 6
Calliana pieridoides, 17
CALLIDULIDA, 15
Calliptea, 15, 16, 17, 22
39 hyems, 160

”

” mazares, 22
EF sambavana, 160
‘f sumbana, 159, 160

ep)

Callophis nigrescens, 245
Calenas nicobarica, 394, 899
Calophyllum inophyllum, 302, 351, 380
Calothria pulvinata, 842, 359, 378
CALYCIFLORA, 309, 344
Calymperes Dozyanwn, 338, 3858, 389
Calysisme, 169
perseus, 168
Camellia theifera, 340
Campeprosopa, 278
45 flavipes, 278
is munda, 278

Camponotus micans, 3
Canarium, 882, 396

40 commune, 295

a euphyllum, 806, 352, 403
Canavalia obtusifolia, 292, 811, 358, 879,

380

Cansjera Rheedii, 806, 352, 397
CAPPARIDEM, 302, 345, 349
Capparis, 347

on oxyphylla, 294, 302

» _-sepiaria, 298, 294, 296, 897

29 ” var.

s tenera, 296, 397
3 » var., 294
>» », latifolia, 302, 351
Capsicum minimum, 321, 395, 370, 372,
377
Carapa, 379
» moluccensis, 298, 306, 352, 380
», ovovata, 306
Cardisoma, 292
Carica, 345
» Papaya, 315, 321, 354, 369, 372,

377
Carpophaga bicolor, 327, 394, 399, 402
55 imsularis, 399

Caryota sobolifera, 296, 3381, 357, 381, 384
Cassipa, 7
Cassytha, 290, 292

i filiformis, 325, 356, 381
Castalius ethion, 181

3 rosimon, 181

ve rowus, 181
Casuarina, 374

grandifolia, 302,

Index.

Casuarina equisetifolia, 373, 374:
Catochrysops, 182

5 cneius, 27, 28, 181
0 kandarpa, 28

5 pandava, 27, 181
- strabs, 27, 28, 181

39 » var. ithargyria, 27
Catophaga, 190 i
Catopsilia Catilla, 191
% crocale, 191
99 evangelina, 191
: pyranthe, 191
scylla, 191
Caulerpa clavifera, 342, 359, 378
3 plumaris, 842, 359, 378
CECIDOMYDAE, 253
CrcipomyDI, 253
Cecidomyia, 253, 254
y deferenda, 254
3 oryzae, 204
CECIDOMYIDA, 253
Ceiba pentandra, 50
Celanthe veratrifolia, 328
CELASTRINEZ, 306, 345, 349
CELLULARES, 388, 344
Celosia cristata, 324, 355, 371. 372, 377
Crnomyna, 272
Ceratapogon, 252
5 agas, 252
trichopus, 252
Ceratopteris thalictroides, 294, 337, 346,
358, 388, 392
Cerbera Odollam, 318, 354, 381
Cerberus rhynchops, 244
Cervus muntjac, 148
Ceria, 263
Ceriops, 293, 299, 301
F Candolleana, 313, 353, 380
» Roxburghiana, 318, 353, 380
Ceroctena, 254
Ceroplatus, 262
Cethosia, 11, 12, 18
» hypsea, 171
an hypsina, 14
» Lamarckii, 171
» Leschenaultii, 171
» penthesilea, 171
* tambora, 171
Chammper eia Gr ifithiana, 298, 325, 356
Chapra mathias, 32, 196
Chara, 299, 388
, fotida, 334, 387, 358, 392
CHARACEA, 387, 344
Charames, 158, 174
5 athamas, 1'74
5 endamippus, 174
55 pyrrhus, 174
tee 106
accrescens, 106
Charus helenus, 192

9 5p var. enganius, 31

Index.

Chickrassia tabularis, 306, 352, 403
Chilades putli, 181
s trochilus, 181
CHIRONOMIDES, 252
Chironomus, 252, 253
cubiculorum, 253
pictus, 253
socius, 253
venustus, 252
vicarius, 253
CurRroNomip», 252
CHIRONOMIDI, "252
*Ohittira auenne, 166
Chonemorpha, 347
x macrophylla, 319, 354, 389,
391
Chrysobalanus, 115
Chrysochlora, 278
3 baccoides, 278
vitripennis, 278
Chrysomyia, 280
oD afinis, 280
flaviventris, 280
Chrysopila 281

n ferruginosa, 282

Ff insularis, 282

= lwpina, 282

of maculipennis, 281

uniguttata, 282
Chrysops, 264:
Ph albicinctus, 265

3 clavicrus, 265
mH dispar, 265
an fasciatus, 265

*) jfixissimus, 265

e flaviventris, 265
AS ligatus, 264,

) pellucidus, 265
5 rufitarsis, 265

re semicirculus, 265
ag stimulans, 265

» striatus, 265

us terminalis, 265

» translucens, 265
unizonatus, 265
Cirrhochr oa, 171
Claoxylon, 297
Fe longifoliwm, 826, 356, 404
Clematis, 227
» Gauriana, 227
3 grata, 227
5 orientale, 227
ie orientalis, 227
puberula, 227
Clerodendron, 341
inerme, 292, 298, 323, 341
355, 379, 381
Clitellaria, 273
3 angusta, 278
e bivittata, 273, 278
f flaviceps, 274

P)

419

Clitellaria heminopla, 273
on nigerrimum, 274
5 notabilis, 273
op spinigerwm, 274,
i tenebrica, 273
varia, 273
Cnesmone javanica, 297, 327, 356, 404
Cocos, 374
» nucifera, 292, 296, 297, 332, 339,
346, 357, 371, 372, 373, 375, 377, 378,
381, 384, 385
Celostegia, 39, 56

3 bornensis, 57
99 Grifithi, 57
53 sumatrana, 57

C@nomyp#, 272
Coladenia dan, 196
Colax, 281
» Jjavanus, 281
» variegatus, 281
Colebrookia oppositifolia, 227
Coleosporiwm, 226
Collema nigrescens, 838, 358, 889
Coluber helena, 239
» Nuthalli, 239
» oxycephalus, 239
» prasinus, 231, 239
» radiatus, 289
» reticularis, 239
teniurus, 239
Colubrina asiatica, 292, 307, 352, 380
CoMBRETACER, 313, 345, 349
Commelina oblique 830, 357, 401
CoMMELYNACE®, 345, 350
CoMMELYNES, 330
Commersonia, ‘5S, 93
ep echinata, 94

” ” var., 94
op javensis, 94
ee platyphylla, 93

Compositm, 317, 345, 349
CoNNARCES, 309, 345, 349
Connarus gibbosus, 309, 300, 403
Conosia, 257
run, 25/7.
5 irrorata, 257
ConvonvuLacna, 320, 344, 345, 349, 383,
396
Convolvulus parviflorus, 294, 321,
381, 383
Corchor ws, 96, 117
3 acutangulus, 117, 118

355,

op estuans, 118

i capsularis, 117, 118
5 decemangularis, 118
5 fuscus, 118

. Marua, 118

olitorius: 117, 118
Blardiia subcordata, 298, 319, 355, 381
CoROLLIFLOR”, 316
Corypha, 297, 331

420

Corypha elata, 298, 331, 357, 404
Gebanga, 331

» macropoda, 331
Costus speciosus, 329, 346, 356, 398
Cotoneaster, 225

3 bacillaris, 224
Crapitula, 263
Crastia, 9, 11, 21

XD climena, 10, 22

* 4, Deheerii, 163

?

* 4, enganensis, 20, 22
* 4, oceanis, 21, 22
* palmedo, 162

Cri imum, 345

5 asiaticum, 292, 329, 357, 381
Crotalaria retusa, 3809

sericea, 809, 353, 368, 372, 377

Cr wien sublyratus, 296, 326, 356, 404
Crydora spongiosa, 200
CRYPTOGAMA, 336, 344
Ctenophora 254;

0 annulosa, 255

op ardens, 255

a chrysophila, 255
59 compedita, 255
op curvipes, 255

30 fumiplena, 255
of javanica, 255

op leta, 254

ee melanura, 254

) taprobanes, 255
czanthomelana, 254
Cucursiracra, 315, 345, 349
Culcua, 274
» simulans, 274
Culex, 251, 252
» amboinensis, 251
» annulipes, 252
» aureostriatus, 251
» cingulatus, 251
9 crassipes, 252
» dives, 252
» fatigans, 251
» fuscanus, 251
» wmprimens, 252
» laniger, 251
» longipalpis, 252
» luridus, 252
» Mmolestus, 251
» nero, 251
» setulosus, 252
» sitrens, 251
» splendens, 251
» subulifer, 251
» vagans, 251
» variegatus, 252
ventralis, 252
Curicina, 250
Culicides, "252
CuULICIFoRMES, 250
CuLicina, 250

Index.

CuLIcINaA, 250
Cupha erymanthis, 25, 171
Cupressus, 224
Curetis, 179
» malayica, var. kiritana, 179
» obscura, 179
Cyaniris, 29, 180
5 akasa, 180
‘5 danis, 36
= puspa, 29, 180
S puspinus, 29
CYCADACER, 328, 345, 350
Cycas, 288, 379
» Rumphii, 292, 328, 388, 339, 343
346, 356, 381
Cyclea peltata, 301, 351, 401, 402, 403
Cyclogaster, 274
ms radians, 274
Cyclostemon assamicus, 294, 296, 326, 346,
356, 404
Cylindrotoma, 260
acrostacta, 258
albitarsis, 260
ornatissymus, 260
Cymodocea, 288, 379
ciliata, 287, 384, 357, 378
Cynometra, 295, 298
if ramiflora, 293, 296, 312, 346,
358, 379, 380
Cynthia, 11, 12, 18
deione, 170
» parthenos, 171
CYPERACEA, 834, 344, 345, 350, 372
Cyperus, dilutus, 3384, 357, 392
elegans, 294, 334, 337, 346, 357,
392
pennatus, 297, 334, 345, 357, 381
i polystachyus, 295, 299, 334, 345
357, 392
CyYPRINIDH, 144
Oyrestis nais, 171, 172
nivea, 172
periander, 8, 26
themire, 26
» thyodamas, 172
Cyrtipm, 282
Cyrtini, 282
Dacalana, 35
Daldinia vernicosa, 340, 358, 389
Danaida, 9
DanarpH, 4, 8, 9, 11, 12,13, 14, 15, 17,
19, 158, 159
DANAINz#, 9
Danais, 9, 10, 11, 12, 138, 15, 16, 17, 18,
24, 158
abigar, 164
» affinis, 164
» aglaia, 12, 14
» aglaroides, 12, 14
» archippus, 9
» aruana, 164

”
2?

bP)

oP)

9)

Danais australis, 166
» bvataviana, 163
» chionippe, 164
* 4, chrysea, 32
» chrysippus, 13, 14, 163, 174
» crocea, 14, 23
s ewrydice, 23
» fulgurata, 164
» Gautama, 166
5 Guutamoides, 14
» genutia, 18, 14, 164, 165, 166
» haruhasa, 166
» hegesippus, 14
» %mtensa, 164
» tsmare, 165, 166
» larissa, 14, 166, 167
» limniace, 13, 14, 15, 17, 166
* ., litoralis, 197
» luzonensis, 166
» melaneus, 14
» melanoleuca, 14
» melissa, 166
» nesippus, 14
» nilgiriensis, 166, 167
* , ortientis, 197
» philomela, 23
* ,, Pietersii, 23, 26, 32
» plexippus, 9
» septentrionis, 14
» tytia, 13, 14
» vulgaris, 14
* ., (Bahora) chrysea, 23
* ., (Chiffira) orientis, 166
» (Limnas) chrysippus, 163
» (Naswma) haruhasa, 157, 165

le es taimanu, 165
» (Salatura) genutia, 164
es Bs litoralis, 164
» (Tirumala) limniace, 166
re = melissa, 166
Danaus, 9

Danisepa, 16
Darasana paramuta, 34
59 perimuta, 34
Dasyneura, 2538
Datwra, 396
Davallia solida, 295, 336, 337, 358, 389
Dedzlea concentrica, 339, 358, 389
» flabelluwm, 339, 358, 363, 389
op quercina, 339, 358, 389
95 sanguinea, 339, 358, 389
Dehaasia Kurzit, 325, 356, 397
Deima fastoswm, 198
» validum, 198
Derimatip#, 197
Delias, 187, 189, 190
» awrantia, 189, 190
» belisama, 189, 190
» Descombesii, 189
» hyparete, 187
» nakula, 190

Index. 421

*Delias oraia, 189
‘,. pasithoé var., 189
Dendrobiwm, 390

secundum, 295, 328, 356, 389
Dendrocalamus, 294;
By strictus, 294, 336, 346,
358, 363, 364, 401, 402,
404, 405

9 3 var., 300
Derris, 347
» scandens, 296, 311, 353, 403
» sinuata, 311, 353, 380, 383
» wliginosa, 292, 296, 311, 353, 380
Desmodia, 383, 393
Desmodium laxiflorum, 294, 309, 346, 353,
393, 394
% polycarpum, 292, 297, 309,
345, 353, 380, 382, 384, 393,

394
1 triflorwm, 310, 358, 368, 377
s triquetrum, 292, 297, 309, 345,

353, 380, 382, 393, 394
9p wmbellatum, 292, 298, 309,
353, 379, 380, 384
Dendorix, 180
epiarbas, 27
DEUDORIGINA”, 27, 179
DICOTYLEDONES, 344
Dicranomyia, 259, 261
saltens, 261
Dictenidia, 254
Dictyota dichotoma, 341, 359, 378, 379
Diemenia, 115
Dioscorea, 294, 296, 347, 390
x bulbifera, 390
; glabra, 329, 357, 389
3 pentaphylla, 330, 357, 389
DIOSCOREACEA, 329, 345, 350
Diospyros, 135
5 Kurzii, 300, 318, 354
amen singularis, 294, 316, 340, 354,
0)
Dipsas ceylonensis, 243, 244
» cyanea, 24.4.
» cynodon, 244;
» multifasciata, 243, 244
» multifasciatus, 231
rhinopoma, 231
DIPTERA, 250
DIPreRocaRPER, 38, 302, 345, 349
Dipterocarpus, 290, 292, 295, 297, 300,

384, 388
9 alatus, 303, 351, 403
5 Grifithi, 302

pilosus, 302, 351, 403
Disetaeli nummularia, 319, 354, 389
DIscIFLoRm®, 305, 344.
Discophora, 170
eB timora, 170
Distira cyanocincta, 24'7
» tuberculata, 231

422

Ditylomyia, 267
55 ornata, 267

Diwa, 254
» guttipennis, 254

DIxADI, 254,

Dodonxa viscosa, 297, 308, 352, 380, 385,
388

Doleschallia, 158, 173, 174

a bisaltide, 26
niasica, 26
= polibete, 26
. pratipa, 26

DoLicHODERIDA, 1
Dolichos lineatus, 311
Dorites, 295
» Wightii, 295, 296, 356, 389
0 » var., 328
Dracena angustifolia, 330, 357, 381
» spicata, 294, 296, 330, 357, 398
Dracontomelum, 382, 396

1) mangiferum, 308, 352,
380, 382, 403
os sylvestre, 295

Drina donina, 34
» maneia, 34
Dryophis fronticinctus, 244
on mycterizans, 244;
a pulverulentus, 244
Durio, 39, 50, 54
» affinis, 52
5» Lowianus, 51
» malaccensis, 51, 53
» Oaleyanus, 50, 54
» perakensis, 52
» testitudinarwm, 52
5p 90 var., macrophylla,
3
var., Pinangiana,
53

99 29

* , Wrayt, 53
» xzibethinws, 50, 51
EBENACER, 318, 345, 349
Echinops nivews, 219
Hchinosoma, 203
5p hispidum, 208
Ehretia serrata, 228
Elzocarpus, 96, 120, 140
4 Acronodia, 1389, 140
fs amygdalinus, 12'7
3) angustifolius, 126
5 apiculatus, 121, 1384, 185, 186
% aristatus, 121, 127, 1386

55 cunetfolius, 1385

> cyanocarpa, 122, 123

5 floribundus, 121, 128

5 Ganitrus, 120, 122, 123
58 glabrescens, 121, 122, 188

3 Griffithii, 121, 181, 182
% grossa, 129
Helferi, 127

Hullettii, 121, 182

Index.

Elzocarpus, hypadenus, 126

5p integra, 130

¥ Jackianus, 121, 137

Ph Kunstleri, 121, 138, 1386
34 leptostachyus, 120, 128
% littoralis, 184, 135

5 Lobbianus, 129

0 Mastersii, 122, 140

Monoceras, 134, 135
5 nitidus, 120, 127, 128, 133
var., leptostachya, 128

” ”

* oblonga, 127

si oblongus, 129

a obtusus, 121, 1384, 185
a ovalifolius, 127

oS ovalis, 131

5 paniculatus, 121, 129
- parvifolius, 120, 128, 125, 126
‘ pedunculatus, 121, 127, 181,
132, 133
6 petiolatus, 121, 130
5; polystachyus, 121, 187
*% fe punctatus, 122, 189, 140
> robustus, 120, 126
S rugosus, 1386

a 53 salicifolius, 120, 125
ne Scortechinit, 120, 124
5 serratus, 127, 129
M4 simplex, 187

5 stipularis, 120, 128, 124,
var., latifolia, 124

99 bP)

e tomentosus, 139
S venustus, 137
* Wrayi, 120, 124

99
ELAsIpoDA, 197
Elasma, 276
» acanthinoidea, 276
HLATERIDA, 7
Hlewsine eee 295, 3386, 358, 372)
3

» ‘imdica, 295, 336, 358, 372, 377
401

Elodina, 186

¥ egnatia, 186
ELPIDIDA, 197
ELYMNIAD, 24, 170
Elymnias, 170
dolorosa, 25
Ae = var., enganica, 24
panthera, 25

Be undularis, 170

Empoptiata, 264
Engonia, 273
aurata, 273

43 spinigerwm, 274
Enhalus aceroides, 334:
Entada scandens, 298,{312, 358, 878, 38C,

383

Eobaylides tharis, 8, 27, 35
Epeorus, 406, 413
pst, 413

29

”?

oP)

Index.

ae) 406, 409, 410, 411
2 consor's, 412
# expectans, 409
ay faciata, 410
3 immaculata, 409
St ea remensa, 410, 412

swpposita, 409, 411
Ephemerella, 406, 413
EPHEMERIDS, 406
Ephippium, 273
5 angusta, 273
FS migerrimum, 274
spinigerum, 273, 274, 278
Er anthemwm, 292

< album, 322, 355, 404
59 connabarinum, 322
66 “a Var., SUCCISi-
folia, 322
- succifoliwm, 296, 322, 355,
381

Ergolis ariadne, 170

» merione, 170
Hrigeron alpinus, var., multicaulis, 218
Hriocera, 255, 257, 258

9 acrostacta, 255, 258

5 albipunctata, 258

» albonotata, 258

oF bicolor, 257

3 crystalloptera, 258
3p ferruginosa, 258

1 hilpa, 258
3 Humberti, 258
3p lunata, 258
°p meleagris, 258
5 pachyrrhina, 258
selene, 257
Briodendr on, 39, 49, 390
% ange actuosum, 49, 296, 304,
352, 388
or ientale, 50
Er ioaiessun edule, 308, 302, 397 .
Erycibe paniculata, 297, 320, 355, 397
Hrycina, 10
Hrycinip&, 10
Hrythrina, 288, 298, 386
a indica, 292, 296, 310, 353, 379,
380
Erythropsis Roxburghiana, 72
Hudmeta, 280
5 marginata, 280
Hu-elxocarpus, 120
Hugenia, 396
EHunepeta, 204
Huonymus, 207, 208
2 calocarpus, 206, 207, 209, 306
i jgavanicus, 207, 209
Euphorbia, 213
Atoto, 288, 292, 326, 356, 379,
351
9p hypericifolia, var., indica, 213
9 pilulifera, 326, 356, 371, 377

09

423

HUPHORBIACE®, 326, 344, 350, 384

Ewphronides depressa, 200

Euplea, 10, 11, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 22, 157,
158, 163, 165, 166

alcathoé, 13, 18

baudiniana, 162

camorta, 13, 22

climena, 21, 162, 163

core, 9, 10, 11, 18, 22

* , elevesii, 197
» esperi, 13
* ,, lewa, 158, 162, 166, 197

midamus, 138, 14, 20
» muleiber, 20

» oceanis, 15, 163

» orope, 162

* 4, pahakela, 22
* 4, palmedo, 197

» pinwillii, 13

» vrhadamanthus, 13, 14

» sepulchralis, 21

» sumulatriv, 9, 13, 21
* 4, (Crastia) deheerii, 163
hat a 5) enganensis, 20, 22
aS 5 oceanis, 21, 22
eee oF palmedo, 162

» (Penoa) menetriesii, 22
* 4, (Raswma) lewa, 162

» (Selinda) eleusina, 158
* ., (Trepsichrois) dongo, 160
ded . elevesii, 161
x malakoni, 20, 22

midamus, 16
Verhwelli, 22
perenaal CALE onga) niasica, 22
* ., (Vadebra) palmedo, 162
Huria@ina, 9
HuPL@Ine, 9
Hupyrgus, 203
hispidus, 203
3 scaber, 203
HusTERCULIA, 59
Euthalia, 9, 178
aconthea, 9
adonia, 9
evelina, 9
garuda, 178
lubentina, 9
Evaza, 275
argyroceps, 275
bipars, 275
flavipes, 275
» fulviventris, 275
Everes argiades, 28
» parrhasius, 28, 181
FIcoiDEz, 315, 345, 349
Ficus, 225, 294,
Benjamina, 327, 356, 397
brevicuspis, 296, 327, 340, 356, 398
» callosa, 327, 356, 393
comosa, 327

2?

”
”)
99

424,

Ficus, Demonwm, 296

» grisea, 328, 356, 398

» hispida, 356, 398

A » var., Demonwm, 327

» witida, 340

» palmata, 225

» retusa, 397

5 » var, nitida, 327, 356

Rumphii, 290, 292, 327, 356, 397

FILices, 336, 343, 344, 345, 350
Fimbristylis, 297, 299, 3.45

‘ diphyllas 334, 857, 371, 377
0 ferruginea, 335, 357, 381

39 miliacea, 335, 357, 392

59 quingueangulari is, 885, 357,

392
Fimiana, 60, 74
% colorata, 72
. var., 72

Flagellant ia indica, 298, 330, 357, 379, 381
FLAGELLARIER, 330, 3405, 350
* Flos ahamus, 88, 38
» apidanus, var., 179
» asaka, 33
» fulgidus, 33
» mellerii, 34
Flueggia microcarpa, 326, 356, 397
Fordonia lewcobalia, 245
ForMIcip”, 1
FROHLICHE, 9
Funel, 338, 344, 348, 350, 385, 390, 404
Gamatoba, 21, 163
GAMOPETALD, 348, 344
Ganitrus, 120
as spherica, 122
Garcinia, 302, 351
Gardenia, 340
Garuga pinnata, 306, 352, 397
Gehlota, 196
Gelidiwm, 342
a corneum, 342, 359, 378
GENTIANACEA, 319, 345, 349
Gerarda bicolor, 245
GERYDINA, 29, 36, 185
Gerydus, 37
Ss acragas, 186
- ancon, 37
5 Biggsii, 36, 37, 186
A Boisduvalii, 37, 186

Ee. s var., acragas, 186
5 croton, 36, 37
a gopara, 36
Os at heracleion, 36, 37
s wrroratus, 37, 186
Sa 5 var., assamensis, 87,
5 melanion, 37

a pandu, 185

a symethus, 36, 37, 185
* teos, 185
GuaRacea, 350

Index.

Glaphyroptera, 262
% Winthemi, 262
Glochina, 259
Gloriosa, 347
> superba, 330, 357, 378, 381, 385,
388, 389, 390
Glossospermwm cordatwm, 88
velutinum, 88
Glycosmis pentaphylla, 296, 305, 346, 352,
397
Glyptopetalum, 206, 207, 208

3 calocarpum, 208, 209, 294,
296, 306, 346, 352, 403

5 grandiflorum, 208, 210

- Grifithii, 208, 209

i sclerocarpum, 207, 208,

210

Ae geylanicum, 206, 208, 209,

210, 307

Gomphrena, globosa, 324, 356, 371, 372,
377
Gonyosoma dorsalis, 238
GOODENOVIEA, 317, 345, 349
Gossampinus rubra, 49
Gracilaria crassa, 342, 359, 378
GRAMINE®, 335, 344, 350, 372
Grapsus, 393
Grewia, 96, 108, 109, 110, 115, 294, 396
5 affimis, 111
* , antidesme folia, 109, 118
cao cS var., hirsuta, 118
» Blumet, 111
a calophylla,
403
» caudata, 95
» fibrocarpa, 109, 111, 112
3 globulifera, 109, 112
» heteroclita, 95
» levigata, 305, 352, 397
» latifolia, 109, 112
3 lawrifolia, 109, 114
» Microcos, 805, 352, 397
» Miqueliana, 109, 115
» paniculata, 109, 110, 111
» pedicellata, 110
umbellata, 109
Grewicm, 96
Guettarda speciosa, 292, 297, 298, 316,
354, 380
GUTTIFERS, 302, 345, 349
GYMNOSPERM®, 328, 344
Gymnosporangium Cunninghamianum,
224, 225
Gyrocarpus, 288, 294, 298, 888
5 Jacquinii, 292, 295, 296, 297,
314, 318, 346, 358, 366, 380
Hematopota, 266

109, 114, 305, 352,

>» atomaria, 266
99 borneana, 266
” cana, 266

” culipes, 266

Index.

Hematopota, cingulata, 266

- irrorata, 266
3 javana, 266

- lunulata, 266
» macrocera, 266
5p pachcera, 266
oy pungens, 266

roralis, 266

Halimeda Opuntia, B42, 359, 378
Halophila ovalis, 288, 334
Halpe, 197
Hamadryas, 10
*Harimala maremba, 192

5 peranthus, var., 193
Hasora badra, 32, 194:
Hebomoia glawcippe, 191
Helcyra chionippe, 174
HELICTERES, 58
Helicteres, 58, 81

op angustifolia, 81, 83

55 a var., obtusa, 83

3 chrysocalyx, 82

of hirsuta, 81, 82, 83

» var. oblonga, 82

sy 6 vestita, 82

es Isora, 81, 82, 83

es lanceolata, 83

n spicata, 82

virgata, 83

Heliomyia, 281

os ferruginea, 281
Hemipuccinia, 214:
Hemiwromyces, 211
Henops, 282

costalis, 282

Hepatica, 338
HeEpartica, 338, 344, 350
Heritiera. 58, '79, 300, 386

99 acuminata, 80
99 Fomes, 80
3 littoralis, 79, 80, 295, 305, 352,

380
9 macrophylla, 80
HERMANNIES, 58
Hermetia, 274, 280
* batjanensis, 274
* bislectum, 274
9 cingulata, 280
99 cingulalis, 280
i marginata, 280
5 melanesie, 274
rufiventris, 2/74
Her nandia, 288
p peltata,
356, 379, 381
HERNANDIACE®, 115
HESPERIAD, 32, 194, 197
Hestia, 9, 10, 12, 18, 16, 17, 18, 160, 189
» Cadell, 13, 18
» Hadenii, 18
» lynceus, 13

292, 296, 297, 325,

4.25

HETEROPETALA, 96
Heterophragma adenophyllum, 297, 322,
350, 389
Heteropywis, 55
Hexagenia, 406, 409
Hewvagona pergamenea, 339, 358, 389
*5 sericeo-hirsuta, 358, 389
99 sericeo-hirsutus, 339
A tenwis, 339, 358, 389
Hidari trava, 32
HIBIScEm, 39
Hibiscus, 39, 44
i Abelmoschus, 44, 303, 351, 368,
372, 377
0 elatum, 46
9 flavescens, 45
99 floccosus, 44, 46
5 furcatus, 45
ns longifolius, 45
i macrophyllus, 44, 45
5 populneoides, 48
=) populneus, 48

os psewdo-abelmoschus, 45

* ricinifolius, 45

Fy rosa-sinensis, 340

4 sabdarifa, 3038, 351, 368, 372,
377

= sagittifolius, 45

A setosus, 46

o spathaceus, 45

5 surattensis, 44, 45

‘ tiliaceus, 44, 46, 290, 292, 298,

298, 303, 351, 379, 380
- tortuosus, 46
vestitus, 46
Hirneola polytricha, 340, 358, 389
Hirtea, 262, 263, 264, 277
6 fulvicollis, 263
HonopetaLm®, 96
HoMALOCERATI, 250
Homolosoma, 237
Hoplomyia, 277
Hoya, 295, 390
» Wiversifolia, 319, 354, 389
» parasitica, 319, 354, 389
Huphina, 190

% corva, 188
Lee eirene, 188
arco ethel, 29, 188

= imogene, 188

» judith, 30, 188
* ,)0Ssojulia, 187, 197

- leta, 187
én lea, 30
Re naomi, 188

r; tamar, 187
. temena, 187
* vaso, 188
Hydr ophis cr assicollis, 247
5 trachyceps, 247
Hydrophobus davisom, 231

426

Hydrosaurus, 402
“i salvator, 402
Hygrophila, 300
quadrivalvis, 299, 322, 324,
355, 392

Hypolimnas, 158
anomala, 26, 174
bolina, 26, 174

- misippus, 174

a pandarus, 158, 174

AS saundersti, 174
Hypolycena erylus, 180

¥ sipylus, 179

i thecloides, 27, 179
Hypsirhina blanfordii, 231, 244
maculosa, 231
sieboldi, 245

LP)

2)

99
Tbisia, 281
Ichnocarpus frutescens, 228
Ideopsis, 10, 13, 17

ue daos, 14:
*Iliades merapu, 191
» oceani, 31
Illigera Conyzadenia, 314, 353, 388, 403
INCOMPLETH, 324, 344
INFLATH, 282
Inocarpus, 115
Inodaphnis lanceolata, 115
TIpomea, 288, 292, 297
#2 Batatas, 820, 355, 369, 372, 377
an biloba, 288, 290, 292, 296, 297,
298, 321, 355, 379, 381
» coccinea, 320, 355, 369, 372, 377
* denticulata, 292, 297, 320, 355,
381, 386
53 digitata, 320, 355, 379, 381
ss grandiflora, 294, 320, 855, 381
35 hederacea, 228
ns palmata, 294:
Turpethum, 321, 355, 384, 401,
402
Traota timoleon, 179
Isamia, 16, 22, 159
» low, 22
Isamia standingerit, 22
Ischemum ciliare, 295, 336, 358, 389, 40:
A muticum, 295, 3386, 345, 358,
381
Ismene, 194
Isora corylifolia, 82
IvHomiaps, 11
Ivias pirene, 191
>» pyrene, 191
» reinwardtii, 191
Ivora brunnescens, 292, 297, 316, 354, 880
» cuneifolia, 316, 354, 403
» grandiflora var. Kwrzeana, 316, 354
» grandifolia, 403
» Kurzeana, 316
Jamides bochus, 28, 183
Jania tenella, 341, 359, 378

Index.

Jatana, 143, 169
* 4, wayewa, 168
Junonia almana, 172, 178
» aonis, 172
» asterie, 172, 173
» atlites, 172
» erigone, 173
» gjavana, 172
», lemonias, 173
» orithyia, 173
5 timorensis, 173
» vellida, 172
Kerana, 197
Kleinhovia, 58, 80
‘i Hospita, 80, 98
Kyllinga, 299
ES brevifolia, 3384, 357, 371, 377
LABIATH, 204, 297, 328, 845, 350
Laertias polites, 193
Letmogene spongiosa, 200
Lagerstremia, 315, 354, 403
on calyculata, 315
9 hypoleuca, 300, 314, 354,
403
Lampides, 12, 28, 183
0 elianus, 14, 184
ny amphissa, 185
es anops, 188, 184, 197
oe aratus, 184
oD astraptes, 183
0) bochus, 28, 183
a celeno, 28, 185
3 elpidion, 28
4 elpis, 28, 183, 185
anaes masu, 184, 197

Hs nicobaricus, 28
5 subditus, 28, 185
i var. telanjang, 28

bb)
Lasioptera, 254
3 bryonicxe, 254:

Lathyrus sativus, 212
LAURINEA, 325, 345, 350
Leea, 290, 382

», hirta, 307, 352, 380, 382, 327

» sambucina, 293, 296, 307, 346, 352,

379, 380, 382

LEGUMINOSA, 309, 344, 349, 383
Leia, 262
Lejeunia, 338, 358
Lentinus leucochrous, 3388, 358, 389
Lenzites deplanata, 338, 358, 389

» subferruginea, 388, 358, 389
Lepraria, 388, 355
LEprips, 281
Lepripes, 281
Lepripi, 281
Leptis, 281

» decisa, 281

» ferruginosa, 282

» wuniguttata, 281
Leptonychia, 59, 94, 95

Index.

Leptonychia, acuminata, 95
glabra, 94:
PF » var. Mastersiana, 95
heteroclita, 95
moacurroides, 95
Leptopuccinia, 217, 218
Lepturomyces, 213
Lethe europa, 24, 168
Lettsomia peguensis, 320, 355, 403
Libnotes, 261

ss thwaitesiana, 261
Libythea, 13

- geoffroyt, 178
narina, 178

* saalnnine, 178
LIBYTHEIDA, 178
LICHENES, 338, 344, 350
LILIACE®, 380, 345, 350
*Timenitis agneya, 176, 177
darawva, 176, 177
Lo ee hollandii, 177

5 lysanias, 177

3 populi, 177

procris, 176

LIMNAINA, 8)
Limnanthemum, 299

29

A indicum, 299, 319, 355,
392

Limnas, 9
» chrysippus, 163
Limnobia, 257, 259, 260, 261
acrostacta, 258
albonotata, 258
apicalis, 259
argentocincta, 259
aterrima, 259
aurantiaca, 261
basilaris, 257
bibula, 259
costalis, 259
diana, 259
amupressa, 259
trrorata, 257
leucotelus, 259
s mesopyrrha, 259
plecioides, 260
pyrrhochroma, 259
rubescens, 259
sanguinea, 259
sorbillans, 259
substituta, 259
sumatrensis, 259
ie trentepohlit, 259
vittifrons, 260
Limnomyia, 257
Limnomyza, 259
Limnophila, 257
ss basilaris, 257
m bicolor, 257
i crue, 257
Limonia, 259, 260

427

Lippia nodiflora, 323, 355, 381, 383, 392
Lithothamnion polymorphwm, 341, 359, 378
Iivistona, 296, 331, 357, 404
D Jenkinsiana, 331, 3382
3 speciosa, 331, 382

Logania, 29, 37

s marmorata, 37
Ey massalia, 87, 38

96 sriwa, 29
Lophopetalum, 207
LORANTHACE®, 325, 345, 350
Loranthus longiflorus, 325, 356, 394, 404
Loxura atymnus, 14, 179
Lummtzera, 299, 301

= racemosa, 314, 358, 380

Lycena, 36

3 atroguttata, 36

i palmyra, 182
Lycenesthes bengalensis, 28
Lyc#NID&#, 12, 27, 32, 179
LYCHNINS, 27, 36, 180
Lycodon fasciatus, 234

ys gammiei, 231
striatus, 233

9

i travancoricus, 233
Lygodium flecuosum, 294, 337, 358, 389
5 scandens, 345

LYTHRACEH, 314, 345, 349
Macacus cynomolgus, 148
Macaranga Tanarius, 296, 297, 327, 346,
356, 381, 384
Macropeza, 253
5 gibbosa, 253
Macroplea, 10, 11, 13, 16, 17

3 corus, var. micronesia, 19
' elisa, 10, 19
- micronesia, 22

is pheretena, 20, 22
$6 phobus, 19, 20, 22
semicir cuban, ae
Macr astigiz 204, 205, 2
Mahintha, 9
Malais, 29
Malesia, 56
Matliotus acuminatus, 326, 356, 404
. andamanicus, 296, 326, 356, 404
A Helferianus, 326
MALVACE®, 38, 303, 345, 349
Malvaviscus populneus, 48
MALVvEm, 39
Massaga, 35
" pediada, 35
» pharyge, 35
" potina, 35
Massicyta, 276
y bicolor, 276
=e cerioides, 274
Megaerophis flaviceps, 245
Megarhina, 251
Megarhinus, 251
A splendens, 251

428

Megisba malaya, 185
Megistocera, 260

atra, 260
fuscana, 260
5 verticalis, 260
Melampsora, 211, 228

”

”

3 excidioides, 223, 224
* 55 ciliata, 223, 280
yi populina, 223

ve Tremulz, 223
Melanitis, 12
Melanitis constantia, 170

a ismene, 24, 170

3 leda, 24, 158, 170
Melanocyma, faunula, 18
MELASTOMACES, 314, 345, 349
MELIACE®, 292, 306, 345, 349
Melius Megarhina, 251
Melochia, 58, 87

Fe affinis, 87

vs concatenata, 87
i" corchorifolia, 87
is pauciflora, 87

a supina, 87

ss truncata, 87

velutina, 88
Memecylon edule, 314, 354, 397
Menama, 9, 21
Menelaides aristolochiz, 31
a oreon, 192
et in 301, 345, 349
Mezoneuron prmeaghyliwmns 294, 311, 353,
403
Microchryza, 278
a flaviventris, 280
gemma, 278
Microcos, 109
e tomentosa, 111
Micropuccinia, 216, 218
Micrwromyces, 213
Miliusa, 292, 298, 295, 301, 346, 351, 396
397, 403
, macrocarpa, 801
30 Roxburghiana, 301
Mimusops, 288, 290, 294, 295, 297, 338,
341, 379, 386
i littoralis, 292, 295, 297, 3800,
318, 836, 338, 340, 341, 346,
354, 381, 385
Modecca, 296, 315, 347
5 cordifolia, 294, 315, 354, 397
s cardiophylla, 315
Molobrus, 262
MoupPapipm, 202
Mongoma, 261
me aurantiaca, 261
os peciloptera, 261
% simplex, 261
Monocera, 121
=F ferruginea, 138
5p Grifithii, 129, 1381

Index.

Monocera, holopetala, 131
‘ij Palembanica, 1338
ms petiolata, 1380
5 tricanthera, 131
Monoceras lewcobotrywm, 129
3 obtusum, 134
2 odontopetalwm, 131
3 petiolatum, 130
MonocoryLEponEs, 328, 844
Morinda bracteata, 380
% citrifolia, var. bracteata, 316, 354
Moringa pterygosperma, 309, 353, 368, 372,
377
MorIncEe®, 309, 345, 349
MorpuHipa@, 11, 12, 25, 170
Mucuna, 298, 383
5 gigantea, 293, 296, 310, 353, 380,
383
3 pruriens, 294, 310, 353, 401
MuNTERE, 9
Musa, 345,
» sapientwm, 329, 357, 371, 372, 37
Muscl, 887, 344, 350
Mussenda calycinas 316, 354, 397
a macr ophalla, 316
Mycalesis blasius, me

5 mineus, 8, 24, 169
s mynois, 169, 170
3 wayewa, 170

5 (Calysisme) perseus, 168
# NS (Jatana) wayewa, 168

(Orsotrizna) medus, 168
Mycetophila, 261

53 bimaculata, 261

- pennipes, 262
MyYcrropuHitipa, 261
MYcCETOPHILIDES, 261
MYCETOPHILIDI, 261
Mydas, 2'74
Myristeca glauca, 325, 356, 397

» Lrya, 325, 356, 397
MYRISTICE®, 325, 345, 350
MYRSINES, 318, 345, 349
Myrtacem, 314, 345, 349
Nacaduba, 182

5 almora, 183

3 ardates, 27, 188

= atrata, 183

6 dana, 183
eS (hela gaura, 181, 182, 197

9p hermus, 183
5 kerriana, 183
Fe Mass lawra, 182, 197
is macrophthalma, 27, 183
59 perusia, 183
3 prominens, 27

55 pseustis, 182
viola, 27, 183
Naia tr ipudians, 246, 247
NAIADACER, 334, 350
NAIADE, 345

Index.

Besa, 166
: harwhasa, 157, 165
% taimanu, 165
Nectaria, 18, 16, 17
5 clara, 19
leuconoe, 19
56 » var. engania, 19
Neesia, 39, 55
» altissima, 56
Neesia Griffithti, 54
» synandra, 56
Negritomyia, 2'73
bilineata, 278
Nematocera, 250, 260
‘ fuscana, 260
NEMATOCERATA, 250
NEMEOBIAD®, 11, 12, 178
Nemestrina, 280
5 javana, 280
NEMESTRINIDH, 280
NEMESTRINIDI, 280
Nemotelus, 274, 276, 279, 280, 281
Neocheritra, 35
8 gama, 35
Neopithecops zalmora, 185
NEOTROPIDA, 10, 11, 12
Nepeta, 204
» Bellevii, 204, 206
» glomerulosa, 204, 205
» guncea, 204
5, leucostegia, 204
» Scordotis, 204
» Sibthorpii, 204, 205
» tuberosa, 205,
Nepheronia valeria, 190
Nephrotoma, 255
Neptis, 14, 172, 179
» hordonia, 175
», leucothoé, 175
» nandina, 175
5 Bs var. swmba, 175
» ombalata, var. engano, 27
» soma, var. meridiet, 26
» varmona, 14, 175, 179
Nerna, 275
5, mollis, 275
Nipa fruticans, 374
Niphobolus adnascens, 295
Nostocaceous Alga, A, 342
NotacHanta, 272
NorTacHANTEN, 272
Nychitona xiphia, 186
NYCTAGINE®, 324, 345, 350
Nynvphzxa, 299

» Lotus, 299, 300, 301, 351, 368,
392
“5 rubra, 299, 301, 367, 372, 377
NyYMPHm@ACEm, 301, 345, 349
NYMPHALID®, 11, 12, 26, 174

Ochna, 340
» squarrosa, 340

429

Ochrosia borbonica, 318, 354, 381
Odina Wodier, 308, 352, 397
Odontomyia, 277

‘- consobrina, 277
635 diffusa, 277
x mutica, 277

vir idama, 277
Geophylla smar agdina, 2, 4
Oggeodes, 282
OLACINED, 306, 345, 349
Oligodon, 237
~ dorsalis, 237
me melanocephalus, 237
* subgriseus, 237
sublineatus, 237
Oligomera, 255
javensis, 255, 258
Oligotr ophus, 253
Omphacarpus, 109
Oncodes, 282
re costalis, 282
ONCODIN#, 282
Oneirophanta mutabilis, 197
Oplismenus, 297, 396
a compositus,
357, 394
ORCHIDACE®, 328, 345, 350
Ornithoptera, 18, 194

294, 335, 346,

Fe amphrysus, 31
ef criton, 194
3 haliphron, 194:
5 minos, 30
* re naias, 157, 191, 193, 194,
6 var. sambavana, 194
* . nereis, 30, 31
ae plata, 1938, 194
< pomperus, 30

ruficollis, 14
Orouylum indicum, 296, 297, 322, 355,
881, 385, 389
Orpheides erichthonius, 191
5 erithonius, 191
*Orphnurgus asper var. glaber, 198
Orsotrizna medus, 168
Orthotheciwm hirsutwin, 82

javense, 83
Ouidlenacrnate hirsuta, 82
a integerrima, 83

javensis, 83
Pachy gaster, 376
ue rufitarsis, 276
Pachyrhina, 255

. bombayensis, 255
rh delecta, 255

zi doleschalli, 256
BF fasciata, 256

: quadrivittata, 255, 256
triplasia, 206
Paden, 16
Padina pavonia, 288, 341, 359, 378
Padraona palmarwn, var. kayapu, 32

430

Pederia fotida, 294, 296, 317, 354, 397,
399
Palingenia, 406

5 ampla, 408
a lata, 407
is robusta, 407

- minor, 408
PALMER, 331, 345, 350
Palpomyda, 252
Pamphila, 196
PANDANACEA, 345, 350
PANDANES, 3383
Pandanus, 285, 286, 288. 290, 292, 294,
296, 298, 300, 371, 382, 403
% odoratissimus, 297, 333, 357,
371, 379, 381
Pangonia, 265

5 amboinensis, 265
20 longirostris, 265
op rufa, 266

56 taprobanes, 266
Panicum, 396
55 ciliare, 335, 357, 372, 377, 401
i. colonum, 295, 335, 857, 372,
377, 401
% Helopus, 295, 335, 357, 372, 377,
401
5 javanicum, 335, 357, 401, 402
5 montanum, 835, 346, 357
33 Myurus, 299, 324, 335, 357, 392
Pannychia, 199
55 moseleyt, 199
eee wood-masoni, 198
Papilio, 11, 158
es antiphus, 31
» aristolochix, 192, 193
» obrama, 193
> ganesa, 34:
» liris, 192
» maremba, 158, 191
» Memnon, 31, 191
90 merapu, 154
» peranthus, 193
» pericles, 193
» prexaspes, 31
» (Charus) helenus, 192
var. enganius,
31
* ,, (Harimala) maremba, 192
% peranthus var., 193
* 4, (lliades) merapu, 191
as : oceani, 31
39 (Lavitias) polites, 193
BS (Menelaides) aristolochie, 31
ey os oreon, 192
» (Orpheides) erichthonius 191
os erithonius, 191
s (Pathysa) antiphates, 193
» (Zetides) agamemnon, 31, 193
eurypylus, 193
sarpedon, 31, 193

3) 9 bb)

bed ”
29 ”

Index.

PAPILIONIDH, 30, 191
Paradovurus, 7
Paragerydus, 29
5 horsfieldii, 29
A unicolor, 8, 29
Parantica, 17
o aglaia, 23

Parastemon, 118
Parata, 197

» malayana, 194
Pareas berdmorci, 248

» macularius, 248

» margaritophorus, 248
Parinariwm, 139, 140
Parishia insignis, 308, 352, 403
Paritiwm tiliacewm, 46
Parnara, 197

3 narooa, 196
Parthenos gambrisius, 26
lilacinus, 26

Paspalum scrobiculatum, 299, 335, 357,392
PASSERES, 143
PASSIFLORACER, 345
PASSIFLORER, 315, 349
Pathysa antiphates, 193
Pavetta indica, 316, 354. 397
Pemphis, 813
m acidula, 292, 297, 298, 314, 354,
380
Peniagone wyvillii, 197
Pennisetum, 215
* typhoidewm, 214
Penoa, 162
» menetriesit, 22
Pentace, 96, 99

OS gp Curtisit, 100, 103, 104
* ., eximia, 100, 103
* 4, floribunda, 100, 102 3
* " “@rifithii, 100, 104
eS Hookeriana, 100, 101
ee Kunstleri, 100, 101
ay macrophylla, 100, 102
tame perakensis, 100, 101
33 polyantha, 101
*

0 Scortechinii, 100, 104
aie strychnoidea, 100, 105
$4 triptera, 100

Pentagenia, 409
Penthethria fulvicollis, 263

* japonica, 263

i melanaspis, 263
Peristrophe acwminata, 328, 355, 381, 384

404,

Phedyma columella, 174
Phalenopsis, 340
PHANEROGAMA, 301, 344
Phaseolus, 310, 358, 868, 372, 377
*Phengaris, 36
Phlebocalymna Lobbiana, 306, 352, 403
Phlomis lamiifolia, 216
Pholidota imbricata, 329, 356, 389, 390

Index. 431

Piragmidia, 211
Phragmidiwm, 220, 221, 222, 228

5 Barclayi, 221, 222
oH Pragariastri, 220, 221
*S ) Laceianwm, 220, 230
* - nepalense, 220, 221, 229
* 3 octoloculare, 221, 222, 229
50 Potentille, 220
re quinqueloculare, 222, 230
- Rubi, 221
a subcorticium, 222

Tor mentille, 220
Phyllanthus columnaris, 326, 356, 404
Phyllochlamys spinosa, 327, 356, 397
PHYLLOPHAGA, 7
Phyllophora, 274
angusta, 274
bispinosa, 275
Physalis minima, 297, 321, 355, 381, 383,
396, 397

Physcia, 338, 358

55 obscura, 338, 358, 389
Physecrania, 257
Picipa, 143
PIERIDA, 9, 12, 13, 29, 158, 186, 189
Pieris, 187, 190

» judith var., 188
Pilea trinervia, 228
Pimpinella, 219

3 Grifithiana, 219

Piper caninwm, 325, 356
PIPERACEA, 325, 345, 350
Pisonia, 288, 379, 384, 393, 394

LP)

» aculeata, 293, 296, 324, 347, 355,

366, 381, 393, 394

» ewcelsa, 324, 355, 366, 381, 384,

393, 394
Pithecops hylax, 29
Planetella, 262
Planetes, 262
Platyura, 262

3 venusta, 262
Plebeius balliston, 28,
» kwpow, 27

a lysimon, 29

» polysperchinus, 28

a siraha, 28

talinga, 28

Plecia, 263

» dorsalis 263

» forcipata, 263

» fulvicollis, 263

» rwgnicollis, 263

» melanaspis, 263

» subvarians, 264

» tergorata, 263

tristis, 264

Plecosper mum, 847

andamanicum, 293, 38277,

356, 397
Plesioneura restricta, 197

56

Pluchea indica, 292, 297, 317, 354, 380,
384

PNEUMONOPHORA 202
Pecilostola, 260

50 pallens, 260
Pollia zorzogonensis, 330, 357

» var., 401, 402
Pollinia japonica, 216
Polyalthia, 396
66 longifolia, 396

PotycHeta, 272
PoLYGONACEA, 824, 345, 350
Polygonwm, 299, 300, 322

hs barbatum, 324, 356, 392
Polymitarcys, 406, 408

indicus: 408

Polyodontophis bistrigatus, 234
Polyommatus beticus, 181
POLYPETALA, 343, 344
Polypodium adnascens, 337, 358, 389

5 trioides, 337, 358, 389

, quercifoliwm, 295, 3387, 358,

389

5 (Niphobolus) adnascens, 295
Polyporus australis, 389, 258, 389
a fulvus, 339, 358, 389

5 grammatocephalus, 839, 858,
389
ry sangwinale, 385

us sanguineus, 339, 358, 389
canthopus, 339, 358, 389
Pometia tomentosa, 308, 352, 397
Pongamia, 288
- glabra, 292, 311, 339, 340, 346,
353, 380
Populus alba, 223, 224
3 ciliata, 223
Porana spectabilis, 296, 321, 355, 388, 408
Poritia, 36
PorRiITINa”, 35
Potamanthus (Atolophlebia) fasciatus, 409
Potentilla, 220, 221
45 argyrophylla, 220
sn nepalensis, 220
Pothos scandens, 334, 857, 398
Precis ida, 26, 178
» wphita, 173
Premna, 328, 355, 381
x integrifolia, 292, 323, 355, 381
5 obtusifolia, 323, 355
Prioneris, 189
Prionomyda, 252
Prionota, 255
5 nigriceps, 255
Protogoniomorpha, 173
Prymniodon, 242
5 chalceus, 242
Pselliophora, 254
5 annulosa, 255
$3 ardens, 255
3 chrysophila, 265

432 Index,

Pselliophora, compedita, 255 Puccinia, Arenariz, 219
Ff curvipes, 255 3 Castagnei, 215, 216. 230
5 fumiplena, 255 Rae caudata, 219, 230
55 javanica, 255 % coronata, 213
i leta, 254 cae crassa, 219, 230
3 rubra, 255 3 doloris, 218
taprobanes, 255 55 Ellisii, 215, 230
Pseudergolis, 12 aelicn Eulaliz, 216
Pseudocyclophis bicolor, 231 a Ree excelsa, 216, 230
persicus, 231 - graminis, 212, 213
Psewdonenodon macrops, 231, 241 >) McIntirianus, 230
Psilonepeta, 205 5 occulta, 230
PsILONEPETS, 205, 206 5 Penniseti, 215
*PsILOsTEGIa, 206 A Phlomidis, 217
Psychotria adenophylla, 317, 354, 397 49 Pimpinelle, 215, 219
PsycHROPOTIDH, 200, 201 ah ry var. Hryngw, 219
Ptecticus, 278 a Prainiana, 229
% apicalis, 278, 279 - Prenanthis, 216
es australis, 279 Ms pulvinata, 219, 220
y brevipennis, 279, 280 » - Rubigo-vera, 229
% cingulatus, 278, 4 Sazxifrage, 218
3 illustris, 279 % Saxifrage-ciliate, 218
i latifascia, 279 em Savifrage-micranthe, 218
viridiceps, 279 i sepulta, 225
Pter ocam pus indicus, 300, 311, 353, 388, a Sorghi, 214, 215
403 33 ustalis, 217
Pterocosmus, 257, 258 Wattiana, 227, 230
5 combinatus, 258 Pueraria Candollei, 311, 358, 403
5 dilutus, 258 ss phaseoloides, 311, 353, 403
Pr hilpa, 258 Pyrameis cardwi, 172
i infixus, 258 Pyrus, 225
on lunigerus, 258 Python molurus, 232
% optabilis, 258 Quercus, 341
velutinus, 258 Radena, 18, 14, 17, 18, 24, 166, 168
Pter ocymbium, 61 » juventa, 16, 24, 167, 168
ai campanulatum, 76 poate kambera, 167, 168, 197
javanicum, 76 hee longa, 24, 32
Pterospermum, 58, 83, 139 * 4 macra, 24, 32
nN accr ifolium, 84, 86, 87 » micobarica, 14
ie aceroides, 84, 86, 87 * 4, - oberthwrii, 158, 161, 167, 197
33 Blumeanwm, 84, 86 » purpwrata, 167
es cinnamoneum, 8d i) similis, 24
os diversifoliwm, 84 volgaris, 14, 16, 24, 168
3 fuscum, 85 Randia longiflora, 316, 354, 403
+ Jackianum, 84, 85 Ranunculus hirlettus, 217
. javanicum, 85 Rapala iarbas, 179
% lanceeefoliwm, 85 » orseis, 179
a oblongum, 86 | » varuna, 180
rubiginosum, 85 Raphiocera, 278
Pter ygospidea helias, 15 ys spinithorax, 278
Preryeota, 60 *Raswma lewa, 162
Mi alata, 74 Rauwolfia serpentina, 318, 354, 397
Roxburghit, 74 Rhachicerus, 276
Pti locera, 275 > zonotus, 276
- amethystina, 275 Rhagerrhis producta, 237
i continua, 275 Rhagio, 263, 279, 281
3 fastwosa, 2'75 RHAMNEA, 307, 345, 349
e quadridentata, 275 Rhaphiocera, 273
i; smaragdina, 275 spinithoraz, 273

Puccinia, 211, 218, 214, 216, 218, 219, 222 Rhinomyza, 267
. Angelice, 215 5) fusca, 267

Index.

Rhizophora, 293
conjugata, 313, 353, 380
si mucronata, 313, 353, 380
RHIZOPHORES, 313, 345, 349
RHYPHIDA, 263
RHYPHIDI, 263
Rhyphus, 263
5) maculipennis, 263
Rhytisma, 340, 358, 389
Riedleia concatenata, 87
5 corchorifolia, 87
#3 supina, 87
S truncata, 87
Roestelia, 224
Rosa moschata, 222
Ruba, 273
RUBIACEA, 316, 344, 345, 349, 396
Rubus, 222
» rosefolius, 221
Rungia parviflora, var. pectinata, 322, 355
» pectinata, 370, 377
Ruracem, 305, 345, 349
Salacia, 347
» prinoides, 298, 307, 346, 352, 397
Salamis, 173
5 anacardit, 173
Pr anteva, 173
Salatura genutia, 164
A his litoralis, 164
Saletara nathalia, 190
Salmalia malabarica, 49
Salpina, 15, 16, 17, 18, 21, 22, 158
. kollarit, 18
6 leucostictos, 20, 22, 159
cn meizon, 159
50 novare, 13, 20
a pasithea, 159
ba phane, 20, 22
op splendens, 13
. vestigiata, 20
on viola, 159
rp (Calliplea), 22
eae 3 sambavana, 160
a swmbana, 159
a (i Isamia) lowti, 22
0 S standingerit, 22
on (Selinda) eleusina, 159
(Tiruna) ochsenheimeri, 22
SaLticIpm, 3
Salticus, 2, 3
5 formicarius, 2,3
SALTIGRADZE, 2
SANTALACE®, 325, 345, 350
SAPINDACER, 308, 345, 349
Sapindus Danura, 308, 352, 397
SAPOTACE®, 318, 345, 349
Sarcolobus globosus, 319, 354, 381, 386
Sarcostigma, 347
edule, 293, 296, 306, 397
5 Wallichii, 306, 352 [379.
Sargassum ilicifoliwm, 288, 341, 358, 378,

”

2)

433

Sargus, 276, 278, 279, 280
» ~ afinis, 280
» aurifer, 279
» brevipennis, 279, 280
» Jerrugineus, 280
» flaviventris, 280
» formiceformis, 280
» gemmifer, 279
» msignis, 279
» lzetus, 280
», latifascia, 279
», leoninus, 280
» longipennis, 279
» luridus, 279
» magnificus, 279
» metallinus, 279, 280
» pallipes, 279
» quadrifasciatus, 279
» rubescens, 280
» rufus, 280
» tenebrifer, 279
viridiceps, 279
Satanga, 16
Saryrip#, 11, 12, 24, 158, 168
Saxifraga micrantha, 218
Sceevola, 345
Kenigii, 297, 317, 354, 380
ScaPHIUM, 60, 74
es affine, 75
, Wallichii, 75
Scathopse, 263
uv pusilla, 263
Saeenicne, 96, 105, 106, 107
glomerata, 106, 107
3 hypoleuca, 107
% Kunstleri, 106, 107
Hs Mastersii, 106
ovata, 107
Sciar a, 261, 262, 263
“ femoralis, 262
indica, 262
» laticornis, 262
» rufithorax, 262
solita, 262
» sulcata, 262
thome, 262
Scindapsus officinalis, 295, 334, 357, 404,
Sciophila, 262
3 tropica, 262
Scirpus subulatus, 300, 335, 357, 392, 402
ScITAMINER, B29, 345, 350
ScLEROSTOMA, 264
Scoparia dulcis, 321, 370, 355, 377
SCROPHULARINE®, 321, 345, 349
Selinda, 16
» eleusina, 158, 159
Semecarpus heterophylla, 295, 397
5 heterophyllus, 308, 352
Ss subpanduriformis, 308,352,397
Senecio, 226 :
rufinervis, 226

”

4.54,

Sesuviwm, 288

Portulacastrum,
379, 380

Sicaril, 272
Sida, 39

Sida

acuta, 40, 303, 352
althxifolia, 42
asiatica, 42
Belere, 43
canariensis, 41
carpinifolia, 40, 368, 377
chinensis, 41
conupressa, 4L
cordifolia, 41
corynocarpa, 41
cunetfolia, 87
Eteroomischos, 48
fasciculiflora, 46
glutinosa, 40
herbacea, 42

hirta, 40

indica, 43
lanceolata, 40
micans, 42
mysorensis, 40
nervosa, 40

olens, 40
orientalis, 41
philippica, 41
populifolia, 43
radicans, 40
rhombifolia, 40, 41

5) var. microphylla, 41
. », obovata, 41
ns » retusa, 41
3 », rhomboidea, 41

op » scrabrida, 4h
rotundifolia, 42
scoparia, 40
Stauntoniana, 40
stipulata, 40
tena, 40
urticefolia, 40

Silvius, 266

by)

dimidiatus, 266

Silybura brevis, 232

”
*
9

nigra, 232
pulneyensis, 232
wood-masom, 232

Sima rufo-nigra, 2
Simotes albocinctus, 235

catenifer, 235
crassus, 235
cyclurus, 235
dennyst, 235
labuanensis, 285
obscurus, 285
octolineatus, 236
planiceps, 236
purpurascens, 285
theobaldi, 236

292, 315, 354,

Index,

Simotes trinotatus, 235.
‘ violaceus, 236
» wood-masont, 281, 235, 250
ae 264
‘i indicum, 264
Seadleaiat 180
Me aspra, 180
0 nasaka, 180
hi virgo, 180
Siphonocladus, jiliformis, 342, 359, 378
Siphonodon celastrineus, 296, 298, 307,
352, 403
Smilaw macrophylla, 3380, 357
» macrophyllus, 398
SoLANACES, 321, 345, 349
Solanwm Melongena, 321, 355, 370, 372,
377
Solva inamena, 273
Sophora tomentosa,
379, 380
Sorghum, 214, 215
5 vulgare, 214
Spalgis epiws, 185
Spondias, 382, 396
> mangifera, 295, 308, 352, 403
Stellaria paniculata, 219
Stephegyne, 288, 386
n diver sifolia, 292, 296, 316, 354
379, 380
Sterculia, 58, 59, 69, 382
3 affinis, 61, 75
. alata, 60, 78, 295, 305, 352, 388,

292, 297, 811, 353,

403
“ angustifolia, 60, 68, 69, 70, 71
5 armata, 62
i Balanghas, var. glabrescens, 70

5 », mollis, 69
. bicolor, 60, 67, 68
As campanulata, 61, 76, 305, 352,

388, 403
. campanulatum, 76
a coccinea, 64, 74
a colorata, 60, 71, 73, 305, 352,
403
” ” var., 73

. ensifolia, 60, 70

a fulgens, 60, 72, 73

a Heynii, '74

. hyposticta, 59, 64

%D Jackiana, 70

55 javanicum, 76
Ree Kunstleri, 60, 65

se laevis, 59, 68, 65

o linearicarpa, 60, '74

4 macrophylla, 59, 63

a Maingayi, 67

3 mollis, 69, 70

. ornata, 59, 62

4 pallens, "3

Par Bue a, 66, 67, 70, 305, 352,

Index.

Sterculia, parvifolia, 60, 64

by)

pubescens, 60, 71
rubiginosa, 60, 69, 296, 382
¥ var. 380, 403
3 » glabrescens, 70,
305, 352

TABANIDES, 264
TABANIDI, 264
TABANIDII, 264
TABANII, 264
TABANINA, 264
TABANINA, 264

3 scaphigera, 60, 74:
ee Scortechinii, 60, 67
- tubulata, 61, 76

» villosa, 59, 61, 62, 296, 304, 352,

403, 404, 405
STERCULIACES, 57, 304, 345, 349
STERCULIES, 58
Stichophthalma, 18
Stictoplea, 18, 16, 17

5 lacordairei, 18, 160

melolo, 160
STRATIOMYD, 272
STRATIOMYDES, 272
StTratiomyp1, 272
STRATIOMYDINA, 272
Stratiomys, 273, 274, 275, 277

y apicalis, 277

es barca, 277

ue bilineata, 278, 278

A diffusa, 277

Re flavoscutellata, 277

5 garatas, 277

=; inanimis, 277
. lutatiws, 277
fs minuta, 277

a pusilla, 277

s rufipennis, 277

e solennis, 277
viridana, 277

Strobilanthes phyllostachyus, 297, 322, 355,

404
Strophanthus, 390
5 Wallichii, 319, 354, 388,
403

Strychnos, 896
Suastus, 196

» chilon, 196

» gremius, 197
Subula, 272

» calopodata, 272

» flavipes, 272

» mamena, 273

» vittata, 272
Suragina, 282
es signipennis, 282

Surendra quercetorum, 179
Sus andamanensis, 308
Symbrenthia hippoclus, 172
*Symphedra xzgle, 177
rs dirtea, 178

Synageles picata, 3, 4
Synemosyna formica, 4
Syrphus, 274
TABANICA, 264
TABANIDE, 264

TABANITES, 264

Tabanus, 264, 265, 266, 267
9 abscondens, 270
9p administrans, 271
35 albilateralis, 267
5 albimedius, 269
9 alboscutatus, 270
a albulus, 269
29 amenus, 269
9 apicalis, 271
op ardens, 268

3 auricinctus, 267
5 auriflamma, 268
» aurotestaceus, 268

99 basalis, 267
5 brunneus, 267
56 bubali, 270
% bucolicus, 271

» ceylanicus, 271

5 cinnamomeus, 270
0 clausicella, 270

0 corulescens, 267

xD confucius, 270

% consanguineus, 267
”» consocius, 269

” crassus, 269

» dives, 271

6 dorsolinea, 267, 268
» equestris, 271

” explicatus, 268

” felderi, 271

99 fulvissimus, 271

» fumifer, 270

00 fumipennis, 271

5 furunculigenus, 270
9 geniculatus, 271.

” hilaris, 269
” hirtus, 269
” hoang, 270
» hybridus, 268
» ignobilis, 270

99 immanis, 268
5S incultus, 271
39 imscitus, 268
” internus, 269
” javanus, 268
» jucundus, 269
» justorius, 270
99 lastianus, 272

3 lectum, 270

ot leucosparsus, 271

i mandarinus, 271

~ megalops, 268

Pe melanognathus, 272
mentitus, 268

436

Tabanus, minimus, 271
monoculus, 270
nexus, 270
nicobarensis, 271
ay nigropictus, 269
_ nigrotectus, 271

os obconicus, 269
te optatus, 270
x orientalis, 267
55 orientis, 268

a partitus, 270

bP) pauper, 270

5 perlinea, 269

5 puella, 269
pusillus, 267

a pyrausta, 268

Bs pyrrhus, 269

oy rubicundus, 267
- rubidus, 268

ee rubiginosus, 269
is rufiwentris, 268

a sanguineus, 269

4 serus, 270

5 servillei, 267

es simplicissimus, 270
BA simicus, 268

B striatus, 267, 268.
ss sumatrensis, 267
53 tenebrosus, 268

55 tenens, 269

Re tristis, 271

. wmbrosus, 269

» univentris, 268, 270
a vagus, 268, 269

- variegatus, 271
i virgo, 267
yao, 269

Tabernzeemontana crispa, 292, 319, 354, 381.

Tacca pinnatifida, 292, 329, 357, 381, 384.
TACCACEA, 329, 345, 350
Tachyris, 190
Teenaris, 18
Tagiades, 195, 196
ms alica, 195
ye atticus, 32
ae brasidas, 195
s helferii, 195
Tajuria maculata, 36

Tamarindus indica, 312, 353, 369, 372, 377.

Tanyderus, 260
5 ornatissimus, 260
Tanyglossa, 265
Tanyptera, 254
Tanypus, 253

m crux, 253

of cyanomaculatus, 253
fe melanurus, 203

3 nigrocinctus, 253

*; ornatus 253
pardalis, 253
Tar aka hamada, 36

Index.

Tamnietna, 58, 77
; Cur tisit, 78

Hi javanica, 78
ean Bins Kunstleri, 77, 79
penangiana, 77

oii perakensis, 77, 78
simplicifolia, 7 7, 78, 79
Tarweus plinius, 181
es theophrastus, 181
Telicota gola, 196
» nigrolimbata, 196
Terias candida, 186
» drona, 186
> harina, 29, 186
» hecabe, 29, 186
» sari, 29, 186
Terminalia, 288
F bialata, 296, 314, 353, 388,
403
6 Catappa, 136, 292, 296, 297,
3138, 353, 366, 379, 380,
382
ns moluccana, 135, 136
a procera, 314
Tetrapoda, 11
Teucholabis, 261
5 bicolor, 261
op determinata, 261
Fy fenestrata, 261
THALAMIFLORA, 301, 344
Thalassomyia, 252
THECLINA, 32, 179
Thelephora incrustans, 339, 358, 389
Therioplectes, 267
Thespesia, 39, 47, 288, 298
5 populnea, 47, 292, 298, 303,
351, 380
*Thrix, 35
» gama, 35
Thuarea sarmentosa, 292, 295, 296, 336,
345, 357, 379, 381
Thumbergia, 34/7
i laurifolia, 294, 296, 322, 355,
403
Thylacosoma, 273
amboinense, 273
TILIACER, 95, 305, 345, 349
Tilicota msoides, 196
TILIEs, 96
Tinda, 275
» wndica, 275
» modifera, 275
Tipula, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 259, 260,
262, 263, 264
5 brobdignagia, 257
» castanea, 256
» congrua, 256
» fulvipennis, 256
» jfumifinis, 257
» javana, 256
» gavensis, 256

Index.

Tipula, lewcopyga, 257
» longicornis, 257
» melanomera, 256
monochroa, 256
. nova, 256
» pedata, 256
» pilosula, 257
» praepotens, 256
be reposita, 256
» serrata, 257
>» wmbrina, 256
Bs venusta, 256
» vicaria, 256
vilis, 257
Tipulari 1a, 254
3 florales, 263
3 Fungicole, 261
s Fungivore, 261
3 Gallicoloe, 253
a Latipennes, 263
Muscxformes, 263
TIPULARIDES, 254
TIPULIDE, 252, 254
TIPULIDES, 254,
Tirumala, 16
5 limniace, 166
as melissa, 166
Tiruna ochsenheiniert, 22
Tomyris oxiana, 247
Tournefortia argentea, 292, 297, 320, 346,
355, 379, 381
Toxocera, 276

i limbiventris, 276
Trachischium fuscwm, 231, 233 q
A guentheri, 233
Fr, rubriventer, 233

tenuiceps, 231
Trepsichrois, 15, 18, 158

3 dongo, 160

* 5 elwesii, 161

% 4s malakoni, 20, 22
5 midamus, 15, 16, 161
ss mindanaensis, 161

verhuelli, 22
Tr ichocar ya, 115
Trichocera, 260

j ocellata, 260

Trichocheta, 278

nemoteloides, 278
Trichosanthes, 347

palmata, 296, 315, 354, 397

Trichospermum, 96, 118, 119

5 javanicum, 119
fh Kurz, 119
Tremeresurus cantoris, 281, 249
ss gramineus, 248, 249, 250
FA mutabilis, 250
A purpwreomaculatus, 248, 249,
250.

Triumfetta, 96, 115
a angulata, 116

437

Triumfetta, angulata var. acuminata, 116

annua, 116, 117
Bartramia, 116
glandulosa, 116
imdica, 117
oblonga, 417
oblongata, 116
ovata, 117
pilosa, 116, 117

pilosa, var. 116, 117
polycarpa, 116, 117

rhomboidea, 116

tomentosa, 116, 117

trichoclada, 117
trilocularis, 116
vestita, 11 6, 117

Tr aoheisa contracta, 80
*Trochostoma andamanense, 208

antarcticum, 203

Tr onga, 22, 163
» niasica, 22

Tropidonotus,

242

angusticeps, 240, 241
chrysargus, 239, 240

himalayanus, 240
hydrus, 240, 241
mortoni, 242

nicobarensis, 241

nicobaricus, 231, 250

mgrocinctus, 231, 239, 240

parallelus, 241

pealii, 231, 241, 250

piscator, 240
platyceps, 231

plumbicolor, 240, 241

rhodomelas, 242
subminiatus, 240

UP ianguligerus, 242

Tur binaria, 288

- ornata, 288, 341, 358, 378

Turrea trichostylis, 95
Typhlops acutus, 232
5s andamanensis, 231
ee bothriorhynchus, 232
5 diardi, 232
ep persicus, 231

theobaldianus, 231, 2382

Udaspes folus,

32

UREDINEA, 211], 219
Up edo Agrimoniz, 229
» Colebrookiae, 227
* , Ehretiae, 228
» Pict, 225
» ficiola, 225
* ,, Ichnocarpi, 228
* ., Ipomaex, 228
*% Pileae, 228

Wienar 39, 43

» cana, 43
i heteroph ylla, 44
» Lappago, 44

438

Urena, lobata, 48, 294, 303, 346, 351, 368,
372, 377, 393, 394
var. scabriuscula, 44
7 » sinuata, 43
morifolia, 44
muricata, 44
palmata, 43
scabriuscula, 44
sinwata, 43
5, tomentosa, 43, 44
URENER, 39
Uromyces, 211, 213, 228
SF op Agrapyri, 212
ambiens, 213, 214
Myristica, 213
os Pisi, 212
0 pulvinatus, 213
Sg Vigne, 211, 212, 230
URTICACE®, 327, 344, 345, 350
Vadebra, 9, 11, 20, 21
ee ics palmedo, 162
Valonia, 342
Ps confervoides, 342, 359, 378
3 fastigiata, 342, 359, 378
Vappo, 276
VASCULARIS, 336, 344
Vaucheria, 342, 359, 378
Ventilago calyculata, 307, 352, 388, 403
VERBENACER, 323, 345, 350
Vernonia cinerea, 297, 317, 345, 354, 369,
372, 377, 388
59 divergens, 297, 317, 354, 388
VESICULOSIDE, 282
Vigna, 212
» lutea, 290, 292, 311, 353, 379, 880
» venillata, 211
VISLACER, 302, 345, 349
Visenia concatenana, 87
» corchorifolia, 87
» imdica, 88
javanica, 88
» supina, 87
» wmbellata, 88
Vitex, 290, 384
Negundo, 293, 298, 328, 355, 379,
381, 384
pubescens, 323, 355, 381
» sumatrana, 355
», Wimberleyi, 323, 355, 281
Vitis carnosa, 307, 352, 397
» pedata, 296, 307, 352, 397
» pentagona, 807, 352, 397
Vittaria elongata, 337, 358, 389
Wallacea, 276
“ argentea, 276

99 ”

29

Index.

Waltheria, 58, 88

a americana, 88
0 elliptica, 88
5 indica, 88

Webera Kurzti, 316, 354, 403
Wedelia scandens, 317, 354, 380
Xenodochus, 211, 222, 223

M carbonarius, 225
5 Clarkianuwm, 230
ge = Clarkianus, 222

Xylaria, 300, 340
Fas clararioides, 340, 358, 404
Xylocoryne, 340
XYLOPHAGEI, 272
XYLOPHAGI, 272
XYLOPHAGIDH, 272
XYLOPHAGINA, 272
Xylophagus, 272, 274
brunneus, 272
Xyphura, 254
Yoma, .73, 174
» sabina, 173
Yphthima aphnius, 169, 170
ss asterope, 169
i baldus, 170
eu leuce, 169
5 pandocus, 169
5 philometa, 169, 170
3 sepyra, 169
Zamenis diadema, 238
3 korros, 2387
5 ladaccensis, 231, 238
55 ventrimaculatus, 238
Zanichellia, 299
ss palastris, 884, 857, 392
Zaoccys fuscus, 239
» nigromarginatus, 231, 239
», tenasservmensis, 231, 288, 250.
Zapyrus, 239
Zea, 214, 215
», Mayo, 214
Zemeros phlegyas, 178
Zephyrus distortus, 34
Zetides agamemnon, 31, 193
» eurypylus, 193
» sarpedon, 31, 193
Zeylania, 209
Zinaspa distorta, 34:
Zingiber, 296, 329, 346, 357, 398
3 corollinum, 329
Zizera, 180
» karsandra, 29
5, lysizone, 180
» pygmea, 180
Zizyphus Enoplia, 307, 352, 397

eee 0 ee Oe

ae “
morass, “f
Me ses

an
BE yO 5

WVU

3 9088 01309 9072